AN IMPRINT OF PENGUIN RANDOM HOUSE LLC
375 Hudson Street
New York, New York 10014
Copyright © 2018 by James Clear
Penguin supports copyright. Copyright fuels creativity, encourages diverse voices, promotes free speech, and creates
a vibrant culture. Thank you for buying an authorized edition of this book and for complying with copyright laws by not
reproducing, scanning, or distributing any part of it in any form without permission. You are supporting writers and
allowing Penguin to continue to publish books for every reader.
Ebook ISBN 9780735211308
While the author has made every effort to provide accurate Internet addresses at the time of publication, neither the
publisher nor the author assumes any responsibility for errors, or for changes that occur after publication. Further, the
publisher does not have any control over and does not assume any responsibility for author or third-party websites or
their content.
Version_1
a·tom·ic
əˈtämik
1. an extremely small amount of a thing; the single irreducible unit of a
larger system.
2. the source of immense energy or power.
hab·it
ˈhabət
1. a routine or practice performed regularly; an automatic response to a
specific situation.
Contents
Title Page
Copyright
Epigraph
Introduction: My Story
The Fundamentals
Why Tiny Changes Make a Big Difference
1 The Surprising Power of Atomic Habits
2 How Your Habits Shape Your Identity (and Vice Versa)
3 How to Build Better Habits in 4 Simple Steps
The 1st Law
Make It Obvious
4 The Man Who Didn’t Look Right
5 The Best Way to Start a New Habit
6 Motivation Is Overrated; Environment Often Matters More
7 The Secret to Self-Control
The 2nd Law
Make It Attractive
8 How to Make a Habit Irresistible
9 The Role of Family and Friends in Shaping Your Habits
10 How to Find and Fix the Causes of Your Bad Habits
The 3rd Law
Make It Easy
11 Walk Slowly, but Never Backward
12 The Law of Least Effort
13 How to Stop Procrastinating by Using the Two-Minute Rule
14 How to Make Good Habits Inevitable and Bad Habits Impossible
The 4th Law
Make It Satisfying
15 The Cardinal Rule of Behavior Change
16 How to Stick with Good Habits Every Day
17 How an Accountability Partner Can Change Everything
Advanced Tactics
How to Go from Being Merely Good to Being Truly Great
18 The Truth About Talent (When Genes Matter and When They Don’t)
19 The Goldilocks Rule: How to Stay Motivated in Life and Work
20 The Downside of Creating Good Habits
Conclusion: The Secret to Results That Last
Appendix
What Should You Read Next?
Little Lessons from the Four Laws
How to Apply These Ideas to Business
How to Apply These Ideas to Parenting
Acknowledgments
Notes
Index
About the Author
Introduction
My Story
O
N THE FINAL day
of my sophomore year of high school, I was hit in
the face with a baseball bat. As my classmate took a full swing, the
bat slipped out of his hands and came flying toward me before striking
me directly between the eyes. I have no memory of the moment of
impact.
The bat smashed into my face with such force that it crushed my
nose into a distorted U-shape. The collision sent the soft tissue of my
brain slamming into the inside of my skull. Immediately, a wave of
swelling surged throughout my head. In a fraction of a second, I had a
broken nose, multiple skull fractures, and two shattered eye sockets.
When I opened my eyes, I saw people staring at me and running
over to help. I looked down and noticed spots of red on my clothes.
One of my classmates took the shirt off his back and handed it to me. I
used it to plug the stream of blood rushing from my broken nose.
Shocked and confused, I was unaware of how seriously I had been
injured.
My teacher looped his arm around my shoulder and we began the
long walk to the nurse’s office: across the field, down the hill, and back
into school. Random hands touched my sides, holding me upright. We
took our time and walked slowly. Nobody realized that every minute
mattered.
When we arrived at the nurse’s office, she asked me a series of
questions.
“What year is it?”
“1998,” I answered. It was actually 2002.
“Who is the president of the United States?”
“Bill Clinton,” I said. The correct answer was George W. Bush.
“What is your mom’s name?”
“Uh. Um.” I stalled. Ten seconds passed.
“Patti,” I said casually, ignoring the fact that it had taken me ten
seconds to remember my own mother’s name.
That is the last question I remember. My body was unable to handle
the rapid swelling in my brain and I lost consciousness before the
ambulance arrived. Minutes later, I was carried out of school and taken
to the local hospital.
Shortly after arriving, my body began shutting down. I struggled
with basic functions like swallowing and breathing. I had my first
seizure of the day. Then I stopped breathing entirely. As the doctors
hurried to supply me with oxygen, they also decided the local hospital
was unequipped to handle the situation and ordered a helicopter to fly
me to a larger hospital in Cincinnati.
I was rolled out of the emergency room doors and toward the
helipad across the street. The stretcher rattled on a bumpy sidewalk as
one nurse pushed me along while another pumped each breath into me
by hand. My mother, who had arrived at the hospital a few moments
before, climbed into the helicopter beside me. I remained unconscious
and unable to breathe on my own as she held my hand during the
flight.
While my mother rode with me in the helicopter, my father went
home to check on my brother and sister and break the news to them.
He choked back tears as he explained to my sister that he would miss
her eighth-grade graduation ceremony that night. After passing my
siblings off to family and friends, he drove to Cincinnati to meet my
mother.
When my mom and I landed on the roof of the hospital, a team of
nearly twenty doctors and nurses sprinted onto the helipad and
wheeled me into the trauma unit. By this time, the swelling in my brain
had become so severe that I was having repeated post-traumatic
seizures. My broken bones needed to be fixed, but I was in no
condition to undergo surgery. After yet another seizure—my third of
the day—I was put into a medically induced coma and placed on a
ventilator.
My parents were no strangers to this hospital. Ten years earlier,
they had entered the same building on the ground floor after my sister
was diagnosed with leukemia at age three. I was five at the time. My
brother was just six months old. After two and a half years of
chemotherapy treatments, spinal taps, and bone marrow biopsies, my
little sister finally walked out of the hospital happy, healthy, and
cancer free. And now, after ten years of normal life, my parents found
themselves back in the same place with a different child.
While I slipped into a coma, the hospital sent a priest and a social
worker to comfort my parents. It was the same priest who had met
with them a decade earlier on the evening they found out my sister had
cancer.
As day faded into night, a series of machines kept me alive. My
parents slept restlessly on a hospital mattress—one moment they
would collapse from fatigue, the next they would be wide awake with
worry. My mother would tell me later, “It was one of the worst nights
I’ve ever had.”
MY RECOVERY
Mercifully, by the next morning my breathing had rebounded to the
point where the doctors felt comfortable releasing me from the coma.
When I finally regained consciousness, I discovered that I had lost my
ability to smell. As a test, a nurse asked me to blow my nose and sniff
an apple juice box. My sense of smell returned, but—to everyone’s
surprise—the act of blowing my nose forced air through the fractures
in my eye socket and pushed my left eye outward. My eyeball bulged
out of the socket, held precariously in place by my eyelid and the optic
nerve attaching my eye to my brain.
The ophthalmologist said my eye would gradually slide back into
place as the air seeped out, but it was hard to tell how long this would
take. I was scheduled for surgery one week later, which would allow me
some additional time to heal. I looked like I had been on the wrong end
of a boxing match, but I was cleared to leave the hospital. I returned
home with a broken nose, half a dozen facial fractures, and a bulging
left eye.
The following months were hard. It felt like everything in my life
was on pause. I had double vision for weeks; I literally couldn’t see
straight. It took more than a month, but my eyeball did eventually
return to its normal location. Between the seizures and my vision
problems, it was eight months before I could drive a car again. At
physical therapy, I practiced basic motor patterns like walking in a
straight line. I was determined not to let my injury get me down, but
there were more than a few moments when I felt depressed and
overwhelmed.
I became painfully aware of how far I had to go when I returned to
the baseball field one year later. Baseball had always been a major part
of my life. My dad had played minor league baseball for the St. Louis
Cardinals, and I had a dream of playing professionally, too. After
months of rehabilitation, what I wanted more than anything was to get
back on the field.
But my return to baseball was not smooth. When the season rolled
around, I was the only junior to be cut from the varsity baseball team. I
was sent down to play with the sophomores on junior varsity. I had
been playing since age four, and for someone who had spent so much
time and effort on the sport, getting cut was humiliating. I vividly
remember the day it happened. I sat in my car and cried as I flipped
through the radio, desperately searching for a song that would make
me feel better.
After a year of self-doubt, I managed to make the varsity team as a
senior, but I rarely made it on the field. In total, I played eleven
innings of high school varsity baseball, barely more than a single game.
Despite my lackluster high school career, I still believed I could
become a great player. And I knew that if things were going to
improve, I was the one responsible for making it happen. The turning
point came two years after my injury, when I began college at Denison
University. It was a new beginning, and it was the place where I would
discover the surprising power of small habits for the first time.
HOW I LEARNED ABOUT HABITS
Attending Denison was one of the best decisions of my life. I earned a
spot on the baseball team and, although I was at the bottom of the
roster as a freshman, I was thrilled. Despite the chaos of my high
school years, I had managed to become a college athlete.
I wasn’t going to be starting on the baseball team anytime soon, so I
focused on getting my life in order. While my peers stayed up late and
played video games, I built good sleep habits and went to bed early
each night. In the messy world of a college dorm, I made a point to
keep my room neat and tidy. These improvements were minor, but
they gave me a sense of control over my life. I started to feel confident
again. And this growing belief in myself rippled into the classroom as I
improved my study habits and managed to earn straight A’s during my
first year.
A habit is a routine or behavior that is performed regularly—and, in
many cases, automatically. As each semester passed, I accumulated
small but consistent habits that ultimately led to results that were
unimaginable to me when I started. For example, for the first time in
my life, I made it a habit to lift weights multiple times per week, and in
the years that followed, my six-foot-four-inch frame bulked up from a
featherweight 170 to a lean 200 pounds.
When my sophomore season arrived, I earned a starting role on the
pitching staff. By my junior year, I was voted team captain and at the
end of the season, I was selected for the all-conference team. But it was
not until my senior season that my sleep habits, study habits, and
strength-training habits really began to pay off.
Six years after I had been hit in the face with a baseball bat, flown to
the hospital, and placed into a coma, I was selected as the top male
athlete at Denison University and named to the ESPN Academic AllAmerica Team—an honor given to just thirty-three players across the
country. By the time I graduated, I was listed in the school record
books in eight different categories. That same year, I was awarded the
university’s highest academic honor, the President’s Medal.
I hope you’ll forgive me if this sounds boastful. To be honest, there
was nothing legendary or historic about my athletic career. I never
ended up playing professionally. However, looking back on those
years, I believe I accomplished something just as rare: I fulfilled my
potential. And I believe the concepts in this book can help you fulfill
your potential as well.
We all face challenges in life. This injury was one of mine, and the
experience taught me a critical lesson: changes that seem small and
unimportant at first will compound into remarkable results if you’re
willing to stick with them for years. We all deal with setbacks but in the
long run, the quality of our lives often depends on the quality of our
habits. With the same habits, you’ll end up with the same results. But
with better habits, anything is possible.
Maybe there are people who can achieve incredible success
overnight. I don’t know any of them, and I’m certainly not one of them.
There wasn’t one defining moment on my journey from medically
induced coma to Academic All-American; there were many. It was a
gradual evolution, a long series of small wins and tiny breakthroughs.
The only way I made progress—the only choice I had—was to start
small. And I employed this same strategy a few years later when I
started my own business and began working on this book.
HOW AND WHY I WROTE THIS BOOK
In November 2012, I began publishing articles at jamesclear.com. For
years, I had been keeping notes about my personal experiments with
habits and I was finally ready to share some of them publicly. I began
by publishing a new article every Monday and Thursday. Within a few
months, this simple writing habit led to my first one thousand email
subscribers, and by the end of 2013 that number had grown to more
than thirty thousand people.
In 2014, my email list expanded to over one hundred thousand
subscribers, which made it one of the fastest-growing newsletters on
the internet. I had felt like an impostor when I began writing two years
earlier, but now I was becoming known as an expert on habits—a new
label that excited me but also felt uncomfortable. I had never
considered myself a master of the topic, but rather someone who was
experimenting alongside my readers.
In 2015, I reached two hundred thousand email subscribers and
signed a book deal with Penguin Random House to begin writing the
book you are reading now. As my audience grew, so did my business
opportunities. I was increasingly asked to speak at top companies
about the science of habit formation, behavior change, and continuous
improvement. I found myself delivering keynote speeches at
conferences in the United States and Europe.
In 2016, my articles began to appear regularly in major publications
like Time, Entrepreneur, and Forbes. Incredibly, my writing was read
by over eight million people that year. Coaches in the NFL, NBA, and
MLB began reading my work and sharing it with their teams.
At the start of 2017, I launched the Habits Academy, which became
the premier training platform for organizations and individuals
interested in building better habits in life and work.* Fortune 500
companies and growing start-ups began to enroll their leaders and
train their staff. In total, over ten thousand leaders, managers,
coaches, and teachers have graduated from the Habits Academy, and
my work with them has taught me an incredible amount about what it
takes to make habits work in the real world.
As I put the finishing touches on this book in 2018, jamesclear.com
is receiving millions of visitors per month and nearly five hundred
thousand people subscribe to my weekly email newsletter—a number
that is so far beyond my expectations when I began that I’m not even
sure what to think of it.
HOW THIS BOOK WILL BENEFIT YOU
The entrepreneur and investor Naval Ravikant has said, “To write a
great book, you must first become the book.” I originally learned about
the ideas mentioned here because I had to live them. I had to rely on
small habits to rebound from my injury, to get stronger in the gym, to
perform at a high level on the field, to become a writer, to build a
successful business, and simply to develop into a responsible adult.
Small habits helped me fulfill my potential, and since you picked up
this book, I’m guessing you’d like to fulfill yours as well.
In the pages that follow, I will share a step-by-step plan for building
better habits—not for days or weeks, but for a lifetime. While science
supports everything I’ve written, this book is not an academic research
paper; it’s an operating manual. You’ll find wisdom and practical
advice front and center as I explain the science of how to create and
change your habits in a way that is easy to understand and apply.
The fields I draw on—biology, neuroscience, philosophy,
psychology, and more—have been around for many years. What I offer
you is a synthesis of the best ideas smart people figured out a long time
ago as well as the most compelling discoveries scientists have made
recently. My contribution, I hope, is to find the ideas that matter most
and connect them in a way that is highly actionable. Anything wise in
these pages you should credit to the many experts who preceded me.
Anything foolish, assume it is my error.
The backbone of this book is my four-step model of habits—cue,
craving, response, and reward—and the four laws of behavior change
that evolve out of these steps. Readers with a psychology background
may recognize some of these terms from operant conditioning, which
was first proposed as “stimulus, response, reward” by B. F. Skinner in
the 1930s and has been popularized more recently as “cue, routine,
reward” in The Power of Habit by Charles Duhigg.
Behavioral scientists like Skinner realized that if you offered the
right reward or punishment, you could get people to act in a certain
way. But while Skinner’s model did an excellent job of explaining how
external stimuli influenced our habits, it lacked a good explanation for
how our thoughts, feelings, and beliefs impact our behavior. Internal
states—our moods and emotions—matter, too. In recent decades,
scientists have begun to determine the connection between our
thoughts, feelings, and behavior. This research will also be covered in
these pages.
In total, the framework I offer is an integrated model of the
cognitive and behavioral sciences. I believe it is one of the first models
of human behavior to accurately account for both the influence of
external stimuli and internal emotions on our habits. While some of
the language may be familiar, I am confident that the details—and the
applications of the Four Laws of Behavior Change—will offer a new
way to think about your habits.
Human behavior is always changing: situation to situation, moment
to moment, second to second. But this book is about what doesn’t
change. It’s about the fundamentals of human behavior. The lasting
principles you can rely on year after year. The ideas you can build a
business around, build a family around, build a life around.
There is no one right way to create better habits, but this book
describes the best way I know—an approach that will be effective
regardless of where you start or what you’re trying to change. The
strategies I cover will be relevant to anyone looking for a step-by-step
system for improvement, whether your goals center on health, money,
productivity, relationships, or all of the above. As long as human
behavior is involved, this book will be your guide.
THE
FUNDAMENTALS
Why Tiny Changes Make a Big Difference
1
The Surprising Power of Atomic Habits
T
HE FATE OF British
Cycling changed one day in 2003. The
organization, which was the governing body for professional
cycling in Great Britain, had recently hired Dave Brailsford as its new
performance director. At the time, professional cyclists in Great Britain
had endured nearly one hundred years of mediocrity. Since 1908,
British riders had won just a single gold medal at the Olympic Games,
and they had fared even worse in cycling’s biggest race, the Tour de
France. In 110 years, no British cyclist had ever won the event.
In fact, the performance of British riders had been so
underwhelming that one of the top bike manufacturers in Europe
refused to sell bikes to the team because they were afraid that it would
hurt sales if other professionals saw the Brits using their gear.
Brailsford had been hired to put British Cycling on a new trajectory.
What made him different from previous coaches was his relentless
commitment to a strategy that he referred to as “the aggregation of
marginal gains,” which was the philosophy of searching for a tiny
margin of improvement in everything you do. Brailsford said, “The
whole principle came from the idea that if you broke down everything
you could think of that goes into riding a bike, and then improve it by 1
percent, you will get a significant increase when you put them all
together.”
Brailsford and his coaches began by making small adjustments you
might expect from a professional cycling team. They redesigned the
bike seats to make them more comfortable and rubbed alcohol on the
tires for a better grip. They asked riders to wear electrically heated
overshorts to maintain ideal muscle temperature while riding and used
biofeedback sensors to monitor how each athlete responded to a
particular workout. The team tested various fabrics in a wind tunnel
and had their outdoor riders switch to indoor racing suits, which
proved to be lighter and more aerodynamic.
But they didn’t stop there. Brailsford and his team continued to find
1 percent improvements in overlooked and unexpected areas. They
tested different types of massage gels to see which one led to the fastest
muscle recovery. They hired a surgeon to teach each rider the best way
to wash their hands to reduce the chances of catching a cold. They
determined the type of pillow and mattress that led to the best night’s
sleep for each rider. They even painted the inside of the team truck
white, which helped them spot little bits of dust that would normally
slip by unnoticed but could degrade the performance of the finely
tuned bikes.
As these and hundreds of other small improvements accumulated,
the results came faster than anyone could have imagined.
Just five years after Brailsford took over, the British Cycling team
dominated the road and track cycling events at the 2008 Olympic
Games in Beijing, where they won an astounding 60 percent of the
gold medals available. Four years later, when the Olympic Games came
to London, the Brits raised the bar as they set nine Olympic records
and seven world records.
That same year, Bradley Wiggins became the first British cyclist to
win the Tour de France. The next year, his teammate Chris Froome
won the race, and he would go on to win again in 2015, 2016, and 2017,
giving the British team five Tour de France victories in six years.
During the ten-year span from 2007 to 2017, British cyclists won
178 world championships and sixty-six Olympic or Paralympic gold
medals and captured five Tour de France victories in what is widely
regarded as the most successful run in cycling history.*
How does this happen? How does a team of previously ordinary
athletes transform into world champions with tiny changes that, at
first glance, would seem to make a modest difference at best? Why do
small improvements accumulate into such remarkable results, and
how can you replicate this approach in your own life?
WHY SMALL HABITS MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE
It is so easy to overestimate the importance of one defining moment
and underestimate the value of making small improvements on a daily
basis. Too often, we convince ourselves that massive success requires
massive action. Whether it is losing weight, building a business,
writing a book, winning a championship, or achieving any other goal,
we put pressure on ourselves to make some earth-shattering
improvement that everyone will talk about.
Meanwhile, improving by 1 percent isn’t particularly notable—
sometimes it isn’t even noticeable—but it can be far more meaningful,
especially in the long run. The difference a tiny improvement can make
over time is astounding. Here’s how the math works out: if you can get
1 percent better each day for one year, you’ll end up thirty-seven times
better by the time you’re done. Conversely, if you get 1 percent worse
each day for one year, you’ll decline nearly down to zero. What starts
as a small win or a minor setback accumulates into something much
more.
1% BETTER EVERY DAY
1% worse every day for one year. 0.99365 = 00.03
1% better every day for one year. 1.01365 = 37.78
FIGURE 1: The effects of small habits compound over time. For example, if
you can get just 1 percent better each day, you’ll end up with results that are
nearly 37 times better after one year.
Habits are the compound interest of self-improvement. The same
way that money multiplies through compound interest, the effects of
your habits multiply as you repeat them. They seem to make little
difference on any given day and yet the impact they deliver over the
months and years can be enormous. It is only when looking back two,
five, or perhaps ten years later that the value of good habits and the
cost of bad ones becomes strikingly apparent.
This can be a difficult concept to appreciate in daily life. We often
dismiss small changes because they don’t seem to matter very much in
the moment. If you save a little money now, you’re still not a
millionaire. If you go to the gym three days in a row, you’re still out of
shape. If you study Mandarin for an hour tonight, you still haven’t
learned the language. We make a few changes, but the results never
seem to come quickly and so we slide back into our previous routines.
Unfortunately, the slow pace of transformation also makes it easy to
let a bad habit slide. If you eat an unhealthy meal today, the scale
doesn’t move much. If you work late tonight and ignore your family,
they will forgive you. If you procrastinate and put your project off until
tomorrow, there will usually be time to finish it later. A single decision
is easy to dismiss.
But when we repeat 1 percent errors, day after day, by replicating
poor decisions, duplicating tiny mistakes, and rationalizing little
excuses, our small choices compound into toxic results. It’s the
accumulation of many missteps—a 1 percent decline here and there—
that eventually leads to a problem.
The impact created by a change in your habits is similar to the effect
of shifting the route of an airplane by just a few degrees. Imagine you
are flying from Los Angeles to New York City. If a pilot leaving from
LAX adjusts the heading just 3.5 degrees south, you will land in
Washington, D.C., instead of New York. Such a small change is barely
noticeable at takeoff—the nose of the airplane moves just a few feet—
but when magnified across the entire United States, you end up
hundreds of miles apart.*
Similarly, a slight change in your daily habits can guide your life to a
very different destination. Making a choice that is 1 percent better or 1
percent worse seems insignificant in the moment, but over the span of
moments that make up a lifetime these choices determine the
difference between who you are and who you could be. Success is the
product of daily habits—not once-in-a-lifetime transformations.
That said, it doesn’t matter how successful or unsuccessful you are
right now. What matters is whether your habits are putting you on the
path toward success. You should be far more concerned with your
current trajectory than with your current results. If you’re a millionaire
but you spend more than you earn each month, then you’re on a bad
trajectory. If your spending habits don’t change, it’s not going to end
well. Conversely, if you’re broke, but you save a little bit every month,
then you’re on the path toward financial freedom—even if you’re
moving slower than you’d like.
Your outcomes are a lagging measure of your habits. Your net worth
is a lagging measure of your financial habits. Your weight is a lagging
measure of your eating habits. Your knowledge is a lagging measure of
your learning habits. Your clutter is a lagging measure of your cleaning
habits. You get what you repeat.
If you want to predict where you’ll end up in life, all you have to do
is follow the curve of tiny gains or tiny losses, and see how your daily
choices will compound ten or twenty years down the line. Are you
spending less than you earn each month? Are you making it into the
gym each week? Are you reading books and learning something new
each day? Tiny battles like these are the ones that will define your
future self.
Time magnifies the margin between success and failure. It will
multiply whatever you feed it. Good habits make time your ally. Bad
habits make time your enemy.
Habits are a double-edged sword. Bad habits can cut you down just
as easily as good habits can build you up, which is why understanding
the details is crucial. You need to know how habits work and how to
design them to your liking, so you can avoid the dangerous half of the
blade.
YOUR HABITS CAN COMPOUND FOR YOU OR AGAINST YOU
Positive Compounding
Productivity compounds. Accomplishing one extra task is a small feat on any given day,
but it counts for a lot over an entire career. The effect of automating an old task or mastering
a new skill can be even greater. The more tasks you can handle without thinking, the more
your brain is free to focus on other areas.
Knowledge compounds. Learning one new idea won’t make you a genius, but a
commitment to lifelong learning can be transformative. Furthermore, each book you read not
only teaches you something new but also opens up different ways of thinking about old
ideas. As Warren Buffett says, “That’s how knowledge works. It builds up, like compound
interest.”
Relationships compound. People reflect your behavior back to you. The more you help
others, the more others want to help you. Being a little bit nicer in each interaction can result
in a network of broad and strong connections over time.
Negative Compounding
Stress compounds. The frustration of a traffic jam. The weight of parenting responsibilities.
The worry of making ends meet. The strain of slightly high blood pressure. By themselves,
these common causes of stress are manageable. But when they persist for years, little
stresses compound into serious health issues.
Negative thoughts compound. The more you think of yourself as worthless, stupid, or ugly,
the more you condition yourself to interpret life that way. You get trapped in a thought loop.
The same is true for how you think about others. Once you fall into the habit of seeing people
as angry, unjust, or selfish, you see those kind of people everywhere.
Outrage compounds. Riots, protests, and mass movements are rarely the result of a single
event. Instead, a long series of microaggressions and daily aggravations slowly multiply until
one event tips the scales and outrage spreads like wildfire.
WHAT PROGRESS IS REALLY LIKE
Imagine that you have an ice cube sitting on the table in front of you.
The room is cold and you can see your breath. It is currently twentyfive degrees. Ever so slowly, the room begins to heat up.
Twenty-six degrees.
Twenty-seven.
Twenty-eight.
The ice cube is still sitting on the table in front of you.
Twenty-nine degrees.
Thirty.
Thirty-one.
Still, nothing has happened.
Then, thirty-two degrees. The ice begins to melt. A one-degree shift,
seemingly no different from the temperature increases before it, has
unlocked a huge change.
Breakthrough moments are often the result of many previous
actions, which build up the potential required to unleash a major
change. This pattern shows up everywhere. Cancer spends 80 percent
of its life undetectable, then takes over the body in months. Bamboo
can barely be seen for the first five years as it builds extensive root
systems underground before exploding ninety feet into the air within
six weeks.
Similarly, habits often appear to make no difference until you cross
a critical threshold and unlock a new level of performance. In the early
and middle stages of any quest, there is often a Valley of
Disappointment. You expect to make progress in a linear fashion and
it’s frustrating how ineffective changes can seem during the first days,
weeks, and even months. It doesn’t feel like you are going anywhere.
It’s a hallmark of any compounding process: the most powerful
outcomes are delayed.
This is one of the core reasons why it is so hard to build habits that
last. People make a few small changes, fail to see a tangible result, and
decide to stop. You think, “I’ve been running every day for a month, so
why can’t I see any change in my body?” Once this kind of thinking
takes over, it’s easy to let good habits fall by the wayside. But in order
to make a meaningful difference, habits need to persist long enough to
break through this plateau—what I call the Plateau of Latent Potential.
If you find yourself struggling to build a good habit or break a bad
one, it is not because you have lost your ability to improve. It is often
because you have not yet crossed the Plateau of Latent Potential.
Complaining about not achieving success despite working hard is like
complaining about an ice cube not melting when you heated it from
twenty-five to thirty-one degrees. Your work was not wasted; it is just
being stored. All the action happens at thirty-two degrees.
When you finally break through the Plateau of Latent Potential,
people will call it an overnight success. The outside world only sees the
most dramatic event rather than all that preceded it. But you know that
it’s the work you did long ago—when it seemed that you weren’t
making any progress—that makes the jump today possible.
It is the human equivalent of geological pressure. Two tectonic
plates can grind against one another for millions of years, the tension
slowly building all the while. Then, one day, they rub each other once
again, in the same fashion they have for ages, but this time the tension
is too great. An earthquake erupts. Change can take years—before it
happens all at once.
Mastery requires patience. The San Antonio Spurs, one of the most
successful teams in NBA history, have a quote from social reformer
Jacob Riis hanging in their locker room: “When nothing seems to help,
I go and look at a stonecutter hammering away at his rock, perhaps a
hundred times without as much as a crack showing in it. Yet at the
hundred and first blow it will split in two, and I know it was not that
last blow that did it—but all that had gone before.”
THE PLATEAU OF LATENT POTENTIAL
FIGURE 2: We often expect progress to be linear. At the very least, we hope
it will come quickly. In reality, the results of our efforts are often delayed. It is
not until months or years later that we realize the true value of the previous
work we have done. This can result in a “valley of disappointment” where
people feel discouraged after putting in weeks or months of hard work
without experiencing any results. However, this work was not wasted. It was
simply being stored. It is not until much later that the full value of previous
efforts is revealed.
All big things come from small beginnings. The seed of every habit
is a single, tiny decision. But as that decision is repeated, a habit
sprouts and grows stronger. Roots entrench themselves and branches
grow. The task of breaking a bad habit is like uprooting a powerful oak
within us. And the task of building a good habit is like cultivating a
delicate flower one day at a time.
But what determines whether we stick with a habit long enough to
survive the Plateau of Latent Potential and break through to the other
side? What is it that causes some people to slide into unwanted habits
and enables others to enjoy the compounding effects of good ones?
FORGET ABOUT GOALS, FOCUS ON SYSTEMS INSTEAD
Prevailing wisdom claims that the best way to achieve what we want in
life—getting into better shape, building a successful business, relaxing
more and worrying less, spending more time with friends and family—
is to set specific, actionable goals.
For many years, this was how I approached my habits, too. Each one
was a goal to be reached. I set goals for the grades I wanted to get in
school, for the weights I wanted to lift in the gym, for the profits I
wanted to earn in business. I succeeded at a few, but I failed at a lot of
them. Eventually, I began to realize that my results had very little to do
with the goals I set and nearly everything to do with the systems I
followed.
What’s the difference between systems and goals? It’s a distinction I
first learned from Scott Adams, the cartoonist behind the Dilbert
comic. Goals are about the results you want to achieve. Systems are
about the processes that lead to those results.
If you’re a coach, your goal might be to win a championship. Your
system is the way you recruit players, manage your assistant
coaches, and conduct practice.
If you’re an entrepreneur, your goal might be to build a milliondollar business. Your system is how you test product ideas, hire
employees, and run marketing campaigns.
If you’re a musician, your goal might be to play a new piece. Your
system is how often you practice, how you break down and tackle
difficult measures, and your method for receiving feedback from
your instructor.
Now for the interesting question: If you completely ignored your
goals and focused only on your system, would you still succeed? For
example, if you were a basketball coach and you ignored your goal to
win a championship and focused only on what your team does at
practice each day, would you still get results?
I think you would.
The goal in any sport is to finish with the best score, but it would be
ridiculous to spend the whole game staring at the scoreboard. The only
way to actually win is to get better each day. In the words of three-time
Super Bowl winner Bill Walsh, “The score takes care of itself.” The
same is true for other areas of life. If you want better results, then
forget about setting goals. Focus on your system instead.
What do I mean by this? Are goals completely useless? Of course
not. Goals are good for setting a direction, but systems are best for
making progress. A handful of problems arise when you spend too
much time thinking about your goals and not enough time designing
your systems.
Problem #1: Winners and losers have the same goals.
Goal setting suffers from a serious case of survivorship bias. We
concentrate on the people who end up winning—the survivors—and
mistakenly assume that ambitious goals led to their success while
overlooking all of the people who had the same objective but didn’t
succeed.
Every Olympian wants to win a gold medal. Every candidate wants
to get the job. And if successful and unsuccessful people share the
same goals, then the goal cannot be what differentiates the winners
from the losers. It wasn’t the goal of winning the Tour de France that
propelled the British cyclists to the top of the sport. Presumably, they
had wanted to win the race every year before—just like every other
professional team. The goal had always been there. It was only when
they implemented a system of continuous small improvements that
they achieved a different outcome.
Problem #2: Achieving a goal is only a momentary change.
Imagine you have a messy room and you set a goal to clean it. If you
summon the energy to tidy up, then you will have a clean room—for
now. But if you maintain the same sloppy, pack-rat habits that led to a
messy room in the first place, soon you’ll be looking at a new pile of
clutter and hoping for another burst of motivation. You’re left chasing
the same outcome because you never changed the system behind it.
You treated a symptom without addressing the cause.
Achieving a goal only changes your life for the moment. That’s the
counterintuitive thing about improvement. We think we need to
change our results, but the results are not the problem. What we really
need to change are the systems that cause those results. When you
solve problems at the results level, you only solve them temporarily. In
order to improve for good, you need to solve problems at the systems
level. Fix the inputs and the outputs will fix themselves.
Problem #3: Goals restrict your happiness.
The implicit assumption behind any goal is this: “Once I reach my goal,
then I’ll be happy.” The problem with a goals-first mentality is that
you’re continually putting happiness off until the next milestone. I’ve
slipped into this trap so many times I’ve lost count. For years,
happiness was always something for my future self to enjoy. I
promised myself that once I gained twenty pounds of muscle or after
my business was featured in the New York Times, then I could finally
relax.
Furthermore, goals create an “either-or” conflict: either you achieve
your goal and are successful or you fail and you are a disappointment.
You mentally box yourself into a narrow version of happiness. This is
misguided. It is unlikely that your actual path through life will match
the exact journey you had in mind when you set out. It makes no sense
to restrict your satisfaction to one scenario when there are many paths
to success.
A systems-first mentality provides the antidote. When you fall in
love with the process rather than the product, you don’t have to wait to
give yourself permission to be happy. You can be satisfied anytime
your system is running. And a system can be successful in many
different forms, not just the one you first envision.
Problem #4: Goals are at odds with long-term progress.
Finally, a goal-oriented mind-set can create a “yo-yo” effect. Many
runners work hard for months, but as soon as they cross the finish line,
they stop training. The race is no longer there to motivate them. When
all of your hard work is focused on a particular goal, what is left to
push you forward after you achieve it? This is why many people find
themselves reverting to their old habits after accomplishing a goal.
The purpose of setting goals is to win the game. The purpose of
building systems is to continue playing the game. True long-term
thinking is goal-less thinking. It’s not about any single
accomplishment. It is about the cycle of endless refinement and
continuous improvement. Ultimately, it is your commitment to the
process that will determine your progress.
A SYSTEM OF ATOMIC HABITS
If you’re having trouble changing your habits, the problem isn’t you.
The problem is your system. Bad habits repeat themselves again and
again not because you don’t want to change, but because you have the
wrong system for change.
You do not rise to the level of your goals. You fall to the level of your
systems.
Focusing on the overall system, rather than a single goal, is one of
the core themes of this book. It is also one of the deeper meanings
behind the word atomic. By now, you’ve probably realized that an
atomic habit refers to a tiny change, a marginal gain, a 1 percent
improvement. But atomic habits are not just any old habits, however
small. They are little habits that are part of a larger system. Just as
atoms are the building blocks of molecules, atomic habits are the
building blocks of remarkable results.
Habits are like the atoms of our lives. Each one is a fundamental
unit that contributes to your overall improvement. At first, these tiny
routines seem insignificant, but soon they build on each other and fuel
bigger wins that multiply to a degree that far outweighs the cost of
their initial investment. They are both small and mighty. This is the
meaning of the phrase atomic habits—a regular practice or routine
that is not only small and easy to do, but also the source of incredible
power; a component of the system of compound growth.
Chapter Summary
Habits are the compound interest of self-improvement. Getting 1
percent better every day counts for a lot in the long-run.
Habits are a double-edged sword. They can work for you or
against you, which is why understanding the details is essential.
Small changes often appear to make no difference until you cross
a critical threshold. The most powerful outcomes of any
compounding process are delayed. You need to be patient.
An atomic habit is a little habit that is part of a larger system. Just
as atoms are the building blocks of molecules, atomic habits are
the building blocks of remarkable results.
If you want better results, then forget about setting goals. Focus
on your system instead.
You do not rise to the level of your goals. You fall to the level of
your systems.
2
How Your Habits Shape Your Identity (and
Vice Versa)
W
HY IS IT so
easy to repeat bad habits and so hard to form good
ones? Few things can have a more powerful impact on your life
than improving your daily habits. And yet it is likely that this time next
year you’ll be doing the same thing rather than something better.
It often feels difficult to keep good habits going for more than a few
days, even with sincere effort and the occasional burst of motivation.
Habits like exercise, meditation, journaling, and cooking are
reasonable for a day or two and then become a hassle.
However, once your habits are established, they seem to stick
around forever—especially the unwanted ones. Despite our best
intentions, unhealthy habits like eating junk food, watching too much
television, procrastinating, and smoking can feel impossible to break.
Changing our habits is challenging for two reasons: (1) we try to
change the wrong thing and (2) we try to change our habits in the
wrong way. In this chapter, I’ll address the first point. In the chapters
that follow, I’ll answer the second.
Our first mistake is that we try to change the wrong thing. To
understand what I mean, consider that there are three levels at which
change can occur. You can imagine them like the layers of an onion.
THREE LAYERS OF BEHAVIOR CHANGE
FIGURE 3: There are three layers of behavior change: a change in your
outcomes, a change in your processes, or a change in your identity.
The first layer is changing your outcomes. This level is
concerned with changing your results: losing weight, publishing a
book, winning a championship. Most of the goals you set are
associated with this level of change.
The second layer is changing your process. This level is
concerned with changing your habits and systems: implementing a
new routine at the gym, decluttering your desk for better workflow,
developing a meditation practice. Most of the habits you build are
associated with this level.
The third and deepest layer is changing your identity. This
level is concerned with changing your beliefs: your worldview, your
self-image, your judgments about yourself and others. Most of the
beliefs, assumptions, and biases you hold are associated with this level.
Outcomes are about what you get. Processes are about what you do.
Identity is about what you believe. When it comes to building habits
that last—when it comes to building a system of 1 percent
improvements—the problem is not that one level is “better” or “worse”
than another. All levels of change are useful in their own way. The
problem is the direction of change.
Many people begin the process of changing their habits by focusing
on what they want to achieve. This leads us to outcome-based habits.
The alternative is to build identity-based habits. With this approach,
we start by focusing on who we wish to become.
OUTCOME-BASED HABITS
IDENTITY-BASED HABITS
FIGURE 4: With outcome-based habits, the focus is on what you want to
achieve. With identity-based habits, the focus is on who you wish to
become.
Imagine two people resisting a cigarette. When offered a smoke, the
first person says, “No thanks. I’m trying to quit.” It sounds like a
reasonable response, but this person still believes they are a smoker
who is trying to be something else. They are hoping their behavior will
change while carrying around the same beliefs.
The second person declines by saying, “No thanks. I’m not a
smoker.” It’s a small difference, but this statement signals a shift in
identity. Smoking was part of their former life, not their current one.
They no longer identify as someone who smokes.
Most people don’t even consider identity change when they set out
to improve. They just think, “I want to be skinny (outcome) and if I
stick to this diet, then I’ll be skinny (process).” They set goals and
determine the actions they should take to achieve those goals without
considering the beliefs that drive their actions. They never shift the
way they look at themselves, and they don’t realize that their old
identity can sabotage their new plans for change.
Behind every system of actions are a system of beliefs. The system of
a democracy is founded on beliefs like freedom, majority rule, and
social equality. The system of a dictatorship has a very different set of
beliefs like absolute authority and strict obedience. You can imagine
many ways to try to get more people to vote in a democracy, but such
behavior change would never get off the ground in a dictatorship.
That’s not the identity of the system. Voting is a behavior that is
impossible under a certain set of beliefs.
A similar pattern exists whether we are discussing individuals,
organizations, or societies. There are a set of beliefs and assumptions
that shape the system, an identity behind the habits.
Behavior that is incongruent with the self will not last. You may
want more money, but if your identity is someone who consumes
rather than creates, then you’ll continue to be pulled toward spending
rather than earning. You may want better health, but if you continue to
prioritize comfort over accomplishment, you’ll be drawn to relaxing
rather than training. It’s hard to change your habits if you never
change the underlying beliefs that led to your past behavior. You have
a new goal and a new plan, but you haven’t changed who you are.
The story of Brian Clark, an entrepreneur from Boulder, Colorado,
provides a good example. “For as long as I can remember, I’ve chewed
my fingernails,” Clark told me. “It started as a nervous habit when I
was young, and then morphed into an undesirable grooming ritual.
One day, I resolved to stop chewing my nails until they grew out a bit.
Through mindful willpower alone, I managed to do it.”
Then, Clark did something surprising.
“I asked my wife to schedule my first-ever manicure,” he said. “My
thought was that if I started paying to maintain my nails, I wouldn’t
chew them. And it worked, but not for the monetary reason. What
happened was the manicure made my fingers look really nice for the
first time. The manicurist even said that—other than the chewing—I
had really healthy, attractive nails. Suddenly, I was proud of my
fingernails. And even though that’s something I had never aspired to, it
made all the difference. I’ve never chewed my nails since; not even a
single close call. And it’s because I now take pride in properly caring
for them.”
The ultimate form of intrinsic motivation is when a habit becomes
part of your identity. It’s one thing to say I’m the type of person who
wants this. It’s something very different to say I’m the type of person
who is this.
The more pride you have in a particular aspect of your identity, the
more motivated you will be to maintain the habits associated with it. If
you’re proud of how your hair looks, you’ll develop all sorts of habits to
care for and maintain it. If you’re proud of the size of your biceps,
you’ll make sure you never skip an upper-body workout. If you’re
proud of the scarves you knit, you’ll be more likely to spend hours
knitting each week. Once your pride gets involved, you’ll fight tooth
and nail to maintain your habits.
True behavior change is identity change. You might start a habit
because of motivation, but the only reason you’ll stick with one is that
it becomes part of your identity. Anyone can convince themselves to
visit the gym or eat healthy once or twice, but if you don’t shift the
belief behind the behavior, then it is hard to stick with long-term
changes. Improvements are only temporary until they become part of
who you are.
The goal is not to read a book, the goal is to become a reader.
The goal is not to run a marathon, the goal is to become a runner.
The goal is not to learn an instrument, the goal is to become a
musician.
Your behaviors are usually a reflection of your identity. What you do
is an indication of the type of person you believe that you are—either
consciously or nonconsciously.* Research has shown that once a
person believes in a particular aspect of their identity, they are more
likely to act in alignment with that belief. For example, people who
identified as “being a voter” were more likely to vote than those who
simply claimed “voting” was an action they wanted to perform.
Similarly, the person who incorporates exercise into their identity
doesn’t have to convince themselves to train. Doing the right thing is
easy. After all, when your behavior and your identity are fully aligned,
you are no longer pursuing behavior change. You are simply acting like
the type of person you already believe yourself to be.
Like all aspects of habit formation, this, too, is a double-edged
sword. When working for you, identity change can be a powerful force
for self-improvement. When working against you, though, identity
change can be a curse. Once you have adopted an identity, it can be
easy to let your allegiance to it impact your ability to change. Many
people walk through life in a cognitive slumber, blindly following the
norms attached to their identity.
“I’m terrible with directions.”
“I’m not a morning person.”
“I’m bad at remembering people’s names.”
“I’m always late.”
“I’m not good with technology.”
“I’m horrible at math.”
. . . and a thousand other variations.
When you have repeated a story to yourself for years, it is easy to
slide into these mental grooves and accept them as a fact. In time, you
begin to resist certain actions because “that’s not who I am.” There is
internal pressure to maintain your self-image and behave in a way that
is consistent with your beliefs. You find whatever way you can to avoid
contradicting yourself.
The more deeply a thought or action is tied to your identity, the
more difficult it is to change it. It can feel comfortable to believe what
your culture believes (group identity) or to do what upholds your selfimage (personal identity), even if it’s wrong. The biggest barrier to
positive change at any level—individual, team, society—is identity
conflict. Good habits can make rational sense, but if they conflict with
your identity, you will fail to put them into action.
On any given day, you may struggle with your habits because you’re
too busy or too tired or too overwhelmed or hundreds of other reasons.
Over the long run, however, the real reason you fail to stick with habits
is that your self-image gets in the way. This is why you can’t get too
attached to one version of your identity. Progress requires unlearning.
Becoming the best version of yourself requires you to continuously edit
your beliefs, and to upgrade and expand your identity.
This brings us to an important question: If your beliefs and
worldview play such an important role in your behavior, where do they
come from in the first place? How, exactly, is your identity formed?
And how can you emphasize new aspects of your identity that serve
you and gradually erase the pieces that hinder you?
THE TWO-STEP PROCESS TO CHANGING YOUR IDENTITY
Your identity emerges out of your habits. You are not born with preset
beliefs. Every belief, including those about yourself, is learned and
conditioned through experience.*
More precisely, your habits are how you embody your identity.
When you make your bed each day, you embody the identity of an
organized person. When you write each day, you embody the identity
of a creative person. When you train each day, you embody the identity
of an athletic person.
The more you repeat a behavior, the more you reinforce the identity
associated with that behavior. In fact, the word identity was originally
derived from the Latin words essentitas, which means being, and
identidem, which means repeatedly. Your identity is literally your
“repeated beingness.”
Whatever your identity is right now, you only believe it because you
have proof of it. If you go to church every Sunday for twenty years, you
have evidence that you are religious. If you study biology for one hour
every night, you have evidence that you are studious. If you go to the
gym even when it’s snowing, you have evidence that you are committed
to fitness. The more evidence you have for a belief, the more strongly
you will believe it.
For most of my early life, I didn’t consider myself a writer. If you
were to ask any of my high school teachers or college professors, they
would tell you I was an average writer at best: certainly not a standout.
When I began my writing career, I published a new article every
Monday and Thursday for the first few years. As the evidence grew, so
did my identity as a writer. I didn’t start out as a writer. I became one
through my habits.
Of course, your habits are not the only actions that influence your
identity, but by virtue of their frequency they are usually the most
important ones. Each experience in life modifies your self-image, but
it’s unlikely you would consider yourself a soccer player because you
kicked a ball once or an artist because you scribbled a picture. As you
repeat these actions, however, the evidence accumulates and your selfimage begins to change. The effect of one-off experiences tends to fade
away while the effect of habits gets reinforced with time, which means
your habits contribute most of the evidence that shapes your identity.
In this way, the process of building habits is actually the process of
becoming yourself.
This is a gradual evolution. We do not change by snapping our
fingers and deciding to be someone entirely new. We change bit by bit,
day by day, habit by habit. We are continually undergoing
microevolutions of the self.
Each habit is like a suggestion: “Hey, maybe this is who I am.” If you
finish a book, then perhaps you are the type of person who likes
reading. If you go to the gym, then perhaps you are the type of person
who likes exercise. If you practice playing the guitar, perhaps you are
the type of person who likes music.
Every action you take is a vote for the type of person you wish to
become. No single instance will transform your beliefs, but as the votes
build up, so does the evidence of your new identity. This is one reason
why meaningful change does not require radical change. Small habits
can make a meaningful difference by providing evidence of a new
identity. And if a change is meaningful, it actually is big. That’s the
paradox of making small improvements.
Putting this all together, you can see that habits are the path to
changing your identity. The most practical way to change who you are
is to change what you do.
Each time you write a page, you are a writer.
Each time you practice the violin, you are a musician.
Each time you start a workout, you are an athlete.
Each time you encourage your employees, you are a leader.
Each habit not only gets results but also teaches you something far
more important: to trust yourself. You start to believe you can actually
accomplish these things. When the votes mount up and the evidence
begins to change, the story you tell yourself begins to change as well.
Of course, it works the opposite way, too. Every time you choose to
perform a bad habit, it’s a vote for that identity. The good news is that
you don’t need to be perfect. In any election, there are going to be votes
for both sides. You don’t need a unanimous vote to win an election;
you just need a majority. It doesn’t matter if you cast a few votes for a
bad behavior or an unproductive habit. Your goal is simply to win the
majority of the time.
New identities require new evidence. If you keep casting the same
votes you’ve always cast, you’re going to get the same results you’ve
always had. If nothing changes, nothing is going to change.
It is a simple two-step process:
1. Decide the type of person you want to be.
2. Prove it to yourself with small wins.
First, decide who you want to be. This holds at any level—as an
individual, as a team, as a community, as a nation. What do you want
to stand for? What are your principles and values? Who do you wish to
become?
These are big questions, and many people aren’t sure where to begin
—but they do know what kind of results they want: to get six-pack abs
or to feel less anxious or to double their salary. That’s fine. Start there
and work backward from the results you want to the type of person
who could get those results. Ask yourself, “Who is the type of person
that could get the outcome I want?” Who is the type of person that
could lose forty pounds? Who is the type of person that could learn a
new language? Who is the type of person that could run a successful
start-up?
For example, “Who is the type of person who could write a book?”
It’s probably someone who is consistent and reliable. Now your focus
shifts from writing a book (outcome-based) to being the type of person
who is consistent and reliable (identity-based).
This process can lead to beliefs like:
“I’m the kind of teacher who stands up for her students.”
“I’m the kind of doctor who gives each patient the time and
empathy they need.”
“I’m the kind of manager who advocates for her employees.”
Once you have a handle on the type of person you want to be, you
can begin taking small steps to reinforce your desired identity. I have a
friend who lost over 100 pounds by asking herself, “What would a
healthy person do?” All day long, she would use this question as a
guide. Would a healthy person walk or take a cab? Would a healthy
person order a burrito or a salad? She figured if she acted like a healthy
person long enough, eventually she would become that person. She
was right.
The concept of identity-based habits is our first introduction to
another key theme in this book: feedback loops. Your habits shape
your identity, and your identity shapes your habits. It’s a two-way
street. The formation of all habits is a feedback loop (a concept we will
explore in depth in the next chapter), but it’s important to let your
values, principles, and identity drive the loop rather than your results.
The focus should always be on becoming that type of person, not
getting a particular outcome.
THE REAL REASON HABITS MATTER
Identity change is the North Star of habit change. The remainder of
this book will provide you with step-by-step instructions on how to
build better habits in yourself, your family, your team, your company,
and anywhere else you wish. But the true question is: “Are you
becoming the type of person you want to become?” The first step is not
what or how, but who. You need to know who you want to be.
Otherwise, your quest for change is like a boat without a rudder. And
that’s why we are starting here.
You have the power to change your beliefs about yourself. Your
identity is not set in stone. You have a choice in every moment. You
can choose the identity you want to reinforce today with the habits you
choose today. And this brings us to the deeper purpose of this book
and the real reason habits matter.
Building better habits isn’t about littering your day with life hacks.
It’s not about flossing one tooth each night or taking a cold shower
each morning or wearing the same outfit each day. It’s not about
achieving external measures of success like earning more money,
losing weight, or reducing stress. Habits can help you achieve all of
these things, but fundamentally they are not about having something.
They are about becoming someone.
Ultimately, your habits matter because they help you become the
type of person you wish to be. They are the channel through which you
develop your deepest beliefs about yourself. Quite literally, you become
your habits.
Chapter Summary
There are three levels of change: outcome change, process change,
and identity change.
The most effective way to change your habits is to focus not on
what you want to achieve, but on who you wish to become.
Your identity emerges out of your habits. Every action is a vote for
the type of person you wish to become.
Becoming the best version of yourself requires you to
continuously edit your beliefs, and to upgrade and expand your
identity.
The real reason habits matter is not because they can get you
better results (although they can do that), but because they can
change your beliefs about yourself.
3
How to Build Better Habits in 4 Simple
Steps
I
N 1898, A psychologist
named Edward Thorndike conducted an
experiment that would lay the foundation for our understanding of
how habits form and the rules that guide our behavior. Thorndike was
interested in studying the behavior of animals, and he started by
working with cats.
He would place each cat inside a device known as a puzzle box. The
box was designed so that the cat could escape through a door “by some
simple act, such as pulling at a loop of cord, pressing a lever, or
stepping on a platform.” For example, one box contained a lever that,
when pressed, would open a door on the side of the box. Once the door
had been opened, the cat could dart out and run over to a bowl of food.
Most cats wanted to escape as soon as they were placed inside the
box. They would poke their nose into the corners, stick their paws
through openings, and claw at loose objects. After a few minutes of
exploration, the cats would happen to press the magical lever, the door
would open, and they would escape.
Thorndike tracked the behavior of each cat across many trials. In
the beginning, the animals moved around the box at random. But as
soon as the lever had been pressed and the door opened, the process of
learning began. Gradually, each cat learned to associate the action of
pressing the lever with the reward of escaping the box and getting to
the food.
After twenty to thirty trials, this behavior became so automatic and
habitual that the cat could escape within a few seconds. For example,
Thorndike noted, “Cat 12 took the following times to perform the act.
160 seconds, 30 seconds, 90 seconds, 60, 15, 28, 20, 30, 22, 11, 15, 20,
12, 10, 14, 10, 8, 8, 5, 10, 8, 6, 6, 7.”
During the first three trials, the cat escaped in an average of 1.5
minutes. During the last three trials, it escaped in an average of 6.3
seconds. With practice, each cat made fewer errors and their actions
became quicker and more automatic. Rather than repeat the same
mistakes, the cat began to cut straight to the solution.
From his studies, Thorndike described the learning process by
stating, “behaviors followed by satisfying consequences tend to be
repeated and those that produce unpleasant consequences are less
likely to be repeated.” His work provides the perfect starting point for
discussing how habits form in our own lives. It also provides answers
to some fundamental questions like: What are habits? And why does
the brain bother building them at all?
WHY YOUR BRAIN BUILDS HABITS
A habit is a behavior that has been repeated enough times to become
automatic. The process of habit formation begins with trial and error.
Whenever you encounter a new situation in life, your brain has to
make a decision. How do I respond to this? The first time you come
across a problem, you’re not sure how to solve it. Like Thorndike’s cat,
you’re just trying things out to see what works.
Neurological activity in the brain is high during this period. You are
carefully analyzing the situation and making conscious decisions about
how to act. You’re taking in tons of new information and trying to
make sense of it all. The brain is busy learning the most effective
course of action.
Occasionally, like a cat pressing on a lever, you stumble across a
solution. You’re feeling anxious, and you discover that going for a run
calms you down. You’re mentally exhausted from a long day of work,
and you learn that playing video games relaxes you. You’re exploring,
exploring, exploring, and then—BAM—a reward.
After you stumble upon an unexpected reward, you alter your
strategy for next time. Your brain immediately begins to catalog the
events that preceded the reward. Wait a minute—that felt good. What
did I do right before that?
This is the feedback loop behind all human behavior: try, fail, learn,
try differently. With practice, the useless movements fade away and
the useful actions get reinforced. That’s a habit forming.
Whenever you face a problem repeatedly, your brain begins to
automate the process of solving it. Your habits are just a series of
automatic solutions that solve the problems and stresses you face
regularly. As behavioral scientist Jason Hreha writes, “Habits are,
simply, reliable solutions to recurring problems in our environment.”
As habits are created, the level of activity in the brain decreases.
You learn to lock in on the cues that predict success and tune out
everything else. When a similar situation arises in the future, you know
exactly what to look for. There is no longer a need to analyze every
angle of a situation. Your brain skips the process of trial and error and
creates a mental rule: if this, then that. These cognitive scripts can be
followed automatically whenever the situation is appropriate. Now,
whenever you feel stressed, you get the itch to run. As soon as you walk
in the door from work, you grab the video game controller. A choice
that once required effort is now automatic. A habit has been created.
Habits are mental shortcuts learned from experience. In a sense, a
habit is just a memory of the steps you previously followed to solve a
problem in the past. Whenever the conditions are right, you can draw
on this memory and automatically apply the same solution. The
primary reason the brain remembers the past is to better predict what
will work in the future.
Habit formation is incredibly useful because the conscious mind is
the bottleneck of the brain. It can only pay attention to one problem at
a time. As a result, your brain is always working to preserve your
conscious attention for whatever task is most essential. Whenever
possible, the conscious mind likes to pawn off tasks to the
nonconscious mind to do automatically. This is precisely what happens
when a habit is formed. Habits reduce cognitive load and free up
mental capacity, so you can allocate your attention to other tasks.
Despite their efficiency, some people still wonder about the benefits
of habits. The argument goes like this: “Will habits make my life dull? I
don’t want to pigeonhole myself into a lifestyle I don’t enjoy. Doesn’t
so much routine take away the vibrancy and spontaneity of life?”
Hardly. Such questions set up a false dichotomy. They make you think
that you have to choose between building habits and attaining
freedom. In reality, the two complement each other.
Habits do not restrict freedom. They create it. In fact, the people
who don’t have their habits handled are often the ones with the least
amount of freedom. Without good financial habits, you will always be
struggling for the next dollar. Without good health habits, you will
always seem to be short on energy. Without good learning habits, you
will always feel like you’re behind the curve. If you’re always being
forced to make decisions about simple tasks—when should I work out,
where do I go to write, when do I pay the bills—then you have less time
for freedom. It’s only by making the fundamentals of life easier that
you can create the mental space needed for free thinking and
creativity.
Conversely, when you have your habits dialed in and the basics of
life are handled and done, your mind is free to focus on new challenges
and master the next set of problems. Building habits in the present
allows you to do more of what you want in the future.
THE SCIENCE OF HOW HABITS WORK
The process of building a habit can be divided into four simple steps:
cue, craving, response, and reward.* Breaking it down into these
fundamental parts can help us understand what a habit is, how it
works, and how to improve it.
FIGURE 5: All habits proceed through four stages in the same order: cue,
craving, response, and reward.
This four-step pattern is the backbone of every habit, and your brain
runs through these steps in the same order each time.
First, there is the cue. The cue triggers your brain to initiate a
behavior. It is a bit of information that predicts a reward. Our
prehistoric ancestors were paying attention to cues that signaled the
location of primary rewards like food, water, and sex. Today, we spend
most of our time learning cues that predict secondary rewards like
money and fame, power and status, praise and approval, love and
friendship, or a sense of personal satisfaction. (Of course, these
pursuits also indirectly improve our odds of survival and reproduction,
which is the deeper motive behind everything we do.)
Your mind is continuously analyzing your internal and external
environment for hints of where rewards are located. Because the cue is
the first indication that we’re close to a reward, it naturally leads to a
craving.
Cravings are the second step, and they are the motivational force
behind every habit. Without some level of motivation or desire—
without craving a change—we have no reason to act. What you crave is
not the habit itself but the change in state it delivers. You do not crave
smoking a cigarette, you crave the feeling of relief it provides. You are
not motivated by brushing your teeth but rather by the feeling of a
clean mouth. You do not want to turn on the television, you want to be
entertained. Every craving is linked to a desire to change your internal
state. This is an important point that we will discuss in detail later.
Cravings differ from person to person. In theory, any piece of
information could trigger a craving, but in practice, people are not
motivated by the same cues. For a gambler, the sound of slot machines
can be a potent trigger that sparks an intense wave of desire. For
someone who rarely gambles, the jingles and chimes of the casino are
just background noise. Cues are meaningless until they are interpreted.
The thoughts, feelings, and emotions of the observer are what
transform a cue into a craving.
The third step is the response. The response is the actual habit you
perform, which can take the form of a thought or an action. Whether a
response occurs depends on how motivated you are and how much
friction is associated with the behavior. If a particular action requires
more physical or mental effort than you are willing to expend, then you
won’t do it. Your response also depends on your ability. It sounds
simple, but a habit can occur only if you are capable of doing it. If you
want to dunk a basketball but can’t jump high enough to reach the
hoop, well, you’re out of luck.
Finally, the response delivers a reward. Rewards are the end goal of
every habit. The cue is about noticing the reward. The craving is about
wanting the reward. The response is about obtaining the reward. We
chase rewards because they serve two purposes: (1) they satisfy us and
(2) they teach us.
The first purpose of rewards is to satisfy your craving. Yes, rewards
provide benefits on their own. Food and water deliver the energy you
need to survive. Getting a promotion brings more money and respect.
Getting in shape improves your health and your dating prospects. But
the more immediate benefit is that rewards satisfy your craving to eat
or to gain status or to win approval. At least for a moment, rewards
deliver contentment and relief from craving.
Second, rewards teach us which actions are worth remembering in
the future. Your brain is a reward detector. As you go about your life,
your sensory nervous system is continuously monitoring which actions
satisfy your desires and deliver pleasure. Feelings of pleasure and
disappointment are part of the feedback mechanism that helps your
brain distinguish useful actions from useless ones. Rewards close the
feedback loop and complete the habit cycle.
If a behavior is insufficient in any of the four stages, it will not
become a habit. Eliminate the cue and your habit will never start.
Reduce the craving and you won’t experience enough motivation to
act. Make the behavior difficult and you won’t be able to do it. And if
the reward fails to satisfy your desire, then you’ll have no reason to do
it again in the future. Without the first three steps, a behavior will not
occur. Without all four, a behavior will not be repeated.
THE HABIT LOOP
FIGURE 6: The four stages of habit are best described as a feedback loop.
They form an endless cycle that is running every moment you are alive. This
“habit loop” is continually scanning the environment, predicting what will
happen next, trying out different responses, and learning from the results.*
In summary, the cue triggers a craving, which motivates a response,
which provides a reward, which satisfies the craving and, ultimately,
becomes associated with the cue. Together, these four steps form a
neurological feedback loop—cue, craving, response, reward; cue,
craving, response, reward—that ultimately allows you to create
automatic habits. This cycle is known as the habit loop.
This four-step process is not something that happens occasionally,
but rather it is an endless feedback loop that is running and active
during every moment you are alive—even now. The brain is continually
scanning the environment, predicting what will happen next, trying
out different responses, and learning from the results. The entire
process is completed in a split second, and we use it again and again
without realizing everything that has been packed into the previous
moment.
We can split these four steps into two phases: the problem phase
and the solution phase. The problem phase includes the cue and the
craving, and it is when you realize that something needs to change. The
solution phase includes the response and the reward, and it is when
you take action and achieve the change you desire.
Problem phase
1. Cue
2. Craving
Solution phase
3. Response
4. Reward
All behavior is driven by the desire to solve a problem. Sometimes
the problem is that you notice something good and you want to obtain
it. Sometimes the problem is that you are experiencing pain and you
want to relieve it. Either way, the purpose of every habit is to solve the
problems you face.
In the table on the following page, you can see a few examples of
what this looks like in real life.
Imagine walking into a dark room and flipping on the light switch.
You have performed this simple habit so many times that it occurs
without thinking. You proceed through all four stages in the fraction of
a second. The urge to act strikes you without thinking.
Problem phase
1. Cue: Your phone buzzes with a new text message.
2. Craving: You want to learn the contents of the message.
Solution phase
3. Response: You grab your phone and read the text.
4. Reward: You satisfy your craving to read the message. Grabbing your phone becomes
associated with your phone buzzing.
Problem phase
1. Cue: You are answering emails.
2. Craving: You begin to feel stressed and overwhelmed by work. You want to feel in control.
Solution phase
3. Response: You bite your nails.
4. Reward: You satisfy your craving to reduce stress. Biting your nails becomes associated
with answering email.
Problem phase
1. Cue: You wake up.
2. Craving: You want to feel alert.
Solution phase
3. Response: You drink a cup of coffee.
4. Reward: You satisfy your craving to feel alert. Drinking coffee becomes associated with
waking up.
Problem phase
1. Cue: You smell a doughnut shop as you walk down the street near your office.
2. Craving: You begin to crave a doughnut.
Solution phase
3. Response: You buy a doughnut and eat it.
4. Reward: You satisfy your craving to eat a doughnut. Buying a doughnut becomes
associated with walking down the street near your office.
Problem phase
1. Cue: You hit a stumbling block on a project at work.
2. Craving: You feel stuck and want to relieve your frustration.
Solution phase
3. Response: You pull out your phone and check social media.
4. Reward: You satisfy your craving to feel relieved. Checking social media becomes
associated with feeling stalled at work.
Problem phase
1. Cue: You walk into a dark room.
2. Craving: You want to be able to see.
Solution phase
3. Response: You flip the light switch.
4. Reward: You satisfy your craving to see. Turning on the light switch becomes associated
with being in a dark room.
By the time we become adults, we rarely notice the habits that are
running our lives. Most of us never give a second thought to the fact
that we tie the same shoe first each morning, or unplug the toaster
after each use, or always change into comfortable clothes after getting
home from work. After decades of mental programming, we
automatically slip into these patterns of thinking and acting.
THE FOUR LAWS OF BEHAVIOR CHANGE
In the following chapters, we will see time and again how the four
stages of cue, craving, response, and reward influence nearly
everything we do each day. But before we do that, we need to
transform these four steps into a practical framework that we can use
to design good habits and eliminate bad ones.
I refer to this framework as the Four Laws of Behavior Change, and
it provides a simple set of rules for creating good habits and breaking
bad ones. You can think of each law as a lever that influences human
behavior. When the levers are in the right positions, creating good
habits is effortless. When they are in the wrong positions, it is nearly
impossible.
How to Create a Good Habit
The 1st law (Cue): Make it obvious.
The 2nd law (Craving): Make it attractive.
The 3rd law (Response): Make it easy.
The 4th law (Reward): Make it satisfying.
We can invert these laws to learn how to break a bad habit.
How to Break a Bad Habit
Inversion of the 1st law (Cue): Make it invisible.
Inversion of the 2nd law (Craving): Make it unattractive.
Inversion of the 3rd law (Response): Make it difficult.
Inversion of the 4th law (Reward): Make it unsatisfying.
It would be irresponsible for me to claim that these four laws are an
exhaustive framework for changing any human behavior, but I think
they’re close. As you will soon see, the Four Laws of Behavior Change
apply to nearly every field, from sports to politics, art to medicine,
comedy to management. These laws can be used no matter what
challenge you are facing. There is no need for completely different
strategies for each habit.
Whenever you want to change your behavior, you can simply ask
yourself:
1. How can I make it obvious?
2. How can I make it attractive?
3. How can I make it easy?
4. How can I make it satisfying?
If you have ever wondered, “Why don’t I do what I say I’m going to
do? Why don’t I lose the weight or stop smoking or save for retirement
or start that side business? Why do I say something is important but
never seem to make time for it?” The answers to those questions can be
found somewhere in these four laws. The key to creating good habits
and breaking bad ones is to understand these fundamental laws and
how to alter them to your specifications. Every goal is doomed to fail if
it goes against the grain of human nature.
Your habits are shaped by the systems in your life. In the chapters
that follow, we will discuss these laws one by one and show how you
can use them to create a system in which good habits emerge naturally
and bad habits wither away.
Chapter Summary
A habit is a behavior that has been repeated enough times to
become automatic.
The ultimate purpose of habits is to solve the problems of life with
as little energy and effort as possible.
Any habit can be broken down into a feedback loop that involves
four steps: cue, craving, response, and reward.
The Four Laws of Behavior Change are a simple set of rules we
can use to build better habits. They are (1) make it obvious, (2)
make it attractive, (3) make it easy, and (4) make it satisfying.
THE 1ST LAW
Make It Obvious
4
The Man Who Didn’t Look Right
THE PSYCHOLOGIST GARY Klein once told me a story about a woman who
attended a family gathering. She had spent years working as a
paramedic and, upon arriving at the event, took one look at her fatherin-law and got very concerned.
“I don’t like the way you look,” she said.
Her father-in-law, who was feeling perfectly fine, jokingly replied,
“Well, I don’t like your looks, either.”
“No,” she insisted. “You need to go to the hospital now.”
A few hours later, the man was undergoing lifesaving surgery after
an examination had revealed that he had a blockage to a major artery
and was at immediate risk of a heart attack. Without his daughter-inlaw’s intuition, he could have died.
What did the paramedic see? How did she predict his impending
heart attack?
When major arteries are obstructed, the body focuses on sending
blood to critical organs and away from peripheral locations near the
surface of the skin. The result is a change in the pattern of distribution
of blood in the face. After many years of working with people with
heart failure, the woman had unknowingly developed the ability to
recognize this pattern on sight. She couldn’t explain what it was that
she noticed in her father-in-law’s face, but she knew something was
wrong.
Similar stories exist in other fields. For example, military analysts
can identify which blip on a radar screen is an enemy missile and
which one is a plane from their own fleet even though they are
traveling at the same speed, flying at the same altitude, and look
identical on radar in nearly every respect. During the Gulf War,
Lieutenant Commander Michael Riley saved an entire battleship when
he ordered a missile shot down—despite the fact that it looked exactly
like the battleship’s own planes on radar. He made the right call, but
even his superior officers couldn’t explain how he did it.
Museum curators have been known to discern the difference
between an authentic piece of art and an expertly produced counterfeit
even though they can’t tell you precisely which details tipped them off.
Experienced radiologists can look at a brain scan and predict the area
where a stroke will develop before any obvious signs are visible to the
untrained eye. I’ve even heard of hairdressers noticing whether a client
is pregnant based only on the feel of her hair.
The human brain is a prediction machine. It is continuously taking
in your surroundings and analyzing the information it comes across.
Whenever you experience something repeatedly—like a paramedic
seeing the face of a heart attack patient or a military analyst seeing a
missile on a radar screen—your brain begins noticing what is
important, sorting through the details and highlighting the relevant
cues, and cataloging that information for future use.
With enough practice, you can pick up on the cues that predict
certain outcomes without consciously thinking about it. Automatically,
your brain encodes the lessons learned through experience. We can’t
always explain what it is we are learning, but learning is happening all
along the way, and your ability to notice the relevant cues in a given
situation is the foundation for every habit you have.
We underestimate how much our brains and bodies can do without
thinking. You do not tell your hair to grow, your heart to pump, your
lungs to breathe, or your stomach to digest. And yet your body handles
all this and more on autopilot. You are much more than your conscious
self.
Consider hunger. How do you know when you’re hungry? You don’t
necessarily have to see a cookie on the counter to realize that it is time
to eat. Appetite and hunger are governed nonconsciously. Your body
has a variety of feedback loops that gradually alert you when it is time
to eat again and that track what is going on around you and within you.
Cravings can arise thanks to hormones and chemicals circulating
through your body. Suddenly, you’re hungry even though you’re not
quite sure what tipped you off.
This is one of the most surprising insights about our habits: you
don’t need to be aware of the cue for a habit to begin. You can notice an
opportunity and take action without dedicating conscious attention to
it. This is what makes habits useful.
It’s also what makes them dangerous. As habits form, your actions
come under the direction of your automatic and nonconscious mind.
You fall into old patterns before you realize what’s happening. Unless
someone points it out, you may not notice that you cover your mouth
with your hand whenever you laugh, that you apologize before asking a
question, or that you have a habit of finishing other people’s sentences.
And the more you repeat these patterns, the less likely you become to
question what you’re doing and why you’re doing it.
I once heard of a retail clerk who was instructed to cut up empty gift
cards after customers had used up the balance on the card. One day,
the clerk cashed out a few customers in a row who purchased with gift
cards. When the next person walked up, the clerk swiped the
customer’s actual credit card, picked up the scissors, and then cut it in
half—entirely on autopilot—before looking up at the stunned customer
and realizing what had just happened.
Another woman I came across in my research was a former
preschool teacher who had switched to a corporate job. Even though
she was now working with adults, her old habits would kick in and she
kept asking coworkers if they had washed their hands after going to the
bathroom. I also found the story of a man who had spent years
working as a lifeguard and would occasionally yell “Walk!” whenever
he saw a child running.
Over time, the cues that spark our habits become so common that
they are essentially invisible: the treats on the kitchen counter, the
remote control next to the couch, the phone in our pocket. Our
responses to these cues are so deeply encoded that it may feel like the
urge to act comes from nowhere. For this reason, we must begin the
process of behavior change with awareness.
Before we can effectively build new habits, we need to get a handle
on our current ones. This can be more challenging than it sounds
because once a habit is firmly rooted in your life, it is mostly
nonconscious and automatic. If a habit remains mindless, you can’t
expect to improve it. As the psychologist Carl Jung said, “Until you
make the unconscious conscious, it will direct your life and you will
call it fate.”
THE HABITS SCORECARD
The Japanese railway system is regarded as one of the best in the
world. If you ever find yourself riding a train in Tokyo, you’ll notice
that the conductors have a peculiar habit.
As each operator runs the train, they proceed through a ritual of
pointing at different objects and calling out commands. When the train
approaches a signal, the operator will point at it and say, “Signal is
green.” As the train pulls into and out of each station, the operator will
point at the speedometer and call out the exact speed. When it’s time
to leave, the operator will point at the timetable and state the time. Out
on the platform, other employees are performing similar actions.
Before each train departs, staff members will point along the edge of
the platform and declare, “All clear!” Every detail is identified, pointed
at, and named aloud.*
This process, known as Pointing-and-Calling, is a safety system
designed to reduce mistakes. It seems silly, but it works incredibly
well. Pointing-and-Calling reduces errors by up to 85 percent and cuts
accidents by 30 percent. The MTA subway system in New York City
adopted a modified version that is “point-only,” and “within two years
of implementation, incidents of incorrectly berthed subways fell 57
percent.”
Pointing-and-Calling is so effective because it raises the level of
awareness from a nonconscious habit to a more conscious level.
Because the train operators must use their eyes, hands, mouth, and
ears, they are more likely to notice problems before something goes
wrong.
My wife does something similar. Whenever we are preparing to
walk out the door for a trip, she verbally calls out the most essential
items in her packing list. “I’ve got my keys. I’ve got my wallet. I’ve got
my glasses. I’ve got my husband.”
The more automatic a behavior becomes, the less likely we are to
consciously think about it. And when we’ve done something a
thousand times before, we begin to overlook things. We assume that
the next time will be just like the last. We’re so used to doing what
we’ve always done that we don’t stop to question whether it’s the right
thing to do at all. Many of our failures in performance are largely
attributable to a lack of self-awareness.
One of our greatest challenges in changing habits is maintaining
awareness of what we are actually doing. This helps explain why the
consequences of bad habits can sneak up on us. We need a “point-andcall” system for our personal lives. That’s the origin of the Habits
Scorecard, which is a simple exercise you can use to become more
aware of your behavior. To create your own, make a list of your daily
habits.
Here’s a sample of where your list might start:
Wake up
Turn off alarm
Check my phone
Go to the bathroom
Weigh myself
Take a shower
Brush my teeth
Floss my teeth
Put on deodorant
Hang up towel to dry
Get dressed
Make a cup of tea
. . . and so on.
Once you have a full list, look at each behavior, and ask yourself, “Is
this a good habit, a bad habit, or a neutral habit?” If it is a good habit,
write “+” next to it. If it is a bad habit, write “–”. If it is a neutral habit,
write “=”.
For example, the list above might look like this:
Wake up =
Turn off alarm =
Check my phone –
Go to the bathroom =
Weigh myself +
Take a shower +
Brush my teeth +
Floss my teeth +
Put on deodorant +
Hang up towel to dry =
Get dressed =
Make a cup of tea +
The marks you give to a particular habit will depend on your
situation and your goals. For someone who is trying to lose weight,
eating a bagel with peanut butter every morning might be a bad habit.
For someone who is trying to bulk up and add muscle, the same
behavior might be a good habit. It all depends on what you’re working
toward.*
Scoring your habits can be a bit more complex for another reason as
well. The labels “good habit” and “bad habit” are slightly inaccurate.
There are no good habits or bad habits. There are only effective habits.
That is, effective at solving problems. All habits serve you in some way
—even the bad ones—which is why you repeat them. For this exercise,
categorize your habits by how they will benefit you in the long run.
Generally speaking, good habits will have net positive outcomes. Bad
habits have net negative outcomes. Smoking a cigarette may reduce
stress right now (that’s how it’s serving you), but it’s not a healthy
long-term behavior.
If you’re still having trouble determining how to rate a particular
habit, here is a question I like to use: “Does this behavior help me
become the type of person I wish to be? Does this habit cast a vote for
or against my desired identity?” Habits that reinforce your desired
identity are usually good. Habits that conflict with your desired
identity are usually bad.
As you create your Habits Scorecard, there is no need to change
anything at first. The goal is to simply notice what is actually going on.
Observe your thoughts and actions without judgment or internal
criticism. Don’t blame yourself for your faults. Don’t praise yourself for
your successes.
If you eat a chocolate bar every morning, acknowledge it, almost as
if you were watching someone else. Oh, how interesting that they
would do such a thing. If you binge-eat, simply notice that you are
eating more calories than you should. If you waste time online, notice
that you are spending your life in a way that you do not want to.
The first step to changing bad habits is to be on the lookout for
them. If you feel like you need extra help, then you can try Pointingand-Calling in your own life. Say out loud the action that you are
thinking of taking and what the outcome will be. If you want to cut
back on your junk food habit but notice yourself grabbing another
cookie, say out loud, “I’m about to eat this cookie, but I don’t need it.
Eating it will cause me to gain weight and hurt my health.”
Hearing your bad habits spoken aloud makes the consequences
seem more real. It adds weight to the action rather than letting
yourself mindlessly slip into an old routine. This approach is useful
even if you’re simply trying to remember a task on your to-do list. Just
saying out loud, “Tomorrow, I need to go to the post office after lunch,”
increases the odds that you’ll actually do it. You’re getting yourself to
acknowledge the need for action—and that can make all the difference.
The process of behavior change always starts with awareness.
Strategies like Pointing-and-Calling and the Habits Scorecard are
focused on getting you to recognize your habits and acknowledge the
cues that trigger them, which makes it possible to respond in a way
that benefits you.
Chapter Summary
With enough practice, your brain will pick up on the cues that
predict certain outcomes without consciously thinking about it.
Once our habits become automatic, we stop paying attention to
what we are doing.
The process of behavior change always starts with awareness. You
need to be aware of your habits before you can change them.
Pointing-and-Calling raises your level of awareness from a
nonconscious habit to a more conscious level by verbalizing your
actions.
The Habits Scorecard is a simple exercise you can use to become
more aware of your behavior.
5
The Best Way to Start a New Habit
I
N 2001, RESEARCHERS in
Great Britain began working with 248 people
to build better exercise habits over the course of two weeks. The
subjects were divided into three groups.
The first group was the control group. They were simply asked to
track how often they exercised.
The second group was the “motivation” group. They were asked not
only to track their workouts but also to read some material on the
benefits of exercise. The researchers also explained to the group how
exercise could reduce the risk of coronary heart disease and improve
heart health.
Finally, there was the third group. These subjects received the same
presentation as the second group, which ensured that they had equal
levels of motivation. However, they were also asked to formulate a plan
for when and where they would exercise over the following week.
Specifically, each member of the third group completed the following
sentence: “During the next week, I will partake in at least 20 minutes
of vigorous exercise on [DAY] at [TIME] in [PLACE].”
In the first and second groups, 35 to 38 percent of people exercised
at least once per week. (Interestingly, the motivational presentation
given to the second group seemed to have no meaningful impact on
behavior.) But 91 percent of the third group exercised at least once per
week—more than double the normal rate.
The sentence they filled out is what researchers refer to as an
implementation intention, which is a plan you make beforehand about
when and where to act. That is, how you intend to implement a
particular habit.
The cues that can trigger a habit come in a wide range of forms—the
feel of your phone buzzing in your pocket, the smell of chocolate chip
cookies, the sound of ambulance sirens—but the two most common
cues are time and location. Implementation intentions leverage both of
these cues.
Broadly speaking, the format for creating an implementation
intention is:
“When situation X arises, I will perform response Y.”
Hundreds of studies have shown that implementation intentions are
effective for sticking to our goals, whether it’s writing down the exact
time and date of when you will get a flu shot or recording the time of
your colonoscopy appointment. They increase the odds that people will
stick with habits like recycling, studying, going to sleep early, and
stopping smoking.
Researchers have even found that voter turnout increases when
people are forced to create implementation intentions by answering
questions like: “What route are you taking to the polling station? At
what time are you planning to go? What bus will get you there?” Other
successful government programs have prompted citizens to make a
clear plan to send taxes in on time or provided directions on when and
where to pay late traffic bills.
The punch line is clear: people who make a specific plan for when
and where they will perform a new habit are more likely to follow
through. Too many people try to change their habits without these
basic details figured out. We tell ourselves, “I’m going to eat healthier”
or “I’m going to write more,” but we never say when and where these
habits are going to happen. We leave it up to chance and hope that we
will “just remember to do it” or feel motivated at the right time. An
implementation intention sweeps away foggy notions like “I want to
work out more” or “I want to be more productive” or “I should vote”
and transforms them into a concrete plan of action.
Many people think they lack motivation when what they really lack
is clarity. It is not always obvious when and where to take action. Some
people spend their entire lives waiting for the time to be right to make
an improvement.
Once an implementation intention has been set, you don’t have to
wait for inspiration to strike. Do I write a chapter today or not? Do I
meditate this morning or at lunch? When the moment of action
occurs, there is no need to make a decision. Simply follow your
predetermined plan.
The simple way to apply this strategy to your habits is to fill
out this sentence:
I will [BEHAVIOR] at [TIME] in [LOCATION].
Meditation. I will meditate for one minute at 7 a.m. in my kitchen.
Studying. I will study Spanish for twenty minutes at 6 p.m. in my
bedroom.
Exercise. I will exercise for one hour at 5 p.m. in my local gym.
Marriage. I will make my partner a cup of tea at 8 a.m. in the
kitchen.
If you aren’t sure when to start your habit, try the first day of the
week, month, or year. People are more likely to take action at those
times because hope is usually higher. If we have hope, we have a
reason to take action. A fresh start feels motivating.
There is another benefit to implementation intentions. Being
specific about what you want and how you will achieve it helps you say
no to things that derail progress, distract your attention, and pull you
off course. We often say yes to little requests because we are not clear
enough about what we need to be doing instead. When your dreams
are vague, it’s easy to rationalize little exceptions all day long and never
get around to the specific things you need to do to succeed.
Give your habits a time and a space to live in the world. The goal is
to make the time and location so obvious that, with enough repetition,
you get an urge to do the right thing at the right time, even if you can’t
say why. As the writer Jason Zweig noted, “Obviously you’re never
going to just work out without conscious thought. But like a dog
salivating at a bell, maybe you start to get antsy around the time of day
you normally work out.”
There are many ways to use implementation intentions in your life
and work. My favorite approach is one I learned from Stanford
professor BJ Fogg and it is a strategy I refer to as habit stacking.
HABIT STACKING: A SIMPLE PLAN TO OVERHAUL YOUR
HABITS
The French philosopher Denis Diderot lived nearly his entire life in
poverty, but that all changed one day in 1765.
Diderot’s daughter was about to be married and he could not afford
to pay for the wedding. Despite his lack of wealth, Diderot was well
known for his role as the co-founder and writer of Encyclopédie, one of
the most comprehensive encyclopedias of the time. When Catherine
the Great, the Empress of Russia, heard of Diderot’s financial troubles,
her heart went out to him. She was a book lover and greatly enjoyed his
encyclopedia. She offered to buy Diderot’s personal library for £1,000
—more than $150,000 today.* Suddenly, Diderot had money to spare.
With his new wealth, he not only paid for the wedding but also
acquired a scarlet robe for himself.
Diderot’s scarlet robe was beautiful. So beautiful, in fact, that he
immediately noticed how out of place it seemed when surrounded by
his more common possessions. He wrote that there was “no more
coordination, no more unity, no more beauty” between his elegant robe
and the rest of his stuff.
Diderot soon felt the urge to upgrade his possessions. He replaced
his rug with one from Damascus. He decorated his home with
expensive sculptures. He bought a mirror to place above the mantel,
and a better kitchen table. He tossed aside his old straw chair for a
leather one. Like falling dominoes, one purchase led to the next.
Diderot’s behavior is not uncommon. In fact, the tendency for one
purchase to lead to another one has a name: the Diderot Effect. The
Diderot Effect states that obtaining a new possession often creates a
spiral of consumption that leads to additional purchases.
You can spot this pattern everywhere. You buy a dress and have to
get new shoes and earrings to match. You buy a couch and suddenly
question the layout of your entire living room. You buy a toy for your
child and soon find yourself purchasing all of the accessories that go
with it. It’s a chain reaction of purchases.
Many human behaviors follow this cycle. You often decide what to
do next based on what you have just finished doing. Going to the
bathroom leads to washing and drying your hands, which reminds you
that you need to put the dirty towels in the laundry, so you add laundry
detergent to the shopping list, and so on. No behavior happens in
isolation. Each action becomes a cue that triggers the next behavior.
Why is this important?
When it comes to building new habits, you can use the
connectedness of behavior to your advantage. One of the best ways to
build a new habit is to identify a current habit you already do each day
and then stack your new behavior on top. This is called habit stacking.
Habit stacking is a special form of an implementation intention.
Rather than pairing your new habit with a particular time and location,
you pair it with a current habit. This method, which was created by BJ
Fogg as part of his Tiny Habits program, can be used to design an
obvious cue for nearly any habit.*
The habit stacking formula is:
“After [CURRENT HABIT], I will [NEW HABIT].”
For example:
Meditation. After I pour my cup of coffee each morning, I will
meditate for one minute.
Exercise. After I take off my work shoes, I will immediately
change into my workout clothes.
Gratitude. After I sit down to dinner, I will say one thing I’m
grateful for that happened today.
Marriage. After I get into bed at night, I will give my partner a
kiss.
Safety. After I put on my running shoes, I will text a friend or
family member where I am running and how long it will take.
The key is to tie your desired behavior into something you already
do each day. Once you have mastered this basic structure, you can
begin to create larger stacks by chaining small habits together. This
allows you to take advantage of the natural momentum that comes
from one behavior leading into the next—a positive version of the
Diderot Effect.
HABIT STACKING
FIGURE 7: Habit stacking increases the likelihood that you’ll stick with a
habit by stacking your new behavior on top of an old one. This process can
be repeated to chain numerous habits together, each one acting as the cue
for the next.
Your morning routine habit stack might look like this:
1. After I pour my morning cup of coffee, I will meditate for sixty
seconds.
2. After I meditate for sixty seconds, I will write my to-do list for
the day.
3. After I write my to-do list for the day, I will immediately begin
my first task.
Or, consider this habit stack in the evening:
1. After I finish eating dinner, I will put my plate directly into the
dishwasher.
2. After I put my dishes away, I will immediately wipe down the
counter.
3. After I wipe down the counter, I will set out my coffee mug for
tomorrow morning.
You can also insert new behaviors into the middle of your current
routines. For example, you may already have a morning routine that
looks like this: Wake up > Make my bed > Take a shower. Let’s say you
want to develop the habit of reading more each night. You can expand
your habit stack and try something like: Wake up > Make my bed >
Place a book on my pillow > Take a shower. Now, when you climb into
bed each night, a book will be sitting there waiting for you to enjoy.
Overall, habit stacking allows you to create a set of simple rules that
guide your future behavior. It’s like you always have a game plan for
which action should come next. Once you get comfortable with this
approach, you can develop general habit stacks to guide you whenever
the situation is appropriate:
Exercise. When I see a set of stairs, I will take them instead of
using the elevator.
Social skills. When I walk into a party, I will introduce myself to
someone I don’t know yet.
Finances. When I want to buy something over $100, I will wait
twenty-four hours before purchasing.
Healthy eating. When I serve myself a meal, I will always put
veggies on my plate first.
Minimalism. When I buy a new item, I will give something away.
(“One in, one out.”)
Mood. When the phone rings, I will take one deep breath and
smile before answering.
Forgetfulness. When I leave a public place, I will check the table
and chairs to make sure I don’t leave anything behind.
No matter how you use this strategy, the secret to creating a
successful habit stack is selecting the right cue to kick things off.
Unlike an implementation intention, which specifically states the time
and location for a given behavior, habit stacking implicitly has the time
and location built into it. When and where you choose to insert a habit
into your daily routine can make a big difference. If you’re trying to
add meditation into your morning routine but mornings are chaotic
and your kids keep running into the room, then that may be the wrong
place and time. Consider when you are most likely to be successful.
Don’t ask yourself to do a habit when you’re likely to be occupied with
something else.
Your cue should also have the same frequency as your desired habit.
If you want to do a habit every day, but you stack it on top of a habit
that only happens on Mondays, that’s not a good choice.
One way to find the right trigger for your habit stack is by
brainstorming a list of your current habits. You can use your Habits
Scorecard from the last chapter as a starting point. Alternatively, you
can create a list with two columns. In the first column, write down the
habits you do each day without fail.*
For example:
Get out of bed.
Take a shower.
Brush your teeth.
Get dressed.
Brew a cup of coffee.
Eat breakfast.
Take the kids to school.
Start the work day.
Eat lunch.
End the work day.
Change out of work clothes.
Sit down for dinner.
Turn off the lights.
Get into bed.
Your list can be much longer, but you get the idea. In the second
column, write down all of the things that happen to you each day
without fail. For example:
The sun rises.
You get a text message.
The song you are listening to ends.
The sun sets.
Armed with these two lists, you can begin searching for the best
place to layer your new habit into your lifestyle.
Habit stacking works best when the cue is highly specific and
immediately actionable. Many people select cues that are too vague. I
made this mistake myself. When I wanted to start a push-up habit, my
habit stack was “When I take a break for lunch, I will do ten push-ups.”
At first glance, this sounded reasonable. But soon, I realized the trigger
was unclear. Would I do my push-ups before I ate lunch? After I ate
lunch? Where would I do them? After a few inconsistent days, I
changed my habit stack to: “When I close my laptop for lunch, I will do
ten push-ups next to my desk.” Ambiguity gone.
Habits like “read more” or “eat better” are worthy causes, but these
goals do not provide instruction on how and when to act. Be specific
and clear: After I close the door. After I brush my teeth. After I sit
down at the table. The specificity is important. The more tightly bound
your new habit is to a specific cue, the better the odds are that you will
notice when the time comes to act.
The 1st Law of Behavior Change is to make it obvious. Strategies
like implementation intentions and habit stacking are among the most
practical ways to create obvious cues for your habits and design a clear
plan for when and where to take action.
Chapter Summary
The 1st Law of Behavior Change is make it obvious.
The two most common cues are time and location.
Creating an implementation intention is a strategy you can use to
pair a new habit with a specific time and location.
The implementation intention formula is: I will [BEHAVIOR] at
[TIME] in [LOCATION].
Habit stacking is a strategy you can use to pair a new habit with a
current habit.
The habit stacking formula is: After [CURRENT HABIT], I will
[NEW HABIT].
6
Motivation Is Overrated; Environment
Often Matters More
ANNE THORNDIKE, A primary care physician at Massachusetts General
Hospital in Boston, had a crazy idea. She believed she could improve
the eating habits of thousands of hospital staff and visitors without
changing their willpower or motivation in the slightest way. In fact, she
didn’t plan on talking to them at all.
Thorndike and her colleagues designed a six-month study to alter
the “choice architecture” of the hospital cafeteria. They started by
changing how drinks were arranged in the room. Originally, the
refrigerators located next to the cash registers in the cafeteria were
filled with only soda. The researchers added water as an option to each
one. Additionally, they placed baskets of bottled water next to the food
stations throughout the room. Soda was still in the primary
refrigerators, but water was now available at all drink locations.
Over the next three months, the number of soda sales at the hospital
dropped by 11.4 percent. Meanwhile, sales of bottled water increased
by 25.8 percent. They made similar adjustments—and saw similar
results—with the food in the cafeteria. Nobody had said a word to
anyone eating there.
BEFORE
AFTER
FIGURE 8: Here is a representation of what the cafeteria looked like before
the environment design changes were made (left) and after (right). The
shaded boxes indicate areas where bottled water was available in each
instance. Because the amount of water in the environment was increased,
behavior shifted naturally and without additional motivation.
People often choose products not because of what they are, but
because of where they are. If I walk into the kitchen and see a plate of
cookies on the counter, I’ll pick up half a dozen and start eating, even if
I hadn’t been thinking about them beforehand and didn’t necessarily
feel hungry. If the communal table at the office is always filled with
doughnuts and bagels, it’s going to be hard not to grab one every now
and then. Your habits change depending on the room you are in and
the cues in front of you.
Environment is the invisible hand that shapes human behavior.
Despite our unique personalities, certain behaviors tend to arise again
and again under certain environmental conditions. In church, people
tend to talk in whispers. On a dark street, people act wary and guarded.
In this way, the most common form of change is not internal, but
external: we are changed by the world around us. Every habit is
context dependent.
In 1936, psychologist Kurt Lewin wrote a simple equation that
makes a powerful statement: Behavior is a function of the Person in
their Environment, or B = f (P,E).
It didn’t take long for Lewin’s Equation to be tested in business. In
1952, the economist Hawkins Stern described a phenomenon he called
Suggestion Impulse Buying, which “is triggered when a shopper sees a
product for the first time and visualizes a need for it.” In other words,
customers will occasionally buy products not because they want them
but because of how they are presented to them.
For example, items at eye level tend to be purchased more than
those down near the floor. For this reason, you’ll find expensive brand
names featured in easy-to-reach locations on store shelves because
they drive the most profit, while cheaper alternatives are tucked away
in harder-to-reach spots. The same goes for end caps, which are the
units at the end of aisles. End caps are moneymaking machines for
retailers because they are obvious locations that encounter a lot of foot
traffic. For example, 45 percent of Coca-Cola sales come specifically
from end-of-the-aisle racks.
The more obviously available a product or service is, the more likely
you are to try it. People drink Bud Light because it is in every bar and
visit Starbucks because it is on every corner. We like to think that we
are in control. If we choose water over soda, we assume it is because
we wanted to do so. The truth, however, is that many of the actions we
take each day are shaped not by purposeful drive and choice but by the
most obvious option.
Every living being has its own methods for sensing and
understanding the world. Eagles have remarkable long-distance vision.
Snakes can smell by “tasting the air” with their highly sensitive
tongues. Sharks can detect small amounts of electricity and vibrations
in the water caused by nearby fish. Even bacteria have chemoreceptors
—tiny sensory cells that allow them to detect toxic chemicals in their
environment.
In humans, perception is directed by the sensory nervous system.
We perceive the world through sight, sound, smell, touch, and taste.
But we also have other ways of sensing stimuli. Some are conscious,
but many are nonconscious. For instance, you can “notice” when the
temperature drops before a storm, or when the pain in your gut rises
during a stomachache, or when you fall off balance while walking on
rocky ground. Receptors in your body pick up on a wide range of
internal stimuli, such as the amount of salt in your blood or the need to
drink when thirsty.
The most powerful of all human sensory abilities, however, is vision.
The human body has about eleven million sensory receptors.
Approximately ten million of those are dedicated to sight. Some
experts estimate that half of the brain’s resources are used on vision.
Given that we are more dependent on vision than on any other sense, it
should come as no surprise that visual cues are the greatest catalyst of
our behavior. For this reason, a small change in what you see can lead
to a big shift in what you do. As a result, you can imagine how
important it is to live and work in environments that are filled with
productive cues and devoid of unproductive ones.
Thankfully, there is good news in this respect. You don’t have to be
the victim of your environment. You can also be the architect of it.
HOW TO DESIGN YOUR ENVIRONMENT FOR SUCCESS
During the energy crisis and oil embargo of the 1970s, Dutch
researchers began to pay close attention to the country’s energy usage.
In one suburb near Amsterdam, they found that some homeowners
used 30 percent less energy than their neighbors—despite the homes
being of similar size and getting electricity for the same price.
It turned out the houses in this neighborhood were nearly identical
except for one feature: the location of the electrical meter. Some had
one in the basement. Others had the electrical meter upstairs in the
main hallway. As you may guess, the homes with the meters located in
the main hallway used less electricity. When their energy use was
obvious and easy to track, people changed their behavior.
Every habit is initiated by a cue, and we are more likely to notice
cues that stand out. Unfortunately, the environments where we live
and work often make it easy not to do certain actions because there is
no obvious cue to trigger the behavior. It’s easy not to practice the
guitar when it’s tucked away in the closet. It’s easy not to read a book
when the bookshelf is in the corner of the guest room. It’s easy not to
take your vitamins when they are out of sight in the pantry. When the
cues that spark a habit are subtle or hidden, they are easy to ignore.
By comparison, creating obvious visual cues can draw your
attention toward a desired habit. In the early 1990s, the cleaning staff
at Schiphol Airport in Amsterdam installed a small sticker that looked
like a fly near the center of each urinal. Apparently, when men stepped
up to the urinals, they aimed for what they thought was a bug. The
stickers improved their aim and significantly reduced “spillage” around
the urinals. Further analysis determined that the stickers cut bathroom
cleaning costs by 8 percent per year.
I’ve experienced the power of obvious cues in my own life. I used to
buy apples from the store, put them in the crisper in the bottom of the
refrigerator, and forget all about them. By the time I remembered, the
apples would have gone bad. I never saw them, so I never ate them.
Eventually, I took my own advice and redesigned my environment. I
bought a large display bowl and placed it in the middle of the kitchen
counter. The next time I bought apples, that was where they went—out
in the open where I could see them. Almost like magic, I began eating a
few apples each day simply because they were obvious rather than out
of sight.
Here are a few ways you can redesign your environment and make
the cues for your preferred habits more obvious:
If you want to remember to take your medication each night, put
your pill bottle directly next to the faucet on the bathroom
counter.
If you want to practice guitar more frequently, place your guitar
stand in the middle of the living room.
If you want to remember to send more thank-you notes, keep a
stack of stationery on your desk.
If you want to drink more water, fill up a few water bottles each
morning and place them in common locations around the house.
If you want to make a habit a big part of your life, make the cue a big
part of your environment. The most persistent behaviors usually have
multiple cues. Consider how many different ways a smoker could be
prompted to pull out a cigarette: driving in the car, seeing a friend
smoke, feeling stressed at work, and so on.
The same strategy can be employed for good habits. By sprinkling
triggers throughout your surroundings, you increase the odds that
you’ll think about your habit throughout the day. Make sure the best
choice is the most obvious one. Making a better decision is easy and
natural when the cues for good habits are right in front of you.
Environment design is powerful not only because it influences how
we engage with the world but also because we rarely do it. Most people
live in a world others have created for them. But you can alter the
spaces where you live and work to increase your exposure to positive
cues and reduce your exposure to negative ones. Environment design
allows you to take back control and become the architect of your life.
Be the designer of your world and not merely the consumer of it.
THE CONTEXT IS THE CUE
The cues that trigger a habit can start out very specific, but over time
your habits become associated not with a single trigger but with the
entire context surrounding the behavior.
For example, many people drink more in social situations than they
would ever drink alone. The trigger is rarely a single cue, but rather the
whole situation: watching your friends order drinks, hearing the music
at the bar, seeing the beers on tap.
We mentally assign our habits to the locations in which they occur:
the home, the office, the gym. Each location develops a connection to
certain habits and routines. You establish a particular relationship with
the objects on your desk, the items on your kitchen counter, the things
in your bedroom.
Our behavior is not defined by the objects in the environment but by
our relationship to them. In fact, this is a useful way to think about the
influence of the environment on your behavior. Stop thinking about
your environment as filled with objects. Start thinking about it as filled
with relationships. Think in terms of how you interact with the spaces
around you. For one person, her couch is the place where she reads for
an hour each night. For someone else, the couch is where he watches
television and eats a bowl of ice cream after work. Different people can
have different memories—and thus different habits—associated with
the same place.
The good news? You can train yourself to link a particular habit with
a particular context.
In one study, scientists instructed insomniacs to get into bed only
when they were tired. If they couldn’t fall asleep, they were told to sit
in a different room until they became sleepy. Over time, subjects began
to associate the context of their bed with the action of sleeping, and it
became easier to quickly fall asleep when they climbed in bed. Their
brains learned that sleeping—not browsing on their phones, not
watching television, not staring at the clock—was the only action that
happened in that room.
The power of context also reveals an important strategy: habits can
be easier to change in a new environment. It helps to escape the subtle
triggers and cues that nudge you toward your current habits. Go to a
new place—a different coffee shop, a bench in the park, a corner of
your room you seldom use—and create a new routine there.
It is easier to associate a new habit with a new context than to build
a new habit in the face of competing cues. It can be difficult to go to
bed early if you watch television in your bedroom each night. It can be
hard to study in the living room without getting distracted if that’s
where you always play video games. But when you step outside your
normal environment, you leave your behavioral biases behind. You
aren’t battling old environmental cues, which allows new habits to
form without interruption.
Want to think more creatively? Move to a bigger room, a rooftop
patio, or a building with expansive architecture. Take a break from the
space where you do your daily work, which is also linked to your
current thought patterns.
Trying to eat healthier? It is likely that you shop on autopilot at your
regular supermarket. Try a new grocery store. You may find it easier to
avoid unhealthy food when your brain doesn’t automatically know
where it is located in the store.
When you can’t manage to get to an entirely new environment,
redefine or rearrange your current one. Create a separate space for
work, study, exercise, entertainment, and cooking. The mantra I find
useful is “One space, one use.”
When I started my career as an entrepreneur, I would often work
from my couch or at the kitchen table. In the evenings, I found it very
difficult to stop working. There was no clear division between the end
of work time and the beginning of personal time. Was the kitchen table
my office or the space where I ate meals? Was the couch where I
relaxed or where I sent emails? Everything happened in the same
place.
A few years later, I could finally afford to move to a home with a
separate room for my office. Suddenly, work was something that
happened “in here” and personal life was something that happened
“out there.” It was easier for me to turn off the professional side of my
brain when there was a clear dividing line between work life and home
life. Each room had one primary use. The kitchen was for cooking. The
office was for working.
Whenever possible, avoid mixing the context of one habit with
another. When you start mixing contexts, you’ll start mixing habits—
and the easier ones will usually win out. This is one reason why the
versatility of modern technology is both a strength and a weakness.
You can use your phone for all sorts of tasks, which makes it a
powerful device. But when you can use your phone to do nearly
anything, it becomes hard to associate it with one task. You want to be
productive, but you’re also conditioned to browse social media, check
email, and play video games whenever you open your phone. It’s a
mishmash of cues.
You may be thinking, “You don’t understand. I live in New York
City. My apartment is the size of a smartphone. I need each room to
play multiple roles.” Fair enough. If your space is limited, divide your
room into activity zones: a chair for reading, a desk for writing, a table
for eating. You can do the same with your digital spaces. I know a
writer who uses his computer only for writing, his tablet only for
reading, and his phone only for social media and texting. Every habit
should have a home.
If you can manage to stick with this strategy, each context will
become associated with a particular habit and mode of thought. Habits
thrive under predictable circumstances like these. Focus comes
automatically when you are sitting at your work desk. Relaxation is
easier when you are in a space designed for that purpose. Sleep comes
quickly when it is the only thing that happens in your bedroom. If you
want behaviors that are stable and predictable, you need an
environment that is stable and predictable.
A stable environment where everything has a place and a purpose is
an environment where habits can easily form.
Chapter Summary
Small changes in context can lead to large changes in behavior
over time.
Every habit is initiated by a cue. We are more likely to notice cues
that stand out.
Make the cues of good habits obvious in your environment.
Gradually, your habits become associated not with a single trigger
but with the entire context surrounding the behavior. The context
becomes the cue.
It is easier to build new habits in a new environment because you
are not fighting against old cues.
7
The Secret to Self-Control
I
N 1971,
as the Vietnam War was heading into its sixteenth year,
congressmen Robert Steele from Connecticut and Morgan Murphy
from Illinois made a discovery that stunned the American public.
While visiting the troops, they had learned that over 15 percent of U.S.
soldiers stationed there were heroin addicts. Follow-up research
revealed that 35 percent of service members in Vietnam had tried
heroin and as many as 20 percent were addicted—the problem was
even worse than they had initially thought.
The discovery led to a flurry of activity in Washington, including the
creation of the Special Action Office of Drug Abuse Prevention under
President Nixon to promote prevention and rehabilitation and to track
addicted service members when they returned home.
Lee Robins was one of the researchers in charge. In a finding that
completely upended the accepted beliefs about addiction, Robins
found that when soldiers who had been heroin users returned home,
only 5 percent of them became re-addicted within a year, and just 12
percent relapsed within three years. In other words, approximately
nine out of ten soldiers who used heroin in Vietnam eliminated their
addiction nearly overnight.
This finding contradicted the prevailing view at the time, which
considered heroin addiction to be a permanent and irreversible
condition. Instead, Robins revealed that addictions could
spontaneously dissolve if there was a radical change in the
environment. In Vietnam, soldiers spent all day surrounded by cues
triggering heroin use: it was easy to access, they were engulfed by the
constant stress of war, they built friendships with fellow soldiers who
were also heroin users, and they were thousands of miles from home.
Once a soldier returned to the United States, though, he found himself
in an environment devoid of those triggers. When the context changed,
so did the habit.
Compare this situation to that of a typical drug user. Someone
becomes addicted at home or with friends, goes to a clinic to get clean
—which is devoid of all the environmental stimuli that prompt their
habit—then returns to their old neighborhood with all of their previous
cues that caused them to get addicted in the first place. It’s no wonder
that usually you see numbers that are the exact opposite of those in the
Vietnam study. Typically, 90 percent of heroin users become readdicted once they return home from rehab.
The Vietnam studies ran counter to many of our cultural beliefs
about bad habits because it challenged the conventional association of
unhealthy behavior as a moral weakness. If you’re overweight, a
smoker, or an addict, you’ve been told your entire life that it is because
you lack self-control—maybe even that you’re a bad person. The idea
that a little bit of discipline would solve all our problems is deeply
embedded in our culture.
Recent research, however, shows something different. When
scientists analyze people who appear to have tremendous self-control,
it turns out those individuals aren’t all that different from those who
are struggling. Instead, “disciplined” people are better at structuring
their lives in a way that does not require heroic willpower and selfcontrol. In other words, they spend less time in tempting situations.
The people with the best self-control are typically the ones who need
to use it the least. It’s easier to practice self-restraint when you don’t
have to use it very often. So, yes, perseverance, grit, and willpower are
essential to success, but the way to improve these qualities is not by
wishing you were a more disciplined person, but by creating a more
disciplined environment.
This counterintuitive idea makes even more sense once you
understand what happens when a habit is formed in the brain. A habit
that has been encoded in the mind is ready to be used whenever the
relevant situation arises. When Patty Olwell, a therapist from Austin,
Texas, started smoking, she would often light up while riding horses
with a friend. Eventually, she quit smoking and avoided it for years.
She had also stopped riding. Decades later, she hopped on a horse
again and found herself craving a cigarette for the first time in forever.
The cues were still internalized; she just hadn’t been exposed to them
in a long time.
Once a habit has been encoded, the urge to act follows whenever the
environmental cues reappear. This is one reason behavior change
techniques can backfire. Shaming obese people with weight-loss
presentations can make them feel stressed, and as a result many
people return to their favorite coping strategy: overeating. Showing
pictures of blackened lungs to smokers leads to higher levels of
anxiety, which drives many people to reach for a cigarette. If you’re not
careful about cues, you can cause the very behavior you want to stop.
Bad habits are autocatalytic: the process feeds itself. They foster the
feelings they try to numb. You feel bad, so you eat junk food. Because
you eat junk food, you feel bad. Watching television makes you feel
sluggish, so you watch more television because you don’t have the
energy to do anything else. Worrying about your health makes you feel
anxious, which causes you to smoke to ease your anxiety, which makes
your health even worse and soon you’re feeling more anxious. It’s a
downward spiral, a runaway train of bad habits.
Researchers refer to this phenomenon as “cue-induced wanting”: an
external trigger causes a compulsive craving to repeat a bad habit.
Once you notice something, you begin to want it. This process is
happening all the time—often without us realizing it. Scientists have
found that showing addicts a picture of cocaine for just thirty-three
milliseconds stimulates the reward pathway in the brain and sparks
desire. This speed is too fast for the brain to consciously register—the
addicts couldn’t even tell you what they had seen—but they craved the
drug all the same.
Here’s the punch line: You can break a habit, but you’re unlikely to
forget it. Once the mental grooves of habit have been carved into your
brain, they are nearly impossible to remove entirely—even if they go
unused for quite a while. And that means that simply resisting
temptation is an ineffective strategy. It is hard to maintain a Zen
attitude in a life filled with interruptions. It takes too much energy. In
the short-run, you can choose to overpower temptation. In the longrun, we become a product of the environment that we live in. To put it
bluntly, I have never seen someone consistently stick to positive habits
in a negative environment.
A more reliable approach is to cut bad habits off at the source. One
of the most practical ways to eliminate a bad habit is to reduce
exposure to the cue that causes it.
If you can’t seem to get any work done, leave your phone in
another room for a few hours.
If you’re continually feeling like you’re not enough, stop following
social media accounts that trigger jealousy and envy.
If you’re wasting too much time watching television, move the TV
out of the bedroom.
If you’re spending too much money on electronics, quit reading
reviews of the latest tech gear.
If you’re playing too many video games, unplug the console and
put it in a closet after each use.
This practice is an inversion of the 1st Law of Behavior Change.
Rather than make it obvious, you can make it invisible. I’m often
surprised by how effective simple changes like these can be. Remove a
single cue and the entire habit often fades away.
Self-control is a short-term strategy, not a long-term one. You may
be able to resist temptation once or twice, but it’s unlikely you can
muster the willpower to override your desires every time. Instead of
summoning a new dose of willpower whenever you want to do the right
thing, your energy would be better spent optimizing your environment.
This is the secret to self-control. Make the cues of your good habits
obvious and the cues of your bad habits invisible.
Chapter Summary
The inversion of the 1st Law of Behavior Change is make it
invisible.
Once a habit is formed, it is unlikely to be forgotten.
People with high self-control tend to spend less time in tempting
situations. It’s easier to avoid temptation than resist it.
One of the most practical ways to eliminate a bad habit is to
reduce exposure to the cue that causes it.
Self-control is a short-term strategy, not a long-term one.
HOW TO CREATE A GOOD HABIT
The 1st Law: Make It Obvious
1.1: Fill out the Habits Scorecard. Write down your current habits to become aware of them.
1.2: Use implementation intentions: “I will [BEHAVIOR] at [TIME] in [LOCATION].”
1.3: Use habit stacking: “After [CURRENT HABIT], I will [NEW HABIT].”
1.4: Design your environment. Make the cues of good habits obvious and visible.
The 2nd Law: Make It Attractive
The 3rd Law: Make It Easy
The 4th Law: Make It Satisfying
HOW TO BREAK A BAD HABIT
Inversion of the 1st Law: Make It Invisible
1.5: Reduce exposure. Remove the cues of your bad habits from your environment.
Inversion of the 2nd Law: Make It Unattractive
Inversion of the 3rd Law: Make It Difficult
Inversion of the 4th Law: Make It Unsatisfying
You can download a printable version of this habits cheat sheet at:
atomichabits.com/cheatsheet
THE 2ND LAW
Make It Attractive
8
How to Make a Habit Irresistible
I
N THE 1940S,
a Dutch scientist named Niko Tinbergen performed a
series of experiments that transformed our understanding of what
motivates us. Tinbergen—who eventually won a Nobel Prize for his
work—was investigating herring gulls, the gray and white birds often
seen flying along the seashores of North America.
Adult herring gulls have a small red dot on their beak, and
Tinbergen noticed that newly hatched chicks would peck this spot
whenever they wanted food. To begin one experiment, he created a
collection of fake cardboard beaks, just a head without a body. When
the parents had flown away, he went over to the nest and offered these
dummy beaks to the chicks. The beaks were obvious fakes, and he
assumed the baby birds would reject them altogether.
However, when the tiny gulls saw the red spot on the cardboard
beak, they pecked away just as if it were attached to their own mother.
They had a clear preference for those red spots—as if they had been
genetically programmed at birth. Soon Tinbergen discovered that the
bigger the red spot, the faster the chicks pecked. Eventually, he created
a beak with three large red dots on it. When he placed it over the nest,
the baby birds went crazy with delight. They pecked at the little red
patches as if it was the greatest beak they had ever seen.
Tinbergen and his colleagues discovered similar behavior in other
animals. For example, the greylag goose is a ground-nesting bird.
Occasionally, as the mother moves around on the nest, one of the eggs
will roll out and settle on the grass nearby. Whenever this happens, the
goose will waddle over to the egg and use its beak and neck to pull it
back into the nest.
Tinbergen discovered that the goose will pull any nearby round
object, such as a billiard ball or a lightbulb, back into the nest. The
bigger the object, the greater their response. One goose even made a
tremendous effort to roll a volleyball back and sit on top. Like the baby
gulls automatically pecking at red dots, the greylag goose was following
an instinctive rule: When I see a round object nearby, I must roll it
back into the nest. The bigger the round object, the harder I should try
to get it.
It’s like the brain of each animal is preloaded with certain rules for
behavior, and when it comes across an exaggerated version of that rule,
it lights up like a Christmas tree. Scientists refer to these exaggerated
cues as supernormal stimuli. A supernormal stimulus is a heightened
version of reality—like a beak with three red dots or an egg the size of a
volleyball—and it elicits a stronger response than usual.
Humans are also prone to fall for exaggerated versions of reality.
Junk food, for example, drives our reward systems into a frenzy. After
spending hundreds of thousands of years hunting and foraging for
food in the wild, the human brain has evolved to place a high value on
salt, sugar, and fat. Such foods are often calorie-dense and they were
quite rare when our ancient ancestors were roaming the savannah.
When you don’t know where your next meal is coming from, eating as
much as possible is an excellent strategy for survival.
Today, however, we live in a calorie-rich environment. Food is
abundant, but your brain continues to crave it like it is scarce. Placing
a high value on salt, sugar, and fat is no longer advantageous to our
health, but the craving persists because the brain’s reward centers have
not changed for approximately fifty thousand years. The modern food
industry relies on stretching our Paleolithic instincts beyond their
evolutionary purpose.
A primary goal of food science is to create products that are more
attractive to consumers. Nearly every food in a bag, box, or jar has
been enhanced in some way, if only with additional flavoring.
Companies spend millions of dollars to discover the most satisfying
level of crunch in a potato chip or the perfect amount of fizz in a soda.
Entire departments are dedicated to optimizing how a product feels in
your mouth—a quality known as orosensation. French fries, for
example, are a potent combination—golden brown and crunchy on the
outside, light and smooth on the inside.
Other processed foods enhance dynamic contrast, which refers to
items with a combination of sensations, like crunchy and creamy.
Imagine the gooeyness of melted cheese on top of a crispy pizza crust,
or the crunch of an Oreo cookie combined with its smooth center. With
natural, unprocessed foods, you tend to experience the same
sensations over and over—how’s that seventeenth bite of kale taste?
After a few minutes, your brain loses interest and you begin to feel full.
But foods that are high in dynamic contrast keep the experience novel
and interesting, encouraging you to eat more.
Ultimately, such strategies enable food scientists to find the “bliss
point” for each product—the precise combination of salt, sugar, and fat
that excites your brain and keeps you coming back for more. The
result, of course, is that you overeat because hyperpalatable foods are
more attractive to the human brain. As Stephan Guyenet, a
neuroscientist who specializes in eating behavior and obesity, says,
“We’ve gotten too good at pushing our own buttons.”
The modern food industry, and the overeating habits it has
spawned, is just one example of the 2nd Law of Behavior Change:
Make it attractive. The more attractive an opportunity is, the more
likely it is to become habit-forming.
Look around. Society is filled with highly engineered versions of
reality that are more attractive than the world our ancestors evolved in.
Stores feature mannequins with exaggerated hips and breasts to sell
clothes. Social media delivers more “likes” and praise in a few minutes
than we could ever get in the office or at home. Online porn splices
together stimulating scenes at a rate that would be impossible to
replicate in real life. Advertisements are created with a combination of
ideal lighting, professional makeup, and Photoshopped edits—even the
model doesn’t look like the person in the final image. These are the
supernormal stimuli of our modern world. They exaggerate features
that are naturally attractive to us, and our instincts go wild as a result,
driving us into excessive shopping habits, social media habits, porn
habits, eating habits, and many others.
If history serves as a guide, the opportunities of the future will be
more attractive than those of today. The trend is for rewards to become
more concentrated and stimuli to become more enticing. Junk food is a
more concentrated form of calories than natural foods. Hard liquor is a
more concentrated form of alcohol than beer. Video games are a more
concentrated form of play than board games. Compared to nature,
these pleasure-packed experiences are hard to resist. We have the
brains of our ancestors but temptations they never had to face.
If you want to increase the odds that a behavior will occur, then you
need to make it attractive. Throughout our discussion of the 2nd Law,
our goal is to learn how to make our habits irresistible. While it is not
possible to transform every habit into a supernormal stimulus, we can
make any habit more enticing. To do this, we must start by
understanding what a craving is and how it works.
We begin by examining a biological signature that all habits share—
the dopamine spike.
THE DOPAMINE-DRIVEN FEEDBACK LOOP
Scientists can track the precise moment a craving occurs by measuring
a neurotransmitter called dopamine.* The importance of dopamine
became apparent in 1954 when the neuroscientists James Olds and
Peter Milner ran an experiment that revealed the neurological
processes behind craving and desire. By implanting electrodes in the
brains of rats, the researchers blocked the release of dopamine. To the
surprise of the scientists, the rats lost all will to live. They wouldn’t eat.
They wouldn’t have sex. They didn’t crave anything. Within a few days,
the animals died of thirst.
In follow-up studies, other scientists also inhibited the dopaminereleasing parts of the brain, but this time, they squirted little droplets
of sugar into the mouths of the dopamine-depleted rats. Their little rat
faces lit up with pleasurable grins from the tasty substance. Even
though dopamine was blocked, they liked the sugar just as much as
before; they just didn’t want it anymore. The ability to experience
pleasure remained, but without dopamine, desire died. And without
desire, action stopped.
When other researchers reversed this process and flooded the
reward system of the brain with dopamine, animals performed habits
at breakneck speed. In one study, mice received a powerful hit of
dopamine each time they poked their nose in a box. Within minutes,
the mice developed a craving so strong they began poking their nose
into the box eight hundred times per hour. (Humans are not so
different: the average slot machine player will spin the wheel six
hundred times per hour.)
Habits are a dopamine-driven feedback loop. Every behavior that is
highly habit-forming—taking drugs, eating junk food, playing video
games, browsing social media—is associated with higher levels of
dopamine. The same can be said for our most basic habitual behaviors
like eating food, drinking water, having sex, and interacting socially.
For years, scientists assumed dopamine was all about pleasure, but
now we know it plays a central role in many neurological processes,
including motivation, learning and memory, punishment and aversion,
and voluntary movement.
When it comes to habits, the key takeaway is this: dopamine is
released not only when you experience pleasure, but also when you
anticipate it. Gambling addicts have a dopamine spike right before
they place a bet, not after they win. Cocaine addicts get a surge of
dopamine when they see the powder, not after they take it. Whenever
you predict that an opportunity will be rewarding, your levels of
dopamine spike in anticipation. And whenever dopamine rises, so does
your motivation to act.
It is the anticipation of a reward—not the fulfillment of it—that gets
us to take action.
Interestingly, the reward system that is activated in the brain when
you receive a reward is the same system that is activated when you
anticipate a reward. This is one reason the anticipation of an
experience can often feel better than the attainment of it. As a child,
thinking about Christmas morning can be better than opening the
gifts. As an adult, daydreaming about an upcoming vacation can be
more enjoyable than actually being on vacation. Scientists refer to this
as the difference between “wanting” and “liking.”
THE DOPAMINE SPIKE
FIGURE 9: Before a habit is learned (A), dopamine is released when the
reward is experienced for the first time. The next time around (B), dopamine
rises before taking action, immediately after a cue is recognized. This spike
leads to a feeling of desire and a craving to take action whenever the cue is
spotted. Once a habit is learned, dopamine will not rise when a reward is
experienced because you already expect the reward. However, if you see a
cue and expect a reward, but do not get one, then dopamine will drop in
disappointment (C). The sensitivity of the dopamine response can clearly be
seen when a reward is provided late (D). First, the cue is identified and
dopamine rises as a craving builds. Next, a response is taken but the reward
does not come as quickly as expected and dopamine begins to drop. Finally,
when the reward comes a little later than you had hoped, dopamine spikes
again. It is as if the brain is saying, “See! I knew I was right. Don’t forget to
repeat this action next time.”
Your brain has far more neural circuitry allocated for wanting
rewards than for liking them. The wanting centers in the brain are
large: the brain stem, the nucleus accumbens, the ventral tegmental
area, the dorsal striatum, the amygdala, and portions of the prefrontal
cortex. By comparison, the liking centers of the brain are much
smaller. They are often referred to as “hedonic hot spots” and are
distributed like tiny islands throughout the brain. For instance,
researchers have found that 100 percent of the nucleus accumbens is
activated during wanting. Meanwhile, only 10 percent of the structure
is activated during liking.
The fact that the brain allocates so much precious space to the
regions responsible for craving and desire provides further evidence of
the crucial role these processes play. Desire is the engine that drives
behavior. Every action is taken because of the anticipation that
precedes it. It is the craving that leads to the response.
These insights reveal the importance of the 2nd Law of Behavior
Change. We need to make our habits attractive because it is the
expectation of a rewarding experience that motivates us to act in the
first place. This is where a strategy known as temptation bundling
comes into play.
HOW TO USE TEMPTATION BUNDLING TO MAKE YOUR HABITS
MORE ATTRACTIVE
Ronan Byrne, an electrical engineering student in Dublin, Ireland,
enjoyed watching Netflix, but he also knew that he should exercise
more often than he did. Putting his engineering skills to use, Byrne
hacked his stationary bike and connected it to his laptop and
television. Then he wrote a computer program that would allow Netflix
to run only if he was cycling at a certain speed. If he slowed down for
too long, whatever show he was watching would pause until he started
pedaling again. He was, in the words of one fan, “eliminating obesity
one Netflix binge at a time.”
He was also employing temptation bundling to make his exercise
habit more attractive. Temptation bundling works by linking an action
you want to do with an action you need to do. In Byrne’s case, he
bundled watching Netflix (the thing he wanted to do) with riding his
stationary bike (the thing he needed to do).
Businesses are masters at temptation bundling. For instance, when
the American Broadcasting Company, more commonly known as ABC,
launched its Thursday-night television lineup for the 2014–2015
season, they promoted temptation bundling on a massive scale.
Every Thursday, the company would air three shows created by
screenwriter Shonda Rhimes—Grey’s Anatomy, Scandal, and How to
Get Away with Murder. They branded it as “TGIT on ABC” (TGIT
stands for Thank God It’s Thursday). In addition to promoting the
shows, ABC encouraged viewers to make popcorn, drink red wine, and
enjoy the evening.
Andrew Kubitz, head of scheduling for ABC, described the idea
behind the campaign: “We see Thursday night as a viewership
opportunity, with either couples or women by themselves who want to
sit down and escape and have fun and drink their red wine and have
some popcorn.” The brilliance of this strategy is that ABC was
associating the thing they needed viewers to do (watch their shows)
with activities their viewers already wanted to do (relax, drink wine,
and eat popcorn).
Over time, people began to connect watching ABC with feeling
relaxed and entertained. If you drink red wine and eat popcorn at 8
p.m. every Thursday, then eventually “8 p.m. on Thursday” means
relaxation and entertainment. The reward gets associated with the cue,
and the habit of turning on the television becomes more attractive.
You’re more likely to find a behavior attractive if you get to do one
of your favorite things at the same time. Perhaps you want to hear
about the latest celebrity gossip, but you need to get in shape. Using
temptation bundling, you could only read the tabloids and watch
reality shows at the gym. Maybe you want to get a pedicure, but you
need to clean out your email inbox. Solution: only get a pedicure while
processing overdue work emails.
Temptation bundling is one way to apply a psychology theory
known as Premack’s Principle. Named after the work of professor
David Premack, the principle states that “more probable behaviors will
reinforce less probable behaviors.” In other words, even if you don’t
really want to process overdue work emails, you’ll become conditioned
to do it if it means you get to do something you really want to do along
the way.
You can even combine temptation bundling with the habit stacking
strategy we discussed in Chapter 5 to create a set of rules to guide your
behavior.
The habit stacking + temptation bundling formula is:
1. After [CURRENT HABIT], I will [HABIT I NEED].
2. After [HABIT I NEED], I will [HABIT I WANT].
If you want to read the news, but you need to express more
gratitude:
1. After I get my morning coffee, I will say one thing I’m grateful
for that happened yesterday (need).
2. After I say one thing I’m grateful for, I will read the news (want).
If you want to watch sports, but you need to make sales calls:
1. After I get back from my lunch break, I will call three potential
clients (need).
2. After I call three potential clients, I will check ESPN (want).
If you want to check Facebook, but you need to exercise more:
1. After I pull out my phone, I will do ten burpees (need).
2. After I do ten burpees, I will check Facebook (want).
The hope is that eventually you’ll look forward to calling three
clients or doing ten burpees because it means you get to read the latest
sports news or check Facebook. Doing the thing you need to do means
you get to do the thing you want to do.
We began this chapter by discussing supernormal stimuli, which are
heightened versions of reality that increase our desire to take action.
Temptation bundling is one way to create a heightened version of any
habit by connecting it with something you already want. Engineering a
truly irresistible habit is a hard task, but this simple strategy can be
employed to make nearly any habit more attractive than it would be
otherwise.
Chapter Summary
The 2nd Law of Behavior Change is make it attractive.
The more attractive an opportunity is, the more likely it is to
become habit-forming.
Habits are a dopamine-driven feedback loop. When dopamine
rises, so does our motivation to act.
It is the anticipation of a reward—not the fulfillment of it—that
gets us to take action. The greater the anticipation, the greater the
dopamine spike.
Temptation bundling is one way to make your habits more
attractive. The strategy is to pair an action you want to do with an
action you need to do.
9
The Role of Family and Friends in Shaping
Your Habits
I
N 1965,
a Hungarian man named Laszlo Polgar wrote a series of
strange letters to a woman named Klara.
Laszlo was a firm believer in hard work. In fact, it was all he
believed in: he completely rejected the idea of innate talent. He
claimed that with deliberate practice and the development of good
habits, a child could become a genius in any field. His mantra was “A
genius is not born, but is educated and trained.”
Laszlo believed in this idea so strongly that he wanted to test it with
his own children—and he was writing to Klara because he “needed a
wife willing to jump on board.” Klara was a teacher and, although she
may not have been as adamant as Laszlo, she also believed that with
proper instruction, anyone could advance their skills.
Laszlo decided chess would be a suitable field for the experiment,
and he laid out a plan to raise his children to become chess prodigies.
The kids would be home-schooled, a rarity in Hungary at the time. The
house would be filled with chess books and pictures of famous chess
players. The children would play against each other constantly and
compete in the best tournaments they could find. The family would
keep a meticulous file system of the tournament history of every
competitor the children faced. Their lives would be dedicated to chess.
Laszlo successfully courted Klara, and within a few years, the
Polgars were parents to three young girls: Susan, Sofia, and Judit.
Susan, the oldest, began playing chess when she was four years old.
Within six months, she was defeating adults.
Sofia, the middle child, did even better. By fourteen, she was a world
champion, and a few years later, she became a grandmaster.
Judit, the youngest, was the best of all. By age five, she could beat
her father. At twelve, she was the youngest player ever listed among
the top one hundred chess players in the world. At fifteen years and
four months old, she became the youngest grandmaster of all time—
younger than Bobby Fischer, the previous record holder. For twentyseven years, she was the number-one-ranked female chess player in
the world.
The childhood of the Polgar sisters was atypical, to say the least.
And yet, if you ask them about it, they claim their lifestyle was
attractive, even enjoyable. In interviews, the sisters talk about their
childhood as entertaining rather than grueling. They loved playing
chess. They couldn’t get enough of it. Once, Laszlo reportedly found
Sofia playing chess in the bathroom in the middle of the night.
Encouraging her to go back to sleep, he said, “Sofia, leave the pieces
alone!” To which she replied, “Daddy, they won’t leave me alone!”
The Polgar sisters grew up in a culture that prioritized chess above
all else—praised them for it, rewarded them for it. In their world, an
obsession with chess was normal. And as we are about to see, whatever
habits are normal in your culture are among the most attractive
behaviors you’ll find.
THE SEDUCTIVE PULL OF SOCIAL NORMS
Humans are herd animals. We want to fit in, to bond with others, and
to earn the respect and approval of our peers. Such inclinations are
essential to our survival. For most of our evolutionary history, our
ancestors lived in tribes. Becoming separated from the tribe—or worse,
being cast out—was a death sentence. “The lone wolf dies, but the pack
survives.”*
Meanwhile, those who collaborated and bonded with others enjoyed
increased safety, mating opportunities, and access to resources. As
Charles Darwin noted, “In the long history of humankind, those who
learned to collaborate and improvise most effectively have prevailed.”
As a result, one of the deepest human desires is to belong. And this
ancient preference exerts a powerful influence on our modern
behavior.
We don’t choose our earliest habits, we imitate them. We follow the
script handed down by our friends and family, our church or school,
our local community and society at large. Each of these cultures and
groups comes with its own set of expectations and standards—when
and whether to get married, how many children to have, which
holidays to celebrate, how much money to spend on your child’s
birthday party. In many ways, these social norms are the invisible rules
that guide your behavior each day. You’re always keeping them in
mind, even if they are at the not top of your mind. Often, you follow the
habits of your culture without thinking, without questioning, and
sometimes without remembering. As the French philosopher Michel
de Montaigne wrote, “The customs and practices of life in society
sweep us along.”
Most of the time, going along with the group does not feel like a
burden. Everyone wants to belong. If you grow up in a family that
rewards you for your chess skills, playing chess will seem like a very
attractive thing to do. If you work in a job where everyone wears
expensive suits, then you’ll be inclined to splurge on one as well. If all
of your friends are sharing an inside joke or using a new phrase, you’ll
want to do it, too, so they know that you “get it.” Behaviors are
attractive when they help us fit in.
We imitate the habits of three groups in particular:
1. The close.
2. The many.
3. The powerful.
Each group offers an opportunity to leverage the 2nd Law of
Behavior Change and make our habits more attractive.
1. Imitating the Close
Proximity has a powerful effect on our behavior. This is true of the
physical environment, as we discussed in Chapter 6, but it is also true
of the social environment.
We pick up habits from the people around us. We copy the way our
parents handle arguments, the way our peers flirt with one another,
the way our coworkers get results. When your friends smoke pot, you
give it a try, too. When your wife has a habit of double-checking that
the door is locked before going to bed, you pick it up as well.
I find that I often imitate the behavior of those around me without
realizing it. In conversation, I’ll automatically assume the body posture
of the other person. In college, I began to talk like my roommates.
When traveling to other countries, I unconsciously imitate the local
accent despite reminding myself to stop.
As a general rule, the closer we are to someone, the more likely we
are to imitate some of their habits. One groundbreaking study tracked
twelve thousand people for thirty-two years and found that “a person’s
chances of becoming obese increased by 57 percent if he or she had a
friend who became obese.” It works the other way, too. Another study
found that if one person in a relationship lost weight, the other partner
would also slim down about one third of the time. Our friends and
family provide a sort of invisible peer pressure that pulls us in their
direction.
Of course, peer pressure is bad only if you’re surrounded by bad
influences. When astronaut Mike Massimino was a graduate student at
MIT, he took a small robotics class. Of the ten people in the class, four
became astronauts. If your goal was to make it into space, then that
room was about the best culture you could ask for. Similarly, one study
found that the higher your best friend’s IQ at age eleven or twelve, the
higher your IQ would be at age fifteen, even after controlling for
natural levels of intelligence. We soak up the qualities and practices of
those around us.
One of the most effective things you can do to build better habits is
to join a culture where your desired behavior is the normal behavior.
New habits seem achievable when you see others doing them every
day. If you are surrounded by fit people, you’re more likely to consider
working out to be a common habit. If you’re surrounded by jazz lovers,
you’re more likely to believe it’s reasonable to play jazz every day. Your
culture sets your expectation for what is “normal.” Surround yourself
with people who have the habits you want to have yourself. You’ll rise
together.
To make your habits even more attractive, you can take this strategy
one step further.
Join a culture where (1) your desired behavior is the normal
behavior and (2) you already have something in common with the
group. Steve Kamb, an entrepreneur in New York City, runs a company
called Nerd Fitness, which “helps nerds, misfits, and mutants lose
weight, get strong, and get healthy.” His clients include video game
lovers, movie fanatics, and average Joes who want to get in shape.
Many people feel out of place the first time they go to the gym or try to
change their diet, but if you are already similar to the other members
of the group in some way—say, your mutual love of Star Wars—change
becomes more appealing because it feels like something people like
you already do.
Nothing sustains motivation better than belonging to the tribe. It
transforms a personal quest into a shared one. Previously, you were on
your own. Your identity was singular. You are a reader. You are a
musician. You are an athlete. When you join a book club or a band or a
cycling group, your identity becomes linked to those around you.
Growth and change is no longer an individual pursuit. We are readers.
We are musicians. We are cyclists. The shared identity begins to
reinforce your personal identity. This is why remaining part of a group
after achieving a goal is crucial to maintaining your habits. It’s
friendship and community that embed a new identity and help
behaviors last over the long run.
2. Imitating the Many
In the 1950s, psychologist Solomon Asch conducted a series of
experiments that are now taught to legions of undergrads each year. To
begin each experiment, the subject entered the room with a group of
strangers. Unbeknownst to them, the other participants were actors
planted by the researcher and instructed to deliver scripted answers to
certain questions.
The group would be shown one card with a line on it and then a
second card with a series of lines. Each person was asked to select the
line on the second card that was similar in length to the line on the first
card. It was a very simple task. Here is an example of two cards used in
the experiment:
CONFORMING TO SOCIAL NORMS
FIGURE 10: This is a representation of two cards used by Solomon Asch in
his famous social conformity experiments. The length of the line on the first
card (left) is obviously the same as line C, but when a group of actors
claimed it was a different length the research subjects would often change
their minds and go with the crowd rather than believe their own eyes.
The experiment always began the same. First, there would be some
easy trials where everyone agreed on the correct line. After a few
rounds, the participants were shown a test that was just as obvious as
the previous ones, except the actors in the room would select an
intentionally incorrect answer. For example, they would respond “A”
to the comparison shown in Figure 10. Everyone would agree that the
lines were the same even though they were clearly different.
The subject, who was unaware of the ruse, would immediately
become bewildered. Their eyes would open wide. They would laugh
nervously to themselves. They would double-check the reactions of
other participants. Their agitation would grow as one person after
another delivered the same incorrect response. Soon, the subject began
to doubt their own eyes. Eventually, they delivered the answer they
knew in their heart to be incorrect.
Asch ran this experiment many times and in many different ways.
What he discovered was that as the number of actors increased, so did
the conformity of the subject. If it was just the subject and one actor,
then there was no effect on the person’s choice. They just assumed they
were in the room with a dummy. When two actors were in the room
with the subject, there was still little impact. But as the number of
people increased to three actors and four and all the way to eight, the
subject became more likely to second-guess themselves. By the end of
the experiment, nearly 75 percent of the subjects had agreed with the
group answer even though it was obviously incorrect.
Whenever we are unsure how to act, we look to the group to guide
our behavior. We are constantly scanning our environment and
wondering, “What is everyone else doing?” We check reviews on
Amazon or Yelp or TripAdvisor because we want to imitate the “best”
buying, eating, and travel habits. It’s usually a smart strategy. There is
evidence in numbers.
But there can be a downside.
The normal behavior of the tribe often overpowers the desired
behavior of the individual. For example, one study found that when a
chimpanzee learns an effective way to crack nuts open as a member of
one group and then switches to a new group that uses a less effective
strategy, it will avoid using the superior nut cracking method just to
blend in with the rest of the chimps.
Humans are similar. There is tremendous internal pressure to
comply with the norms of the group. The reward of being accepted is
often greater than the reward of winning an argument, looking smart,
or finding truth. Most days, we’d rather be wrong with the crowd than
be right by ourselves.
The human mind knows how to get along with others. It wants to
get along with others. This is our natural mode. You can override it—
you can choose to ignore the group or to stop caring what other people
think—but it takes work. Running against the grain of your culture
requires extra effort.
When changing your habits means challenging the tribe, change is
unattractive. When changing your habits means fitting in with the
tribe, change is very attractive.
3. Imitating the Powerful
Humans everywhere pursue power, prestige, and status. We want pins
and medallions on our jackets. We want President or Partner in our
titles. We want to be acknowledged, recognized, and praised. This
tendency can seem vain, but overall, it’s a smart move. Historically, a
person with greater power and status has access to more resources,
worries less about survival, and proves to be a more attractive mate.
We are drawn to behaviors that earn us respect, approval,
admiration, and status. We want to be the one in the gym who can do
muscle-ups or the musician who can play the hardest chord
progressions or the parent with the most accomplished children
because these things separate us from the crowd. Once we fit in, we
start looking for ways to stand out.
This is one reason we care so much about the habits of highly
effective people. We try to copy the behavior of successful people
because we desire success ourselves. Many of our daily habits are
imitations of people we admire. You replicate the marketing strategies
of the most successful firms in your industry. You make a recipe from
your favorite baker. You borrow the storytelling strategies of your
favorite writer. You mimic the communication style of your boss. We
imitate people we envy.
High-status people enjoy the approval, respect, and praise of others.
And that means if a behavior can get us approval, respect, and praise,
we find it attractive.
We are also motivated to avoid behaviors that would lower our
status. We trim our hedges and mow our lawn because we don’t want
to be the slob of the neighborhood. When our mother comes to visit,
we clean up the house because we don’t want to be judged. We are
continually wondering “What will others think of me?” and altering
our behavior based on the answer.
The Polgar sisters—the chess prodigies mentioned at the beginning
of this chapter—are evidence of the powerful and lasting impact social
influences can have on our behavior. The sisters practiced chess for
many hours each day and continued this remarkable effort for decades.
But these habits and behaviors maintained their attractiveness, in part,
because they were valued by their culture. From the praise of their
parents to the achievement of different status markers like becoming a
grandmaster, they had many reasons to continue their effort.
Chapter Summary
The culture we live in determines which behaviors are attractive
to us.
We tend to adopt habits that are praised and approved of by our
culture because we have a strong desire to fit in and belong to the
tribe.
We tend to imitate the habits of three social groups: the close
(family and friends), the many (the tribe), and the powerful (those
with status and prestige).
One of the most effective things you can do to build better habits
is to join a culture where (1) your desired behavior is the normal
behavior and (2) you already have something in common with the
group.
The normal behavior of the tribe often overpowers the desired
behavior of the individual. Most days, we’d rather be wrong with
the crowd than be right by ourselves.
If a behavior can get us approval, respect, and praise, we find it
attractive.
10
How to Find and Fix the Causes of Your
Bad Habits
I
N LATE 2012,
I was sitting in an old apartment just a few blocks from
Istanbul’s most famous street, Istiklal Caddesi. I was in the middle of
a four-day trip to Turkey and my guide, Mike, was relaxing in a wornout armchair a few feet away.
Mike wasn’t really a guide. He was just a guy from Maine who had
been living in Turkey for five years, but he offered to show me around
while I was visiting the country and I took him up on it. On this
particular night, I had been invited to dinner with him and a handful of
his Turkish friends.
There were seven of us, and I was the only one who hadn’t, at some
point, smoked at least one pack of cigarettes per day. I asked one of the
Turks how he got started. “Friends,” he said. “It always starts with your
friends. One friend smokes, then you try it.”
What was truly fascinating was that half of the people in the room
had managed to quit smoking. Mike had been smoke-free for a few
years at that point, and he swore up and down that he broke the habit
because of a book called Allen Carr’s Easy Way to Stop Smoking.
“It frees you from the mental burden of smoking,” he said. “It tells
you: ‘Stop lying to yourself. You know you don’t actually want to
smoke. You know you don’t really enjoy this.’ It helps you feel like
you’re not the victim anymore. You start to realize that you don’t need
to smoke.”
I had never tried a cigarette, but I took a look at the book afterward
out of curiosity. The author employs an interesting strategy to help
smokers eliminate their cravings. He systematically reframes each cue
associated with smoking and gives it a new meaning.
He says things like:
You think you are quitting something, but you’re not quitting
anything because cigarettes do nothing for you.
You think smoking is something you need to do to be social, but
it’s not. You can be social without smoking at all.
You think smoking is about relieving stress, but it’s not. Smoking
does not relieve your nerves, it destroys them.
Over and over, he repeats these phrases and others like them. “Get
it clearly into your mind,” he says. “You are losing nothing and you are
making marvelous positive gains not only in health, energy and money
but also in confidence, self-respect, freedom and, most important of
all, in the length and quality of your future life.”
By the time you get to the end of the book, smoking seems like the
most ridiculous thing in the world to do. And if you no longer expect
smoking to bring you any benefits, you have no reason to smoke. It is
an inversion of the 2nd Law of Behavior Change: make it unattractive.
Now, I know this idea might sound overly simplistic. Just change your
mind and you can quit smoking. But stick with me for a minute.
WHERE CRAVINGS COME FROM
Every behavior has a surface level craving and a deeper, underlying
motive. I often have a craving that goes something like this: “I want to
eat tacos.” If you were to ask me why I want to eat tacos, I wouldn’t
say, “Because I need food to survive.” But the truth is, somewhere deep
down, I am motivated to eat tacos because I have to eat to survive. The
underlying motive is to obtain food and water even if my specific
craving is for a taco.
Some of our underlying motives include:*
Conserve energy
Obtain food and water
Find love and reproduce
Connect and bond with others
Win social acceptance and approval
Reduce uncertainty
Achieve status and prestige
A craving is just a specific manifestation of a deeper underlying
motive. Your brain did not evolve with a desire to smoke cigarettes or
to check Instagram or to play video games. At a deep level, you simply
want to reduce uncertainty and relieve anxiety, to win social
acceptance and approval, or to achieve status.
Look at nearly any product that is habit-forming and you’ll see that
it does not create a new motivation, but rather latches onto the
underlying motives of human nature.
Find love and reproduce = using Tinder
Connect and bond with others = browsing Facebook
Win social acceptance and approval = posting on Instagram
Reduce uncertainty = searching on Google
Achieve status and prestige = playing video games
Your habits are modern-day solutions to ancient desires. New
versions of old vices. The underlying motives behind human behavior
remain the same. The specific habits we perform differ based on the
period of history.
Here’s the powerful part: there are many different ways to address
the same underlying motive. One person might learn to reduce stress
by smoking a cigarette. Another person learns to ease their anxiety by
going for a run. Your current habits are not necessarily the best way to
solve the problems you face; they are just the methods you learned to
use. Once you associate a solution with the problem you need to solve,
you keep coming back to it.
Habits are all about associations. These associations determine
whether we predict a habit to be worth repeating or not. As we covered
in our discussion of the 1st Law, your brain is continually absorbing
information and noticing cues in the environment. Every time you
perceive a cue, your brain runs a simulation and makes a prediction
about what to do in the next moment.
Cue: You notice that the stove is hot.
Prediction: If I touch it I’ll get burned, so I should avoid touching it.
Cue: You see that the traffic light turned green.
Prediction: If I step on the gas, I’ll make it safely through the
intersection and get closer to my destination, so I should step on the
gas.
You see a cue, categorize it based on past experience, and determine
the appropriate response.
This all happens in an instant, but it plays a crucial role in your
habits because every action is preceded by a prediction. Life feels
reactive, but it is actually predictive. All day long, you are making your
best guess of how to act given what you’ve just seen and what has
worked for you in the past. You are endlessly predicting what will
happen in the next moment.
Our behavior is heavily dependent on these predictions. Put another
way, our behavior is heavily dependent on how we interpret the events
that happen to us, not necessarily the objective reality of the events
themselves. Two people can look at the same cigarette, and one feels
the urge to smoke while the other is repulsed by the smell. The same
cue can spark a good habit or a bad habit depending on your
prediction. The cause of your habits is actually the prediction that
precedes them.
These predictions lead to feelings, which is how we typically
describe a craving—a feeling, a desire, an urge. Feelings and emotions
transform the cues we perceive and the predictions we make into a
signal that we can apply. They help explain what we are currently
sensing. For instance, whether or not you realize it, you are noticing
how warm or cold you feel right now. If the temperature drops by one
degree, you probably won’t do anything. If the temperature drops ten
degrees, however, you’ll feel cold and put on another layer of clothing.
Feeling cold was the signal that prompted you to act. You have been
sensing the cues the entire time, but it is only when you predict that
you would be better off in a different state that you take action.
A craving is the sense that something is missing. It is the desire to
change your internal state. When the temperature falls, there is a gap
between what your body is currently sensing and what it wants to be
sensing. This gap between your current state and your desired state
provides a reason to act.
Desire is the difference between where you are now and where you
want to be in the future. Even the tiniest action is tinged with the
motivation to feel differently than you do in the moment. When you
binge-eat or light up or browse social media, what you really want is
not a potato chip or a cigarette or a bunch of likes. What you really
want is to feel different.
Our feelings and emotions tell us whether to hold steady in our
current state or to make a change. They help us decide the best course
of action. Neurologists have discovered that when emotions and
feelings are impaired, we actually lose the ability to make decisions.
We have no signal of what to pursue and what to avoid. As the
neuroscientist Antonio Damasio explains, “It is emotion that allows
you to mark things as good, bad, or indifferent.”
To summarize, the specific cravings you feel and habits you perform
are really an attempt to address your fundamental underlying motives.
Whenever a habit successfully addresses a motive, you develop a
craving to do it again. In time, you learn to predict that checking social
media will help you feel loved or that watching YouTube will allow you
to forget your fears. Habits are attractive when we associate them with
positive feelings, and we can use this insight to our advantage rather
than to our detriment.
HOW TO REPROGRAM YOUR BRAIN TO ENJOY HARD HABITS
You can make hard habits more attractive if you can learn to associate
them with a positive experience. Sometimes, all you need is a slight
mind-set shift. For instance, we often talk about everything we have to
do in a given day. You have to wake up early for work. You have to
make another sales call for your business. You have to cook dinner for
your family.
Now, imagine changing just one word: You don’t “have” to. You
“get” to.
You get to wake up early for work. You get to make another sales
call for your business. You get to cook dinner for your family. By
simply changing one word, you shift the way you view each event. You
transition from seeing these behaviors as burdens and turn them into
opportunities.
The key point is that both versions of reality are true. You have to
do those things, and you also get to do them. We can find evidence for
whatever mind-set we choose.
I once heard a story about a man who uses a wheelchair. When
asked if it was difficult being confined, he responded, “I’m not confined
to my wheelchair—I am liberated by it. If it wasn’t for my wheelchair, I
would be bed-bound and never able to leave my house.” This shift in
perspective completely transformed how he lived each day.
Reframing your habits to highlight their benefits rather than their
drawbacks is a fast and lightweight way to reprogram your mind and
make a habit seem more attractive.
Exercise. Many people associate exercise with being a challenging
task that drains energy and wears you down. You can just as easily
view it as a way to develop skills and build you up. Instead of telling
yourself “I need to go run in the morning,” say “It’s time to build
endurance and get fast.”
Finance. Saving money is often associated with sacrifice. However,
you can associate it with freedom rather than limitation if you realize
one simple truth: living below your current means increases your
future means. The money you save this month increases your
purchasing power next month.
Meditation. Anyone who has tried meditation for more than three
seconds knows how frustrating it can be when the next distraction
inevitably pops into your mind. You can transform frustration into
delight when you realize that each interruption gives you a chance to
practice returning to your breath. Distraction is a good thing because
you need distractions to practice meditation.
Pregame jitters. Many people feel anxious before delivering a big
presentation or competing in an important event. They experience
quicker breathing, a faster heart rate, heightened arousal. If we
interpret these feelings negatively, then we feel threatened and tense
up. If we interpret these feelings positively, then we can respond with
fluidity and grace. You can reframe “I am nervous” to “I am excited
and I’m getting an adrenaline rush to help me concentrate.”
These little mind-set shifts aren’t magic, but they can help change
the feelings you associate with a particular habit or situation.
If you want to take it a step further, you can create a motivation
ritual. You simply practice associating your habits with something you
enjoy, then you can use that cue whenever you need a bit of
motivation. For instance, if you always play the same song before
having sex, then you’ll begin to link the music with the act. Whenever
you want to get in the mood, just press play.
Ed Latimore, a boxer and writer from Pittsburgh, benefited from a
similar strategy without knowing it. “Odd realization,” he wrote. “My
focus and concentration goes up just by putting my headphones [on]
while writing. I don’t even have to play any music.” Without realizing
it, he was conditioning himself. In the beginning, he put his
headphones on, played some music he enjoyed, and did focused work.
After doing it five, ten, twenty times, putting his headphones on
became a cue that he automatically associated with increased focus.
The craving followed naturally.
Athletes use similar strategies to get themselves in the mind-set to
perform. During my baseball career, I developed a specific ritual of
stretching and throwing before each game. The whole sequence took
about ten minutes, and I did it the same way every single time. While it
physically warmed me up to play, more importantly, it put me in the
right mental state. I began to associate my pregame ritual with feeling
competitive and focused. Even if I wasn’t motivated beforehand, by the
time I was done with my ritual, I was in “game mode.”
You can adapt this strategy for nearly any purpose. Say you want to
feel happier in general. Find something that makes you truly happy—
like petting your dog or taking a bubble bath—and then create a short
routine that you perform every time before you do the thing you love.
Maybe you take three deep breaths and smile.
Three deep breaths. Smile. Pet the dog. Repeat.
Eventually, you’ll begin to associate this breathe-and-smile routine
with being in a good mood. It becomes a cue that means feeling happy.
Once established, you can break it out anytime you need to change
your emotional state. Stressed at work? Take three deep breaths and
smile. Sad about life? Three deep breaths and smile. Once a habit has
been built, the cue can prompt a craving, even if it has little to do with
the original situation.
The key to finding and fixing the causes of your bad habits is to
reframe the associations you have about them. It’s not easy, but if you
can reprogram your predictions, you can transform a hard habit into
an attractive one.
Chapter Summary
The inversion of the 2nd Law of Behavior Change is make it
unattractive.
Every behavior has a surface level craving and a deeper
underlying motive.
Your habits are modern-day solutions to ancient desires.
The cause of your habits is actually the prediction that precedes
them. The prediction leads to a feeling.
Highlight the benefits of avoiding a bad habit to make it seem
unattractive.
Habits are attractive when we associate them with positive
feelings and unattractive when we associate them with negative
feelings. Create a motivation ritual by doing something you enjoy
immediately before a difficult habit.
HOW TO CREATE A GOOD HABIT
The 1st Law: Make It Obvious
1.1: Fill out the Habits Scorecard. Write down your current habits to become aware of them.
1.2: Use implementation intentions: “I will [BEHAVIOR] at [TIME] in [LOCATION].”
1.3: Use habit stacking: “After [CURRENT HABIT], I will [NEW HABIT].”
1.4: Design your environment. Make the cues of good habits obvious and visible.
The 2nd Law: Make It Attractive
2.1: Use temptation bundling. Pair an action you want to do with an action you need to do.
2.2: Join a culture where your desired behavior is the normal behavior.
2.3: Create a motivation ritual. Do something you enjoy immediately before a difficult habit.
The 3rd Law: Make It Easy
The 4th Law: Make It Satisfying
HOW TO BREAK A BAD HABIT
Inversion of the 1st Law: Make It Invisible
1.5: Reduce exposure. Remove the cues of your bad habits from your environment.
Inversion of the 2nd Law: Make It Unattractive
2.4: Reframe your mind-set. Highlight the benefits of avoiding your bad habits.
Inversion of the 3rd Law: Make It Difficult
Inversion of the 4th Law: Make It Unsatisfying
You can download a printable version of this habits cheat sheet at:
atomichabits.com/cheatsheet
THE 3RD LAW
Make It Easy
11
Walk Slowly, but Never Backward
O
N THE FIRST day
of class, Jerry Uelsmann, a professor at the
University of Florida, divided his film photography students into
two groups.
Everyone on the left side of the classroom, he explained, would be in
the “quantity” group. They would be graded solely on the amount of
work they produced. On the final day of class, he would tally the
number of photos submitted by each student. One hundred photos
would rate an A, ninety photos a B, eighty photos a C, and so on.
Meanwhile, everyone on the right side of the room would be in the
“quality” group. They would be graded only on the excellence of their
work. They would only need to produce one photo during the semester,
but to get an A, it had to be a nearly perfect image.
At the end of the term, he was surprised to find that all the best
photos were produced by the quantity group. During the semester,
these students were busy taking photos, experimenting with
composition and lighting, testing out various methods in the
darkroom, and learning from their mistakes. In the process of creating
hundreds of photos, they honed their skills. Meanwhile, the quality
group sat around speculating about perfection. In the end, they had
little to show for their efforts other than unverified theories and one
mediocre photo.*
It is easy to get bogged down trying to find the optimal plan for
change: the fastest way to lose weight, the best program to build
muscle, the perfect idea for a side hustle. We are so focused on figuring
out the best approach that we never get around to taking action. As
Voltaire once wrote, “The best is the enemy of the good.”
I refer to this as the difference between being in motion and taking
action. The two ideas sound similar, but they’re not the same. When
you’re in motion, you’re planning and strategizing and learning. Those
are all good things, but they don’t produce a result.
Action, on the other hand, is the type of behavior that will deliver an
outcome. If I outline twenty ideas for articles I want to write, that’s
motion. If I actually sit down and write an article, that’s action. If I
search for a better diet plan and read a few books on the topic, that’s
motion. If I actually eat a healthy meal, that’s action.
Sometimes motion is useful, but it will never produce an outcome
by itself. It doesn’t matter how many times you go talk to the personal
trainer, that motion will never get you in shape. Only the action of
working out will get the result you’re looking to achieve.
If motion doesn’t lead to results, why do we do it? Sometimes we do
it because we actually need to plan or learn more. But more often than
not, we do it because motion allows us to feel like we’re making
progress without running the risk of failure. Most of us are experts at
avoiding criticism. It doesn’t feel good to fail or to be judged publicly,
so we tend to avoid situations where that might happen. And that’s the
biggest reason why you slip into motion rather than taking action: you
want to delay failure.
It’s easy to be in motion and convince yourself that you’re still
making progress. You think, “I’ve got conversations going with four
potential clients right now. This is good. We’re moving in the right
direction.” Or, “I brainstormed some ideas for that book I want to
write. This is coming together.”
Motion makes you feel like you’re getting things done. But really,
you’re just preparing to get something done. When preparation
becomes a form of procrastination, you need to change something. You
don’t want to merely be planning. You want to be practicing.
If you want to master a habit, the key is to start with repetition, not
perfection. You don’t need to map out every feature of a new habit. You
just need to practice it. This is the first takeaway of the 3rd Law: you
just need to get your reps in.
HOW LONG DOES IT ACTUALLY TAKE TO FORM A NEW HABIT?
Habit formation is the process by which a behavior becomes
progressively more automatic through repetition. The more you repeat
an activity, the more the structure of your brain changes to become
efficient at that activity. Neuroscientists call this long-term
potentiation, which refers to the strengthening of connections between
neurons in the brain based on recent patterns of activity. With each
repetition, cell-to-cell signaling improves and the neural connections
tighten. First described by neuropsychologist Donald Hebb in 1949,
this phenomenon is commonly known as Hebb’s Law: “Neurons that
fire together wire together.”
Repeating a habit leads to clear physical changes in the brain. In
musicians, the cerebellum—critical for physical movements like
plucking a guitar string or pulling a violin bow—is larger than it is in
nonmusicians. Mathematicians, meanwhile, have increased gray
matter in the inferior parietal lobule, which plays a key role in
computation and calculation. Its size is directly correlated with the
amount of time spent in the field; the older and more experienced the
mathematician, the greater the increase in gray matter.
When scientists analyzed the brains of taxi drivers in London, they
found that the hippocampus—a region of the brain involved in spatial
memory—was significantly larger in their subjects than in non–taxi
drivers. Even more fascinating, the hippocampus decreased in size
when a driver retired. Like the muscles of the body responding to
regular weight training, particular regions of the brain adapt as they
are used and atrophy as they are abandoned.
Of course, the importance of repetition in establishing habits was
recognized long before neuroscientists began poking around. In 1860,
the English philosopher George H. Lewes noted, “In learning to speak
a new language, to play on a musical instrument, or to perform
unaccustomed movements, great difficulty is felt, because the channels
through which each sensation has to pass have not become
established; but no sooner has frequent repetition cut a pathway, than
this difficulty vanishes; the actions become so automatic that they can
be performed while the mind is otherwise engaged.” Both common
sense and scientific evidence agree: repetition is a form of change.
Each time you repeat an action, you are activating a particular
neural circuit associated with that habit. This means that simply
putting in your reps is one of the most critical steps you can take to
encoding a new habit. It is why the students who took tons of photos
improved their skills while those who merely theorized about perfect
photos did not. One group engaged in active practice, the other in
passive learning. One in action, the other in motion.
All habits follow a similar trajectory from effortful practice to
automatic behavior, a process known as automaticity. Automaticity is
the ability to perform a behavior without thinking about each step,
which occurs when the nonconscious mind takes over.
It looks something like this:
THE HABIT LINE
FIGURE 11: In the beginning (point A), a habit requires a good deal of effort
and concentration to perform. After a few repetitions (point B), it gets easier,
but still requires some conscious attention. With enough practice (point C),
the habit becomes more automatic than conscious. Beyond this threshold
—the habit line—the behavior can be done more or less without thinking. A
new habit has been formed.
On the following page, you’ll see what it looks like when researchers
track the level of automaticity for an actual habit like walking for ten
minutes each day. The shape of these charts, which scientists call
learning curves, reveals an important truth about behavior change:
habits form based on frequency, not time.
WALKING 10 MINUTES PER DAY
FIGURE 12: This graph shows someone who built the habit of walking for
ten minutes after breakfast each day. Notice that as the repetitions increase,
so does automaticity, until the behavior is as easy and automatic as it can
be.
One of the most common questions I hear is, “How long does it take
to build a new habit?” But what people really should be asking is, “How
many does it take to form a new habit?” That is, how many repetitions
are required to make a habit automatic?
There is nothing magical about time passing with regard to habit
formation. It doesn’t matter if it’s been twenty-one days or thirty days
or three hundred days. What matters is the rate at which you perform
the behavior. You could do something twice in thirty days, or two
hundred times. It’s the frequency that makes the difference. Your
current habits have been internalized over the course of hundreds, if
not thousands, of repetitions. New habits require the same level of
frequency. You need to string together enough successful attempts
until the behavior is firmly embedded in your mind and you cross the
Habit Line.
In practice, it doesn’t really matter how long it takes for a habit to
become automatic. What matters is that you take the actions you need
to take to make progress. Whether an action is fully automatic is of less
importance.
To build a habit, you need to practice it. And the most effective way
to make practice happen is to adhere to the 3rd Law of Behavior
Change: make it easy. The chapters that follow will show you how to
do exactly that.
Chapter Summary
The 3rd Law of Behavior Change is make it easy.
The most effective form of learning is practice, not planning.
Focus on taking action, not being in motion.
Habit formation is the process by which a behavior becomes
progressively more automatic through repetition.
The amount of time you have been performing a habit is not as
important as the number of times you have performed it.
12
The Law of Least Effort
I
N HIS AWARD-WINNING BOOK,
Guns, Germs, and Steel, anthropologist
and biologist Jared Diamond points out a simple fact: different
continents have different shapes. At first glance, this statement seems
rather obvious and unimportant, but it turns out to have a profound
impact on human behavior.
The primary axis of the Americas runs from north to south. That is,
the landmass of North and South America tends to be tall and thin
rather than wide and fat. The same is generally true for Africa.
Meanwhile, the landmass that makes up Europe, Asia, and the Middle
East is the opposite. This massive stretch of land tends to be more eastwest in shape. According to Diamond, this difference in shape played a
significant role in the spread of agriculture over the centuries.
When agriculture began to spread around the globe, farmers had an
easier time expanding along east-west routes than along north-south
ones. This is because locations along the same latitude generally share
similar climates, amounts of sunlight and rainfall, and changes in
season. These factors allowed farmers in Europe and Asia to
domesticate a few crops and grow them along the entire stretch of land
from France to China.
THE SHAPE OF HUMAN BEHAVIOR
FIGURE 13: The primary axis of Europe and Asia is east-west. The primary
axis of the Americas and Africa is north-south. This leads to a wider range of
climates up-and-down the Americas than across Europe and Asia. As a
result, agriculture spread nearly twice as fast across Europe and Asia than it
did elsewhere. The behavior of farmers—even across hundreds or
thousands of years—was constrained by the amount of friction in the
environment.
By comparison, the climate varies greatly when traveling from north
to south. Just imagine how different the weather is in Florida
compared to Canada. You can be the most talented farmer in the
world, but it won’t help you grow Florida oranges in the Canadian
winter. Snow is a poor substitute for soil. In order to spread crops
along north-south routes, farmers would need to find and domesticate
new plants whenever the climate changed.
As a result, agriculture spread two to three times faster across Asia
and Europe than it did up and down the Americas. Over the span of
centuries, this small difference had a very big impact. Increased food
production allowed for more rapid population growth. With more
people, these cultures were able to build stronger armies and were
better equipped to develop new technologies. The changes started out
small—a crop that spread slightly farther, a population that grew
slightly faster—but compounded into substantial differences over time.
The spread of agriculture provides an example of the 3rd Law of
Behavior Change on a global scale. Conventional wisdom holds that
motivation is the key to habit change. Maybe if you really wanted it,
you’d actually do it. But the truth is, our real motivation is to be lazy
and to do what is convenient. And despite what the latest productivity
best seller will tell you, this is a smart strategy, not a dumb one.
Energy is precious, and the brain is wired to conserve it whenever
possible. It is human nature to follow the Law of Least Effort, which
states that when deciding between two similar options, people will
naturally gravitate toward the option that requires the least amount of
work.* For example, expanding your farm to the east where you can
grow the same crops rather than heading north where the climate is
different. Out of all the possible actions we could take, the one that is
realized is the one that delivers the most value for the least effort. We
are motivated to do what is easy.
Every action requires a certain amount of energy. The more energy
required, the less likely it is to occur. If your goal is to do a hundred
push-ups per day, that’s a lot of energy! In the beginning, when you’re
motivated and excited, you can muster the strength to get started. But
after a few days, such a massive effort feels exhausting. Meanwhile,
sticking to the habit of doing one push-up per day requires almost no
energy to get started. And the less energy a habit requires, the more
likely it is to occur.
Look at any behavior that fills up much of your life and you’ll see
that it can be performed with very low levels of motivation. Habits like
scrolling on our phones, checking email, and watching television steal
so much of our time because they can be performed almost without
effort. They are remarkably convenient.
In a sense, every habit is just an obstacle to getting what you really
want. Dieting is an obstacle to getting fit. Meditation is an obstacle to
feeling calm. Journaling is an obstacle to thinking clearly. You don’t
actually want the habit itself. What you really want is the outcome the
habit delivers. The greater the obstacle—that is, the more difficult the
habit—the more friction there is between you and your desired end
state. This is why it is crucial to make your habits so easy that you’ll do
them even when you don’t feel like it. If you can make your good habits
more convenient, you’ll be more likely to follow through on them.
But what about all the moments when we seem to do the opposite?
If we’re all so lazy, then how do you explain people accomplishing hard
things like raising a child or starting a business or climbing Mount
Everest?
Certainly, you are capable of doing very hard things. The problem is
that some days you feel like doing the hard work and some days you
feel like giving in. On the tough days, it’s crucial to have as many things
working in your favor as possible so that you can overcome the
challenges life naturally throws your way. The less friction you face, the
easier it is for your stronger self to emerge. The idea behind make it
easy is not to only do easy things. The idea is to make it as easy as
possible in the moment to do things that payoff in the long run.
HOW TO ACHIEVE MORE WITH LESS EFFORT
Imagine you are holding a garden hose that is bent in the middle.
Some water can flow through, but not very much. If you want to
increase the rate at which water passes through the hose, you have two
options. The first option is to crank up the valve and force more water
out. The second option is to simply remove the bend in the hose and let
water flow through naturally.
Trying to pump up your motivation to stick with a hard habit is like
trying to force water through a bent hose. You can do it, but it requires
a lot of effort and increases the tension in your life. Meanwhile, making
your habits simple and easy is like removing the bend in the hose.
Rather than trying to overcome the friction in your life, you reduce it.
One of the most effective ways to reduce the friction associated with
your habits is to practice environment design. In Chapter 6, we
discussed environment design as a method for making cues more
obvious, but you can also optimize your environment to make actions
easier. For example, when deciding where to practice a new habit, it is
best to choose a place that is already along the path of your daily
routine. Habits are easier to build when they fit into the flow of your
life. You are more likely to go to the gym if it is on your way to work
because stopping doesn’t add much friction to your lifestyle. By
comparison, if the gym is off the path of your normal commute—even
by just a few blocks—now you’re going “out of your way” to get there.
Perhaps even more effective is reducing the friction within your
home or office. Too often, we try to start habits in high-friction
environments. We try to follow a strict diet while we are out to dinner
with friends. We try to write a book in a chaotic household. We try to
concentrate while using a smartphone filled with distractions. It
doesn’t have to be this way. We can remove the points of friction that
hold us back. This is precisely what electronics manufacturers in Japan
began to do in the 1970s.
In an article published in the New Yorker titled “Better All the
Time,” James Suroweicki writes:
“Japanese firms emphasized what came to be known as ‘lean
production,’ relentlessly looking to remove waste of all kinds from the
production process, down to redesigning workspaces, so workers
didn’t have to waste time twisting and turning to reach their tools. The
result was that Japanese factories were more efficient and Japanese
products were more reliable than American ones. In 1974, service calls
for American-made color televisions were five times as common as for
Japanese televisions. By 1979, it took American workers three times as
long to assemble their sets.”
I like to refer to this strategy as addition by subtraction.* The
Japanese companies looked for every point of friction in the
manufacturing process and eliminated it. As they subtracted wasted
effort, they added customers and revenue. Similarly, when we remove
the points of friction that sap our time and energy, we can achieve
more with less effort. (This is one reason tidying up can feel so good:
we are simultaneously moving forward and lightening the cognitive
load our environment places on us.)
If you look at the most habit-forming products, you’ll notice that
one of the things these goods and services do best is remove little bits
of friction from your life. Meal delivery services reduce the friction of
shopping for groceries. Dating apps reduce the friction of making
social introductions. Ride-sharing services reduce the friction of
getting across town. Text messaging reduces the friction of sending a
letter in the mail.
Like a Japanese television manufacturer redesigning their
workspace to reduce wasted motion, successful companies design their
products to automate, eliminate, or simplify as many steps as possible.
They reduce the number of fields on each form. They pare down the
number of clicks required to create an account. They deliver their
products with easy-to-understand directions or ask their customers to
make fewer choices.
When the first voice-activated speakers were released—products
like Google Home, Amazon Echo, and Apple HomePod—I asked a
friend what he liked about the product he had purchased. He said it
was just easier to say “Play some country music” than to pull out his
phone, open the music app, and pick a playlist. Of course, just a few
years earlier, having unlimited access to music in your pocket was a
remarkably frictionless behavior compared to driving to the store and
buying a CD. Business is a never-ending quest to deliver the same
result in an easier fashion.
Similar strategies have been used effectively by governments. When
the British government wanted to increase tax collection rates, they
switched from sending citizens to a web page where the tax form could
be downloaded to linking directly to the form. Reducing that one step
in the process increased the response rate from 19.2 percent to 23.4
percent. For a country like the United Kingdom, those percentage
points represent millions in tax revenue.
The central idea is to create an environment where doing the right
thing is as easy as possible. Much of the battle of building better habits
comes down to finding ways to reduce the friction associated with our
good habits and increase the friction associated with our bad ones.
PRIME THE ENVIRONMENT FOR FUTURE USE
Oswald Nuckols is an IT developer from Natchez, Mississippi. He is
also someone who understands the power of priming his environment.
Nuckols dialed in his cleaning habits by following a strategy he
refers to as “resetting the room.” For instance, when he finishes
watching television, he places the remote back on the TV stand,
arranges the pillows on the couch, and folds the blanket. When he
leaves his car, he throws any trash away. Whenever he takes a shower,
he wipes down the toilet while the shower is warming up. (As he notes,
the “perfect time to clean the toilet is right before you wash yourself in
the shower anyway.”) The purpose of resetting each room is not simply
to clean up after the last action, but to prepare for the next action.
“When I walk into a room everything is in its right place,” Nuckols
wrote. “Because I do this every day in every room, stuff always stays in
good shape. . . . People think I work hard but I’m actually really lazy.
I’m just proactively lazy. It gives you so much time back.”
Whenever you organize a space for its intended purpose, you are
priming it to make the next action easy. For instance, my wife keeps a
box of greeting cards that are presorted by occasion—birthday,
sympathy, wedding, graduation, and more. Whenever necessary, she
grabs an appropriate card and sends it off. She is incredibly good at
remembering to send cards because she has reduced the friction of
doing so. For years, I was the opposite. Someone would have a baby
and I would think, “I should send a card.” But then weeks would pass
and by the time I remembered to pick one up at the store, it was too
late. The habit wasn’t easy.
There are many ways to prime your environment so it’s ready for
immediate use. If you want to cook a healthy breakfast, place the skillet
on the stove, set the cooking spray on the counter, and lay out any
plates and utensils you’ll need the night before. When you wake up,
making breakfast will be easy.
Want to draw more? Put your pencils, pens, notebooks, and
drawing tools on top of your desk, within easy reach.
Want to exercise? Set out your workout clothes, shoes, gym bag,
and water bottle ahead of time.
Want to improve your diet? Chop up a ton of fruits and vegetables
on weekends and pack them in containers, so you have easy
access to healthy, ready-to-eat options during the week.
These are simple ways to make the good habit the path of least
resistance.
You can also invert this principle and prime the environment to
make bad behaviors difficult. If you find yourself watching too much
television, for example, then unplug it after each use. Only plug it back
in if you can say out loud the name of the show you want to watch. This
setup creates just enough friction to prevent mindless viewing.
If that doesn’t do it, you can take it a step further. Unplug the
television and take the batteries out of the remote after each use, so it
takes an extra ten seconds to turn it back on. And if you’re really hardcore, move the television out of the living room and into a closet after
each use. You can be sure you’ll only take it out when you really want
to watch something. The greater the friction, the less likely the habit.
Whenever possible, I leave my phone in a different room until
lunch. When it’s right next to me, I’ll check it all morning for no reason
at all. But when it is in another room, I rarely think about it. And the
friction is high enough that I won’t go get it without a reason. As a
result, I get three to four hours each morning when I can work without
interruption.
If sticking your phone in another room doesn’t seem like enough,
tell a friend or family member to hide it from you for a few hours. Ask a
coworker to keep it at their desk in the morning and give it back to you
at lunch.
It is remarkable how little friction is required to prevent unwanted
behavior. When I hide beer in the back of the fridge where I can’t see it,
I drink less. When I delete social media apps from my phone, it can be
weeks before I download them again and log in. These tricks are
unlikely to curb a true addiction, but for many of us, a little bit of
friction can be the difference between sticking with a good habit or
sliding into a bad one. Imagine the cumulative impact of making
dozens of these changes and living in an environment designed to
make the good behaviors easier and the bad behaviors harder.
Whether we are approaching behavior change as an individual, a
parent, a coach, or a leader, we should ask ourselves the same
question: “How can we design a world where it’s easy to do what’s
right?” Redesign your life so the actions that matter most are also the
actions that are easiest to do.
Chapter Summary
Human behavior follows the Law of Least Effort. We will naturally
gravitate toward the option that requires the least amount of
work.
Create an environment where doing the right thing is as easy as
possible.
Reduce the friction associated with good behaviors. When friction
is low, habits are easy.
Increase the friction associated with bad behaviors. When friction
is high, habits are difficult.
Prime your environment to make future actions easier.
13
How to Stop Procrastinating by Using the
Two-Minute Rule
T
THARP IS widely regarded as one of the greatest dancers and
choreographers of the modern era. In 1992, she was awarded a
MacArthur Fellowship, often referred to as the Genius Grant, and she
has spent the bulk of her career touring the globe to perform her
original works. She also credits much of her success to simple daily
habits.
WYLA
“I begin each day of my life with a ritual,” she writes. “I wake up at
5:30 A.M., put on my workout clothes, my leg warmers, my sweat shirt,
and my hat. I walk outside my Manhattan home, hail a taxi, and tell
the driver to take me to the Pumping Iron gym at 91st Street and First
Avenue, where I work out for two hours.
“The ritual is not the stretching and weight training I put my body
through each morning at the gym; the ritual is the cab. The moment I
tell the driver where to go I have completed the ritual.
“It’s a simple act, but doing it the same way each morning
habitualizes it—makes it repeatable, easy to do. It reduces the chance
that I would skip it or do it differently. It is one more item in my
arsenal of routines, and one less thing to think about.”
Hailing a cab each morning may be a tiny action, but it is a splendid
example of the 3rd Law of Behavior Change.
Researchers estimate that 40 to 50 percent of our actions on any
given day are done out of habit. This is already a substantial
percentage, but the true influence of your habits is even greater than
these numbers suggest. Habits are automatic choices that influence the
conscious decisions that follow. Yes, a habit can be completed in just a
few seconds, but it can also shape the actions that you take for minutes
or hours afterward.
Habits are like the entrance ramp to a highway. They lead you down
a path and, before you know it, you’re speeding toward the next
behavior. It seems to be easier to continue what you are already doing
than to start doing something different. You sit through a bad movie
for two hours. You keep snacking even when you’re already full. You
check your phone for “just a second” and soon you have spent twenty
minutes staring at the screen. In this way, the habits you follow
without thinking often determine the choices you make when you are
thinking.
Each evening, there is a tiny moment—usually around 5:15 p.m.—
that shapes the rest of my night. My wife walks in the door from work
and either we change into our workout clothes and head to the gym or
we crash onto the couch, order Indian food, and watch The Office.*
Similar to Twyla Tharp hailing the cab, the ritual is changing into my
workout clothes. If I change clothes, I know the workout will happen.
Everything that follows—driving to the gym, deciding which exercises
to do, stepping under the bar—is easy once I’ve taken the first step.
Every day, there are a handful of moments that deliver an outsized
impact. I refer to these little choices as decisive moments. The moment
you decide between ordering takeout or cooking dinner. The moment
you choose between driving your car or riding your bike. The moment
you decide between starting your homework or grabbing the video
game controller. These choices are a fork in the road.
DECISIVE MOMENTS
FIGURE 14: The difference between a good day and a bad day is often a
few productive and healthy choices made at decisive moments. Each one is
like a fork in the road, and these choices stack up throughout the day and
can ultimately lead to very different outcomes.
Decisive moments set the options available to your future self. For
instance, walking into a restaurant is a decisive moment because it
determines what you’ll be eating for lunch. Technically, you are in
control of what you order, but in a larger sense, you can only order an
item if it is on the menu. If you walk into a steakhouse, you can get a
sirloin or a rib eye, but not sushi. Your options are constrained by
what’s available. They are shaped by the first choice.
We are limited by where our habits lead us. This is why mastering
the decisive moments throughout your day is so important. Each day is
made up of many moments, but it is really a few habitual choices that
determine the path you take. These little choices stack up, each one
setting the trajectory for how you spend the next chunk of time.
Habits are the entry point, not the end point. They are the cab, not
the gym.
THE TWO-MINUTE RULE
Even when you know you should start small, it’s easy to start too big.
When you dream about making a change, excitement inevitably takes
over and you end up trying to do too much too soon. The most effective
way I know to counteract this tendency is to use the Two-Minute Rule,
which states, “When you start a new habit, it should take less than two
minutes to do.”
You’ll find that nearly any habit can be scaled down into a twominute version:
“Read before bed each night” becomes “Read one page.”
“Do thirty minutes of yoga” becomes “Take out my yoga mat.”
“Study for class” becomes “Open my notes.”
“Fold the laundry” becomes “Fold one pair of socks.”
“Run three miles” becomes “Tie my running shoes.”
The idea is to make your habits as easy as possible to start. Anyone
can meditate for one minute, read one page, or put one item of clothing
away. And, as we have just discussed, this is a powerful strategy
because once you’ve started doing the right thing, it is much easier to
continue doing it. A new habit should not feel like a challenge. The
actions that follow can be challenging, but the first two minutes should
be easy. What you want is a “gateway habit” that naturally leads you
down a more productive path.
You can usually figure out the gateway habits that will lead to your
desired outcome by mapping out your goals on a scale from “very easy”
to “very hard.” For instance, running a marathon is very hard. Running
a 5K is hard. Walking ten thousand steps is moderately difficult.
Walking ten minutes is easy. And putting on your running shoes is very
easy. Your goal might be to run a marathon, but your gateway habit is
to put on your running shoes. That’s how you follow the Two-Minute
Rule.
Very easy
Easy
Moderate
Hard
Very hard
Put on your running
shoes
Walk ten
minutes
Walk ten thousand
steps
Run a 5K
Run a
marathon
Write one sentence
Write one
paragraph
Write one thousand
words
Write a five-thousandword article
Write a
book
Open your notes
Study for ten
minutes
Study for three
hours
Get straight A’s
Earn a PhD
People often think it’s weird to get hyped about reading one page or
meditating for one minute or making one sales call. But the point is not
to do one thing. The point is to master the habit of showing up. The
truth is, a habit must be established before it can be improved. If you
can’t learn the basic skill of showing up, then you have little hope of
mastering the finer details. Instead of trying to engineer a perfect habit
from the start, do the easy thing on a more consistent basis. You have
to standardize before you can optimize.
As you master the art of showing up, the first two minutes simply
become a ritual at the beginning of a larger routine. This is not merely
a hack to make habits easier but actually the ideal way to master a
difficult skill. The more you ritualize the beginning of a process, the
more likely it becomes that you can slip into the state of deep focus
that is required to do great things. By doing the same warm-up before
every workout, you make it easier to get into a state of peak
performance. By following the same creative ritual, you make it easier
to get into the hard work of creating. By developing a consistent
power-down habit, you make it easier to get to bed at a reasonable time
each night. You may not be able to automate the whole process, but
you can make the first action mindless. Make it easy to start and the
rest will follow.
The Two-Minute Rule can seem like a trick to some people. You
know that the real goal is to do more than just two minutes, so it may
feel like you’re trying to fool yourself. Nobody is actually aspiring to
read one page or do one push-up or open their notes. And if you know
it’s a mental trick, why would you fall for it?
If the Two-Minute Rule feels forced, try this: do it for two minutes
and then stop. Go for a run, but you must stop after two minutes. Start
meditating, but you must stop after two minutes. Study Arabic, but you
must stop after two minutes. It’s not a strategy for starting, it’s the
whole thing. Your habit can only last one hundred and twenty seconds.
One of my readers used this strategy to lose over one hundred
pounds. In the beginning, he went to the gym each day, but he told
himself he wasn’t allowed to stay for more than five minutes. He would
go to the gym, exercise for five minutes, and leave as soon as his time
was up. After a few weeks, he looked around and thought, “Well, I’m
always coming here anyway. I might as well start staying a little
longer.” A few years later, the weight was gone.
Journaling provides another example. Nearly everyone can benefit
from getting their thoughts out of their head and onto paper, but most
people give up after a few days or avoid it entirely because journaling
feels like a chore.* The secret is to always stay below the point where it
feels like work. Greg McKeown, a leadership consultant from the
United Kingdom, built a daily journaling habit by specifically writing
less than he felt like. He always stopped journaling before it seemed
like a hassle. Ernest Hemingway believed in similar advice for any kind
of writing. “The best way is to always stop when you are going good,”
he said.
Strategies like this work for another reason, too: they reinforce the
identity you want to build. If you show up at the gym five days in a row
—even if it’s just for two minutes—you are casting votes for your new
identity. You’re not worried about getting in shape. You’re focused on
becoming the type of person who doesn’t miss workouts. You’re taking
the smallest action that confirms the type of person you want to be.
We rarely think about change this way because everyone is
consumed by the end goal. But one push-up is better than not
exercising. One minute of guitar practice is better than none at all. One
minute of reading is better than never picking up a book. It’s better to
do less than you hoped than to do nothing at all.
At some point, once you’ve established the habit and you’re showing
up each day, you can combine the Two-Minute Rule with a technique
we call habit shaping to scale your habit back up toward your ultimate
goal. Start by mastering the first two minutes of the smallest version of
the behavior. Then, advance to an intermediate step and repeat the
process—focusing on just the first two minutes and mastering that
stage before moving on to the next level. Eventually, you’ll end up with
the habit you had originally hoped to build while still keeping your
focus where it should be: on the first two minutes of the behavior.
EXAMPLES OF HABIT SHAPING
Becoming an Early Riser
Phase 1: Be home by 10 p.m. every night.
Phase 2: Have all devices (TV, phone, etc.) turned off by 10 p.m. every night.
Phase 3: Be in bed by 10 p.m. every night (reading a book, talking with your partner).
Phase 4: Lights off by 10 p.m. every night.
Phase 5: Wake up at 6 a.m. every day.
Becoming Vegan
Phase 1: Start eating vegetables at each meal.
Phase 2: Stop eating animals with four legs (cow, pig, lamb, etc.).
Phase 3: Stop eating animals with two legs (chicken, turkey, etc.).
Phase 4: Stop eating animals with no legs (fish, clams, scallops, etc.).
Phase 5: Stop eating all animal products (eggs, milk, cheese).
Starting to Exercise
Phase 1: Change into workout clothes.
Phase 2: Step out the door (try taking a walk).
Phase 3: Drive to the gym, exercise for five minutes, and leave.
Phase 4: Exercise for fifteen minutes at least once per week.
Phase 5: Exercise three times per week.
Nearly any larger life goal can be transformed into a two-minute
behavior. I want to live a healthy and long life > I need to stay in shape
> I need to exercise > I need to change into my workout clothes. I want
to have a happy marriage > I need to be a good partner > I should do
something each day to make my partner’s life easier > I should meal
plan for next week.
Whenever you are struggling to stick with a habit, you can employ
the Two-Minute Rule. It’s a simple way to make your habits easy.
Chapter Summary
Habits can be completed in a few seconds but continue to impact
your behavior for minutes or hours afterward.
Many habits occur at decisive moments—choices that are like a
fork in the road—and either send you in the direction of a
productive day or an unproductive one.
The Two-Minute Rule states, “When you start a new habit, it
should take less than two minutes to do.”
The more you ritualize the beginning of a process, the more likely
it becomes that you can slip into the state of deep focus that is
required to do great things.
Standardize before you optimize. You can’t improve a habit that
doesn’t exist.
14
How to Make Good Habits Inevitable and
Bad Habits Impossible
I
N THE SUMMER OF 1830, Victor
Hugo was facing an impossible deadline.
Twelve months earlier, the French author had promised his
publisher a new book. But instead of writing, he spent that year
pursuing other projects, entertaining guests, and delaying his work.
Frustrated, Hugo’s publisher responded by setting a deadline less than
six months away. The book had to be finished by February 1831.
Hugo concocted a strange plan to beat his procrastination. He
collected all of his clothes and asked an assistant to lock them away in
a large chest. He was left with nothing to wear except a large shawl.
Lacking any suitable clothing to go outdoors, he remained in his study
and wrote furiously during the fall and winter of 1830. The Hunchback
of Notre Dame was published two weeks early on January 14, 1831.*
Sometimes success is less about making good habits easy and more
about making bad habits hard. This is an inversion of the 3rd Law of
Behavior Change: make it difficult. If you find yourself continually
struggling to follow through on your plans, then you can take a page
from Victor Hugo and make your bad habits more difficult by creating
what psychologists call a commitment device.
A commitment device is a choice you make in the present that
controls your actions in the future. It is a way to lock in future
behavior, bind you to good habits, and restrict you from bad ones.
When Victor Hugo shut his clothes away so he could focus on writing,
he was creating a commitment device.*
There are many ways to create a commitment device. You can
reduce overeating by purchasing food in individual packages rather
than in bulk size. You can voluntarily ask to be added to the banned list
at casinos and online poker sites to prevent future gambling sprees.
I’ve even heard of athletes who have to “make weight” for a
competition choosing to leave their wallets at home during the week
before weigh-in so they won’t be tempted to buy fast food.
As another example, my friend and fellow habits expert Nir Eyal
purchased an outlet timer, which is an adapter that he plugged in
between his internet router and the power outlet. At 10 p.m. each
night, the outlet timer cuts off the power to the router. When the
internet goes off, everyone knows it is time to go to bed.
Commitment devices are useful because they enable you to take
advantage of good intentions before you can fall victim to temptation.
Whenever I’m looking to cut calories, for example, I will ask the waiter
to split my meal and box half of it to go before the meal is served. If I
waited until the meal came out and told myself “I’ll just eat half,” it
would never work.
The key is to change the task such that it requires more work to get
out of the good habit than to get started on it. If you’re feeling
motivated to get in shape, schedule a yoga session and pay ahead of
time. If you’re excited about the business you want to start, email an
entrepreneur you respect and set up a consulting call. When the time
comes to act, the only way to bail is to cancel the meeting, which
requires effort and may cost money.
Commitment devices increase the odds that you’ll do the right thing
in the future by making bad habits difficult in the present. However,
we can do even better. We can make good habits inevitable and bad
habits impossible.
HOW TO AUTOMATE A HABIT AND NEVER THINK ABOUT IT
AGAIN
John Henry Patterson was born in Dayton, Ohio, in 1844. He spent his
childhood doing chores on the family farm and working shifts at his
father’s sawmill. After attending college at Dartmouth, Patterson
returned to Ohio and opened a small supply store for coal miners.
It seemed like a good opportunity. The store faced little competition
and enjoyed a steady stream of customers, but still struggled to make
money. That was when Patterson discovered his employees were
stealing from him.
In the mid-1800s, employee theft was a common problem. Receipts
were kept in an open drawer and could easily be altered or discarded.
There were no video cameras to review behavior and no software to
track transactions. Unless you were willing to hover over your
employees every minute of the day, or to manage all transactions
yourself, it was difficult to prevent theft.
As Patterson mulled over his predicament, he came across an
advertisement for a new invention called Ritty’s Incorruptible Cashier.
Designed by fellow Dayton resident James Ritty, it was the first cash
register. The machine automatically locked the cash and receipts inside
after each transaction. Patterson bought two for fifty dollars each.
Employee theft at his store vanished overnight. In the next six
months, Patterson’s business went from losing money to making
$5,000 in profit—the equivalent of more than $100,000 today.
Patterson was so impressed with the machine that he changed
businesses. He bought the rights to Ritty’s invention and opened the
National Cash Register Company. Ten years later, National Cash
Register had over one thousand employees and was on its way to
becoming one of the most successful businesses of its time.
The best way to break a bad habit is to make it impractical to do.
Increase the friction until you don’t even have the option to act. The
brilliance of the cash register was that it automated ethical behavior by
making stealing practically impossible. Rather than trying to change
the employees, it made the preferred behavior automatic.
Some actions—like installing a cash register—pay off again and
again. These onetime choices require a little bit of effort up front but
create increasing value over time. I’m fascinated by the idea that a
single choice can deliver returns again and again, and I surveyed my
readers on their favorite onetime actions that lead to better long-term
habits. The table on the following page shares some of the most
popular answers.
I’d wager that if the average person were to simply do half of the
onetime actions on this list—even if they didn’t give another thought to
their habits—most would find themselves living a better life a year
from now. These onetime actions are a straightforward way to employ
the 3rd Law of Behavior Change. They make it easier to sleep well, eat
healthy, be productive, save money, and generally live better.
ONETIME ACTIONS THAT LOCK IN GOOD HABITS
Nutrition
Buy a water filter to clean your drinking water.
Use smaller plates to reduce caloric intake.
Sleep
Buy a good mattress.
Get blackout curtains.
Remove your television from your bedroom.
Productivity
Unsubscribe from emails.
Turn off notifications and mute group chats.
Set your phone to silent.
Use email filters to clear up your inbox.
Delete games and social media apps on your phone.
Happiness
Get a dog.
Move to a friendly, social neighborhood.
General Health
Get vaccinated.
Buy good shoes to avoid back pain.
Buy a supportive chair or standing desk.
Finance
Enroll in an automatic savings plan.
Set up automatic bill pay.
Cut cable service.
Ask service providers to lower your bills.
Of course, there are many ways to automate good habits and
eliminate bad ones. Typically, they involve putting technology to work
for you. Technology can transform actions that were once hard,
annoying, and complicated into behaviors that are easy, painless, and
simple. It is the most reliable and effective way to guarantee the right
behavior.
This is particularly useful for behaviors that happen too
infrequently to become habitual. Things you have to do monthly or
yearly—like rebalancing your investment portfolio—are never repeated
frequently enough to become a habit, so they benefit in particular from
technology “remembering” to do them for you.
Other examples include:
Medicine: Prescriptions can be automatically refilled.
Personal finance: Employees can save for retirement with an
automatic wage deduction.
Cooking: Meal-delivery services can do your grocery shopping.
Productivity: Social media browsing can be cut off with a website
blocker.
When you automate as much of your life as possible, you can spend
your effort on the tasks machines cannot do yet. Each habit that we
hand over to the authority of technology frees up time and energy to
pour into the next stage of growth. As mathematician and philosopher
Alfred North Whitehead wrote, “Civilization advances by extending the
number of operations we can perform without thinking about them.”
Of course, the power of technology can work against us as well.
Binge-watching becomes a habit because you have to put more effort in
to stop looking at the screen than to continue doing so. Instead of
pressing a button to advance to the next episode, Netflix or YouTube
will autoplay it for you. All you have to do is keep your eyes open.
Technology creates a level of convenience that enables you to act on
your smallest whims and desires. At the mere suggestion of hunger,
you can have food delivered to your door. At the slightest hint of
boredom, you can get lost in the vast expanse of social media. When
the effort required to act on your desires becomes effectively zero, you
can find yourself slipping into whatever impulse arises at the moment.
The downside of automation is that we can find ourselves jumping
from easy task to easy task without making time for more difficult, but
ultimately more rewarding, work.
I often find myself gravitating toward social media during any
downtime. If I feel bored for just a fraction of a second, I reach for my
phone. It’s easy to write off these minor distractions as “just taking a
break,” but over time they can accumulate into a serious issue. The
constant tug of “just one more minute” can prevent me from doing
anything of consequence. (I’m not the only one. The average person
spends over two hours per day on social media. What could you do
with an extra six hundred hours per year?)
During the year I was writing this book, I experimented with a new
time management strategy. Every Monday, my assistant would reset
the passwords on all my social media accounts, which logged me out
on each device. All week I worked without distraction. On Friday, she
would send me the new passwords. I had the entire weekend to enjoy
what social media had to offer until Monday morning when she would
do it again. (If you don’t have an assistant, team up with a friend or
family member and reset each other’s passwords each week.)
One of the biggest surprises was how quickly I adapted. Within the
first week of locking myself out of social media, I realized that I didn’t
need to check it nearly as often as I had been, and I certainly didn’t
need it each day. It had simply been so easy that it had become the
default. Once my bad habit became impossible, I discovered that I did
actually have the motivation to work on more meaningful tasks. After I
removed the mental candy from my environment, it became much
easier to eat the healthy stuff.
When working in your favor, automation can make your good habits
inevitable and your bad habits impossible. It is the ultimate way to lock
in future behavior rather than relying on willpower in the moment. By
utilizing commitment devices, strategic onetime decisions, and
technology, you can create an environment of inevitability—a space
where good habits are not just an outcome you hope for but an
outcome that is virtually guaranteed.
Chapter Summary
The inversion of the 3rd Law of Behavior Change is make it
difficult.
A commitment device is a choice you make in the present that
locks in better behavior in the future.
The ultimate way to lock in future behavior is to automate your
habits.
Onetime choices—like buying a better mattress or enrolling in an
automatic savings plan—are single actions that automate your
future habits and deliver increasing returns over time.
Using technology to automate your habits is the most reliable and
effective way to guarantee the right behavior.
HOW TO CREATE A GOOD HABIT
The 1st Law: Make It Obvious
1.1: Fill out the Habits Scorecard. Write down your current habits to become aware of them.
1.2: Use implementation intentions: “I will [BEHAVIOR] at [TIME] in [LOCATION].”
1.3: Use habit stacking: “After [CURRENT HABIT], I will [NEW HABIT].”
1.4: Design your environment. Make the cues of good habits obvious and visible.
The 2nd Law: Make It Attractive
2.1: Use temptation bundling. Pair an action you want to do with an action you need to do.
2.2: Join a culture where your desired behavior is the normal behavior.
2.3: Create a motivation ritual. Do something you enjoy immediately before a difficult habit.
The 3rd Law: Make It Easy
3.1: Reduce friction. Decrease the number of steps between you and your good habits.
3.2: Prime the environment. Prepare your environment to make future actions easier.
3.3: Master the decisive moment. Optimize the small choices that deliver outsized impact.
3.4: Use the Two-Minute Rule. Downscale your habits until they can be done in two minutes
or less.
3.5: Automate your habits. Invest in technology and onetime purchases that lock in future
behavior.
The 4th Law: Make It Satisfying
HOW TO BREAK A BAD HABIT
Inversion of the 1st Law: Make It Invisible
1.5: Reduce exposure. Remove the cues of your bad habits from your environment.
Inversion of the 2nd Law: Make It Unattractive
2.4: Reframe your mind-set. Highlight the benefits of avoiding your bad habits.
Inversion of the 3rd Law: Make It Difficult
3.6: Increase friction. Increase the number of steps between you and your bad habits.
3.7: Use a commitment device. Restrict your future choices to the ones that benefit you.
Inversion of the 4th Law: Make It Unsatisfying
You can download a printable version of this habits cheat sheet at:
atomichabits.com/cheatsheet
THE 4TH LAW
Make It Satisfying
15
The Cardinal Rule of Behavior Change
I
a public health worker named Stephen Luby left his
hometown of Omaha, Nebraska, and bought a one-way ticket to
Karachi, Pakistan.
N THE LATE 1990S,
Karachi was one of the most populous cities in the world. By 1998,
over nine million people called it home. It was the economic center of
Pakistan and a transportation hub, with some of the most active
airports and seaports in the region. In the commercial parts of town,
you could find all of the standard urban amenities and bustling
downtown streets. But Karachi was also one of the least livable cities in
the world.
Over 60 percent of Karachi’s residents lived in squatter settlements
and slums. These densely packed neighborhoods were filled with
makeshift houses cobbled together from old boards, cinder blocks, and
other discarded materials. There was no waste removal system, no
electricity grid, no clean water supply. When dry, the streets were a
combination of dust and trash. When wet, they became a muddy pit of
sewage. Mosquito colonies thrived in pools of stagnant water, and
children played among the garbage.
The unsanitary conditions lead to widespread illness and disease.
Contaminated water sources caused epidemics of diarrhea, vomiting,
and abdominal pain. Nearly one third of the children living there were
malnourished. With so many people crammed into such a small space,
viruses and bacterial infections spread rapidly. It was this public health
crisis that had brought Stephen Luby to Pakistan.
Luby and his team realized that in an environment with poor
sanitation, the simple habit of washing your hands could make a real
difference in the health of the residents. But they soon discovered that
many people were already aware that handwashing was important.
And yet, despite this knowledge, many residents were washing their
hands in a haphazard fashion. Some people would just run their hands
under the water quickly. Others would only wash one hand. Many
would simply forget to wash their hands before preparing food.
Everyone said handwashing was important, but few people made a
habit out of it. The problem wasn’t knowledge. The problem was
consistency.
That was when Luby and his team partnered with Procter & Gamble
to supply the neighborhood with Safeguard soap. Compared to your
standard bar of soap, using Safeguard was a more enjoyable
experience.
“In Pakistan, Safeguard was a premium soap,” Luby told me. “The
study participants commonly mentioned how much they liked it.” The
soap foamed easily, and people were able to lather their hands with
suds. It smelled great. Instantly, handwashing became slightly more
pleasurable.
“I see the goal of handwashing promotion not as behavior change
but as habit adoption,” Luby said. “It is a lot easier for people to adopt
a product that provides a strong positive sensory signal, for example
the mint taste of toothpaste, than it is to adopt a habit that does not
provide pleasurable sensory feedback, like flossing one’s teeth. The
marketing team at Procter & Gamble talked about trying to create a
positive handwashing experience.”
Within months, the researchers saw a rapid shift in the health of
children in the neighborhood. The rate of diarrhea fell by 52 percent;
pneumonia by 48 percent; and impetigo, a bacterial skin infection, by
35 percent.
The long-term effects were even better. “We went back to some of
the households in Karachi six years after,” Luby told me. “Over 95
percent of households who had been given the soap for free and
encouraged to wash their hands had a handwashing station with soap
and water available when our study team visited. . . . We had not given
any soap to the intervention group for over five years, but during the
trial they had become so habituated to wash their hands, that they had
maintained the practice.” It was a powerful example of the fourth and
final Law of Behavior Change: make it satisfying.
We are more likely to repeat a behavior when the experience is
satisfying. This is entirely logical. Feelings of pleasure—even minor
ones like washing your hands with soap that smells nice and lathers
well—are signals that tell the brain: “This feels good. Do this again,
next time.” Pleasure teaches your brain that a behavior is worth
remembering and repeating.
Take the story of chewing gum. Chewing gum had been sold
commercially throughout the 1800s, but it wasn’t until Wrigley
launched in 1891 that it became a worldwide habit. Early versions were
made from relatively bland resins—chewy, but not tasty. Wrigley
revolutionized the industry by adding flavors like Spearmint and Juicy
Fruit, which made the product flavorful and fun to use. Then they went
a step further and began pushing chewing gum as a pathway to a clean
mouth. Advertisements told readers to “Refresh Your Taste.”
Tasty flavors and the feeling of a fresh mouth provided little bits of
immediate reinforcement and made the product satisfying to use.
Consumption skyrocketed, and Wrigley became the largest chewing
gum company in the world.
Toothpaste had a similar trajectory. Manufacturers enjoyed great
success when they added flavors like spearmint, peppermint, and
cinnamon to their products. These flavors don’t improve the
effectiveness of toothpaste. They simply create a “clean mouth” feel
and make the experience of brushing your teeth more pleasurable. My
wife actually stopped using Sensodyne because she didn’t like the
aftertaste. She switched to a brand with a stronger mint flavor, which
proved to be more satisfying.
Conversely, if an experience is not satisfying, we have little reason to
repeat it. In my research, I came across the story of a woman who had
a narcissistic relative who drove her nuts. In an attempt to spend less
time with this egomaniac, she acted as dull and as boring as possible
whenever he was around. Within a few encounters, he started avoiding
her because he found her so uninteresting.
Stories like these are evidence of the Cardinal Rule of Behavior
Change: What is rewarded is repeated. What is punished is avoided.
You learn what to do in the future based on what you were rewarded
for doing (or punished for doing) in the past. Positive emotions
cultivate habits. Negative emotions destroy them.
The first three laws of behavior change—make it obvious, make it
attractive, and make it easy—increase the odds that a behavior will be
performed this time. The fourth law of behavior change—make it
satisfying—increases the odds that a behavior will be repeated next
time. It completes the habit loop.
But there is a trick. We are not looking for just any type of
satisfaction. We are looking for immediate satisfaction.
THE MISMATCH BETWEEN IMMEDIATE AND DELAYED
REWARDS
Imagine you’re an animal roaming the plains of Africa—a giraffe or an
elephant or a lion. On any given day, most of your decisions have an
immediate impact. You are always thinking about what to eat or where
to sleep or how to avoid a predator. You are constantly focused on the
present or the very near future. You live in what scientists call an
immediate-return environment because your actions instantly deliver
clear and immediate outcomes.
Now switch back to your human self. In modern society, many of
the choices you make today will not benefit you immediately. If you do
a good job at work, you’ll get a paycheck in a few weeks. If you exercise
today, perhaps you won’t be overweight next year. If you save money
now, maybe you’ll have enough for retirement decades from now. You
live in what scientists call a delayed-return environment because you
can work for years before your actions deliver the intended payoff.
The human brain did not evolve for life in a delayed-return
environment. The earliest remains of modern humans, known as
Homo sapiens sapiens, are approximately two hundred thousand years
old. These were the first humans to have a brain relatively similar to
ours. In particular, the neocortex—the newest part of the brain and the
region responsible for higher functions like language—was roughly the
same size two hundred thousand years ago as today. You are walking
around with the same hardware as your Paleolithic ancestors.
It is only recently—during the last five hundred years or so—that
society has shifted to a predominantly delayed-return environment.*
Compared to the age of the brain, modern society is brand-new. In the
last one hundred years, we have seen the rise of the car, the airplane,
the television, the personal computer, the internet, the smartphone,
and Beyoncé. The world has changed much in recent years, but human
nature has changed little.
Similar to other animals on the African savannah, our ancestors
spent their days responding to grave threats, securing the next meal,
and taking shelter from a storm. It made sense to place a high value on
instant gratification. The distant future was less of a concern. And after
thousands of generations in an immediate-return environment, our
brains evolved to prefer quick payoffs to long-term ones.
Behavioral economists refer to this tendency as time inconsistency.
That is, the way your brain evaluates rewards is inconsistent across
time.* You value the present more than the future. Usually, this
tendency serves us well. A reward that is certain right now is typically
worth more than one that is merely possible in the future. But
occasionally, our bias toward instant gratification causes problems.
Why would someone smoke if they know it increases the risk of lung
cancer? Why would someone overeat when they know it increases their
risk of obesity? Why would someone have unsafe sex if they know it
can result in sexually transmitted disease? Once you understand how
the brain prioritizes rewards, the answers become clear: the
consequences of bad habits are delayed while the rewards are
immediate. Smoking might kill you in ten years, but it reduces stress
and eases your nicotine cravings now. Overeating is harmful in the
long run but appetizing in the moment. Sex—safe or not—provides
pleasure right away. Disease and infection won’t show up for days or
weeks, even years.
Every habit produces multiple outcomes across time. Unfortunately,
these outcomes are often misaligned. With our bad habits, the
immediate outcome usually feels good, but the ultimate outcome feels
bad. With good habits, it is the reverse: the immediate outcome is
unenjoyable, but the ultimate outcome feels good. The French
economist Frédéric Bastiat explained the problem clearly when he
wrote, “It almost always happens that when the immediate
consequence is favorable, the later consequences are disastrous, and
vice versa. . . . Often, the sweeter the first fruit of a habit, the more
bitter are its later fruits.”
Put another way, the costs of your good habits are in the present.
The costs of your bad habits are in the future.
The brain’s tendency to prioritize the present moment means you
can’t rely on good intentions. When you make a plan—to lose weight,
write a book, or learn a language—you are actually making plans for
your future self. And when you envision what you want your life to be
like, it is easy to see the value in taking actions with long-term benefits.
We all want better lives for our future selves. However, when the
moment of decision arrives, instant gratification usually wins. You are
no longer making a choice for Future You, who dreams of being fitter
or wealthier or happier. You are choosing for Present You, who wants
to be full, pampered, and entertained. As a general rule, the more
immediate pleasure you get from an action, the more strongly you
should question whether it aligns with your long-term goals.*
With a fuller understanding of what causes our brain to repeat some
behaviors and avoid others, let’s update the Cardinal Rule of Behavior
Change: What is immediately rewarded is repeated. What is
immediately punished is avoided.
Our preference for instant gratification reveals an important truth
about success: because of how we are wired, most people will spend all
day chasing quick hits of satisfaction. The road less traveled is the road
of delayed gratification. If you’re willing to wait for the rewards, you’ll
face less competition and often get a bigger payoff. As the saying goes,
the last mile is always the least crowded.
This is precisely what research has shown. People who are better at
delaying gratification have higher SAT scores, lower levels of substance
abuse, lower likelihood of obesity, better responses to stress, and
superior social skills. We’ve all seen this play out in our own lives. If
you delay watching television and get your homework done, you’ll
generally learn more and get better grades. If you don’t buy desserts
and chips at the store, you’ll often eat healthier food when you get
home. At some point, success in nearly every field requires you to
ignore an immediate reward in favor of a delayed reward.
Here’s the problem: most people know that delaying gratification is
the wise approach. They want the benefits of good habits: to be
healthy, productive, at peace. But these outcomes are seldom top-ofmind at the decisive moment. Thankfully, it’s possible to train yourself
to delay gratification—but you need to work with the grain of human
nature, not against it. The best way to do this is to add a little bit of
immediate pleasure to the habits that pay off in the long-run and a
little bit of immediate pain to ones that don’t.
HOW TO TURN INSTANT GRATIFICATION TO YOUR ADVANTAGE
The vital thing in getting a habit to stick is to feel successful—even if
it’s in a small way. The feeling of success is a signal that your habit paid
off and that the work was worth the effort.
In a perfect world, the reward for a good habit is the habit itself. In
the real world, good habits tend to feel worthwhile only after they have
provided you with something. Early on, it’s all sacrifice. You’ve gone to
the gym a few times, but you’re not stronger or fitter or faster—at least,
not in any noticeable sense. It’s only months later, once you shed a few
pounds or your arms gain some definition, that it becomes easier to
exercise for its own sake. In the beginning, you need a reason to stay
on track. This is why immediate rewards are essential. They keep you
excited while the delayed rewards accumulate in the background.
What we’re really talking about here—when we’re discussing
immediate rewards—is the ending of a behavior. The ending of any
experience is vital because we tend to remember it more than other
phases. You want the ending of your habit to be satisfying. The best
approach is to use reinforcement, which refers to the process of using
an immediate reward to increase the rate of a behavior. Habit stacking,
which we covered in Chapter 5, ties your habit to an immediate cue,
which makes it obvious when to start. Reinforcement ties your habit to
an immediate reward, which makes it satisfying when you finish.
Immediate reinforcement can be especially helpful when dealing
with habits of avoidance, which are behaviors you want to stop doing.
It can be challenging to stick with habits like “no frivolous purchases”
or “no alcohol this month” because nothing happens when you skip
happy hour drinks or don’t buy that pair of shoes. It can be hard to feel
satisfied when there is no action in the first place. All you’re doing is
resisting temptation, and there isn’t much satisfying about that.
One solution is to turn the situation on its head. You want to make
avoidance visible. Open a savings account and label it for something
you want—maybe “Leather Jacket.” Whenever you pass on a purchase,
put the same amount of money in the account. Skip your morning
latte? Transfer $5. Pass on another month of Netflix? Move $10 over.
It’s like creating a loyalty program for yourself. The immediate reward
of seeing yourself save money toward the leather jacket feels a lot
better than being deprived. You are making it satisfying to do nothing.
One of my readers and his wife used a similar setup. They wanted to
stop eating out so much and start cooking together more. They labeled
their savings account “Trip to Europe.” Whenever they skipped going
out to eat, they transferred $50 into the account. At the end of the year,
they put the money toward the vacation.
It is worth noting that it is important to select short-term rewards
that reinforce your identity rather than ones that conflict with it.
Buying a new jacket is fine if you’re trying to lose weight or read more
books, but it doesn’t work if you’re trying to budget and save money.
Instead, taking a bubble bath or going on a leisurely walk are good
examples of rewarding yourself with free time, which aligns with your
ultimate goal of more freedom and financial independence. Similarly,
if your reward for exercising is eating a bowl of ice cream, then you’re
casting votes for conflicting identities, and it ends up being a wash.
Instead, maybe your reward is a massage, which is both a luxury and a
vote toward taking care of your body. Now the short-term reward is
aligned with your long-term vision of being a healthy person.
Eventually, as intrinsic rewards like a better mood, more energy,
and reduced stress kick in, you’ll become less concerned with chasing
the secondary reward. The identity itself becomes the reinforcer. You
do it because it’s who you are and it feels good to be you. The more a
habit becomes part of your life, the less you need outside
encouragement to follow through. Incentives can start a habit. Identity
sustains a habit.
That said, it takes time for the evidence to accumulate and a new
identity to emerge. Immediate reinforcement helps maintain
motivation in the short term while you’re waiting for the long-term
rewards to arrive.
In summary, a habit needs to be enjoyable for it to last. Simple bits
of reinforcement—like soap that smells great or toothpaste that has a
refreshing mint flavor or seeing $50 hit your savings account—can
offer the immediate pleasure you need to enjoy a habit. And change is
easy when it is enjoyable.
Chapter Summary
The 4th Law of Behavior Change is make it satisfying.
We are more likely to repeat a behavior when the experience is
satisfying.
The human brain evolved to prioritize immediate rewards over
delayed rewards.
The Cardinal Rule of Behavior Change: What is immediately
rewarded is repeated. What is immediately punished is avoided.
To get a habit to stick you need to feel immediately successful—
even if it’s in a small way.
The first three laws of behavior change—make it obvious, make it
attractive, and make it easy—increase the odds that a behavior
will be performed this time. The fourth law of behavior change
—make it satisfying—increases the odds that a behavior will be
repeated next time.
16
How to Stick with Good Habits Every Day
I
N 1993,
a bank in Abbotsford, Canada, hired a twenty-three-year-old
stockbroker named Trent Dyrsmid. Abbotsford was a relatively small
suburb, tucked away in the shadow of nearby Vancouver, where most
of the big business deals were being made. Given the location, and the
fact that Dyrsmid was a rookie, nobody expected too much of him. But
he made brisk progress thanks to a simple daily habit.
Dyrsmid began each morning with two jars on his desk. One was
filled with 120 paper clips. The other was empty. As soon as he settled
in each day, he would make a sales call. Immediately after, he would
move one paper clip from the full jar to the empty jar and the process
would begin again. “Every morning I would start with 120 paper clips
in one jar and I would keep dialing the phone until I had moved them
all to the second jar,” he told me.
Within eighteen months, Dyrsmid was bringing in $5 million to the
firm. By age twenty-four, he was making $75,000 per year—the
equivalent of $125,000 today. Not long after, he landed a six-figure job
with another company.
I like to refer to this technique as the Paper Clip Strategy and, over
the years, I’ve heard from readers who have employed it in a variety of
ways. One woman shifted a hairpin from one container to another
whenever she wrote a page of her book. Another man moved a marble
from one bin to the next after each set of push-ups.
Making progress is satisfying, and visual measures—like moving
paper clips or hairpins or marbles—provide clear evidence of your
progress. As a result, they reinforce your behavior and add a little bit of
immediate satisfaction to any activity. Visual measurement comes in
many forms: food journals, workout logs, loyalty punch cards, the
progress bar on a software download, even the page numbers in a
book. But perhaps the best way to measure your progress is with a
habit tracker.
HOW TO KEEP YOUR HABITS ON TRACK
A habit tracker is a simple way to measure whether you did a habit.
The most basic format is to get a calendar and cross off each day you
stick with your routine. For example, if you meditate on Monday,
Wednesday, and Friday, each of those dates gets an X. As time rolls by,
the calendar becomes a record of your habit streak.
Countless people have tracked their habits, but perhaps the most
famous was Benjamin Franklin. Beginning at age twenty, Franklin
carried a small booklet everywhere he went and used it to track
thirteen personal virtues. This list included goals like “Lose no time. Be
always employed in something useful” and “Avoid trifling
conversation.” At the end of each day, Franklin would open his booklet
and record his progress.
Jerry Seinfeld reportedly uses a habit tracker to stick with his streak
of writing jokes. In the documentary Comedian, he explains that his
goal is simply to “never break the chain” of writing jokes every day. In
other words, he is not focused on how good or bad a particular joke is
or how inspired he feels. He is simply focused on showing up and
adding to his streak.
“Don’t break the chain” is a powerful mantra. Don’t break the chain
of sales calls and you’ll build a successful book of business. Don’t break
the chain of workouts and you’ll get fit faster than you’d expect. Don’t
break the chain of creating every day and you will end up with an
impressive portfolio. Habit tracking is powerful because it leverages
multiple Laws of Behavior Change. It simultaneously makes a behavior
obvious, attractive, and satisfying.
Let’s break down each one.
Benefit #1: Habit tracking is obvious.
Recording your last action creates a trigger that can initiate your next
one. Habit tracking naturally builds a series of visual cues like the
streak of X’s on your calendar or the list of meals in your food log.
When you look at the calendar and see your streak, you’ll be reminded
to act again. Research has shown that people who track their progress
on goals like losing weight, quitting smoking, and lowering blood
pressure are all more likely to improve than those who don’t. One
study of more than sixteen hundred people found that those who kept
a daily food log lost twice as much weight as those who did not. The
mere act of tracking a behavior can spark the urge to change it.
Habit tracking also keeps you honest. Most of us have a distorted
view of our own behavior. We think we act better than we do.
Measurement offers one way to overcome our blindness to our own
behavior and notice what’s really going on each day. One glance at the
paper clips in the container and you immediately know how much
work you have (or haven’t) been putting in. When the evidence is right
in front of you, you’re less likely to lie to yourself.
Benefit #2: Habit tracking is attractive.
The most effective form of motivation is progress. When we get a
signal that we are moving forward, we become more motivated to
continue down that path. In this way, habit tracking can have an
addictive effect on motivation. Each small win feeds your desire.
This can be particularly powerful on a bad day. When you’re feeling
down, it’s easy to forget about all the progress you have already made.
Habit tracking provides visual proof of your hard work—a subtle
reminder of how far you’ve come. Plus, the empty square you see each
morning can motivate you to get started because you don’t want to lose
your progress by breaking the streak.
Benefit #3: Habit tracking is satisfying.
This is the most crucial benefit of all. Tracking can become its own
form of reward. It is satisfying to cross an item off your to-do list, to
complete an entry in your workout log, or to mark an X on the
calendar. It feels good to watch your results grow—the size of your
investment portfolio, the length of your book manuscript—and if it
feels good, then you’re more likely to endure.
Habit tracking also helps keep your eye on the ball: you’re focused
on the process rather than the result. You’re not fixated on getting sixpack abs, you’re just trying to keep the streak alive and become the
type of person who doesn’t miss workouts.
In summary, habit tracking (1) creates a visual cue that can remind
you to act, (2) is inherently motivating because you see the progress
you are making and don’t want to lose it, and (3) feels satisfying
whenever you record another successful instance of your habit.
Furthermore, habit tracking provides visual proof that you are casting
votes for the type of person you wish to become, which is a delightful
form of immediate and intrinsic gratification.*
You may be wondering, if habit tracking is so useful, why have I
waited so long to talk about it?
Despite all the benefits, I’ve left this discussion until now for a
simple reason: many people resist the idea of tracking and measuring.
It can feel like a burden because it forces you into two habits: the habit
you’re trying to build and the habit of tracking it. Counting calories
sounds like a hassle when you’re already struggling to follow a diet.
Writing down every sales call seems tedious when you’ve got work to
do. It feels easier to say, “I’ll just eat less.” Or, “I’ll try harder.” Or, “I’ll
remember to do it.” People inevitably tell me things like, “I have a
decision journal, but I wish I used it more.” Or, “I recorded my
workouts for a week, but then quit.” I’ve been there myself. I once
made a food log to track my calories. I managed to do it for one meal
and then gave up.
Tracking isn’t for everyone, and there is no need to measure your
entire life. But nearly anyone can benefit from it in some form—even if
it’s only temporary.
What can we do to make tracking easier?
First, whenever possible, measurement should be automated. You’ll
probably be surprised by how much you’re already tracking without
knowing it. Your credit card statement tracks how often you go out to
eat. Your Fitbit registers how many steps you take and how long you
sleep. Your calendar records how many new places you travel to each
year. Once you know where to get the data, add a note to your calendar
to review it each week or each month, which is more practical than
tracking it every day.
Second, manual tracking should be limited to your most important
habits. It is better to consistently track one habit than to sporadically
track ten.
Finally, record each measurement immediately after the habit
occurs. The completion of the behavior is the cue to write it down. This
approach allows you to combine the habit-stacking method mentioned
in Chapter 5 with habit tracking.
The habit stacking + habit tracking formula is:
After [CURRENT HABIT], I will [TRACK MY HABIT].
After I hang up the phone from a sales call, I will move one paper
clip over.
After I finish each set at the gym, I will record it in my workout
journal.
After I put my plate in the dishwasher, I will write down what I
ate.
These tactics can make tracking your habits easier. Even if you
aren’t the type of person who enjoys recording your behavior, I think
you’ll find a few weeks of measurements to be insightful. It’s always
interesting to see how you’ve actually been spending your time.
That said, every habit streak ends at some point. And, more
important than any single measurement, is having a good plan for
when your habits slide off track.
HOW TO RECOVER QUICKLY WHEN YOUR HABITS BREAK
DOWN
No matter how consistent you are with your habits, it is inevitable that
life will interrupt you at some point. Perfection is not possible. Before
long, an emergency will pop up—you get sick or you have to travel for
work or your family needs a little more of your time.
Whenever this happens to me, I try to remind myself of a simple
rule: never miss twice.
If I miss one day, I try to get back into it as quickly as possible.
Missing one workout happens, but I’m not going to miss two in a row.
Maybe I’ll eat an entire pizza, but I’ll follow it up with a healthy meal. I
can’t be perfect, but I can avoid a second lapse. As soon as one streak
ends, I get started on the next one.
The first mistake is never the one that ruins you. It is the spiral of
repeated mistakes that follows. Missing once is an accident. Missing
twice is the start of a new habit.
This is a distinguishing feature between winners and losers. Anyone
can have a bad performance, a bad workout, or a bad day at work. But
when successful people fail, they rebound quickly. The breaking of a
habit doesn’t matter if the reclaiming of it is fast.
I think this principle is so important that I’ll stick to it even if I can’t
do a habit as well or as completely as I would like. Too often, we fall
into an all-or-nothing cycle with our habits. The problem is not
slipping up; the problem is thinking that if you can’t do something
perfectly, then you shouldn’t do it at all.
You don’t realize how valuable it is to just show up on your bad (or
busy) days. Lost days hurt you more than successful days help you. If
you start with $100, then a 50 percent gain will take you to $150. But
you only need a 33 percent loss to take you back to $100. In other
words, avoiding a 33 percent loss is just as valuable as achieving a 50
percent gain. As Charlie Munger says, “The first rule of compounding:
Never interrupt it unnecessarily.”
This is why the “bad” workouts are often the most important ones.
Sluggish days and bad workouts maintain the compound gains you
accrued from previous good days. Simply doing something—ten
squats, five sprints, a push-up, anything really—is huge. Don’t put up a
zero. Don’t let losses eat into your compounding.
Furthermore, it’s not always about what happens during the
workout. It’s about being the type of person who doesn’t miss
workouts. It’s easy to train when you feel good, but it’s crucial to show
up when you don’t feel like it—even if you do less than you hope. Going
to the gym for five minutes may not improve your performance, but it
reaffirms your identity.
The all-or-nothing cycle of behavior change is just one pitfall that
can derail your habits. Another potential danger—especially if you are
using a habit tracker—is measuring the wrong thing.
KNOWING WHEN (AND WHEN NOT) TO TRACK A HABIT
Say you’re running a restaurant and you want to know if your chef is
doing a good job. One way to measure success is to track how many
customers pay for a meal each day. If more customers come in, the
food must be good. If fewer customers come in, something must be
wrong.
However, this one measurement—daily revenue—only gives a
limited picture of what’s really going on. Just because someone pays
for a meal doesn’t mean they enjoy the meal. Even dissatisfied
customers are unlikely to dine and dash. In fact, if you’re only
measuring revenue, the food might be getting worse but you’re making
up for it with marketing or discounts or some other method. Instead, it
may be more effective to track how many customers finish their meal
or perhaps the percentage of customers who leave a generous tip.
The dark side of tracking a particular behavior is that we become
driven by the number rather than the purpose behind it. If your
success is measured by quarterly earnings, you will optimize sales,
revenue, and accounting for quarterly earnings. If your success is
measured by a lower number on the scale, you will optimize for a lower
number on the scale, even if that means embracing crash diets, juice
cleanses, and fat-loss pills. The human mind wants to “win” whatever
game is being played.
This pitfall is evident in many areas of life. We focus on working
long hours instead of getting meaningful work done. We care more
about getting ten thousand steps than we do about being healthy. We
teach for standardized tests instead of emphasizing learning, curiosity,
and critical thinking. In short, we optimize for what we measure. When
we choose the wrong measurement, we get the wrong behavior.
This is sometimes referred to as Goodhart’s Law. Named after the
economist Charles Goodhart, the principle states, “When a measure
becomes a target, it ceases to be a good measure.” Measurement is only
useful when it guides you and adds context to a larger picture, not
when it consumes you. Each number is simply one piece of feedback in
the overall system.
In our data-driven world, we tend to overvalue numbers and
undervalue anything ephemeral, soft, and difficult to quantify. We
mistakenly think the factors we can measure are the only factors that
exist. But just because you can measure something doesn’t mean it’s
the most important thing. And just because you can’t measure
something doesn’t mean it’s not important at all.
All of this to say, it’s crucial to keep habit tracking in its proper
place. It can feel satisfying to record a habit and track your progress,
but the measurement is not the only thing that matters. Furthermore,
there are many ways to measure progress, and sometimes it helps to
shift your focus to something entirely different.
This is why nonscale victories can be effective for weight loss. The
number on the scale may be stubborn, so if you focus solely on that
number, your motivation will sag. But you may notice that your skin
looks better or you wake up earlier or your sex drive got a boost. All of
these are valid ways to track your improvement. If you’re not feeling
motivated by the number on the scale, perhaps it’s time to focus on a
different measurement—one that gives you more signals of progress.
No matter how you measure your improvement, habit tracking
offers a simple way to make your habits more satisfying. Each
measurement provides a little bit of evidence that you’re moving in the
right direction and a brief moment of immediate pleasure for a job well
done.
Chapter Summary
One of the most satisfying feelings is the feeling of making
progress.
A habit tracker is a simple way to measure whether you did a
habit—like marking an X on a calendar.
Habit trackers and other visual forms of measurement can make
your habits satisfying by providing clear evidence of your
progress.
Don’t break the chain. Try to keep your habit streak alive.
Never miss twice. If you miss one day, try to get back on track as
quickly as possible.
Just because you can measure something doesn’t mean it’s the
most important thing.
17
How an Accountability Partner Can
Change Everything
A
FTER SERVING AS a
pilot in World War II, Roger Fisher attended
Harvard Law School and spent thirty-four years specializing in
negotiation and conflict management. He founded the Harvard
Negotiation Project and worked with numerous countries and world
leaders on peace resolutions, hostage crises, and diplomatic
compromises. But it was in the 1970s and 1980s, as the threat of
nuclear war escalated, that Fisher developed perhaps his most
interesting idea.
At the time, Fisher was focused on designing strategies that could
prevent nuclear war, and he had noticed a troubling fact. Any sitting
president would have access to launch codes that could kill millions of
people but would never actually see anyone die because he would
always be thousands of miles away.
“My suggestion was quite simple,” he wrote in 1981. “Put that
[nuclear] code number in a little capsule, and then implant that
capsule right next to the heart of a volunteer. The volunteer would
carry with him a big, heavy butcher knife as he accompanied the
President. If ever the President wanted to fire nuclear weapons, the
only way he could do so would be for him first, with his own hands, to
kill one human being. The President says, ‘George, I’m sorry but tens
of millions must die.’ He has to look at someone and realize what death
is—what an innocent death is. Blood on the White House carpet. It’s
reality brought home.
“When I suggested this to friends in the Pentagon they said, ‘My
God, that’s terrible. Having to kill someone would distort the
President’s judgment. He might never push the button.’”
Throughout our discussion of the 4th Law of Behavior Change we
have covered the importance of making good habits immediately
satisfying. Fisher’s proposal is an inversion of the 4th Law: Make it
immediately unsatisfying.
Just as we are more likely to repeat an experience when the ending
is satisfying, we are also more likely to avoid an experience when the
ending is painful. Pain is an effective teacher. If a failure is painful, it
gets fixed. If a failure is relatively painless, it gets ignored. The more
immediate and more costly a mistake is, the faster you will learn from
it. The threat of a bad review forces a plumber to be good at his job.
The possibility of a customer never returning makes restaurants create
good food. The cost of cutting the wrong blood vessel makes a surgeon
master human anatomy and cut carefully. When the consequences are
severe, people learn quickly.
The more immediate the pain, the less likely the behavior. If you
want to prevent bad habits and eliminate unhealthy behaviors, then
adding an instant cost to the action is a great way to reduce their odds.
We repeat bad habits because they serve us in some way, and that
makes them hard to abandon. The best way I know to overcome this
predicament is to increase the speed of the punishment associated with
the behavior. There can’t be a gap between the action and the
consequences.
As soon as actions incur an immediate consequence, behavior
begins to change. Customers pay their bills on time when they are
charged a late fee. Students show up to class when their grade is linked
to attendance. We’ll jump through a lot of hoops to avoid a little bit of
immediate pain.
There is, of course, a limit to this. If you’re going to rely on
punishment to change behavior, then the strength of the punishment
must match the relative strength of the behavior it is trying to correct.
To be productive, the cost of procrastination must be greater than the
cost of action. To be healthy, the cost of laziness must be greater than
the cost of exercise. Getting fined for smoking in a restaurant or failing
to recycle adds consequence to an action. Behavior only shifts if the
punishment is painful enough and reliably enforced.
In general, the more local, tangible, concrete, and immediate the
consequence, the more likely it is to influence individual behavior. The
more global, intangible, vague, and delayed the consequence, the less
likely it is to influence individual behavior.
Thankfully, there is a straightforward way to add an immediate cost
to any bad habit: create a habit contract.
THE HABIT CONTRACT
The first seat belt law was passed in New York on December 1, 1984. At
the time, just 14 percent of people in the United States regularly wore a
seat belt—but that was all about to change.
Within five years, over half of the nation had seat belt laws. Today,
wearing a seat belt is enforceable by law in forty-nine of the fifty states.
And it’s not just the legislation, the number of people wearing seat
belts has changed dramatically as well. In 2016, over 88 percent of
Americans buckled up each time they got in a car. In just over thirty
years, there was a complete reversal in the habits of millions of people.
Laws and regulations are an example of how government can
change our habits by creating a social contract. As a society, we
collectively agree to abide by certain rules and then enforce them as a
group. Whenever a new piece of legislation impacts behavior—seat belt
laws, banning smoking inside restaurants, mandatory recycling—it is
an example of a social contract shaping our habits. The group agrees to
act in a certain way, and if you don’t follow along, you’ll be punished.
Just as governments use laws to hold citizens accountable, you can
create a habit contract to hold yourself accountable. A habit contract is
a verbal or written agreement in which you state your commitment to a
particular habit and the punishment that will occur if you don’t follow
through. Then you find one or two people to act as your accountability
partners and sign off on the contract with you.
Bryan Harris, an entrepreneur from Nashville, Tennessee, was the
first person I saw put this strategy into action. Shortly after the birth of
his son, Harris realized he wanted to shed a few pounds. He wrote up a
habit contract between himself, his wife, and his personal trainer. The
first version read, “Bryan’s #1 objective for Q1 of 2017 is to start eating
correctly again so he feels better, looks better, and is able to hit his
long-term goal of 200 pounds at 10% body fat.”
Below that statement, Harris laid out a road map for achieving his
ideal outcome:
Phase #1: Get back to a strict “slow-carb” diet in Q1.
Phase #2: Start a strict macronutrient tracking program in Q2.
Phase #3: Refine and maintain the details of his diet and workout
program in Q3.
Finally, he wrote out each of the daily habits that would get him to
his goal. For example, “Write down all food that he consumes each day
and weigh himself each day.”
And then he listed the punishment if he failed: “If Bryan doesn’t do
these two items then the following consequence will be enforced: He
will have to dress up each workday and each Sunday morning for the
rest of the quarter. Dress up is defined as not wearing jeans, t-shirts,
hoodies, or shorts. He will also give Joey (his trainer) $200 to use as
he sees fit if he misses one day of logging food.”
At the bottom of the page, Harris, his wife, and his trainer all signed
the contract.
My initial reaction was that a contract like this seemed overly
formal and unnecessary, especially the signatures. But Harris
convinced me that signing the contract was an indication of
seriousness. “Anytime I skip this part,” he said, “I start slacking almost
immediately.”
Three months later, after hitting his targets for Q1, Harris upgraded
his goals. The consequences escalated, too. If he missed his
carbohydrate and protein targets, he had to pay his trainer $100. And
if he failed to weigh himself, he had to give his wife $500 to use as she
saw fit. Perhaps most painfully, if he forgot to run sprints, he had to
dress up for work every day and wear an Alabama hat the rest of the
quarter—the bitter rival of his beloved Auburn team.
The strategy worked. With his wife and trainer acting as
accountability partners and with the habit contract clarifying exactly
what to do each day, Harris lost the weight.*
To make bad habits unsatisfying, your best option is to make them
painful in the moment. Creating a habit contract is a straightforward
way to do exactly that.
Even if you don’t want to create a full-blown habit contract, simply
having an accountability partner is useful. The comedian Margaret Cho
writes a joke or song every day. She does the “song a day” challenge
with a friend, which helps them both stay accountable. Knowing that
someone is watching can be a powerful motivator. You are less likely to
procrastinate or give up because there is an immediate cost. If you
don’t follow through, perhaps they’ll see you as untrustworthy or lazy.
Suddenly, you are not only failing to uphold your promises to yourself,
but also failing to uphold your promises to others.
You can even automate this process. Thomas Frank, an
entrepreneur in Boulder, Colorado, wakes up at 5:55 each morning.
And if he doesn’t, he has a tweet automatically scheduled that says,
“It’s 6:10 and I’m not up because I’m lazy! Reply to this for $5 via
PayPal (limit 5), assuming my alarm didn’t malfunction.”
We are always trying to present our best selves to the world. We
comb our hair and brush our teeth and dress ourselves carefully
because we know these habits are likely to get a positive reaction. We
want to get good grades and graduate from top schools to impress
potential employers and mates and our friends and family. We care
about the opinions of those around us because it helps if others like us.
This is precisely why getting an accountability partner or signing a
habit contract can work so well.
Chapter Summary
The inversion of the 4th Law of Behavior Change is make it
unsatisfying.
We are less likely to repeat a bad habit if it is painful or
unsatisfying.
An accountability partner can create an immediate cost to
inaction. We care deeply about what others think of us, and we do
not want others to have a lesser opinion of us.
A habit contract can be used to add a social cost to any behavior.
It makes the costs of violating your promises public and painful.
Knowing that someone else is watching you can be a powerful
motivator.
HOW TO CREATE A GOOD HABIT
The 1st Law: Make It Obvious
1.1: Fill out the Habits Scorecard. Write down your current habits to become aware of them.
1.2: Use implementation intentions: “I will [BEHAVIOR] at [TIME] in [LOCATION].”
1.3: Use habit stacking: “After [CURRENT HABIT], I will [NEW HABIT].”
1.4: Design your environment. Make the cues of good habits obvious and visible.
The 2nd Law:Make It Attractive
2.1: Use temptation bundling. Pair an action you want to do with an action you need to do.
2.2: Join a culture where your desired behavior is the normal behavior.
2.3: Create a motivation ritual. Do something you enjoy immediately before a difficult habit.
The 3rd Law: Make It Easy
3.1: Reduce friction. Decrease the number of steps between you and your good habits.
3.2: Prime the environment. Prepare your environment to make future actions easier.
3.3: Master the decisive moment. Optimize the small choices that deliver outsized impact.
3.4: Use the Two-Minute Rule. Downscale your habits until they can be done in two minutes
or less.
3.5: Automate your habits. Invest in technology and onetime purchases that lock in future
behavior.
The 4th Law: Make It Satisfying
4.1: Use reinforcement. Give yourself an immediate reward when you complete your habit.
4.2: Make “doing nothing” enjoyable. When avoiding a bad habit, design a way to see the
benefits.
4.3: Use a habit tracker. Keep track of your habit streak and “don’t break the chain.”
4.4: Never miss twice. When you forget to do a habit, make sure you get back on track
immediately.
HOW TO BREAK A BAD HABIT
Inversion of the 1st Law: Make It Invisible
1.5: Reduce exposure. Remove the cues of your bad habits from your environment.
Inversion of the 2nd Law: Make It Unattractive
2.4: Reframe your mind-set. Highlight the benefits of avoiding your bad habits.
Inversion of the 3rd Law: Make It Difficult
3.6: Increase friction. Increase the number of steps between you and your bad habits.
3.7: Use a commitment device. Restrict your future choices to the ones that benefit you.
Inversion of the 4th Law: Make It Unsatisfying
4.5: Get an accountability partner. Ask someone to watch your behavior.
4.6: Create a habit contract. Make the costs of your bad habits public and painful.
You can download a printable version of this habits cheat sheet at:
atomichabits.com/cheatsheet
ADVANCED TACTICS
How to Go from Being Merely Good to
Being Truly Great
18
The Truth About Talent (When Genes
Matter and When They Don’t)
M
ANY PEOPLE ARE familiar
with Michael Phelps, who is widely
considered to be one of the greatest athletes in history. Phelps has
won more Olympic medals not only than any swimmer but also more
than any Olympian in any sport.
Fewer people know the name Hicham El Guerrouj, but he was a
fantastic athlete in his own right. El Guerrouj is a Moroccan runner
who holds two Olympic gold medals and is one of the greatest middledistance runners of all time. For many years, he held the world record
in the mile, 1,500-meter, and 2,000-meter races. At the Olympic
Games in Athens, Greece, in 2004, he won gold in the 1,500-meter and
5,000-meter races.
These two athletes are wildly different in many ways. (For starters,
one competed on land and the other in water.) But most notably, they
differ significantly in height. El Guerrouj is five feet, nine inches tall.
Phelps is six feet, four inches tall. Despite this seven-inch difference in
height, the two men are identical in one respect: Michael Phelps and
Hicham El Guerrouj wear the same length inseam on their pants.
How is this possible? Phelps has relatively short legs for his height
and a very long torso, the perfect build for swimming. El Guerrouj has
incredibly long legs and a short upper body, an ideal frame for distance
running.
Now, imagine if these world-class athletes were to switch sports.
Given his remarkable athleticism, could Michael Phelps become an
Olympic-caliber distance runner with enough training? It’s unlikely. At
peak fitness, Phelps weighed 194 pounds, which is 40 percent heavier
than El Guerrouj, who competed at an ultralight 138 pounds. Taller
runners are heavier runners, and every extra pound is a curse when it
comes to distance running. Against elite competition, Phelps would be
doomed from the start.
Similarly, El Guerrouj might be one of the best runners in history,
but it’s doubtful he would ever qualify for the Olympics as a swimmer.
Since 1976, the average height of Olympic gold medalists in the men’s
1,500-meter run is five feet, ten inches. In comparison, the average
height of Olympic gold medalists in the men’s 100-meter freestyle
swim is six feet, four inches. Swimmers tend to be tall and have long
backs and arms, which are ideal for pulling through the water. El
Guerrouj would be at a severe disadvantage before he ever touched the
pool.
The secret to maximizing your odds of success is to choose the right
field of competition. This is just as true with habit change as it is with
sports and business. Habits are easier to perform, and more satisfying
to stick with, when they align with your natural inclinations and
abilities. Like Michael Phelps in the pool or Hicham El Guerrouj on the
track, you want to play a game where the odds are in your favor.
Embracing this strategy requires the acceptance of the simple truth
that people are born with different abilities. Some people don’t like to
discuss this fact. On the surface, your genes seem to be fixed, and it’s
no fun to talk about things you cannot control. Plus, phrases like
biological determinism makes it sound like certain individuals are
destined for success and others doomed to failure. But this is a
shortsighted view of the influence of genes on behavior.
The strength of genetics is also their weakness. Genes cannot be
easily changed, which means they provide a powerful advantage in
favorable circumstances and a serious disadvantage in unfavorable
circumstances. If you want to dunk a basketball, being seven feet tall is
very useful. If you want to perform a gymnastics routine, being seven
feet tall is a great hindrance. Our environment determines the
suitability of our genes and the utility of our natural talents. When our
environment changes, so do the qualities that determine success.
This is true not just for physical characteristics but for mental ones
as well. I’m smart if you ask me about habits and human behavior; not
so much when it comes to knitting, rocket propulsion, or guitar chords.
Competence is highly dependent on context.
The people at the top of any competitive field are not only well
trained, they are also well suited to the task. And this is why, if you
want to be truly great, selecting the right place to focus is crucial.
In short: genes do not determine your destiny. They determine your
areas of opportunity. As physician Gabor Mate notes, “Genes can
predispose, but they don’t predetermine.” The areas where you are
genetically predisposed to success are the areas where habits are more
likely to be satisfying. The key is to direct your effort toward areas that
both excite you and match your natural skills, to align your ambition
with your ability.
The obvious question is, “How do I figure out where the odds are in
my favor? How do I identify the opportunities and habits that are right
for me?” The first place we will look for an answer is by understanding
your personality.
HOW YOUR PERSONALITY INFLUENCES YOUR HABITS
Your genes are operating beneath the surface of every habit. Indeed,
beneath the surface of every behavior. Genes have been shown to
influence everything from the number of hours you spend watching
television to your likelihood to marry or divorce to your tendency to get
addicted to drugs, alcohol, or nicotine. There’s a strong genetic
component to how obedient or rebellious you are when facing
authority, how vulnerable or resistant you are to stressful events, how
proactive or reactive you tend to be, and even how captivated or bored
you feel during sensory experiences like attending a concert. As Robert
Plomin, a behavioral geneticist at King’s College in London, told me,
“It is now at the point where we have stopped testing to see if traits
have a genetic component because we literally can’t find a single one
that isn’t influenced by our genes.”
Bundled together, your unique cluster of genetic traits predispose
you to a particular personality. Your personality is the set of
characteristics that is consistent from situation to situation. The most
proven scientific analysis of personality traits is known as the “Big
Five,” which breaks them down into five spectrums of behavior.
1. Openness to experience: from curious and inventive on one end
to cautious and consistent on the other.
2. Conscientiousness: organized and efficient to easygoing and
spontaneous.
3. Extroversion: outgoing and energetic to solitary and reserved
(you likely know them as extroverts vs. introverts).
4. Agreeableness: friendly and compassionate to challenging and
detached.
5. Neuroticism: anxious and sensitive to confident, calm, and
stable.
All five characteristics have biological underpinnings. Extroversion,
for instance, can be tracked from birth. If scientists play a loud noise in
the nursing ward, some babies turn toward it while others turn away.
When the researchers tracked these children through life, they found
that the babies who turned toward the noise were more likely to grow
up to be extroverts. Those who turned away were more likely to
become introverts.
People who are high in agreeableness are kind, considerate, and
warm. They also tend to have higher natural oxytocin levels, a
hormone that plays an important role in social bonding, increases
feelings of trust, and can act as a natural antidepressant. You can easily
imagine how someone with more oxytocin might be inclined to build
habits like writing thank-you notes or organizing social events.
As a third example, consider neuroticism, which is a personality
trait all people possess to various degrees. People who are high in
neuroticism tend to be anxious and worry more than others. This trait
has been linked to hypersensitivity of the amygdala, the portion of the
brain responsible for noticing threats. In other words, people who are
more sensitive to negative cues in their environment are more likely to
score high in neuroticism.
Our habits are not solely determined by our personalities, but there
is no doubt that our genes nudge us in a certain direction. Our deeply
rooted preferences make certain behaviors easier for some people than
for others. You don’t have to apologize for these differences or feel
guilty about them, but you do have to work with them. A person who
scores lower on conscientiousness, for example, will be less likely to be
orderly by nature and may need to rely more heavily on environment
design to stick with good habits. (As a reminder for the less
conscientious readers among us, environment design is a strategy we
discussed in Chapters 6 and 12.)
The takeaway is that you should build habits that work for your
personality.* People can get ripped working out like a bodybuilder, but
if you prefer rock climbing or cycling or rowing, then shape your
exercise habit around your interests. If your friend follows a low-carb
diet but you find that low-fat works for you, then more power to you. If
you want to read more, don’t be embarrassed if you prefer steamy
romance novels over nonfiction. Read whatever fascinates you.* You
don’t have to build the habits everyone tells you to build. Choose the
habit that best suits you, not the one that is most popular.
There is a version of every habit that can bring you joy and
satisfaction. Find it. Habits need to be enjoyable if they are going to
stick. This is the core idea behind the 4th Law.
Tailoring your habits to your personality is a good start, but this is
not the end of the story. Let’s turn our attention to finding and
designing situations where you’re at a natural advantage.
HOW TO FIND A GAME WHERE THE ODDS ARE IN YOUR FAVOR
Learning to play a game where the odds are in your favor is critical for
maintaining motivation and feeling successful. In theory, you can
enjoy almost anything. In practice, you are more likely to enjoy the
things that come easily to you. People who are talented in a particular
area tend to be more competent at that task and are then praised for
doing a good job. They stay energized because they are making
progress where others have failed, and because they get rewarded with
better pay and bigger opportunities, which not only makes them
happier but also propels them to produce even higher-quality work. It’s
a virtuous cycle.
Pick the right habit and progress is easy. Pick the wrong habit and
life is a struggle.
How do you pick the right habit? The first step is something we
covered in the 3rd Law: make it easy. In many cases, when people pick
the wrong habit, it simply means they picked a habit that was too
difficult. When a habit is easy, you are more likely to be successful.
When you are successful, you are more likely to feel satisfied. However,
there is another level to consider. In the long-run, if you continue to
advance and improve, any area can become challenging. At some
point, you need to make sure you’re playing the right game for your
skillset. How do you figure that out?
The most common approach is trial and error. Of course, there’s a
problem with this strategy: life is short. You don’t have time to try
every career, date every eligible bachelor, or play every musical
instrument. Thankfully, there is an effective way to manage this
conundrum, and it is known as the explore/exploit trade-off.
In the beginning of a new activity, there should be a period of
exploration. In relationships, it’s called dating. In college, it’s called the
liberal arts. In business, it’s called split testing. The goal is to try out
many possibilities, research a broad range of ideas, and cast a wide net.
After this initial period of exploration, shift your focus to the best
solution you’ve found—but keep experimenting occasionally. The
proper balance depends on whether you’re winning or losing. If you
are currently winning, you exploit, exploit, exploit. If you are currently
losing, you continue to explore, explore, explore.
In the long-run it is probably most effective to work on the strategy
that seems to deliver the best results about 80 to 90 percent of the
time and keep exploring with the remaining 10 to 20 percent. Google
famously asks employees to spend 80 percent of the workweek on their
official job and 20 percent on projects of their choice, which has led to
the creation of blockbuster products like AdWords and Gmail.
The optimal approach also depends on how much time you have. If
you have a lot of time—like someone at the beginning of their career—
it makes more sense to explore because once you find the right thing,
you still have a good amount of time to exploit it. If you’re pressed for
time—say, as you come up on the deadline for a project—you should
implement the best solution you’ve found so far and get some results.
As you explore different options, there are a series of questions you
can ask yourself to continually narrow in on the habits and areas that
will be most satisfying to you:
What feels like fun to me, but work to others? The mark of
whether you are made for a task is not whether you love it but
whether you can handle the pain of the task easier than most
people. When are you enjoying yourself while other people are
complaining? The work that hurts you less than it hurts others is
the work you were made to do.
What makes me lose track of time? Flow is the mental state
you enter when you are so focused on the task at hand that the
rest of the world fades away. This blend of happiness and peak
performance is what athletes and performers experience when
they are “in the zone.” It is nearly impossible to experience a flow
state and not find the task satisfying at least to some degree.
Where do I get greater returns than the average person?
We are continually comparing ourselves to those around us, and a
behavior is more likely to be satisfying when the comparison is in
our favor. When I started writing at jamesclear.com, my email list
grew very quickly. I wasn’t quite sure what I was doing well, but I
knew that results seemed to be coming faster for me than for
some of my colleagues, which motivated me to keep writing.
What comes naturally to me? For just a moment, ignore what
you have been taught. Ignore what society has told you. Ignore
what others expect of you. Look inside yourself and ask, “What
feels natural to me? When have I felt alive? When have I felt like
the real me?” No internal judgments or people-pleasing. No
second-guessing or self-criticism. Just feelings of engagement and
enjoyment. Whenever you feel authentic and genuine, you are
headed in the right direction.
To be honest, some of this process is just luck. Michael Phelps and
Hicham El Guerrouj were lucky to be born with a rare set of abilities
that are highly valued by society and to be placed in the ideal
environment for those abilities. We all have limited time on this planet,
and the truly great among us are the ones who not only work hard but
also have the good fortune to be exposed to opportunities that favor us.
But what if you don’t want to leave it up to luck?
If you can’t find a game where the odds are stacked in your favor,
create one. Scott Adams, the cartoonist behind Dilbert, says,
“Everyone has at least a few areas in which they could be in the top
25% with some effort. In my case, I can draw better than most people,
but I’m hardly an artist. And I’m not any funnier than the average
standup comedian who never makes it big, but I’m funnier than most
people. The magic is that few people can draw well and write jokes. It’s
the combination of the two that makes what I do so rare. And when
you add in my business background, suddenly I had a topic that few
cartoonists could hope to understand without living it.”
When you can’t win by being better, you can win by being different.
By combining your skills, you reduce the level of competition, which
makes it easier to stand out. You can shortcut the need for a genetic
advantage (or for years of practice) by rewriting the rules. A good
player works hard to win the game everyone else is playing. A great
player creates a new game that favors their strengths and avoids their
weaknesses.
In college, I designed my own major, biomechanics, which was a
combination of physics, chemistry, biology, and anatomy. I wasn’t
smart enough to stand out among the top physics or biology majors, so
I created my own game. And because it suited me—I was only taking
the courses I was interested in—studying felt like less of a chore. It was
also easier to avoid the trap of comparing myself to everyone else. After
all, nobody else was taking the same combination of classes, so who
could say if they were better or worse?
Specialization is a powerful way to overcome the “accident” of bad
genetics. The more you master a specific skill, the harder it becomes
for others to compete with you. Many bodybuilders are stronger than
the average arm wrestler, but even a massive bodybuilder may lose at
arm wrestling because the arm wrestling champ has very specific
strength. Even if you’re not the most naturally gifted, you can often win
by being the best in a very narrow category.
Boiling water will soften a potato but harden an egg. You can’t
control whether you’re a potato or an egg, but you can decide to play a
game where it’s better to be hard or soft. If you can find a more
favorable environment, you can transform the situation from one
where the odds are against you to one where they are in your favor.
HOW TO GET THE MOST OUT OF YOUR GENES
Our genes do not eliminate the need for hard work. They clarify it.
They tell us what to work hard on. Once we realize our strengths, we
know where to spend our time and energy. We know which types of
opportunities to look for and which types of challenges to avoid. The
better we understand our nature, the better our strategy can be.
Biological differences matter. Even so, it’s more productive to focus
on whether you are fulfilling your own potential than comparing
yourself to someone else. The fact that you have a natural limit to any
specific ability has nothing to do with whether you are reaching the
ceiling of your capabilities. People get so caught up in the fact that they
have limits that they rarely exert the effort required to get close to
them.
Furthermore, genes can’t make you successful if you’re not doing
the work. Yes, it’s possible that the ripped trainer at the gym has better
genes, but if you haven’t put in the same reps, it’s impossible to say if
you have been dealt a better or worse genetic hand. Until you work as
hard as those you admire, don’t explain away their success as luck.
In summary, one of the best ways to ensure your habits remain
satisfying over the long-run is to pick behaviors that align with your
personality and skills. Work hard on the things that come easy.
Chapter Summary
The secret to maximizing your odds of success is to choose the
right field of competition.
Pick the right habit and progress is easy. Pick the wrong habit and
life is a struggle.
Genes cannot be easily changed, which means they provide a
powerful advantage in favorable circumstances and a serious
disadvantage in unfavorable circumstances.
Habits are easier when they align with your natural abilities.
Choose the habits that best suit you.
Play a game that favors your strengths. If you can’t find a game
that favors you, create one.
Genes do not eliminate the need for hard work. They clarify it.
They tell us what to work hard on.
19
The Goldilocks Rule: How to Stay
Motivated in Life and Work
I
N 1955,
Disneyland had just opened in Anaheim, California, when a
ten-year-old boy walked in and asked for a job. Labor laws were
loose back then and the boy managed to land a position selling
guidebooks for $0.50 apiece.
Within a year, he had transitioned to Disney’s magic shop, where he
learned tricks from the older employees. He experimented with jokes
and tried out simple routines on visitors. Soon he discovered that what
he loved was not performing magic but performing in general. He set
his sights on becoming a comedian.
Beginning in his teenage years, he started performing in little clubs
around Los Angeles. The crowds were small and his act was short. He
was rarely on stage for more than five minutes. Most of the people in
the crowd were too busy drinking or talking with friends to pay
attention. One night, he literally delivered his stand-up routine to an
empty club.
It wasn’t glamorous work, but there was no doubt he was getting
better. His first routines would only last one or two minutes. By high
school, his material had expanded to include a five-minute act and, a
few years later, a ten-minute show. At nineteen, he was performing
weekly for twenty minutes at a time. He had to read three poems
during the show just to make the routine long enough, but his skills
continued to progress.
He spent another decade experimenting, adjusting, and practicing.
He took a job as a television writer and, gradually, he was able to land
his own appearances on talk shows. By the mid-1970s, he had worked
his way into being a regular guest on The Tonight Show and Saturday
Night Live.
Finally, after nearly fifteen years of work, the young man rose to
fame. He toured sixty cities in sixty-three days. Then seventy-two cities
in eighty days. Then eighty-five cities in ninety days. He had 18,695
people attend one show in Ohio. Another 45,000 tickets were sold for
his three-day show in New York. He catapulted to the top of his genre
and became one of the most successful comedians of his time.
His name is Steve Martin.
Martin’s story offers a fascinating perspective on what it takes to
stick with habits for the long run. Comedy is not for the timid. It is
hard to imagine a situation that would strike fear into the hearts of
more people than performing alone on stage and failing to get a single
laugh. And yet Steve Martin faced this fear every week for eighteen
years. In his words, “10 years spent learning, 4 years spent refining,
and 4 years as a wild success.”
Why is it that some people, like Martin, stick with their habits—
whether practicing jokes or drawing cartoons or playing guitar—while
most of us struggle to stay motivated? How do we design habits that
pull us in rather than ones that fade away? Scientists have been
studying this question for many years. While there is still much to
learn, one of the most consistent findings is that the way to maintain
motivation and achieve peak levels of desire is to work on tasks of “just
manageable difficulty.”
The human brain loves a challenge, but only if it is within an
optimal zone of difficulty. If you love tennis and try to play a serious
match against a four-year-old, you will quickly become bored. It’s too
easy. You’ll win every point. In contrast, if you play a professional
tennis player like Roger Federer or Serena Williams, you will quickly
lose motivation because the match is too difficult.
Now consider playing tennis against someone who is your equal. As
the game progresses, you win a few points and you lose a few. You have
a good chance of winning, but only if you really try. Your focus
narrows, distractions fade away, and you find yourself fully invested in
the task at hand. This is a challenge of just manageable difficulty and it
is a prime example of the Goldilocks Rule.
The Goldilocks Rule states that humans experience peak motivation
when working on tasks that are right on the edge of their current
abilities. Not too hard. Not too easy. Just right.
THE GOLDILOCKS RULE
FIGURE 15: Maximum motivation occurs when facing a challenge of just
manageable difficulty. In psychology research this is known as the Yerkes–
Dodson law, which describes the optimal level of arousal as the midpoint
between boredom and anxiety.
Martin’s comedy career is an excellent example of the Goldilocks
Rule in practice. Each year, he expanded his comedy routine—but only
by a minute or two. He was always adding new material, but he also
kept a few jokes that were guaranteed to get laughs. There were just
enough victories to keep him motivated and just enough mistakes to
keep him working hard.
When you’re starting a new habit, it’s important to keep the
behavior as easy as possible so you can stick with it even when
conditions aren’t perfect. This is an idea we covered in detail while
discussing the 3rd Law of Behavior Change.
Once a habit has been established, however, it’s important to
continue to advance in small ways. These little improvements and new
challenges keep you engaged. And if you hit the Goldilocks Zone just
right, you can achieve a flow state.*
A flow state is the experience of being “in the zone” and fully
immersed in an activity. Scientists have tried to quantify this feeling.
They found that to achieve a state of flow, a task must be roughly 4
percent beyond your current ability. In real life it’s typically not
feasible to quantify the difficulty of an action in this way, but the core
idea of the Goldilocks Rule remains: working on challenges of just
manageable difficulty—something on the perimeter of your ability—
seems crucial for maintaining motivation.
Improvement requires a delicate balance. You need to regularly
search for challenges that push you to your edge while continuing to
make enough progress to stay motivated. Behaviors need to remain
novel in order for them to stay attractive and satisfying. Without
variety, we get bored. And boredom is perhaps the greatest villain on
the quest for self-improvement.
HOW TO STAY FOCUSED WHEN YOU GET BORED WORKING ON
YOUR GOALS
After my baseball career ended, I was looking for a new sport. I joined
a weightlifting team and one day an elite coach visited our gym. He had
worked with thousands of athletes during his long career, including a
few Olympians. I introduced myself and we began talking about the
process of improvement.
“What’s the difference between the best athletes and everyone else?”
I asked. “What do the really successful people do that most don’t?”
He mentioned the factors you might expect: genetics, luck, talent.
But then he said something I wasn’t expecting: “At some point it comes
down to who can handle the boredom of training every day, doing the
same lifts over and over and over.”
His answer surprised me because it’s a different way of thinking
about work ethic. People talk about getting “amped up” to work on
their goals. Whether it’s business or sports or art, you hear people say
things like, “It all comes down to passion.” Or, “You have to really want
it.” As a result, many of us get depressed when we lose focus or
motivation because we think that successful people have some
bottomless reserve of passion. But this coach was saying that really
successful people feel the same lack of motivation as everyone else. The
difference is that they still find a way to show up despite the feelings of
boredom.
Mastery requires practice. But the more you practice something, the
more boring and routine it becomes. Once the beginner gains have
been made and we learn what to expect, our interest starts to fade.
Sometimes it happens even faster than that. All you have to do is hit
the gym a few days in a row or publish a couple of blog posts on time
and letting one day slip doesn’t feel like much. Things are going well.
It’s easy to rationalize taking a day off because you’re in a good place.
The greatest threat to success is not failure but boredom. We get
bored with habits because they stop delighting us. The outcome
becomes expected. And as our habits become ordinary, we start
derailing our progress to seek novelty. Perhaps this is why we get
caught up in a never-ending cycle, jumping from one workout to the
next, one diet to the next, one business idea to the next. As soon as we
experience the slightest dip in motivation, we begin seeking a new
strategy—even if the old one was still working. As Machiavelli noted,
“Men desire novelty to such an extent that those who are doing well
wish for a change as much as those who are doing badly.”
Perhaps this is why many of the most habit-forming products are
those that provide continuous forms of novelty. Video games provide
visual novelty. Porn provides sexual novelty. Junk foods provide
culinary novelty. Each of these experiences offer continual elements of
surprise.
In psychology, this is known as a variable reward.* Slot machines
are the most common real-world example. A gambler hits the jackpot
every now and then but not at any predictable interval. The pace of
rewards varies. This variance leads to the greatest spike of dopamine,
enhances memory recall, and accelerates habit formation.
Variable rewards won’t create a craving—that is, you can’t take a
reward people are uninterested in, give it to them at a variable interval,
and hope it will change their mind—but they are a powerful way to
amplify the cravings we already experience because they reduce
boredom.
The sweet spot of desire occurs at a 50/50 split between success and
failure. Half of the time you get what you want. Half of the time you
don’t. You need just enough “winning” to experience satisfaction and
just enough “wanting” to experience desire. This is one of the benefits
of following the Goldilocks Rule. If you’re already interested in a habit,
working on challenges of just manageable difficulty is a good way to
keep things interesting.
Of course, not all habits have a variable reward component, and you
wouldn’t want them to. If Google only delivered a useful search result
some of the time, I would switch to a competitor pretty quickly. If Uber
only picked up half of my trips, I doubt I’d be using that service much
longer. And if I flossed my teeth each night and only sometimes ended
up with a clean mouth, I think I’d skip it.
Variable rewards or not, no habit will stay interesting forever. At
some point, everyone faces the same challenge on the journey of selfimprovement: you have to fall in love with boredom.
We all have goals that we would like to achieve and dreams that we
would like to fulfill, but it doesn’t matter what you are trying to become
better at, if you only do the work when it’s convenient or exciting, then
you’ll never be consistent enough to achieve remarkable results.
I can guarantee that if you manage to start a habit and keep sticking
to it, there will be days when you feel like quitting. When you start a
business, there will be days when you don’t feel like showing up. When
you’re at the gym, there will be sets that you don’t feel like finishing.
When it’s time to write, there will be days that you don’t feel like
typing. But stepping up when it’s annoying or painful or draining to do
so, that’s what makes the difference between a professional and an
amateur.
Professionals stick to the schedule; amateurs let life get in the way.
Professionals know what is important to them and work toward it with
purpose; amateurs get pulled off course by the urgencies of life.
David Cain, an author and meditation teacher, encourages his
students to avoid being “fair-weather meditators.” Similarly, you don’t
want to be a fair-weather athlete or a fair-weather writer or a fairweather anything. When a habit is truly important to you, you have to
be willing to stick to it in any mood. Professionals take action even
when the mood isn’t right. They might not enjoy it, but they find a way
to put the reps in.
There have been a lot of sets that I haven’t felt like finishing, but I’ve
never regretted doing the workout. There have been a lot of articles I
haven’t felt like writing, but I’ve never regretted publishing on
schedule. There have been a lot of days I’ve felt like relaxing, but I’ve
never regretted showing up and working on something that was
important to me.
The only way to become excellent is to be endlessly fascinated by
doing the same thing over and over. You have to fall in love with
boredom.
Chapter Summary
The Goldilocks Rule states that humans experience peak
motivation when working on tasks that are right on the edge of
their current abilities.
The greatest threat to success is not failure but boredom.
As habits become routine, they become less interesting and less
satisfying. We get bored.
Anyone can work hard when they feel motivated. It’s the ability to
keep going when work isn’t exciting that makes the difference.
Professionals stick to the schedule; amateurs let life get in the
way.
20
The Downside of Creating Good Habits
H
In chess, it is only after
the basic movements of the pieces have become automatic that a
player can focus on the next level of the game. Each chunk of
information that is memorized opens up the mental space for more
effortful thinking. This is true for any endeavor. When you know the
simple movements so well that you can perform them without
thinking, you are free to pay attention to more advanced details. In this
way, habits are the backbone of any pursuit of excellence.
ABITS CREATE THE FOUNDATION FOR MASTERY.
However, the benefits of habits come at a cost. At first, each
repetition develops fluency, speed, and skill. But then, as a habit
becomes automatic, you become less sensitive to feedback. You fall
into mindless repetition. It becomes easier to let mistakes slide. When
you can do it “good enough” on autopilot, you stop thinking about how
to do it better.
The upside of habits is that we can do things without thinking. The
downside of habits is that you get used to doing things a certain way
and stop paying attention to little errors. You assume you’re getting
better because you’re gaining experience. In reality, you are merely
reinforcing your current habits—not improving them. In fact, some
research has shown that once a skill has been mastered there is usually
a slight decline in performance over time.
Usually, this minor dip in performance is no cause for worry. You
don’t need a system to continuously improve how well you brush your
teeth or tie your shoes or make your morning cup of tea. With habits
like these, good enough is usually good enough. The less energy you
spend on trivial choices, the more you can spend it on what really
matters.
However, when you want to maximize your potential and achieve
elite levels of performance, you need a more nuanced approach. You
can’t repeat the same things blindly and expect to become exceptional.
Habits are necessary, but not sufficient for mastery. What you need is a
combination of automatic habits and deliberate practice.
Habits + Deliberate Practice = Mastery
To become great, certain skills do need to become automatic.
Basketball players need to be able to dribble without thinking before
they can move on to mastering layups with their nondominant hand.
Surgeons need to repeat the first incision so many times that they
could do it with their eyes closed, so that they can focus on the
hundreds of variables that arise during surgery. But after one habit has
been mastered, you have to return to the effortful part of the work and
begin building the next habit.
Mastery is the process of narrowing your focus to a tiny element of
success, repeating it until you have internalized the skill, and then
using this new habit as the foundation to advance to the next frontier
of your development. Old tasks become easier the second time around,
but it doesn’t get easier overall because now you’re pouring your
energy into the next challenge. Each habit unlocks the next level of
performance. It’s an endless cycle.
MASTERING ONE HABIT
MASTERING A FIELD
FIGURE 16: The process of mastery requires that you progressively layer
improvements on top of one another, each habit building upon the last until a
new level of performance has been reached and a higher range of skills has
been internalized.
Although habits are powerful, what you need is a way to remain
conscious of your performance over time, so you can continue to refine
and improve. It is precisely at the moment when you begin to feel like
you have mastered a skill—right when things are starting to feel
automatic and you are becoming comfortable—that you must avoid
slipping into the trap of complacency.
The solution? Establish a system for reflection and review.
HOW TO REVIEW YOUR HABITS AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS
In 1986, the Los Angeles Lakers had one of the most talented
basketball teams ever assembled, but they are rarely remembered that
way. The team started the 1985–1986 NBA season with an astounding
29–5 record. “The pundits were saying that we might be the best team
in the history of basketball,” head coach Pat Riley said after the season.
Surprisingly, the Lakers stumbled in the 1986 playoffs and suffered a
season-ending defeat in the Western Conference Finals. The “best
team in the history of basketball” didn’t even play for the NBA
championship.
After that blow, Riley was tired of hearing about how much talent
his players had and about how much promise his team held. He didn’t
want to see flashes of brilliance followed by a gradual fade in
performance. He wanted the Lakers to play up to their potential, night
after night. In the summer of 1986, he created a plan to do exactly that,
a system that he called the Career Best Effort program or CBE.
“When players first join the Lakers,” Riley explained, “we track their
basketball statistics all the way back to high school. I call this Taking
Their Number. We look for an accurate gauge of what a player can do,
then build him into our plan for the team, based on the notion that he
will maintain and then improve upon his averages.”
After determining a player’s baseline level of performance, Riley
added a key step. He asked each player to “improve their output by at
least 1 percent over the course of the season. If they succeeded, it
would be a CBE, or Career Best Effort.” Similar to the British Cycling
team that we discussed in Chapter 1, the Lakers sought peak
performance by getting slightly better each day.
Riley was careful to point out that CBE was not merely about points
or statistics but about giving your “best effort spiritually and mentally
and physically.” Players got credit for “allowing an opponent to run
into you when you know that a foul will be called against him, diving
for loose balls, going after rebounds whether you are likely to get them
or not, helping a teammate when the player he’s guarding has surged
past him, and other ‘unsung hero’ deeds.”
As an example, let’s say that Magic Johnson—the Lakers star player
at the time—had 11 points, 8 rebounds, 12 assists, 2 steals, and 5
turnovers in a game. Magic also got credit for an “unsung hero” deed
by diving after a loose ball (+1). Finally, he played a total of 33 minutes
in this imaginary game.
The positive numbers (11 + 8 + 12 + 2 + 1) add up to 34. Then, we
subtract the 5 turnovers (34–5) to get 29. Finally, we divide 29 by 33
minutes played.
29/33 = 0.879
Magic’s CBE number here would be 879. This number was
calculated for all of a player’s games, and it was the average CBE that a
player was asked to improve by 1 percent over the season. Riley
compared each player’s current CBE to not only their past
performances but also those of other players in the league. As Riley put
it, “We rank team members alongside league opponents who play the
same position and have similar role definitions.”
Sportswriter Jackie MacMullan noted, “Riley trumpeted the top
performers in the league in bold lettering on the blackboard each week
and measured them against the corresponding players on his own
roster. Solid, reliable players generally rated a score in the 600s, while
elite players scored at least 800. Magic Johnson, who submitted 138
triple-doubles in his career, often scored over 1,000.”
The Lakers also emphasized year-over-year progress by making
historical comparisons of CBE data. Riley said, “We stacked the month
of November 1986, next to November 1985, and showed the players
whether they were doing better or worse than at the same point last
season. Then we showed them how their performance figures for
December 1986, stacked up against November’s.”
The Lakers rolled out CBE in October 1986. Eight months later, they
were NBA champions. The following year, Pat Riley led his team to
another title as the Lakers became the first team in twenty years to win
back-to-back NBA championships. Afterward, he said, “Sustaining an
effort is the most important thing for any enterprise. The way to be
successful is to learn how to do things right, then do them the same
way every time.”
The CBE program is a prime example of the power of reflection and
review. The Lakers were already talented. CBE helped them get the
most out of what they had, and made sure their habits improved rather
than declined.
Reflection and review enables the long-term improvement of all
habits because it makes you aware of your mistakes and helps you
consider possible paths for improvement. Without reflection, we can
make excuses, create rationalizations, and lie to ourselves. We have no
process for determining whether we are performing better or worse
compared to yesterday.
Top performers in all fields engage in various types of reflection and
review, and the process doesn’t have to be complex. Kenyan runner
Eliud Kipchoge is one of the greatest marathoners of all time and an
Olympic gold medalist. He still takes notes after every practice in
which he reviews his training for the day and searches for areas that
can be improved. Similarly, gold medal swimmer Katie Ledecky
records her wellness on a scale of 1 to 10 and includes notes on her
nutrition and how well she slept. She also records the times posted by
other swimmers. At the end of each week, her coach goes over her
notes and adds his thoughts.
It’s not just athletes, either. When comedian Chris Rock is preparing
fresh material, he will first appear at small nightclubs dozens of times
and test hundreds of jokes. He brings a notepad on stage and records
which bits go over well and where he needs to make adjustments. The
few killer lines that survive will form the backbone of his new show.
I know of executives and investors who keep a “decision journal” in
which they record the major decisions they make each week, why they
made them, and what they expect the outcome to be. They review their
choices at the end of each month or year to see where they were correct
and where they went wrong.*
Improvement is not just about learning habits, it’s also about finetuning them. Reflection and review ensures that you spend your time
on the right things and make course corrections whenever necessary—
like Pat Riley adjusting the effort of his players on a nightly basis. You
don’t want to keep practicing a habit if it becomes ineffective.
Personally, I employ two primary modes of reflection and review.
Each December, I perform an Annual Review, in which I reflect on the
previous year. I tally my habits for the year by counting up how many
articles I published, how many workouts I put in, how many new
places I visited, and more.* Then, I reflect on my progress (or lack
thereof) by answering three questions:
1. What went well this year?
2. What didn’t go so well this year?
3. What did I learn?
Six months later, when summer rolls around, I conduct an Integrity
Report. Like everyone, I make a lot of mistakes. My Integrity Report
helps me realize where I went wrong and motivates me to get back on
course. I use it as a time to revisit my core values and consider whether
I have been living in accordance with them. This is when I reflect on
my identity and how I can work toward being the type of person I wish
to become.*
My yearly Integrity Report answers three questions:
1. What are the core values that drive my life and work?
2. How am I living and working with integrity right now?
3. How can I set a higher standard in the future?
These two reports don’t take very long—just a few hours per year—
but they are crucial periods of refinement. They prevent the gradual
slide that happens when I don’t pay close attention. They provide an
annual reminder to revisit my desired identity and consider how my
habits are helping me become the type of person I wish to be. They
indicate when I should upgrade my habits and take on new challenges
and when I should dial my efforts back and focus on the fundamentals.
Reflection can also bring a sense of perspective. Daily habits are
powerful because of how they compound, but worrying too much about
every daily choice is like looking at yourself in the mirror from an inch
away. You can see every imperfection and lose sight of the bigger
picture. There is too much feedback. Conversely, never reviewing your
habits is like never looking in the mirror. You aren’t aware of easily
fixable flaws—a spot on your shirt, a bit of food in your teeth. There is
too little feedback. Periodic reflection and review is like viewing
yourself in the mirror from a conversational distance. You can see the
important changes you should make without losing sight of the bigger
picture. You want to view the entire mountain range, not obsess over
each peak and valley.
Finally, reflection and review offers an ideal time to revisit one of
the most important aspects of behavior change: identity.
HOW TO BREAK THE BELIEFS THAT HOLD YOU BACK
In the beginning, repeating a habit is essential to build up evidence of
your desired identity. As you latch on to that new identity, however,
those same beliefs can hold you back from the next level of growth.
When working against you, your identity creates a kind of “pride” that
encourages you to deny your weak spots and prevents you from truly
growing. This is one of the greatest downsides of building habits.
The more sacred an idea is to us—that is, the more deeply it is tied
to our identity—the more strongly we will defend it against criticism.
You see this in every industry. The schoolteacher who ignores
innovative teaching methods and sticks with her tried-and-true lesson
plans. The veteran manager who is committed to doing things “his
way.” The surgeon who dismisses the ideas of her younger colleagues.
The band who produces a mind-blowing first album and then gets
stuck in a rut. The tighter we cling to an identity, the harder it becomes
to grow beyond it.
One solution is to avoid making any single aspect of your identity an
overwhelming portion of who you are. In the words of investor Paul
Graham, “keep your identity small.” The more you let a single belief
define you, the less capable you are of adapting when life challenges
you. If you tie everything up in being the point guard or the partner at
the firm or whatever else, then the loss of that facet of your life will
wreck you. If you’re a vegan and then develop a health condition that
forces you to change your diet, you’ll have an identity crisis on your
hands. When you cling too tightly to one identity, you become brittle.
Lose that one thing and you lose yourself.
For most of my young life, being an athlete was a major part of my
identity. After my baseball career ended, I struggled to find myself.
When you spend your whole life defining yourself in one way and that
disappears, who are you now?
Military veterans and former entrepreneurs report similar feelings.
If your identity is wrapped up in a belief like “I’m a great soldier,” what
happens when your period of service ends? For many business owners,
their identity is something along the lines of “I’m the CEO” or “I’m the
founder.” If you have spent every waking moment working on your
business, how will you feel after you sell the company?
The key to mitigating these losses of identity is to redefine yourself
such that you get to keep important aspects of your identity even if
your particular role changes.
“I’m an athlete” becomes “I’m the type of person who is mentally
tough and loves a physical challenge.”
“I’m a great soldier” transforms into “I’m the type of person who
is disciplined, reliable, and great on a team.”
“I’m the CEO” translates to “I’m the type of person who builds
and creates things.”
When chosen effectively, an identity can be flexible rather than
brittle. Like water flowing around an obstacle, your identity works with
the changing circumstances rather than against them.
The following quote from the Tao Te Ching encapsulates the ideas
perfectly:
Men are born soft and supple;
dead, they are stiff and hard.
Plants are born tender and pliant;
dead, they are brittle and dry.
Thus whoever is stiff and inflexible
is a disciple of death.
Whoever is soft and yielding
is a disciple of life.
The hard and stiff will be broken.
The soft and supple will prevail.
—LAO TZU
Habits deliver numerous benefits, but the downside is that they can
lock us into our previous patterns of thinking and acting—even when
the world is shifting around us. Everything is impermanent. Life is
constantly changing, so you need to periodically check in to see if your
old habits and beliefs are still serving you.
A lack of self-awareness is poison. Reflection and review is the
antidote.
Chapter Summary
The upside of habits is that we can do things without thinking.
The downside is that we stop paying attention to little errors.
Habits + Deliberate Practice = Mastery
Reflection and review is a process that allows you to remain
conscious of your performance over time.
The tighter we cling to an identity, the harder it becomes to grow
beyond it.
Conclusion
The Secret to Results That Last
T
HERE IS AN ancient
Greek parable known as the Sorites Paradox,*
which talks about the effect one small action can have when
repeated enough times. One formulation of the paradox goes as
follows: Can one coin make a person rich? If you give a person a pile of
ten coins, you wouldn’t claim that he or she is rich. But what if you add
another? And another? And another? At some point, you will have to
admit that no one can be rich unless one coin can make him or her so.
We can say the same about atomic habits. Can one tiny change
transform your life? It’s unlikely you would say so. But what if you
made another? And another? And another? At some point, you will
have to admit that your life was transformed by one small change.
The holy grail of habit change is not a single 1 percent improvement,
but a thousand of them. It’s a bunch of atomic habits stacking up, each
one a fundamental unit of the overall system.
In the beginning, small improvements can often seem meaningless
because they get washed away by the weight of the system. Just as one
coin won’t make you rich, one positive change like meditating for one
minute or reading one page each day is unlikely to deliver a noticeable
difference.
Gradually, though, as you continue to layer small changes on top of
one another, the scales of life start to move. Each improvement is like
adding a grain of sand to the positive side of the scale, slowly tilting
things in your favor. Eventually, if you stick with it, you hit a tipping
point. Suddenly, it feels easier to stick with good habits. The weight of
the system is working for you rather than against you.
Over the course of this book, we’ve looked at dozens of stories about
top performers. We’ve heard about Olympic gold medalists, awardwinning artists, business leaders, lifesaving physicians, and star
comedians who have all used the science of small habits to master their
craft and vault to the top of their field. Each of the people, teams, and
companies we have covered has faced different circumstances, but
ultimately progressed in the same way: through a commitment to tiny,
sustainable, unrelenting improvements.
Success is not a goal to reach or a finish line to cross. It is a system
to improve, an endless process to refine. In Chapter 1, I said, “If you’re
having trouble changing your habits, the problem isn’t you. The
problem is your system. Bad habits repeat themselves again and again
not because you don’t want to change, but because you have the wrong
system for change.”
As this book draws to a close, I hope the opposite is true. With the
Four Laws of Behavior Change, you have a set of tools and strategies
that you can use to build better systems and shape better habits.
Sometimes a habit will be hard to remember and you’ll need to make it
obvious. Other times you won’t feel like starting and you’ll need to
make it attractive. In many cases, you may find that a habit will be too
difficult and you’ll need to make it easy. And sometimes, you won’t feel
like sticking with it and you’ll need to make it satisfying.
Behaviors are effortless here.
Behaviors are difficult here.
Obvious
Invisible
Attractive
Unattractive
Easy
Hard
Satisfying
Unsatisfying
You want to push your good habits toward the left side of the spectrum by
making them obvious, attractive, easy, and satisfying. Meanwhile, you want
to cluster your bad habits toward the right side by making them invisible,
unattractive, hard, and unsatisfying.
This is a continuous process. There is no finish line. There is no
permanent solution. Whenever you’re looking to improve, you can
rotate through the Four Laws of Behavior Change until you find the
next bottleneck. Make it obvious. Make it attractive. Make it easy.
Make it satisfying. Round and round. Always looking for the next way
to get 1 percent better.
The secret to getting results that last is to never stop making
improvements. It’s remarkable what you can build if you just don’t
stop. It’s remarkable the business you can build if you don’t stop
working. It’s remarkable the body you can build if you don’t stop
training. It’s remarkable the knowledge you can build if you don’t stop
learning. It’s remarkable the fortune you can build if you don’t stop
saving. It’s remarkable the friendships you can build if you don’t stop
caring. Small habits don’t add up. They compound.
That’s the power of atomic habits. Tiny changes. Remarkable
results.
Appendix
What Should You Read Next?
T
HANK YOU SO much
for taking the time to read this book. It has been
a pleasure sharing my work with you. If you are looking for
something to read next, allow me to offer a suggestion.
If you enjoyed Atomic Habits, then you may like my other writing as
well. My latest articles are sent out in my free weekly newsletter.
Subscribers are also the first to hear about my newest books and
projects. Finally, in addition to my own work, each year I send out a
reading list of my favorite books from other authors on a wide range of
subjects.
You can sign up at:
jamesclear.com/newsletter
Little Lessons from the Four Laws
I
N THIS BOOK,
I have introduced a four-step model for human behavior:
cue, craving, response, reward. This framework not only teaches us
how to create new habits but also reveals some interesting insights
about human behavior.
Problem phase
1. Cue
2. Craving
Solution phase
3. Response
4. Reward
In this section, I have compiled some lessons (and a few bits of
common sense) that are confirmed by the model. The purpose of these
examples is to clarify just how useful and wide-ranging this framework
is when describing human behavior. Once you understand the model,
you’ll see examples of it everywhere.
Awareness comes before desire. A craving is created when you
assign meaning to a cue. Your brain constructs an emotion or feeling to
describe your current situation, and that means a craving can only
occur after you have noticed an opportunity.
Happiness is simply the absence of desire. When you observe
a cue, but do not desire to change your state, you are content with the
current situation. Happiness is not about the achievement of pleasure
(which is joy or satisfaction), but about the lack of desire. It arrives
when you have no urge to feel differently. Happiness is the state you
enter when you no longer want to change your state.
However, happiness is fleeting because a new desire always comes
along. As Caed Budris says, “Happiness is the space between one
desire being fulfilled and a new desire forming.” Likewise, suffering is
the space between craving a change in state and getting it.
It is the idea of pleasure that we chase. We seek the image of
pleasure that we generate in our minds. At the time of action, we do
not know what it will be like to attain that image (or even if it will
satisfy us). The feeling of satisfaction only comes afterward. This is
what the Austrian neurologist Victor Frankl meant when he said that
happiness cannot be pursued, it must ensue. Desire is pursued.
Pleasure ensues from action.
Peace occurs when you don’t turn your observations into
problems. The first step in any behavior is observation. You notice a
cue, a bit of information, an event. If you do not desire to act on what
you observe, then you are at peace.
Craving is about wanting to fix everything. Observation without
craving is the realization that you do not need to fix anything. Your
desires are not running rampant. You do not crave a change in state.
Your mind does not generate a problem for you to solve. You’re simply
observing and existing.
With a big enough why you can overcome any how.
Friedrich Nietzsche, the German philosopher and poet, famously
wrote, “He who has a why to live for can bear almost any how.” This
phrase harbors an important truth about human behavior. If your
motivation and desire are great enough (that is, why are you are
acting), you’ll take action even when it is quite difficult. Great craving
can power great action—even when friction is high.
Being curious is better than being smart. Being motivated
and curious counts for more than being smart because it leads to
action. Being smart will never deliver results on its own because it
doesn’t get you to act. It is desire, not intelligence, that prompts
behavior. As Naval Ravikant says, “The trick to doing anything is first
cultivating a desire for it.”
Emotions drive behavior. Every decision is an emotional
decision at some level. Whatever your logical reasons are for taking
action, you only feel compelled to act on them because of emotion. In
fact, people with damage to emotional centers of the brain can list
many reasons for taking action but still will not act because they do not
have emotions to drive them. This is why craving comes before
response. The feeling comes first, and then the behavior.
We can only be rational and logical after we have been
emotional. The primary mode of the brain is to feel; the secondary
mode is to think. Our first response—the fast, nonconscious portion of
the brain—is optimized for feeling and anticipating. Our second
response—the slow, conscious portion of the brain—is the part that
does the “thinking.”
Psychologists refer to this as System 1 (feelings and rapid
judgments) versus System 2 (rational analysis). The feeling comes first
(System 1); the rationality only intervenes later (System 2). This works
great when the two are aligned, but it results in illogical and emotional
thinking when they are not.
Your response tends to follow your emotions. Our thoughts
and actions are rooted in what we find attractive, not necessarily in
what is logical. Two people can notice the same set of facts and
respond very differently because they run those facts through their
unique emotional filter. This is one reason why appealing to emotion is
typically more powerful than appealing to reason. If a topic makes
someone feel emotional, they will rarely be interested in the data. This
is why emotions can be such a threat to wise decision making.
Put another way: most people believe that the reasonable response
is the one that benefits them: the one that satisfies their desires. To
approach a situation from a more neutral emotional position allows
you to base your response on the data rather than the emotion.
Suffering drives progress. The source of all suffering is the
desire for a change in state. This is also the source of all progress. The
desire to change your state is what powers you to take action. It is
wanting more that pushes humanity to seek improvements, develop
new technologies, and reach for a higher level. With craving, we are
dissatisfied but driven. Without craving, we are satisfied but lack
ambition.
Your actions reveal how badly you want something. If you
keep saying something is a priority but you never act on it, then you
don’t really want it. It’s time to have an honest conversation with
yourself. Your actions reveal your true motivations.
Reward is on the other side of sacrifice. Response (sacrifice of
energy) always precedes reward (the collection of resources). The
“runner’s high” only comes after the hard run. The reward only comes
after the energy is spent.
Self-control is difficult because it is not satisfying. A reward
is an outcome that satisfies your craving. This makes self-control
ineffective because inhibiting our desires does not usually resolve
them. Resisting temptation does not satisfy your craving; it just
ignores it. It creates space for the craving to pass. Self-control requires
you to release a desire rather than satisfy it.
Our expectations determine our satisfaction. The gap
between our cravings and our rewards determines how satisfied we feel
after taking action. If the mismatch between expectations and
outcomes is positive (surprise and delight), then we are more likely to
repeat a behavior in the future. If the mismatch is negative
(disappointment and frustration), then we are less likely to do so.
For example, if you expect to get $10 and get $100, you feel great. If
you expect to get $100 and get $10, you feel disappointed. Your
expectation changes your satisfaction. An average experience preceded
by high expectations is a disappointment. An average experience
preceded by low expectations is a delight. When liking and wanting are
approximately the same, you feel satisfied.
Satisfaction = Liking – Wanting
This is the wisdom behind Seneca’s famous quote, “Being poor is
not having too little, it is wanting more.” If your wants outpace your
likes, you’ll always be unsatisfied. You’re perpetually putting more
weight on the problem than the solution.
Happiness is relative. When I first began sharing my writing
publicly it took me three months to get one thousand subscribers.
When I hit that milestone, I told my parents and my girlfriend. We
celebrated. I felt excited and motivated. A few years later, I realized
that one thousand people were signing up each day. And yet I didn’t
even think to tell anyone. It felt normal. I was getting results ninety
times faster than before but experiencing little pleasure over it. It
wasn’t until a few days later that I realized how absurd it was that I
wasn’t celebrating something that would have seemed like a pipe
dream just a few years before.
The pain of failure correlates to the height of expectation.
When desire is high, it hurts to not like the outcome. Failing to attain
something you want hurts more than failing to attain something you
didn’t think much about in the first place. This is why people say, “I
don’t want to get my hopes up.”
Feelings come both before and after the behavior. Before
acting, there is a feeling that motivates you to act—the craving. After
acting, there is a feeling that teaches you to repeat the action in the
future—the reward.
Cue > Craving (Feeling) > Response > Reward (Feeling)
How we feel influences how we act, and how we act influences how
we feel.
Desire initiates. Pleasure sustains. Wanting and liking are the
two drivers of behavior. If it’s not desirable, you have no reason to do
it. Desire and craving are what initiate a behavior. But if it’s not
enjoyable, you have no reason to repeat it. Pleasure and satisfaction
are what sustain a behavior. Feeling motivated gets you to act. Feeling
successful gets you to repeat.
Hope declines with experience and is replaced by
acceptance. The first time an opportunity arises, there is hope of
what could be. Your expectation (cravings) is based solely on promise.
The second time around, your expectation is grounded in reality. You
begin to understand how the process works and your hope is gradually
traded for a more accurate prediction and acceptance of the likely
outcome.
This is one reason why we continually grasp for the latest get-richquick or weight-loss scheme. New plans offer hope because we don’t
have any experiences to ground our expectations. New strategies seem
more appealing than old ones because they can have unbounded hope.
As Aristotle noted, “Youth is easily deceived because it is quick to
hope.” Perhaps this can be revised to “Youth is easily deceived because
it only hopes.” There is no experience to root the expectation in. In the
beginning, hope is all you have.
How to Apply These Ideas to Business
O
VER THE YEARS,
I’ve spoken at Fortune 500 companies and growing
start-ups about how to apply the science of small habits to run
more effective businesses and build better products. I’ve compiled
many of the most practical strategies into a short bonus chapter. I
think you’ll find it to be an incredibly useful addition to the main ideas
mentioned in Atomic Habits.
You can download this chapter at: atomichabits.com/business
How to Apply These Ideas to Parenting
O
NE OF THE most
common questions I hear from readers is
something along the lines of, “How can I get my kids to do this
stuff?” The ideas in Atomic Habits are intended to apply broadly to all
of human behavior (teenagers are humans, too), which means you
should find plenty of useful strategies in the main text. That said,
parenting does face its own set of challenges. As a bonus chapter, I’ve
put together a brief guide on how to apply these ideas specifically to
parenting.
You can download this chapter at: atomichabits.com/parenting
Acknowledgments
I
HAVE RELIED HEAVILY on
others during the creation of this book. Before
anyone else, I must thank my wife, Kristy, who has been
indispensable throughout this process. She has played every role a
person can play in the writing of a book: spouse, friend, fan, critic,
editor, researcher, therapist. It is no exaggeration to say this book
would not be the same without her. It might not exist at all. Like
everything in our life, we did it together.
Second, I am grateful to my family, not only for their support and
encouragement on this book but also for believing in me no matter
what project I happen to be working on. I have benefited from many
years of support from my parents, grandparents, and siblings. In
particular, I want my mom and dad to know that I love them. It is a
special feeling to know that your parents are your greatest fans.
Third, to my assistant, Lyndsey Nuckols. At this point, her job defies
description as she has been asked to do nearly everything one could
imagine for a small business. Thankfully, her skills and talents are
more powerful than my questionable management style. Some sections
of this book are as much hers as they are mine. I am deeply grateful for
her help.
As for the content and writing of the book, I have a long list of
people to thank. To start, there are a few people from whom I have
learned so much that it would be a crime to not mention them by
name. Leo Babauta, Charles Duhigg, Nir Eyal, and BJ Fogg have each
influenced my thoughts on habits in meaningful ways. Their work and
ideas can be found sprinkled throughout this text. If you enjoyed this
book, I’d encourage you to read their writing as well.
At various stages of writing, I benefited from the guidance of many
fine editors. Thanks to Peter Guzzardi for walking me through the early
stages of the writing process and for a kick in the pants when I really
needed it. I am indebted to Blake Atwood and Robin Dellabough for
transforming my ugly and insanely long first drafts into a tight,
readable manuscript. And I am thankful to Anne Barngrover for her
ability to add a little class and poetic style to my writing.
I’d like to thank the many people who read early versions of the
manuscript, including Bruce Ammons, Darcey Ansell, Tim Ballard,
Vishal Bhardwaj, Charlotte Blank, Jerome Burt, Sim Campbell, Al
Carlos, Nicky Case, Julie Chang, Jason Collins, Debra Croy, Roger
Dooley, Tiago Forte, Matt Gartland, Andrew Gierer, Randy Giffen, Jon
Giganti, Adam Gilbert, Stephan Guyenet, Jeremy Hendon, Jane
Horvath, Joakim Jansson, Josh Kaufman, Anne Kavanagh, Chris
Klaus, Zeke Lopez, Cady Macon, Cyd Madsen, Kiera McGrath, Amy
Mitchell, Anna Moise, Stacey Morris, Tara-Nicholle Nelson, Taylor
Pearson, Max Shank, Trey Shelton, Jason Shen, Jacob Zangelidis, and
Ari Zelmanow. The book benefited greatly from your feedback.
To the team at Avery and Penguin Random House who made this
book a reality, thank you. I owe a debt of special thanks to my
publisher, Megan Newman, for her endless patience as I continually
pushed back deadlines. She gave me the space I needed to create a
book I was proud of and championed my ideas at every step. To Nina,
for her ability to transform my writing while still retaining my original
message. To Lindsay, Farin, Casey, and the rest of the PRH team for
spreading the message of this book to more people than I could ever
reach on my own. To Pete Garceau, for designing a beautiful cover for
this book.
And to my agent, Lisa DiMona, for her guidance and insight at every
step of the publishing process.
To the many friends and family members who asked “How’s the
book going?” and offered a word of encouragement when I inevitably
replied “Slowly”—thank you. Every author faces a few dark moments
when writing a book, and one kind word can be enough to get you to
show up again the next day.
I am sure there are people I have forgotten, but I keep an updated
list of anyone who has influenced my thinking in meaningful ways at
jamesclear.com/thanks.
And finally, to you. Life is short and you have shared some of your
precious time with me by reading this book. Thank you.
—May 2018
Notes
I
N THIS SECTION,
I have included a detailed list of notes, references, and
citations for each chapter in the book. I trust that most readers will
find this list to be sufficient. However, I also realize that scientific
literature changes over time and the references for this book may need
to be updated. Furthermore, I fully expect that I have made a mistake
somewhere in this book—either in attributing an idea to the wrong
person or not giving credit to someone where it is due. (If you believe
this to be the case, please email me at james@jamesclear.com so I can
fix the issue as soon as possible.)
In addition to the notes below, you can find a full list of updated
endnotes and corrections at atomichabits.com/endnotes.
INTRODUCTION
We all deal with setbacks: What about luck, you might ask? Luck matters, certainly. Habits
are not the only thing that influence your success, but they are probably the most
important factor that is within your control. And the only self-improvement strategy
that makes any sense is to focus on what you can control.
The entrepreneur and investor Naval Ravikant: Naval Ravikant (@naval), “To write a
great book, you must first become the book,” Twitter, May 15, 2018,
https://twitter.com/naval/status/996460948029362176.
“stimulus, response, reward”: B. F. Skinner, The Behavior of Organisms (New York:
Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1938).
“cue, routine, reward”: Charles Duhigg, The Power of Habit: Why We Do What We Do in
Life and Business (New York: Random House, 2014).
CHAPTER 1
just a single gold medal at the Olympic Games: Matt Slater, “How GB Cycling Went
from Tragic to Magic,” BBC Sport, April 14, 2008,
http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport2/hi/olympics/cycling/7534073.stm.
the Tour de France: Tom Fordyce, “Tour de France 2017: Is Chris Froome Britain’s Least
Loved Great Sportsman?” BBC Sport, July 23, 2017,
https://www.bbc.com/sport/cycling/40692045.
one of the top bike manufacturers in Europe refused to sell bikes: Richard Moore,
Mastermind: How Dave Brailsford Reinvented the Wheel (Glasgow: BackPage Press,
2013).
“The whole principle came from the idea”: Matt Slater, “Olympics Cycling: Marginal
Gains Underpin Team GB Dominance,” BBC, August 8, 2012,
https://www.bbc.com/sport/olympics/19174302.
Brailsford and his coaches began by making small adjustments: Tim Harford,
“Marginal Gains Matter but Gamechangers Transform,” Tim Harford, April 2017,
http://timharford.com/2017/04/marginal-gains-matter-but-gamechangers-transform.
they even painted the inside of the team truck white: Eben Harrell, “How 1%
Performance Improvements Led to Olympic Gold,” Harvard Business Review, October
30, 2015, https://hbr.org/2015/10/how-1-performance-improvements-led-to-olympicgold; Kevin Clark, “How a Cycling Team Turned the Falcons Into NFC Champions,” The
Ringer, September 12, 2017,
https://www.theringer.com/nfl/2017/9/12/16293216/atlanta-falcons-thomasdimitroff-cycling-team-sky.
Just five years after Brailsford took over: Technically, the British riders won 57 percent
of the road and track cycling medals at the 2008 Olympics. Fourteen gold medals were
available in road and track cycling events. The Brits won eight of them.
the Brits raised the bar: “World and Olympic Records Set at the 2012 Summer Olympics,”
Wikipedia, December 8, 2017,
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/World_and_Olympic_records_set_at_the_2012_Summer_Olympics#C
Bradley Wiggins became the first British cyclist: Andrew Longmore, “Bradley
Wiggins,” Encyclopaedia Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/biography/BradleyWiggins, last modified April 21, 2018.
Chris Froome won: Karen Sparks, “Chris Froome,” Encyclopaedia Britannica,
https://www.britannica.com/biography/Chris-Froome, last modified October 23, 2017.
During the ten-year span from 2007 to 2017: “Medals won by the Great Britain Cycling
Team at world championships, Olympic Games and Paralympic Games since 2000,”
British Cycling, https://www.britishcycling.org.uk/gbcyclingteam/article/Gbrst_gbcyclingteam-GB-Cycling-Team-Medal-History—0?c=EN#K0dWAPjq84CV8Wzw.99,
accessed June 8, 2018.
you’ll end up thirty-seven times better: Jason Shen, an entrepreneur and writer,
received an early look at this book. After reading this chapter, he remarked: “If the gains
were linear, you’d predict to be 3.65x better off. But because it is exponential, the
improvement is actually 10x greater.” April 3, 2018.
Habits are the compound interest: Many people have noted how habits multiply over
time. Here are some of my favorite articles and books on the subject: Leo Babauta, “The
Power of Habit Investments,” Zen Habits, January 28, 2013,
https://zenhabits.net/bank; Morgan Housel, “The Freakishly Strong Base,”
Collaborative Fund, October 31, 2017, http://www.collaborativefund.com/blog/thefreakishly-strong-base; Darren Hardy, The Compound Effect (New York: Vanguard
Press, 2012).
Accomplishing one extra task: As Sam Altman says, “A small productivity gain,
compounded over 50 years, is worth a lot.” “Productivity,” Sam Altman. April 10, 2018,
http://blog.samaltman.com/productivity.
Habits are a double-edged sword: I’d like to credit Jason Hreha with originally describing
habits to me in this way. Jason Hreha (@jhreha), “They’re a double edged sword,”
Twitter, February 21, 2018, https://twitter.com/jhreha/status/966430907371433984.
The more tasks you can handle without thinking: Michael (@mmay3r), “The
foundation of productivity is habits. The more you do automatically, the more you’re
subsequently freed to do. This effect compounds,” Twitter, April 10, 2018,
https://twitter.com/mmay3r/status/983837519274889216.
each book you read not only teaches: This idea—that learning new ideas increases the
value of your old ideas—is something I first heard about from Patrick O’Shaughnessy,
who writes, “This is why knowledge compounds. Old stuff that was a 4/10 in value can
become a 10/10, unlocked by another book in the future.”
http://investorfieldguide.com/reading-tweet-storm.
Cancer spends 80 percent of its life undetectable: “How to Live a Longer, Higher
Quality Life, with Peter Attia, M.D.,” Investor’s Field Guide, March 7, 2017,
http://investorfieldguide.com/attia.
The San Antonio Spurs: Matt Moore, “NBA Finals: A Rock, Hammer and Cracking of
Spurs’ Majesty in Game 7,” CBS Sports, June 21, 2013,
https://www.cbssports.com/nba/news/nba-finals-a-rock-hammer-and-cracking-ofspurs-majesty-in-game-7.
Inspiration for this drawing came from a tweet titled “Deception of linear vs exponential” by
@MlichaelW. May 19, 2018.
https://twitter.com/MlichaelW/status/997878086132817920.
The seed of every habit: This paragraph was inspired by a quote from Mr. Mircea, an
account on Twitter, who wrote, “each habit began its life as a single decision.”
https://twitter.com/mistermircea.
the goal cannot be what differentiates the winners from the losers: Hat tip to
CrossFit coach Ben Bergeron for inspiring this quote during a conversation I had with
him on February 28, 2017.
You fall to the level of your systems: This line was inspired by the following quote from
Archilochus: “We don’t rise to the level of our expectations, we fall to the level of our
training.”
CHAPTER 2
You can imagine them like the layers of an onion: Hat tip to Simon Sinek. His “Golden
Circle” framework is similar in design, but discusses different topics. For more, see
Simon Sinek, Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action
(London: Portfolio/Penguin, 2013), 37.
I resolved to stop chewing my nails: The quotes used in this section are presented as a
conversation for reading clarity, but were originally written by Clark. See: Brian Clark,
“The Powerful Psychological Boost that Helps You Make and Break Habits,” Further,
November 14, 2017, https://further.net/pride-habits.
Research has shown that once a person: Christopher J. Bryan et al., “Motivating Voter
Turnout by Invoking the Self,” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 108,
no. 31 (2011): 12653–12656.
There is internal pressure: Leon Festinger, A Theory of Cognitive Dissonance (Stanford,
CA: Stanford University Press, 1957).
Your identity is literally your “repeated beingness”: Technically, identidem is a word
belonging to the Late Latin language. Also, thanks to Tamar Shippony, a reader of
jamesclear.com, who originally told me about the etymology of the word identity, which
she looked up in the American Heritage Dictionary.
We change bit by bit: This is another reason atomic habits are such an effective form of
change. If you change your identity too quickly and become someone radically different
overnight, then you feel as if you lose your sense of self. But if you update and expand
your identity gradually, you will find yourself reborn into someone totally new and yet
still familiar. Slowly—habit by habit, vote by vote—you become accustomed to your new
identity. Atomic habits and gradual improvement are the keys to identity change
without identity loss.
CHAPTER 3
Edward Thorndike conducted an experiment: Peter Gray, Psychology, 6th ed. (New
York: Worth, 2011), 108–109.
“by some simple act, such as pulling at a loop of cord”: Edward L. Thorndike, “Animal
Intelligence: An Experimental Study of the Associative Processes in Animals,”
Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements 2, no. 4 (1898),
doi:10.1037/h0092987.
“behaviors followed by satisfying consequences”: This is an abbreviated version of the
original quote from Thorndike, which reads: “responses that produce a satisfying effect
in a particular situation become more likely to occur again in that situation, and
responses that produce a discomforting effect become less likely to occur again in that
situation.” For more, see Peter Gray, Psychology, 6th ed. (New York: Worth, 2011),
108–109.
Neurological activity in the brain is high: Charles Duhigg, The Power of Habit: Why We
Do What We Do in Life and Business (New York: Random House, 2014), 15; Ann M.
Graybiel, “Network-Level Neuroplasticity in Cortico-Basal Ganglia Pathways,”
Parkinsonism and Related Disorders 10, no. 5 (2004),
doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2004.03.007.
“Habits are, simply, reliable solutions”: Jason Hreha, “Why Our Conscious Minds Are
Suckers for Novelty,” Revue, https://www.getrevue.co/profile/jason/issues/why-ourconscious-minds-are-suckers-for-novelty-54131, accessed June 8, 2018.
As habits are created: John R. Anderson, “Acquisition of Cognitive Skill,” Psychological
Review 89, no. 4 (1982), doi:10.1037/0033–295X.89.4.369.
the brain remembers the past: Shahram Heshmat, “Why Do We Remember Certain
Things, But Forget Others,” Psychology Today, October 8, 2015,
https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/science-choice/201510/why-do-weremember-certain-things-forget-others.
the conscious mind is the bottleneck: William H. Gladstones, Michael A. Regan, and
Robert B. Lee, “Division of Attention: The Single-Channel Hypothesis Revisited,”
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Section A 41, no. 1 (1989),
doi:10.1080/14640748908402350.
the conscious mind likes to pawn off tasks: Daniel Kahneman, Thinking, Fast and Slow
(New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2015).
Habits reduce cognitive load: John R. Anderson, “Acquisition of Cognitive Skill,”
Psychological Review 89, no. 4 (1982), doi:10.1037/0033–295X.89.4.369.
Feelings of pleasure and disappointment: Antonio R. Damasio, The Strange Order of
Things: Life, Feeling, and the Making of Cultures (New York: Pantheon Books, 2018);
Lisa Feldman Barrett, How Emotions Are Made (London: Pan Books, 2018).
CHAPTER 4
The psychologist Gary Klein: I originally heard about this story from Daniel Kahneman,
but it was confirmed by Gary Klein in an email on March 30, 2017. Klein also covers the
story in his own book, which uses slightly different quotes: Gary A. Klein, Sources of
Power: How People Make Decisions (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1998), 43–44.
military analysts can identify which blip on a radar screen: Gary A. Klein, Sources of
Power: How People Make Decisions (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1998), 38–40.
Museum curators have been known to discern: The story of the Getty kouros, covered
in Malcolm Gladwell’s book Blink, is a famous example. The sculpture, initially believed
to be from ancient Greece, was purchased for $10 million. The controversy surrounding
the sculpture happened later when one expert identified it as a forgery upon first glance.
Experienced radiologists can look at a brain scan: Siddhartha Mukherjee, “The
Algorithm Will See You Now,” New Yorker, April 3, 2017,
https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2017/04/03/ai-versus-md.
The human brain is a prediction machine: The German physician Hermann von
Helmholtz developed the idea of the brain being a “prediction machine.”
the clerk swiped the customer’s actual credit card: Helix van Boron, “What’s the
Dumbest Thing You’ve Done While Your Brain Is on Autopilot,” Reddit, August 21,
2017,
https://www.reddit.com/r/AskReddit/comments/6v1t91/whats_the_dumbest_thing_youve_done_wh
she kept asking coworkers if they had washed their hands: SwordOfTheLlama, “What
Strange Habits Have You Picked Up from Your Line of Work,” Reddit, January 4, 2016,
https://www.reddit.com/r/AskReddit/comments/3zckq6/what_strange_habits_have_you_picked_up
story of a man who had spent years working as a lifeguard: SwearImaChick, “What
Strange Habits Have You Picked Up from Your Line of Work,” Reddit, January 4, 2016,
https://www.reddit.com/r/AskReddit/comments/3zckq6/what_strange_habits_have_you_picked_up
“Until you make the unconscious conscious”: Although this quote by Jung is popular, I
had trouble tracking down the original source. It’s probably a paraphrase of this
passage: “The psychological rule says that when an inner situation is not made
conscious, it happens outside, as fate. That is to say, when the individual remains
undivided and does not become conscious of his inner opposite, the world must perforce
act out the conflict and be torn into opposing halves.” For more, see C. G. Jung, Aion:
Researches into the Phenomenology of the Self (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press, 1959), 71.
Pointing-and-Calling reduces errors: Alice Gordenker, “JR Gestures,” Japan Times,
October 21, 2008, https://www.japantimes.co.jp/news/2008/10/21/reference/jrgestures/#.WvIG49Mvzu1.
The MTA subway system in New York City: Allan Richarz, “Why Japan’s Rail Workers
Can’t Stop Pointing at Things,” Atlas Obscura, March 29, 2017,
https://www.atlasobscura.com/articles/pointing-and-calling-japan-trains.
CHAPTER 5
researchers in Great Britain began working: Sarah Milne, Sheina Orbell, and Paschal
Sheeran, “Combining Motivational and Volitional Interventions to Promote Exercise
Participation: Protection Motivation Theory and Implementation Intentions,” British
Journal of Health Psychology 7 (May 2002): 163–184.
implementation intentions are effective: Peter Gollwitzer and Paschal Sheeran,
“Implementation Intentions and Goal Achievement: A Meta‐Analysis of Effects and
Processes,” Advances in Experimental Social Psychology 38 (2006): 69–119.
writing down the exact time and date of when you will get a flu shot: Katherine L.
Milkman, John Beshears, James J. Choi, David Laibson, and Brigitte C. Madrian,
“Using Implementation Intentions Prompts to Enhance Influenza Vaccination Rates,”
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 108, no. 26 (June 2011): 10415–
10420.
recording the time of your colonoscopy appointment: Katherine L. Milkman, John
Beshears, James J. Choi, David Laibson, and Brigitte C. Madrian, “Planning Prompts as
a Means of Increasing Preventive Screening Rates,” Preventive Medicine 56, no. 1
(January 2013): 92–93.
voter turnout increases: David W. Nickerson and Todd Rogers, “Do You Have a Voting
Plan? Implementation Intentions, Voter Turnout, and Organic Plan Making,”
Psychological Science 21, no. 2 (2010): 194–199.
Other successful government programs: “Policymakers around the World Are
Embracing Behavioural Science,” The Economist, May 18, 2017,
https://www.economist.com/news/international/21722163-experimental-iterativedata-driven-approach-gaining-ground-policymakers-around.
people who make a specific plan for when and where: Edwin Locke and Gary Latham,
“Building a Practically Useful Theory of Goal Setting and Task Motivation: A 35-Year
Odyssey,” American Psychologist 57, no. 9 (2002): 705–717, doi:10.1037//0003–
066x.57.9.705.
hope is usually higher: Hengchen Dai, Katherine L. Milkman, and Jason Riis, “The Fresh
Start Effect: Temporal Landmarks Motivate Aspirational Behavior,” PsycEXTRA
Dataset, 2014, doi:10.1037/e513702014–058.
writer Jason Zweig noted: Jason Zweig, “Elevate Your Financial IQ: A Value Packed
Discussion with Jason Zweig,” interview by Shane Parrish, The Knowledge Project,
Farnam Street, audio, https://www.fs.blog/2015/10/jason-zweig-knowledge-project.
many ways to use implementation intentions: For the term habit stacking, I am
indebted to S. J. Scott, who wrote a book by the same name. From what I understand,
his concept is slightly different, but I like the term and thought it appropriate to use in
this chapter. Previous writers such as Courtney Carver and Julien Smith have also used
the term habit stacking, but in different contexts.
The French philosopher Denis Diderot: “Denis Diderot,” New World Encyclopedia,
http://www.newworldencyclopedia.org/entry/Denis_Diderot, last modified October 26,
2017.
acquired a scarlet robe: Encyclopædia Britannica, vol. 8 (1911), s.v. “Denis Diderot.”
Diderot’s scarlet robe is frequently described as a gift from a friend. However, I could
find no original source claiming it was a gift nor any mention of the friend who supplied
the robe. If you happen to know any historians specializing in robe acquisitions, feel free
to point them my way so we can clarify the mystery of the source of Diderot’s famous
scarlet robe.
“no more coordination, no more unity, no more beauty”: Denis Diderot, “Regrets for
My Old Dressing Gown,” trans. Mitchell Abidor, 2005,
https://www.marxists.org/reference/archive/diderot/1769/regrets.htm.
The Diderot Effect states: Juliet Schor, The Overspent American: Why We Want What We
Don’t Need (New York: HarperPerennial, 1999).
which was created by BJ Fogg: In this chapter, I used the term habit stacking to refer to
linking a new habit to an old one. For this idea, I give credit to BJ Fogg. In his work,
Fogg uses the term anchoring to describe this approach because your old habit acts as
an “anchor” that keeps the new one in place. No matter what term you prefer, I believe it
is a very effective strategy. You can learn more about Fogg’s work and his Tiny Habits
Method at https://www.tinyhabits.com.
“One in, one out”: Dev Basu (@devbasu), “Have a one-in-one-out policy when buying
things,” Twitter, February 11, 2018,
https://twitter.com/devbasu/status/962778141965000704.
CHAPTER 6
Anne Thorndike: Anne N. Thorndike et al., “A 2-Phase Labeling and Choice Architecture
Intervention to Improve Healthy Food and Beverage Choices,” American Journal of
Public Health 102, no. 3 (2012), doi:10.2105/ajph.2011.300391.
choose products not because of what they are: Multiple research studies have shown
that the mere sight of food can make us feel hungry even when we don’t have actual
physiological hunger. According to one researcher, “dietary behaviors are, in large part,
the consequence of automatic responses to contextual food cues.” For more, see D. A.
Cohen and S. H. Babey, “Contextual Influences on Eating Behaviours: Heuristic
Processing and Dietary Choices,” Obesity Reviews 13, no. 9 (2012), doi:10.1111/j.1467–
789x.2012.01001.x; and Andrew J. Hill, Lynn D. Magson, and John E. Blundell,
“Hunger and Palatability: Tracking Ratings of Subjective Experience Before, during and
after the Consumption of Preferred and Less Preferred Food,” Appetite 5, no. 4 (1984),
doi:10.1016/s0195–6663(84)80008–2.
Behavior is a function of the Person in their Environment: Kurt Lewin, Principles of
Topological Psychology (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1936).
Suggestion Impulse Buying: Hawkins Stern, “The Significance of Impulse Buying Today,”
Journal of Marketing 26, no. 2 (1962), doi:10.2307/1248439.
45 percent of Coca-Cola sales: Michael Moss, “Nudged to the Produce Aisle by a Look in
the Mirror,” New York Times, August 27, 2013,
https://www.nytimes.com/2013/08/28/dining/wooing-us-down-the-produceaisle.html?_r=0.
People drink Bud Light because: The more exposure people have to food, the more likely
they are to purchase it and eat it. T. Burgoine et al., “Associations between Exposure to
Takeaway Food Outlets, Takeaway Food Consumption, and Body Weight in
Cambridgeshire, UK: Population Based, Cross Sectional Study,” British Medical Journal
348, no. 5 (2014), doi:10.1136/bmj.g1464.
The human body has about eleven million sensory receptors: Timothy D. Wilson,
Strangers to Ourselves: Discovering the Adaptive Unconscious (Cambridge, MA:
Belknap Press, 2004), 24.
half of the brain’s resources are used on vision: B. R. Sheth et al., “Orientation Maps of
Subjective Contours in Visual Cortex,” Science 274, no. 5295 (1996),
doi:10.1126/science.274.5295.2110.
When their energy use was obvious and easy to track: This story was told to Donella
Meadows at a conference in Kollekolle, Denmark, in 1973. For more, see Donella
Meadows and Diana Wright, Thinking in Systems: A Primer (White River Junction, VT:
Chelsea Green, 2015), 109.
the stickers cut bathroom cleaning costs: The actual estimate was 8 percent, but given
the variables used, anywhere between 5 percent and 10 percent savings annually is a
reasonable guess. Blake Evans-Pritchard, “Aiming to Reduce Cleaning Costs,” Works
That Work, Winter 2013, https://worksthatwork.com/1/urinal-fly.
sleeping . . . was the only action that happened in that room: “Techniques involving
stimulus control have even been successfully used to help people with insomnia. In
short, those who had trouble falling asleep were told to only go to their room and lie in
their bed when they were tired. If they couldn’t fall asleep, they were told to get up and
change rooms. Strange advice, but over time, researchers found that by associating the
bed with ‘It’s time to go to sleep’ and not with other activities (reading a book, just lying
there, etc.), participants were eventually able to quickly fall asleep due to the repeated
process: it became almost automatic to fall asleep in their bed because a successful
trigger had been created.” For more, see Charles M. Morin et al., “Psychological and
Behavioral Treatment of Insomnia: Update of the Recent Evidence (1998–2004),” Sleep
29, no. 11 (2006), doi:10.1093/sleep/29.11.1398; and Gregory Ciotti, “The Best Way to
Change Your Habits? Control Your Environment,” Sparring Mind,
https://www.sparringmind.com/changing-habits.
habits can be easier to change in a new environment: S. Thompson, J. Michaelson, S.
Abdallah, V. Johnson, D. Morris, K. Riley, and A. Simms, ‘Moments of Change’ as
Opportunities for Influencing Behaviour: A Report to the Department for
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (London: Defra, 2011),
http://randd.defra.gov.uk/Document.aspx?
Document=MomentsofChangeEV0506FinalReport Nov2011(2).pdf.
when you step outside your normal environment: Various research studies have found
that it is easier to change your behavior when your environment changes. For example,
students change their television watching habits when they transfer schools. Wendy
Wood and David T. Neal, “Healthy through Habit: Interventions for Initiating and
Maintaining Health Behavior Change,” Behavioral Science and Policy 2, no. 1 (2016),
doi:10.1353/bsp.2016.0008; W. Wood, L. Tam, and M. G. Witt, “Changing
Circumstances, Disrupting Habits,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 88,
no. 6 (2005), doi:10.1037/0022–3514.88.6.918
You aren’t battling old environmental cues: Perhaps this is why 36 percent of successful
changes in behavior were associated with a move to a new place. Melissa Guerrero-Witt,
Wendy Wood, and Leona Tam, “Changing Circumstances, Disrupting Habits,”
PsycEXTRA Dataset 88, no. 6 (2005), doi:10.1037/e529412014–144.
CHAPTER 7
Follow-up research revealed that 35 percent of service members: Lee N. Robins et
al., “Vietnam Veterans Three Years after Vietnam: How Our Study Changed Our View of
Heroin,” American Journal on Addictions 19, no. 3 (2010), doi:10.1111/j.1521–
0391.2010.00046.x.
the creation of the Special Action Office of Drug Abuse Prevention: “Excerpts from
President’s Message on Drug Abuse Control,” New York Times, June 18, 1971,
https://www.nytimes.com/1971/06/18/archives/excerpts-from-presidents-messageon-drug-abuse-control.html.
nine out of ten soldiers who used heroin in Vietnam: Lee N. Robins, Darlene H. Davis,
and David N. Nurco, “How Permanent Was Vietnam Drug Addiction?” American
Journal of Public Health 64, no. 12 (suppl.) (1974), doi:10.2105/ajph.64.12_suppl.38.
90 percent of heroin users become re-addicted: Bobby P. Smyth et al., “Lapse and
Relapse following Inpatient Treatment of Opiate Dependence,” Irish Medical Journal
103, no. 6 (June 2010).
“disciplined” people are better at structuring their lives: Wilhelm Hofmann et al.,
“Everyday Temptations: An Experience Sampling Study on How People Control Their
Desires,” PsycEXTRA Dataset 102, no. 6 (2012), doi:10.1037/e634112013–146.
It’s easier to practice self-restraint when you don’t have to use it: “Our prototypical
model of self-control is angel on one side and devil on the other, and they battle it
out. . . . We tend to think of people with strong willpower as people who are able to fight
this battle effectively. Actually, the people who are really good at self-control never have
these battles in the first place.” For more, see Brian Resnick, “The Myth of Self-Control,”
Vox, November 24, 2016, https://www.vox.com/science-andhealth/2016/11/3/13486940/self-control-psychology-myth.
A habit that has been encoded in the mind is ready to be used: Wendy Wood and
Dennis Rünger, “Psychology of Habit,” Annual Review of Psychology 67, no. 1 (2016),
doi:10.1146/annurev-psych-122414–033417.
The cues were still internalized: “The Biology of Motivation and Habits: Why We Drop
the Ball,” Therapist Uncensored), 20:00,
http://www.therapistuncensored.com/biology-of-motivation-habits, accessed June 8,
2018.
Shaming obese people with weight-loss presentations: Sarah E. Jackson, Rebecca J.
Beeken, and Jane Wardle, “Perceived Weight Discrimination and Changes in Weight,
Waist Circumference, and Weight Status,” Obesity, 2014, doi:10.1002/oby.20891.
Showing pictures of blackened lungs to smokers: Kelly McGonigal, The Upside of
Stress: Why Stress Is Good for You, and How to Get Good at It (New York: Avery,
2016), xv.
showing addicts a picture of cocaine for just thirty-three milliseconds: Fran Smith,
“How Science Is Unlocking the Secrets of Addiction,” National Geographic, September
2017, https://www.nationalgeographic.com/magazine/2017/09/the-addicted-brain.
CHAPTER 8
Niko Tinbergen performed a series of experiments: Nikolaas Tinbergen, The Herring
Gull’s World (London: Collins, 1953); “Nikolaas Tinbergen,” New World Encyclopedia,
http://www.newworldencyclopedia.org/entry/Nikolaas_Tinbergen, last modified
September 30, 2016.
the goose will pull any nearby round object: James L. Gould, Ethology: The
Mechanisms and Evolution of Behavior (New York: Norton, 1982), 36–41.
the modern food industry relies on stretching: Steven Witherly, Why Humans Like
Junk Food (New York: IUniverse, 2007).
Nearly every food in a bag: “Tweaking Tastes and Creating Cravings,” 60 Minutes,
November 27, 2011. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a7Wh3uq1yTc.
French fries . . . are a potent combination: Steven Witherly, Why Humans Like Junk
Food (New York: IUniverse, 2007).
such strategies enable food scientists to find the “bliss point”: Michael Moss, Salt,
Sugar, Fat: How the Food Giants Hooked Us (London: Allen, 2014).
“We’ve gotten too good at pushing our own buttons”: This quote originally appeared
in Stephan Guyenet, “Why Are Some People ‘Carboholics’?” July 26, 2017,
http://www.stephanguyenet.com/why-are-some-people-carboholics. The adapted
version is given with permission granted in an email exchange with the author in April
2018.
The importance of dopamine: “The importance of dopamine was discovered by accident.
In 1954, James Olds and Peter Milner, two neuroscientists at McGill University, decided
to implant an electrode deep into the center of a rat’s brain. The precise placement of
the electrode was largely happenstance; at the time, the geography of the mind
remained a mystery. But Olds and Milner got lucky. They inserted the needle right next
to the nucleus accumbens (NAcc), a part of the brain that generates pleasurable feelings.
Whenever you eat a piece of chocolate cake, or listen to a favorite pop song, or watch
your favorite team win the World Series, it is your NAcc that helps you feel so happy.
But Olds and Milner quickly discovered that too much pleasure can be fatal. They placed
the electrodes in several rodents’ brains and then ran a small current into each wire,
making the NAccs continually excited. The scientists noticed that the rodents lost
interest in everything. They stopped eating and drinking. All courtship behavior ceased.
The rats would just huddle in the corners of their cages, transfixed by their bliss. Within
days, all of the animals had perished. They died of thirst. For more, see Jonah Lehrer,
How We Decide (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2009).
neurological processes behind craving and desire: James Olds and Peter Milner,
“Positive Reinforcement Produced by Electrical Stimulation of Septal Area and Other
Regions of Rat Brain,” Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 47, no. 6
(1954), doi:10.1037/h0058775.
rats lost all will to live: Qun-Yong Zhou and Richard D. Palmiter, “Dopamine-Deficient
Mice Are Severely Hypoactive, Adipsic, and Aphagic,” Cell 83, no. 7 (1995),
doi:10.1016/0092–8674(95)90145–0.
without desire, action stopped: Kent C. Berridge, Isabel L. Venier, and Terry E. Robinson,
“Taste Reactivity Analysis of 6-Hydroxydopamine-Induced Aphagia: Implications for
Arousal and Anhedonia Hypotheses of Dopamine Function,” Behavioral Neuroscience
103, no. 1 (1989), doi:10.1037//0735–7044.103.1.36.
the mice developed a craving so strong: Ross A. Mcdevitt et al., “Serotonergic versus
Nonserotonergic Dorsal Raphe Projection Neurons: Differential Participation in Reward
Circuitry,” Cell Reports 8, no. 6 (2014), doi:10.1016/j.cel rep.2014.08.037.
the average slot machine player: Natasha Dow Schüll, Addiction by Design: Machine
Gambling in Las Vegas (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2014), 55.
Habits are a dopamine-driven feedback loop: I first heard the term dopamine-driven
feedback loop from Chamath Palihapitiya. For more, see “Chamath Palihapitiya,
Founder and CEO Social Capital, on Money as an Instrument of Change,” Stanford
Graduate School of Business, November 13, 2017, https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=PMotykw0SIk.
dopamine . . . plays a central role in many neurological processes: Researchers later
discovered that endorphins and opioids were responsible for pleasure responses. For
more, see V. S. Chakravarthy, Denny Joseph, and Raju S. Bapi, “What Do the Basal
Ganglia Do? A Modeling Perspective,” Biological Cybernetics 103, no. 3 (2010),
doi:10.1007/s00422–010–0401-y.
dopamine is released not only when you experience pleasure: Wolfram Schultz,
“Neuronal Reward and Decision Signals: From Theories to Data,” Physiological
Reviews 95, no. 3 (2015), doi:10.1152/physrev.00023.2014, fig. 8; Fran Smith, “How
Science Is Unlocking the Secrets of Addiction,” National Geographic, September 2017,
https://www.nationalgeographic.com/magazine/2017/09/the-addicted-brain.
whenever dopamine rises, so does your motivation: Dopamine compels you to seek,
explore, and take action: “Dopamine-energized, this mesolimbic SEEKING system,
arising from the ventral tegmental area (VTA), encourages foraging, exploration,
investigation, curiosity, interest and expectancy. Dopamine fires each time the rat (or
human) explores its environment. . . . I can look at the animal and tell when I am
tickling its SEEKING system because it is exploring and sniffing.” For more, see Karin
Badt, “Depressed? Your ‘SEEKING’ System Might Not Be Working: A Conversation with
Neuroscientist Jaak Panksepp,” Huffington Post, December 6, 2017,
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/karin-badt/depressed-your-seekingsy_b_3616967.html.
the reward system that is activated in the brain: Wolfram Schultz, “Multiple Reward
Signals in the Brain,” Nature Reviews Neuroscience 1, no. 3 (2000),
doi:10.1038/35044563.
100 percent of the nucleus accumbens is activated during wanting: Kent Berridge,
conversation with author, March 8, 2017.
Byrne hacked his stationary bike: Hackster Staff, “Netflix and Cycle!,” Hackster, July 12,
2017, https://blog.hackster.io/netflix-and-cycle-1734d0179deb.
“eliminating obesity one Netflix binge at a time”: “Cycflix: Exercise Powered
Entertainment,” Roboro, July 8, 2017, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-nc0irLBiY.
“We see Thursday night as a viewership opportunity”: Jeanine Poggi, “Shonda
Rhimes Looks Beyond ABC’s Nighttime Soaps,” AdAge, May 16, 2016,
http://adage.com/article/special-report-tv-upfront/shonda-rhimes-abc-soaps/303996.
“more probable behaviors will reinforce less probable behaviors”: Jon E.
Roeckelein, Dictionary of Theories, Laws, and Concepts in Psychology (Westport, CT:
Greenwood Press, 1998), 384.
CHAPTER 9
“A genius is not born, but is educated and trained”: Harold Lundstrom, “Father of 3
Prodigies Says Chess Genius Can Be Taught,” Deseret News, December 25, 1992,
https://www.deseretnews.com/article/266378/FATHER-OF-3-PRODIGIES-SAYSCHESS-GENIUS-CAN-BE-TAUGHT.html?pg=all.
We imitate the habits of three groups: Peter J. Richerson and Robert Boyd, Not by
Genes Alone: How Culture Transformed Human Evolution (Chicago: University of
Chicago Press, 2006).
“a person’s chances of becoming obese increased by 57 percent”: Nicholas A.
Christakis and James H. Fowler, “The Spread of Obesity in a Large Social Network over
32 Years,” New England Journal of Medicine 357, no. 4 (2007),
doi:10.1056/nejmsa066082. J. A. Stockman, “The Spread of Obesity in a Large Social
Network over 32 Years,” Yearbook of Pediatrics 2009 (2009), doi:10.1016/s0084–
3954(08)79134–6.
if one person in a relationship lost weight: Amy A. Gorin et al., “Randomized Controlled
Trial Examining the Ripple Effect of a Nationally Available Weight Management
Program on Untreated Spouses,” Obesity 26, no. 3 (2018), doi:10.1002/oby.22098.
Of the ten people in the class, four became astronauts: Mike Massimino, “Finding the
Difference Between ‘Improbable’ and ‘Impossible,’” interview by James Altucher, The
James Altucher Show, January 2017, https://jamesaltucher.com/2017/01/mikemassimino-i-am-not-good-enough.
the higher your best friend’s IQ at age eleven or twelve: Ryan Meldrum, Nicholas
Kavish, and Brian Boutwell, “On the Longitudinal Association Between Peer and
Adolescent Intelligence: Can Our Friends Make Us Smarter?,” PsyArXiv, February 10,
2018, doi:10.17605/OSF.IO/TVJ9Z.
Solomon Asch conducted a series of experiments: Harold Steere Guetzkow, Groups,
Leadership and Men: Research in Human Relations (Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Press,
1951), 177–190.
By the end of the experiment, nearly 75 percent of the subjects: Follow-up studies
show that if there was just one actor in the group who disagreed with the group, then the
subject was far more likely to state their true belief that the lines were different lengths.
When you have an opinion that dissents from the tribe, it is much easier to stand by it if
you have an ally. When you need the strength to stand up to the social norm, find a
partner. For more, see Solomon E. Asch, “Opinions and Social Pressure,” Scientific
American 193, no. 5 (1955), doi:10.1038/scientificamerican1155–31; and William N.
Morris and Robert S. Miller, “The Effects of Consensus-Breaking and ConsensusPreempting Partners on Reduction of Conformity,” Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology 11, no. 3 (1975), doi:10.1016/s0022–1031(75)80023–0.
Nearly 75 percent of subjects made the incorrect choice at least once. However,
considering the total number of responses throughout the experiment, about two thirds
were correct. Either way, the point stands: group pressure can significantly alter our
ability to make accurate decisions.
a chimpanzee learns an effective way: Lydia V. Luncz, Giulia Sirianni, Roger Mundry,
and Christophe Boesch. “Costly culture: differences in nut-cracking efficiency between
wild chimpanzee groups.” Animal Behaviour 137 (2018): 63–73.
CHAPTER 10
I wouldn’t say, “Because I need food to survive”: I heard a similar example from the
Twitter account, simpolism (@simpolism), “Let’s extend this metaphor. If society is a
human body, then the state is the brain. Humans are unaware of their motives. If asked
‘why do you eat?’ you might say ‘bc food tastes good’ and not ‘bc I need food to survive.’
What might a state’s food be? (hint: are pills food?),” Twitter, May 7, 2018,
https://twitter.com/simpolism/status/993632142700826624.
when emotions and feelings are impaired: Antoine Bechara et al., “Insensitivity to
Future Consequences following Damage to Human Prefrontal Cortex,” Cognition 50,
no. 1–3 (1994), doi:10.1016/0010–0277(94)90018–3.
As the neuroscientist Antonio Damasio: “When Emotions Make Better Decisions—
Antonio Damasio,” August 11, 2009. https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=1wup_K2WN0I
You don’t “have” to. You “get” to: I am indebted to my college strength and conditioning
coach, Mark Watts, who originally shared this simple mind-set shift with me.
“I’m not confined to my wheelchair”: RedheadBanshee, “What Is Something Someone
Said That Forever Changed Your Way of Thinking,” Reddit, October 22, 2014,
https://www.reddit.com/r/AskReddit/comments/2jzn0j/what_is_something_someone_said_that_for
“It’s time to build endurance and get fast”: WingedAdventurer, “Instead of Thinking ‘Go
Run in the Morning,’ Think ‘Go Build Endurance and Get Fast.’ Make Your Habit a
Benefit, Not a Task,” Reddit, January 19, 2017,
https://www.reddit.com/r/selfimprovement/comments/5ovrqf/instead_of_thinking_go_run_in_the_
st=izmz9pks&sh=059312db.
“I’m getting an adrenaline rush to help me concentrate”: Alison Wood Brooks, “Get
Excited: Reappraising Pre-Performance Anxiety as Excitement with Minimal Cues,”
PsycEXTRA Dataset, June 2014, doi:10.1037/e578192014–321; Caroline Webb, How to
Have a Good Day (London: Pan Books, 2017), 238. “Wendy Berry Mendes and Jeremy
Jamieson have conducted a number of studies [that] show that people perform better
when they decide to interpret their fast heartbeat and breathing as ‘a resource that aids
performance.’”
Ed Latimore, a boxer and writer: Ed Latimore (@EdLatimore), “Odd realization: My
focus and concentration goes up just by putting my headphones [on] while writing. I
don’t even have to play any music,” Twitter, May 7, 2018,
https://twitter.com/EdLatimore/status/993496493171662849.
CHAPTER 11
In the end, they had little to show for their efforts: This story comes from page 29 of
Art & Fear by David Bayles and Ted Orland. In an email conversation with Orland on
October 18, 2016, he explained the origins of the story. “Yes, the ‘ceramics story’ in ‘Art
& Fear’ is indeed true, allowing for some literary license in the retelling. Its real-world
origin was as a gambit employed by photographer Jerry Uelsmann to motivate his
Beginning Photography students at the University of Florida. As retold in ‘Art & Fear’ it
faithfully captures the scene as Jerry told it to me—except I replaced photography with
ceramics as the medium being explored. Admittedly, it would’ve been easier to retain
photography as the art medium being discussed, but David Bayles (co-author) & I are
both photographers ourselves, and at the time we were consciously trying to broaden
the range of media being referenced in the text. The intriguing thing to me is that it
hardly matters what art form was invoked—the moral of the story appears to hold
equally true straight across the whole art spectrum (and even outside the arts, for that
matter).” Later in that same email, Orland said, “You have our permission to reprint any
or all of the ‘ceramics’ passage in your forthcoming book.” In the end, I settled on
publishing an adapted version, which combines their telling of the ceramics story with
facts from the original source of Uelsmann’s photography students. David Bayles and
Ted Orland, Art & Fear: Observations on the Perils (and Rewards) of Artmaking
(Santa Cruz, CA: Image Continuum Press, 1993), 29.
As Voltaire once wrote: Voltaire, La Bégueule. Conte Moral (1772).
long-term potentiation: Long-term potentiation was discovered by Terje Lømo in 1966.
More precisely, he discovered that when a series of signals was repeatedly transmitted
by the brain, there was a persistent effect that lasted afterward that made it easier for
those signals to be transmitted in the future.
“Neurons that fire together wire together”: Donald O. Hebb, The Organization of
Behavior: A Neuropsychological Theory (New York: Wiley, 1949).
In musicians, the cerebellum: S. Hutchinson, “Cerebellar Volume of Musicians,” Cerebral
Cortex 13, no. 9 (2003), doi:10.1093/cercor/13.9.943.
Mathematicians, meanwhile, have increased gray matter: A. Verma, “Increased Gray
Matter Density in the Parietal Cortex of Mathematicians: A Voxel-Based Morphometry
Study,” Yearbook of Neurology and Neurosurgery 2008 (2008), doi:10.1016/s0513–
5117(08)79083–5.
When scientists analyzed the brains of taxi drivers in London: Eleanor A. Maguire et
al., “Navigation-Related Structural Change in the Hippocampi of Taxi Drivers,”
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 97, no. 8 (2000),
doi:10.1073/pnas.070039597; Katherine Woollett and Eleanor A. Maguire, “Acquiring
‘the Knowledge’ of London’s Layout Drives Structural Brain Changes,” Current Biology
21, no. 24 (December 2011), doi:10.1016/j.cub.2011.11.018; Eleanor A. Maguire,
Katherine Woollett, and Hugo J. Spiers, “London Taxi Drivers and Bus Drivers: A
Structural MRI and Neuropsychological Analysis,” Hippocampus 16, no. 12 (2006),
doi:10.1002/hipo.20233.
“the actions become so automatic”: George Henry Lewes, The Physiology of Common
Life (Leipzig: Tauchnitz, 1860).
repetition is a form of change: Apparently, Brian Eno says the same thing in his excellent,
creatively inspiring Oblique Strategies card set, which I didn’t know when I wrote this
line! Great minds and all that.
Automaticity is the ability to perform a behavior: Phillippa Lally et al., “How Are
Habits Formed: Modelling Habit Formation in the Real World,” European Journal of
Social Psychology 40, no. 6 (2009), doi:10.1002/ejsp.674.
habits form based on frequency, not time: Hermann Ebbinghaus was the first person to
describe learning curves in his 1885 book Über das Gedächtnis. Hermann Ebbinghaus,
Memory: A Contribution to Experimental Psychology (United States: Scholar Select,
2016).
CHAPTER 12
this difference in shape played a significant role in the spread of agriculture:
Jared Diamond, Guns, Germs, and Steel: The Fates of Human Societies (New York:
Norton, 1997).
It is human nature to follow the Law of Least Effort: Deepak Chopra uses the phrase
“law of least effort” to describe one of his Seven Spiritual Laws of Yoga. This concept is
not related to the principle I am discussing here.
a garden hose that is bent in the middle: This analogy is a modified version of an idea
Josh Waitzkin mentioned in his interview with Tim Ferriss. “The Tim Ferriss Show,
Episode 2: Josh Waitzkin,” May 2, 2014, audio, https://soundcloud.com/timferriss/the-tim-ferriss-show-episode-2-josh-waitzkin.
“it took American workers three times as long to assemble their sets”: James
Surowiecki, “Better All the Time,” New Yorker, November 10, 2014,
https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2014/11/10/better-time.
addition by subtraction: Addition by subtraction is an example of a larger principle
known as inversion, which I have written about previously at
https://jamesclear.com/inversion. I’m indebted to Shane Parrish for priming my
thoughts on this topic by writing about why “avoiding stupidity is easier than seeking
brilliance.” Shane Parrish, “Avoiding Stupidity Is Easier Than Seeking Brilliance,”
Farnam Street, June 2014, https://www.fs.blog/2014/06/avoiding-stupidity.
those percentage points represent millions in tax revenue: Owain Service et al.,
“East: Four Simple Ways to Apply Behavioural Insights,” Behavioural Insights Team,
2015, http://38r8om2xjhhl25mw24492dir.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/wpcontent/uploads/2015/07/BIT-Publication-EAST_FA_WEB.pdf.
Nuckols dialed in his cleaning habits: Oswald Nuckols is an alias, used by request.
“perfect time to clean the toilet”: Saul_Panzer_NY, “[Question] What One Habit Literally
Changed Your Life?” Reddit, June 5, 2017, https://www.reddit.com/r/get
disciplined/comments/6fgqbv/question_what_one_habit_literally_changed_your/diieswq.
CHAPTER 13
“arsenal of routines”: Twyla Tharp and Mark Reiter, The Creative Habit: Learn It and Use
It for Life: A Practical Guide (New York: Simon and Schuster, 2006).
40 to 50 percent of our actions on any given day are done out of habit: Wendy
Wood, “Habits Across the Lifespan,” 2006,
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/315552294_Habits_Across_the_Lifespan.
habits you follow without thinking: Benjamin Gardner, “A Review and Analysis of the
Use of ‘Habit’ in Understanding, Predicting and Influencing Health-Related Behaviour,”
Health Psychology Review 9, no. 3 (2014), doi:10.1080/17437199.2013.876238.
decisive moments: Shoutout to Henri Cartier-Bresson, one of the greatest street
photographers of all time, who coined the term decisive moment, but for an entirely
different purpose: capturing amazing images at just the right time.
the Two-Minute Rule: Hat tip to David Allen, whose version of the Two-Minute Rule states,
“If it takes less than two minutes, then do it now.” For more, see David Allen, Getting
Things Done (New York: Penguin, 2015).
power-down habit: Author Cal Newport uses a shutdown ritual in which he does a last
email inbox check, prepares his to-do list for the next day, and says “shutdown
complete” to end work for the day. For more, see Cal Newport, Deep Work (Boston:
Little, Brown, 2016).
He always stopped journaling before it seemed like a hassle: Greg McKeown,
Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less (New York: Crown, 2014), 78.
habit shaping: Gail B. Peterson, “A Day of Great Illumination: B. F. Skinner’s Discovery of
Shaping,” Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 82, no. 3 (2004),
doi:10.1901/jeab.2004.82–317.
CHAPTER 14
he remained in his study and wrote furiously: Adèle Hugo and Charles E. Wilbour,
Victor Hugo, by a Witness of His Life (New York: Carleton, 1864).
A commitment device is a choice you make in the present: Gharad Bryan, Dean
Karlan, and Scott Nelson, “Commitment Devices,” Annual Review of Economics 2, no. 1
(2010), doi:10.1146/annurev.economics.102308.124324.
outlet timer cuts off the power to the router: “Nir Eyal: Addictive Tech, Killing Bad
Habits & Apps for Life Hacking—#260,” interview by Dave Asprey, Bulletproof,
November 13, 2015, https://blog.bulletproof.com/nir-eyal-life-hacking-260/.
This is also referred to as a “Ulysses pact”: Peter Ubel, “The Ulysses Strategy,” The New
Yorker, December 11, 2014, https://www.newyorker.com/business/currency/ulyssesstrategy-self-control.
Patterson’s business went from losing money to making $5,000 in profit: “John H.
Patterson—Ringing Up Success with the Incorruptible Cashier,” Dayton Innovation
Legacy, http://www.daytoninnovationlegacy.org/patterson.html, accessed June 8,
2016.
onetime actions that lead to better long-term habits: James Clear (@james_clear),
“What are one-time actions that pay off again and again in the future?” Twitter,
February 11, 2018, https://twitter.com/james_clear/status/962694722702790659
“Civilization advances by extending the number of operations”: Alfred North
Whitehead, Introduction to Mathematics (Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press,
1911), 166.
The average person spends over two hours per day on social media: “GWI Social,”
GlobalWebIndex, 2017, Q3,
https://cdn2.hubspot.net/hubfs/304927/Downloads/GWI%20Social%20Summary%20Q3%202017.pd
CHAPTER 15
over nine million people called it home: “Population Size and Growth of Major Cities,
1998 Census,” Population Census Organization,
http://www.pbs.gov.pk/sites/default/files//tables/POPULATION%20SIZE%20AND%20GROWTH%20
Over 60 percent of Karachi’s residents: Sabiah Askari, Studies on Karachi: Papers
Presented at the Karachi Conference 2013 (Newcastle upon Tyne, UK: Cambridge
Scholars, 2015).
It was this public health crisis that had brought Stephen Luby to Pakistan: Atul
Gawande, The Checklist Manifesto: How to Get Things Right (Gurgaon, India: Penguin
Random House, 2014).
“In Pakistan, Safeguard was a premium soap”: All quotes in this section are from an
email conversation with Stephen Luby on May 28, 2018.
The rate of diarrhea fell by 52 percent: Stephen P. Luby et al., “Effect of Handwashing
on Child Health: A Randomised Controlled Trial,” Lancet 366, no. 9481 (2005),
doi:10.1016/s0140–6736(05)66912–7.
“Over 95 percent of households”: Anna Bowen, Mubina Agboatwalla, Tracy Ayers,
Timothy Tobery, Maria Tariq, and Stephen P. Luby. “Sustained improvements in
handwashing indicators more than 5 years after a cluster‐randomised, community‐
based trial of handwashing promotion in Karachi, Pakistan,” Tropical Medicine &
International Health 18, no. 3 (2013): 259–267.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4626884/
Chewing gum had been sold commercially throughout the 1800s: Mary Bellis, “How
We Have Bubble Gum Today,” ThoughtCo, October 16, 2017,
https://www.thoughtco.com/history-of-bubble-and-chewing-gum-1991856.
Wrigley revolutionized the industry: Jennifer P. Mathews, Chicle: The Chewing Gum of
the Americas, from the Ancient Maya to William Wrigley (Tucson: University of
Arizona Press, 2009), 44–46.
Wrigley became the largest chewing gum company: “William Wrigley, Jr.,”
Encyclopædia Britannica, https://www.britannica.com/biography/William-Wrigley-Jr,
accessed June 8, 2018.
Toothpaste had a similar trajectory: Charles Duhigg, The Power of Habit: Why We Do
What We Do in Life and Business (New York: Random House, 2014), chap. 2.
he started avoiding her: Sparkly_alpaca, “What Are the Coolest Psychology Tricks That
You Know or Have Used?” Reddit, November 11, 2016,
https://www.reddit.com/r/AskReddit/comments/5cgqbj/what_are_the_coolest_psychology_tricks_th
The earliest remains of modern humans: Ian Mcdougall, Francis H. Brown, and John G.
Fleagle, “Stratigraphic Placement and Age of Modern Humans from Kibish, Ethiopia,”
Nature 433, no. 7027 (2005), doi:10.1038/nature03258.
the neocortex . . . was roughly the same: Some research indicates that the size of the
human brain reached modern proportions around three hundred thousand years ago.
Evolution never stops, of course, and the shape of the structure appears to have
continued to evolve in meaningful ways until it reached both modern size and shape
sometime between one hundred thousand and thirty-five thousand years ago. Simon
Neubauer, Jean-Jacques Hublin, and Philipp Gunz, “The Evolution of Modern Human
Brain Shape,” Science Advances 4, no. 1 (2018): eaao5961.
society has shifted to a predominantly delayed-return environment: The original
research on this topic used the terms delayed-return societies and immediate-return
societies. James Woodburn, “Egalitarian Societies,” Man 17, no. 3 (1982),
doi:10.2307/2801707. I first heard of the difference between immediate-return
environments and delayed-return environments in a lecture from Mark Leary. Mark
Leary, Understanding the Mysteries of Human Behavior (Chantilly, VA: Teaching,
2012).
The world has changed much in recent years: The rapid environmental changes of
recent centuries have far outpaced our biological ability to adapt. On average, it takes
about twenty-five thousand years for meaningful genetic changes to be selected for in a
human population. For more, see Edward O. Wilson, Sociobiology (Cambridge, MA:
Belknap Press, 1980), 151.
our brains evolved to prefer quick payoffs to long-term ones: Daniel Gilbert,
“Humans Wired to Respond to Short-Term Problems,” interview by Neal Conan, Talk of
the Nation, NPR, July 3, 2006, https://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?
storyId=5530483.
Disease and infection won’t show up for days or weeks, even years: The topics of
irrational behavior and cognitive biases have become quite popular in recent years.
However, many actions that seem irrational on the whole have rational origins if you
consider their immediate outcome.
Frédéric Bastiat: Frédéric Bastiat and W. B. Hodgson, What Is Seen and What Is Not Seen:
Or Political Economy in One Lesson (London: Smith, 1859).
Future You: Hat tip to behavioral economist Daniel Goldstein, who said, “It’s an unequal
battle between the present self and the future self. I mean, let’s face it, the present self is
present. It’s in control. It’s in power right now. It has these strong, heroic arms that can
lift doughnuts into your mouth. And the future self is not even around. It’s off in the
future. It’s weak. It doesn’t even have a lawyer present. There’s nobody to stick up for
the future self. And so the present self can trounce all over its dreams.” For more, see
Daniel Goldstein, “The Battle between Your Present and Future Self,” TEDSalon
NY2011, November 2011, video,
https://www.ted.com/talks/daniel_goldstein_the_battle_between_your_present_and_future_self
People who are better at delaying gratification have higher SAT scores: Walter
Mischel, Ebbe B. Ebbesen, and Antonette Raskoff Zeiss, “Cognitive and Attentional
Mechanisms in Delay of Gratification,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology
21, no. 2 (1972), doi:10.1037/h0032198; W. Mischel, Y. Shoda, and M. Rodriguez,
“Delay of Gratification in Children,” Science 244, no. 4907 (1989),
doi:10.1126/science.2658056; Walter Mischel, Yuichi Shoda, and Philip K. Peake, “The
Nature of Adolescent Competencies Predicted by Preschool Delay of Gratification,”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 54, no. 4 (1988), doi:10.1037//0022–
3514.54.4.687; Yuichi Shoda, Walter Mischel, and Philip K. Peake, “Predicting
Adolescent Cognitive and Self-Regulatory Competencies from Preschool Delay of
Gratification: Identifying Diagnostic Conditions,” Developmental Psychology 26, no. 6
(1990), doi:10.1037//0012–1649.26.6.978.
CHAPTER 16
“I would start with 120 paper clips in one jar”: Trent Dyrsmid, email to author, April 1,
2015.
Benjamin Franklin: Benjamin Franklin and Frank Woodworth Pine, Autobiography of
Benjamin Franklin (New York: Holt, 1916), 148.
Don’t break the chain of creating every day: Shout-out to my friend Nathan Barry, who
originally inspired me with the mantra, “Create Every Day.”
people who track their progress on goals like losing weight: Benjamin Harkin et al.,
“Does Monitoring Goal Progress Promote Goal Attainment? A Meta-analysis of the
Experimental Evidence,” Psychological Bulletin 142, no. 2 (2016),
doi:10.1037/bul0000025.
those who kept a daily food log lost twice as much weight as those who did not:
Miranda Hitti, “Keeping Food Diary Helps Lose Weight,” WebMD, July 8, 2008,
http://www.webmd.com/diet/news/20080708/keeping-food-diary-helps-lose-weight;
Kaiser Permanente, “Keeping a Food Diary Doubles Diet Weight Loss, Study Suggests,”
Science Daily, July 8, 2008,
https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2008/07/080708080738.htm; Jack F. Hollis
et al., “Weight Loss during the Intensive Intervention Phase of the Weight-Loss
Maintenance Trial,” American Journal of Preventive Medicine 35, no. 2 (2008),
doi:10.1016/j.amepre.2008.04.013; Lora E. Burke, Jing Wang, and Mary Ann Sevick,
“Self-Monitoring in Weight Loss: A Systematic Review of the Literature,” Journal of the
American Dietetic Association 111, no. 1 (2011), doi:10.1016/j.jada.2010.10.008.
The most effective form of motivation is progress: This line is paraphrased from Greg
McKeown, who wrote, “Research has shown that of all forms of human motivation the
most effective one is progress.” Greg McKeown, Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit
of Less (Currency, 2014).
The first mistake is never the one that ruins you: In fact, research has shown that
missing a habit once has virtually no impact on the odds of developing a habit over the
long-term, regardless of when the mistake occurs. As long as you get back on track,
you’re fine. See: Phillippa Lally et al., “How Are Habits Formed: Modelling Habit
Formation in the Real World,” European Journal of Social Psychology 40, no. 6
(2009), doi:10.1002/ejsp.674.
Missing once is an accident: “Missing once is an accident. Missing twice is the start of a
new habit.” I swear I read this line somewhere or perhaps paraphrased it from
something similar, but despite my best efforts all of my searches for a source are coming
up empty. Maybe I came up with it, but my best guess is it belongs to an unidentified
genius instead.
“When a measure becomes a target”: This definition of Goodhart’s Law was actually
formulated by the British anthropologist Marilyn Strathern. “‘Improving Ratings’: Audit
in the British University System,” European Review 5 (1997): 305–321,
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/european-review/article/improving-ratingsaudit-in-the-british-university-system/FC2EE640C0C44E3DB87C29FB666E9AAB.
Goodhart himself reportedly advanced the idea sometime around 1975 and put it
formally into writing in 1981. Charles Goodhart, “Problems of Monetary Management:
The U.K. Experience,” in Anthony S. Courakis (ed.), Inflation, Depression, and
Economic Policy in the West (London: Rowman and Littlefield, 1981), 111–146.
CHAPTER 17
“When I suggested this to friends in the Pentagon”: Roger Fisher, “Preventing Nuclear
War,” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists 37, no. 3 (1981),
doi:10.1080/00963402.1981.11458828.
The first seat belt law: Michael Goryl and Michael Cynecki, “Restraint System Usage in the
Traffic Population,” Journal of Safety Research 17, no. 2 (1986), doi:10.1016/0022–
4375(86)90107–6.
wearing a seat belt is enforceable by law: New Hampshire is the lone exception, where
seat belts are only required for children. “New Hampshire,” Governors Highway Safety
Association, https://www.ghsa.org/state-laws/states/new%20hampshire, accessed
June 8, 2016.
over 88 percent of Americans buckled up: “Seat Belt Use in U.S. Reaches Historic 90
Percent,” National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, November 21, 2016,
https://www.nhtsa.gov/press-releases/seat-belt-use-us-reaches-historic-90-percent.
Bryan Harris: Bryan Harris, email conversation with author, October 24, 2017.
She does the “song a day” challenge: Courtney Shea, “Comedian Margaret Cho’s Tips for
Success: If You’re Funny, Don’t Do Comedy,” Globe and Mail, July 1, 2013,
https://www.theglobeandmail.com/life/comedian-margaret-chos-tips-for-success-ifyoure-funny-dont-do-comedy/article12902304/?service=mobile.
Thomas Frank, an entrepreneur in Boulder, Colorado: Thomas Frank, “How Buffer
Forces Me to Wake Up at 5:55 AM Every Day,” College Info Geek, July 2, 2014,
https://collegeinfogeek.com/early-waking-with-buffer/.
CHAPTER 18
Phelps has won more Olympic medals: “Michael Phelps Biography,” Biography,
https://www.biography.com/people/michael-phelps-345192, last modified March 29,
2018.
El Guerrouj: Doug Gillan, “El Guerrouj: The Greatest of All Time,” IAFF, November 15,
2004, https://www.iaaf.org/news/news/el-guerrouj-the-greatest-of-all-time.
they differ significantly in height: Heights and weights for Michael Phelps and Hicham El
Guerrouj were pulled from their athlete profiles during the 2008 Summer Olympics.
“Michael Phelps,” ESPN, 2008,
http://www.espn.com/olympics/summer08/fanguide/athlete?athlete=29547l;
“Hicham El Guerrouj,” ESPN, 2008,
http://www.espn.com/oly/summer08/fanguide/athlete?athlete=29886.
same length inseam on their pants: David Epstein, The Sports Gene: Inside the Science
of Extraordinary Athletic Performance (St. Louis, MO: Turtleback Books, 2014).
average height of Olympic gold medalists in the men’s 1,500-meter run: Alex
Hutchinson, “The Incredible Shrinking Marathoner,” Runner’s World, November 12,
2013, https://www.runnersworld.com/sweat-science/the-incredible-shrinkingmarathoner.
average height of Olympic gold medalists in the men’s 100-meter: Alvin Chang,
“Want to Win Olympic Gold? Here’s How Tall You Should Be for Archery, Swimming,
and More,” Vox, August 9, 2016, http://www.vox.com/2016/8/9/12387684/olympicheights.
“Genes can predispose, but they don’t predetermine”: Gabor Maté, “Dr. Gabor Maté—
New Paradigms, Ayahuasca, and Redefining Addiction,” The Tim Ferriss Show,
February 20, 2018, https://tim.blog/2018/02/20/gabor-mate/.
Genes have been shown to influence everything: “All traits are heritable” is a bit of an
exaggeration, but not by much. Concrete behavioral traits that patently depend on
content provided by the home or culture are, of course, not heritable at all; which
language you speak, which religion you worship in, which political party you belong to.
But behavioral traits that reflect the underlying talents and temperaments are heritable:
how proficient with language you are, how religious, how liberal or conservative.
General intelligence is heritable, and so are the five major ways in which personality can
vary . . . openness to experience, conscientiousness, extroversion-introversion,
antagonism-agreeableness, and neuroticism. And traits that are surprisingly specific
turn out to be heritable, too, such as dependence on nicotine or alcohol, number of
hours of television watched, and likelihood of divorcing. Thomas J. Bouchard, “Genetic
Influence on Human Psychological Traits,” Current Directions in Psychological Science
13, no. 4 (2004), doi:10.1111/j.0963–7214.2004.00295.x; Robert Plomin, Nature and
Nurture: An Introduction to Human Behavioral Genetics (Stamford, CT: Wadsworth,
1996); Robert Plomin, “Why We’re Different,” Edge, June 29, 2016,
https://soundcloud.com/edgefoundationinc/edge2016-robert-plomin.
There’s a strong genetic component: Daniel Goleman, “Major Personality Study Finds
That Traits Are Mostly Inherited,” New York Times, December 2, 1986,
http://www.nytimes.com/1986/12/02/science/major-personality-study-finds-thattraits-are-mostly-inherited.html?pagewanted=all.
Robert Plomin: Robert Plomin, phone call with the author, August 9, 2016.
more likely to become introverts: Jerome Kagan et al., “Reactivity in Infants: A CrossNational Comparison,” Developmental Psychology 30, no. 3 (1994),
doi:10.1037//0012–1649.30.3.342; Michael V. Ellis and Erica S. Robbins, “In
Celebration of Nature: A Dialogue with Jerome Kagan,” Journal of Counseling and
Development 68, no. 6 (1990), doi:10.1002/j.1556–6676.1990.tb01426.x; Brian R.
Little, Me, Myself, and Us: The Science of Personality and the Art of Well-Being (New
York: Public Affairs, 2016); Susan Cain, Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That
Can’t Stop Talking (London: Penguin, 2013), 99–100.
People who are high in agreeableness: W. G. Graziano and R. M. Tobin, “The Cognitive
and Motivational Foundations Underlying Agreeableness,” in M. D. Robinson, E.
Watkins, and E. Harmon-Jones, eds., Handbook of Cognition and Emotion (New York:
Guilford, 2013), 347–364.
They also tend to have higher natural oxytocin levels: Mitsuhiro Matsuzaki et al.,
“Oxytocin: A Therapeutic Target for Mental Disorders,” Journal of Physiological
Sciences 62, no. 6 (2012), doi:10.1007/s12576–012–0232–9; Angeliki Theodoridou et
al., “Oxytocin and Social Perception: Oxytocin Increases Perceived Facial
Trustworthiness and Attractiveness,” Hormones and Behavior 56, no. 1 (2009),
doi:10.1016/j.yhbeh.2009.03.019; Anthony Lane et al., “Oxytocin Increases Willingness
to Socially Share One’s Emotions,” International Journal of Psychology 48, no. 4
(2013), doi:10.1080/00207594.2012.677540; Christopher Cardoso et al., “StressInduced Negative Mood Moderates the Relation between Oxytocin Administration and
Trust: Evidence for the Tend-and-Befriend Response to Stress?”
Psychoneuroendocrinology 38, no. 11 (2013), doi:10.1016/j.psyneuen.2013.05.006.
hypersensitivity of the amygdala: J. Ormel, A. Bastiaansen, H. Riese, E. H. Bos, M.
Servaas, M. Ellenbogen, J. G. Rosmalen, and A. Aleman, “The Biological and
Psychological Basis of Neuroticism: Current Status and Future Directions,”
Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews 37, no. 1 (2013), doi:10.1016/j.neu
biorev.2012.09.004. PMID 23068306; R. A. Depue and Y. Fu, “Neurogenetic and
Experiential Processes Underlying Major Personality Traits: Implications for Modelling
Personality Disorders,” International Review of Psychiatry 23, no. 3 (2011),
doi:10.3109/09540261.2011.599315.
Our deeply rooted preferences make certain behaviors easier: “For example, all
people have brain systems that respond to rewards, but in different individuals these
systems will respond with different degrees of vigor to a particular reward, and the
systems’ average level of response may be associated with some personality trait.” For
more, see Colin G. Deyoung, “Personality Neuroscience and the Biology of Traits,”
Social and Personality Psychology Compass 4, no. 12 (2010), doi:10.1111/j.1751–
9004.2010.00327.x.
If your friend follows a low-carb diet: Research conducted in major randomized clinical
trials shows no difference in low-carb versus low-fat diets for weight loss. As with many
habits, there are many ways to the same destination if you stick with it. For more, see
Christopher D. Gardner et al., “Effect of Low-Fat vs Low-Carbohydrate Diet on 12Month Weight Loss in Overweight Adults and the Association with Genotype Pattern or
Insulin Secretion,” Journal of the American Medical Association 319, no. 7 (2018),
doi:10.1001/jama.2018.0245.
explore/exploit trade-off: M. A. Addicott et al., “A Primer on Foraging and the
Explore/Exploit Trade-Off for Psychiatry Research,” Neuropsychopharmacology 42,
no. 10 (2017), doi:10.1038/npp.2017.108.
Google famously asks employees: Bharat Mediratta and Julie Bick, “The Google Way:
Give Engineers Room,” New York Times, October 21, 2007,
https://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/21/jobs/21pre.html.
“Flow is the mental state”: Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, Finding Flow: The Psychology of
Engagement with Everyday Life (New York: Basic Books, 2008).
“Everyone has at least a few areas”: Scott Adams, “Career Advice,” Dilbert Blog, July 20,
2007, http://dilbertblog.typepad.com/the_dilbert_blog/2007/07/career-advice.html.
CHAPTER 19
most successful comedians: Steve Martin, Born Standing Up: A Comic’s Life (Leicester,
UK: Charnwood, 2008).
“4 years as a wild success”: Steve Martin, Born Standing Up: A Comic’s Life (Leicester,
UK: Charnwood, 2008), 1.
“just manageable difficulty”: Nicholas Hobbs, “The Psychologist as Administrator,”
Journal of Clinical Psychology 15, no. 3 (1959), doi:10.1002/1097–
4679(195907)15:33.0.co; 2–4; Gilbert Brim, Ambition: How We Manage Success and
Failure Throughout Our Lives (Lincoln, NE: IUniverse.com, 2000); Mihaly
Csikszentmihalyi, Finding Flow: The Psychology of Engagement with Everyday Life
(New York: Basic Books, 2008).
In psychology research this is known as the Yerkes-Dodson law: Robert Yerkes and
John Dodson, “The Relation of Strength of Stimulus to Rapidity of Habit Formation,”
Journal of Comparative Neurology and Psychology 18 (1908): 459–482.
4 percent beyond your current ability: Steven Kotler, The Rise of Superman: Decoding
the Science of Ultimate Human Performance (Boston: New Harvest, 2014). In his book,
Kotler cites: “Chip Conley, AI, September 2013. The real ratio, according to calculations
performed by [Mihaly] Csikszentmihalyi, is 1:96.”
“Men desire novelty to such an extent”: Niccolò Machiavelli, Peter Bondanella, and
Mark Musa, The Portable Machiavelli (London: Penguin, 2005).
variable reward: C. B. Ferster and B. F. Skinner, “Schedules of Reinforcement,” 1957,
doi:10.1037/10627–000. For more, see B. F. Skinner, “A Case History in Scientific
Method,” American Psychologist 11, no. 5 (1956): 226, doi:10.1037/h0047662.
This variance leads to the greatest spike of dopamine: Matching Law shows that the
rate of the reward schedule impacts behavior: “Matching Law,” Wikipedia,
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Matching_law.
CHAPTER 20
there is usually a slight decline in performance: K. Anders Ericsson and Robert Pool,
Peak: Secrets from the New Science of Expertise (Boston: Mariner Books, 2017), 13.
“The pundits were saying”: Pat Riley and Byron Laursen, “Temporary Insanity and Other
Management Techniques: The Los Angeles Lakers’ Coach Tells All,” Los Angeles Times
Magazine, April 19, 1987, http://articles.latimes.com/1987–04–19/magazine/tm1669_1_lakers.
a system that he called the Career Best Effort program or CBE: MacMullan’s book
claims that Riley began his CBE program during the 1984–1985 NBA season. My
research shows that the Lakers began tracking statistics of individual players at that
time, but the CBE program as it is described here was first used in 1986–1987.
If they succeeded, it would be a CBE: Larry Bird, Earvin Johnson, and Jackie
MacMullan, When the Game Was Ours (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2010).
“Sustaining an effort”: Pat Riley and Byron Laursen, “Temporary Insanity and Other
Management Techniques: The Los Angeles Lakers’ Coach Tells All,” Los Angeles Times
Magazine, April 19, 1987, http://articles.latimes.com/1987–04–19/magazine/tm1669_1_lakers.
Eliud Kipchoge: Cathal Dennehy, “The Simple Life of One of the World’s Best Marathoners,”
Runner’s World, April 19, 2016, https://www.runnersworld.com/elite-runners/the-
simple-life-of-one-of-the-worlds-best-marathoners. “Eliud Kip-choge: Full Training Log
Leading Up to Marathon World Record Attempt,” Sweat Elite, 2017,
http://www.sweatelite.co/eliud-kipchoge-full-training-log-leading-marathon-worldrecord-attempt/.
her coach goes over her notes and adds his thoughts: Yuri Suguiyama, “Training Katie
Ledecky,” American Swimming Coaches Association, November 30, 2016,
https://swimmingcoach.org/training-katie-ledecky-by-yuri-suguiyama-curl-burkeswim-club-2012/.
When comedian Chris Rock is preparing fresh material: Peter Sims, “Innovate Like
Chris Rock,” Harvard Business Review, January 26, 2009,
https://hbr.org/2009/01/innovate-like-chris-rock.
Annual Review: I’d like to thank Chris Guillebeau, who inspired me to start my own annual
review process by publicly sharing his annual review each year at
https://chrisguillebeau.com.
“keep your identity small”: Paul Graham, “Keep Your Identity Small,” February 2009,
http://www.paulgraham.com/identity.html.
CONCLUSION
No one can be rich unless one coin can make him or her so: Desiderius Erasmus and
Van Loon Hendrik Willem, The Praise of Folly (New York: Black, 1942), 31. Hat tip to
Gretchen Rubin. I first read about this parable in her book, Better Than Before, and
then tracked down the origin story. For more, see Gretchen Rubin, Better Than Before
(New York: Hodder, 2016).
LITTLE LESSONS FROM THE FOUR LAWS
“Happiness is the space between one desire”: Caed (@caedbudris), “Happiness is the
space between desire being fulfilled and a new desire forming,” Twitter, November 10,
2017, https://twitter.com/caedbudris/status/929042389930594304.
happiness cannot be pursued, it must ensue: Frankl’s full quotation is as follows:
“Don’t aim at success. The more you aim at it and make it a target, the more you are
going to miss it. For success, like happiness, cannot be pursued; it must ensue, and it
only does so as the unintended side effect of one’s personal dedication to a cause greater
than oneself or as the by-product of one’s surrender to a person other than oneself.” For
more, see Viktor E. Frankl, Man’s Search for Meaning: An Introduction to
Logotherapy (Boston: Beacon Press, 1962).
“He who has a why to live for can bear almost any how”: Friedrich Nietzsche and
Oscar Levy, The Twilight of the Idols (Edinburgh: Foulis, 1909).
The feeling comes first (System 1): Daniel Kahneman, Thinking, Fast and Slow (New
York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2015).
appealing to emotion is typically more powerful than appealing to reason: “If you
wish to persuade, appeal to interest, rather than reason” (Benjamin Franklin).
Satisfaction = Liking − Wanting: This is similar to David Meister’s fifth law of service
businesses: Satisfaction = perception − expectation.
“Being poor is not having too little, it is wanting more”: Lucius Annaeus Seneca and
Anna Lydia Motto, Moral Epistles (Chico, CA: Scholars Press, 1985).
As Aristotle noted: It is debated whether Aristotle actually said this. The quote has been
attributed to him for centuries, but I could find no primary source for the phrase.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
Index
The page numbers in this index refer to the printed version of this book. The link provided will
take you to the beginning of that print page. You may need to scroll forward from that location
to find the corresponding reference on your e-reader.
accepting that you have particular abilities, 218–19
accountability, 209–10
action vs. motion, 142–43
Adams, Scott, 23, 225
addiction
effect of environment on readdiction, 92
smoking, 125–26
Vietnam War heroin problem, 91–92
addition by subtraction strategy, 154
“the aggregation of marginal gains,” 13–14
agricultural expansion example of doing that which requires the least effort, 149–51
Allen Carr’s Easy Way to Stop Smoking (Carr), 125–26
amateurs vs. professionals, 236
animal behavior
within an immediate-return environment, 187
cat escape study, 43–44
greylag geese and supernormal stimuli, 102
herring gulls and supernormal stimuli, 101–102
methods for sensing and understanding the world, 84
Art & Fear (Bayles and Orland), 142n
Asch, Solomon, 118–20
athletes
Career Best Effort program (CBE), 242–44
comparing champions of different sports, 217–18
examples of reflection and review, 244–45
handling the boredom of training, 233–34
Los Angeles Lakers example of reflection and review, 242–44
use of motivation rituals, 132–33
atomic habits
cumulative effect of stacking, 251–52
defined, 27
automaticity, 144–46
automating a habit
cash register example, 171–72
table of onetime actions that lock in good habits, 173
Thomas Frank example of automating a habit contract, 210
using technology, 173–75
awareness
Habits Scorecard, 64–66
of nonconscious habits, 62
Pointing-and-Calling subway safety system, 62–63
bad habits
breaking (table), 97, 137, 179, 213
reducing exposure to the cues that cause them, 94–95
behavior change
Cardinal Rule of Behavior Change, 186, 189
four laws of, 53–55, 186, 252–53 (see also specific numbered laws)
learning curves, 145–46
three layers of, 29–31
benefits of habits, 46–47, 239
“Better All the Time” (article), 154
biological considerations
“Big Five” personality traits, 220–22
genes, 218–21, 226–27
boredom, 233–36
Brailsford, Dave, 13–14
the brain
career choices and brain differences, 143–44
dopamine-driven feedback loops, 105–108
evolutionary similarity of, 187
as habits are created, 45–46
Hebb’s Law, 143
inaccurate perceptions of threats, 189n
long-term potentiation, 143
physical changes in the brain due to repetition, 143–44
System 1 vs. System 2 thinking, 232n, 261
“wanting” vs. “liking” rewards, 106–108, 263
breakthrough moments
ice cube melting example, 20–21
British Cycling, 13–15, 25, 243
Budris, Caed, 260
building a habit
four-step process
1. cue, 47–48
2. craving, 48
3. response, 48–49
4. reward, 49
problem phase and solution phase, 51–53
lessons from, 259–64
business applications of habit strategies, 265
Byrne, Ronan, 108–109
cash register example of automating a habit, 171–72
cat escape study, 43–44
changing your mind-set from “have to” to “get to,” 130–31
Cho, Margaret, 210
choosing the right opportunities
combining your skills to reduce the competition, 225–26
explore/exploit trade-off, 223–25
importance of, 222–23
specialization, 226
Clark, Brian, 33
commitment devices, 170–71
compounding effect of small changes
airplane route example, 17
author’s college experiences, 6–7
negative results, 19
1 percent changes, 15–16, 17–18
positive results, 19
conditioning, 132–33
consequences of good and bad habits, 188–90, 206–207
context, 87–90
cravings
as the sense that something is missing, 129
timing of, 259, 263–64
and underlying motives, 127–28, 130
cue-induced wanting, 93–94
cues
automatically picking up, 59–62
making predictions after perceiving, 128–29
obvious visual cues, 85–87
as part of the four-step process of building a habit, 47–48
selecting cues for habit stacking, 77–79
culture
imitation of community habits and standards, 115–18
Nerd Fitness example of similarity within a group, 117–18
Polgar family chess example of the role of, 113–14, 122
curiosity, 261
Damasio, Antonio, 130
Darwin, Charles, 115
decision journal, 245
decisive moments, 160–62
desire, 129–30, 263–64
Diderot, Denis, 72–73
Diderot Effect, 73
“don’t break the chain,” 196–97
dopamine-driven feedback loops, 105–108
downside of habits, 239–40
Dyrsmid, Trent, 195
emotions, 129–30, 261–62, 263–64
energy and likelihood of action, 151–52
environment
and context, 87–90
creating an environment where doing the right thing is as easy as possible, 155
dedicated spaces for different activities, 87–90
delayed-return, 187–90
Dutch electrical meter example of obvious cues, 85
effect of environment on an addiction, 92
immediate-return, 187–90
Lewin’s Equation for human behavior, 83
Massachusetts General Hospital cafeteria example of design change, 81–82
priming your environment, 156–58
redesigning your environment, 86–87
suggestion impulse buying, 83
Vietnam War heroin addiction problem example, 91–92
exercise study of implementation intention, 69–70
expectations, 262–63, 264
explore/exploit trade-off, 223–25
Eyal, Nir, 170
failure, 263
feedback loops
in all human behavior, 45
dopamine-driven, 105–108
formation of all habits that shape one’s identity, 40
habit, 49–51
feelings, 129–30, 261–62, 263–64
1st Law of Behavior Change (Make It Obvious)
Habits Scorecard, 64–66
habit stacking, 74–79, 110–11
habit tracking, 197
implementation intention, 69–72
making the cues of bad habits invisible, 94–95
Fisher, Roger, 205–206
flow state, 224, 232–33
Fogg, BJ, 72, 74
food science
“bliss point” for each product, 103
cravings for junk food, 102–103
dynamic contrast of processed foods, 103
orosensation, 103
four laws of behavior change, 53–55, 186, 252–53. See also specific numbered laws
four-step process of building a habit
1. cue, 47–48
2. craving, 48
3. response, 48–49
4. reward, 49
habit loop, 49–51
lessons from, 259–64
problem phase and solution phase, 51–53
4th Law of Behavior Change (Make It Satisfying)
habit contract, 207–10
habit tracking, 198–99
instant gratification, 188–93
making the cues of bad habits unsatisfying, 205–206
Safeguard soap in Pakistan example, 184–85
Frankl, Victor, 260
Franklin, Benjamin, 196
frequency’s effect on habits, 145–47
friction
associated with a behavior, 152–58
garden hose example of reducing, 153
Japanese factory example of eliminating wasted time and effort, 154–55
to prevent unwanted behavior, 157–58
“gateway habit,” 163
genes, 218–21, 226–27
goals
effect on happiness, 26
fleeting nature of, 25
shared by winners and losers, 24–25
short-term effects of, 26–27
vs. systems, 23–24
the Goldilocks Rule
flow state, 224, 232–33
the Goldilocks Zone, 232
tennis example, 231
good habits
creating (table), 96, 136, 178, 212
Two-Minute Rule, 162–67
Goodhart, Charles, 203
Goodhart’s Law, 203
Graham, Paul, 247–48
greylag geese and supernormal stimuli, 102
Guerrouj, Hicham El, 217–18, 225
Guns, Germs, and Steel (Diamond), 149–51
habit contract
Bryan Harris weight loss example, 208–209
defined, 208
seat belt law example, 207–208
Thomas Frank alarm example, 210
habit line, 145–47
habit loop, 49–51
habits
of avoidance, 191–92
benefits of, 46–47, 239
breaking bad habits (table), 97, 137, 179, 213
in the business world, 265
changing your mind-set about, 130–31
creating good habits (table), 96, 136, 178, 212
downside of, 239–40
effect on the rest of your day, 160, 162
eliminating bad habits, 94–95
as the embodiment of identity, 36–38
formation of, 44–46, 145–47
four-step process of building a habit, 47–53, 259–64
“gateway habit,” 163
identity-based, 31, 39–40
imitation of others’ habits
the close, 116–18
the many, 118–21
the powerful, 121–22
importance of, 40–41
outcome-based, 31
and parenting, 267
reframing habits to highlight their benefits, 131–32
short-term and long-term consequences of, 188–90
sticking with, 230–31
suitability for your personality, 221–22
Two-Minute Rule, 162–67
using implementation intention to start, 71–72
Habits Academy, 8
habit shaping, 165–67
Habits Scorecard, 64–66
habit stacking
combining temptation bundling with, 110–11
explained, 74–79
habit tracking, 196–200, 202–204
handwashing in Pakistan example of a satisfying behavior change, 184–85
happiness
as the absence of desire, 259–60
and goals, 26
relativity of, 263
Harris, Bryan, 208–209
Hebb, Donald, 143
Hebb’s Law, 143
herring gulls and supernormal stimuli, 101–102
hope, 264
Hreha, Jason, 45
Hugo, Victor, 169–70
The Hunchback of Notre Dame (Hugo), 169–70
hyperbolic discounting (time inconsistency), 188–89
identity
accepting blanket personal statements as facts, 35
and behavior change, 29–32, 34–36
behavior that is at odds with the self, 32–33
habits as the embodiment of, 36–38, 247–49
identity-based habits, 31, 39–40
letting a single belief define you, 247–49
pride in a particular aspect of one’s identity, 33–34
reinforcing your desired identity by using the Two-Minute Rule, 165
two-step process of changing your identity, 39–40
implementation intention, 69–72
improvements, making small, 231–32, 233, 253
instant gratification, 188–93
Johnson, Magic, 243–44
journaling, 165
Jung, Carl, 62
Kamb, Steve, 117–18
Kubitz, Andrew, 109
Lao Tzu, 249
Tao Te Ching, 249
Latimore, Ed, 132
Lewes, George H., 144
long-term potentiation, 143
Los Angeles Lakers example of reflection and review, 242–44
Luby, Stephen, 183–85
MacMullan, Jackie, 243–44
Martin, Steve, 229–30, 231
Massachusetts General Hospital cafeteria example of environment design change, 81–82
Massimino, Mike, 117
mastery, 240–42
Mate, Gabor, 219
McKeown, Greg, 165
measurements
usefulness of, 202–204
visual, 195–96
Mike (Turkish travel guide/ex-smoker), 125–26
Milner, Peter, 105
mind-set shifts
from “have to” to “get to,” 130–31
motivation rituals, 132–33
reframing habits to highlight their benefits, 131–32
motion vs. action, 142–43
motivation
the Goldilocks Rule, 231–33
maximum motivation, 232
rituals, 132–33
and taking action, 260–61
Murphy, Morgan, 91
negative compounding, 19
Nietzsche, Friedrich, 260
nonconscious activities, 34n
nonscale victories, 203–204
novelty, 234
Nuckols, Oswald, 156
observations, 260
obstacles to getting what you want, 152
Olds, James, 105
Olwell, Patty, 93
1 percent changes
Career Best Effort program (CBE), 242–44
compounding effect of making changes, 15–16, 17–18
Sorites Paradox, 251–52
operant conditioning, 9–10
opportunities, choosing the right
combining your skills to reduce the competition, 225–26
explore/exploit trade-off, 223–25
importance of, 222–23
specialization, 226
outcomes
and behavior change, 29–31
outcome-based habits, 31
pain, 206–207
Paper Clip Strategy of visual progress measurements, 195–96
parenting applications of habit strategies, 267
Patterson, John Henry, 171–72
Phelps, Michael, 217–18, 225
photography class example of active practice, 141–42, 144
Plateau of Latent Potential, 21–23
pleasure
anticipating vs. experiencing, 106–108
image of, 260
repeating a behavior when it’s a satisfying sensory experience, 184–86, 264
Safeguard soap example, 184–85
Plomin, Robert, 220
Pointing-and-Calling subway safety system, 62–63
positive compounding, 19
The Power of Habit (Duhigg), 9, 47n
predictions, making
after perceiving cues, 128–29
the human brain as a prediction machine, 60–61
Premack, David, 110
Premack’s Principle, 110
pride
manicure example, 33
in a particular aspect of one’s identity, 33–34
priming your environment to make the next action easy, 156–58
problem phase of a habit loop, 51–53
process and behavior change, 30–31
professionals vs. amateurs, 236
progress, 262
proximity’s effect on behavior, 116–18
quitting smoking, 32, 125–26
reading resources
Atomic Habits newsletter, 257
business applications of habit strategies, 265
parenting applications of habit strategies, 267
recovering when habits break down, 200–202
reflection and review
author’s Annual Review and Integrity Report, 245–46
benefits of, 246–47
Career Best Effort program (CBE) example, 242–44
Chris Rock example, 245
Eliud Kipchoge example, 244–45
flexibility and adaptation, 247–49
importance of, 244–45
Katie Ledecky example, 245
reframing habits to highlight their benefits, 131–32
reinforcement, 191–93
repetition
as active practice of a new habit, 144
automaticity, 144–46
to master a habit, 143
photography class example of active practice, 141–42, 144
responding to things based on emotions, 261–62
rewards
after sacrifice, 262
immediate vs. delayed, 187–90
purpose of, 49
reinforcement, 191–93
training yourself to delay gratification, 190–93
variable rewards, 235
“wanting” vs. “liking,” 106–108, 263
Riis, Jacob, 21
Riley, Michael, 60
Riley, Pat, 242–44
Ritty, James, 171–72
Robins, Lee, 91–92
sacrifice, 262
satisfaction
as the completion of the habit loop, 186
and expectations, 262–63
pleasurable sensory experiences, 184–86
2nd Law of Behavior Change (Make It Attractive)
ABC Thursday night TV lineup example, 109
desire for approval, respect, and praise, 121–22
habit tracking, 198
highly engineered versions of reality, 104
making the cues of bad habits unattractive, 126
supernormal stimuli, 102
temptation bundling, 108–11
Seinfeld, Jerry, 196–97
self-control
controlling the environment to achieve, 92–93
cue-induced wanting, 93–94
difficulty of, 262
riding and smoking example of controlling your environment, 93
as a short-term strategy, 95
the senses
Safeguard soap example, 184–85
toothpaste example of a satisfying behavior change, 186
vision, 84, 85–87
Wrigley chewing gum example, 185
showing up, mastering the art of, 163–64, 201–202, 236
Skinner, B. F., 9–10, 235n
smoking, quitting, 32, 125–26
social media, 174–75
social norms
Asch’s social conformity line experiments, 118–20
downside of going along with the group, 120–21
herd mentality, 115
imitation of others’ habits
the close, 116–18
the many, 118–21
the powerful, 121–22
solution phase of a habit loop, 51–53
Sorites Paradox, 251–52
starting a habit, 71–72
Steele, Robert, 91
Stern, Hawkins, 83
success
accepting where your strengths are, 218–19
importance of feeling successful, 190
suffering, 262
suggestion impulse buying, 83
supernormal stimuli, 102
Suroweicki, James, 154
System 1 vs. System 2 thinking, 232n, 261
systems
changes to solve problems, 25
as a cycle of continuous improvement, 26–27
vs. goals, 23–24
technology
for automating a habit, 173–75
social media, 174–75
temptation bundling, 108–11
3rd Law of Behavior Change (Make It Easy)
agricultural expansion example of using the least effort, 149–51
energy requirements and likelihood of action, 151–52
friction associated with a behavior, 152–58
garden hose example of reducing friction, 153
“gateway habit,” 163
Japanese factory example of addition by subtraction, 154–55
making the cues of bad habits difficult, 169–70
onetime actions that lead to better habits, 172–74
Principle of Least Action, 151n
repetition as the key to habit formation, 146–47
Two-Minute Rule, 162–67
Twyla Tharp example of a daily ritual, 159–60
Thorndike, Anne, 81–82
Thorndike, Edward, 43–44
time inconsistency, 188–89
Tinbergen, Niko, 101–102
toothpaste example of a satisfying behavior change, 186
tracking a habit
automated, 199
combining habit stacking with habit tracking, 200
manual, 199–200
usefulness of, 202–204
trajectory of your current path, 18
two-step process of changing your identity, 39–40
Uelsmann, Jerry, 141–42
Ulysses pact (Ulysses contract), 170n
underlying motives and cravings, 127–28, 130
Valley of Disappointment, 20, 22
variable rewards, 235
Vietnam War heroin addiction problem, 91–92
vision
impact on human behavior, 84
obvious visual cues, 85–87
visual measurements, 195–96
weight loss
nonscale victories, 203–204
using a habit contract to ensure, 208–209
Yerkes-Dodson law, 232
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
About the Author
James Clear‘s work has appeared in the New York Times, Time, and
Entrepreneur, and on CBS This Morning, and is taught in colleges
around the world. His website, jamesclear.com, receives millions of
visitors each month, and hundreds of thousands subscribe to his email
newsletter. He is the creator of The Habits Academy, the premier
training platform for organizations and individuals that are interested
in building better habits in life and work.
What’s next on
your reading list?
Discover your next
great read!
Get personalized book picks and up-to-date news about this author.
Sign up now.
* Interested readers can learn more at habitsacademy.com.
* As this book was going to print, new information about the
British Cycling team has come out. You can see my thoughts
at atomichabits.com/cycling.
* I geeked out and actually calculated this. Washington, D.C.,
is about 225 miles from New York City. Assuming you are
flying on a 747 or an Airbus A380, changing the heading by
3.5 degrees as you leave Los Angeles likely causes the nose of
the airplane to shift between 7.2 to 7.6 feet, or about 86 to 92
inches. A very small shift in direction can lead to a very
meaningful change in destination.
* The terms unconscious, nonconscious, and subconscious
can all be used to describe the absence of awareness or
thought. Even in academic circles, these words are often used
interchangeably without much nitpicking (for once).
Nonconscious is the term I’m going to use because it is broad
enough to encompass both the processes of the mind we
could never consciously access and the moments when we are
simply not paying attention to what surrounds us.
Nonconscious is a description of anything you are not
consciously thinking about.
* Certainly, there are some aspects of your identity that tend
to remain unchanged over time—like identifying as someone
who is tall or short. But even for more fixed qualities and
characteristics, whether you view them in a positive or
negative light is determined by your experiences throughout
life.
* Readers of The Power of Habit by Charles Duhigg will
recognize these terms. Duhigg wrote a great book and my
intention is to pick up where he left off by integrating these
stages into four simple laws you can apply to build better
habits in life and work.
* Charles Duhigg and Nir Eyal deserve special recognition for
their influence on this image. This representation of the habit
loop is a combination of language that was popularized by
Duhigg’s book, The Power of Habit, and a design that was
popularized by Eyal’s book, Hooked.
* When I visited Japan, I saw this strategy save a woman’s
life. Her young son stepped onto the Shinkansen, one of
Japan’s famous bullet trains that travel at over two hundred
miles per hour, just as the doors were closing. She was left
outside on the platform and jammed her arm through the
door to grab him. With her arm stuck in the door, the train
was about to take off, but right before it pulled away an
employee performed a safety check by Pointing-and-Calling
up and down the platform. In less than five seconds, he
noticed the woman and managed to stop the train from
leaving. The door opened, the woman—now in tears—ran to
her son, and a minute later the train departed safely.
* Interested readers can get a template to create their own
Habits Scorecard at atomichabits.com/scorecard.
* In addition to her payment for the library, Catherine the
Great asked Diderot to keep the books until she needed them
and offered to pay him a yearly salary to act as her librarian.
* Fogg refers to this strategy as the “Tiny Habits recipe,” but
I’ll call it the habit stacking formula throughout the book.
* If you’re looking for more examples and guidance, you can
download a Habit Stacking template at
atomichabits.com/habitstacking.
* Dopamine is not the only chemical that influences your
habits. Every behavior involves multiple brain regions and
neurochemicals, and anyone who claims that “habits are all
about dopamine” is skipping over major portions of the
process. It is just one of the important role players in habit
formation. However, I will single out the dopamine circuit in
this chapter because it provides a window into the biological
underpinnings of desire, craving, and motivation that are
behind every habit.
* I’m so happy I was able to fit a Game of Thrones reference
into this book.
* This is just a partial list of underlying motives. I offer a
more complete list and more examples of how to apply them
to business at atomichabits.com/business.
* A similar story is told in the book Art & Fear by David
Bayles and Ted Orland. It has been adapted here with
permission. See the endnotes for a full explanation.
* This is a foundational principle in physics, where it is
known as the Principle of Least Action. It states that the path
followed between any two points will always be the path
requiring the least energy. This simple principle underpins
the laws of the universe. From this one idea, you can describe
the laws of motion and relativity.
* The phrase addition by subtraction is also used by teams
and businesses to describe removing people from a group in
order to make the team stronger overall.
* To be fair, this still sounds like an amazing night.
* I designed a habit journal specifically to make journaling
easier. It includes a “One Line Per Day” section where you
simply write one sentence about your day. You can learn
more at atomichabits.com/journal.
* The irony of how closely this story matches my process of
writing this book is not lost on me. Although my publisher
was much more accommodating, and my closet remained
full, I did feel like I had to place myself on house arrest to
finish the manuscript.
* This is also referred to as a “Ulysses pact” or a “Ulysses
contract.” Named after Ulysses, the hero of The Odyssey, who
told his sailors to tie him to the mast of the ship so that he
could hear the enchanting song of the Sirens but wouldn’t be
able to steer the ship toward them and crash on the rocks.
Ulysses realized the benefits of locking in your future actions
while your mind is in the right place rather than waiting to
see where your desires take you in the moment.
* The shift to a delayed-return environment likely began
around the advent of agriculture ten thousand years ago
when farmers began planting crops in anticipation of a
harvest months later. However, it was not until recent
centuries that our lives became filled with delayed-return
choices: career planning, retirement planning, vacation
planning, and everything else that occupies our calendars.
* Time inconsistency is also referred to as hyperbolic
discounting.
* This can derail our decision making as well. The brain
overestimates the danger of anything that seems like an
immediate threat but has almost no likelihood of actually
occurring: your plane crashing during a bit of turbulence, a
burglar breaking in while you’re home alone, a terrorist
blowing up the bus you’re on. Meanwhile, it underestimates
what appears to be a distant threat but is actually very likely:
the steady accumulation of fat from eating unhealthy food,
the gradual decay of your muscles from sitting at a desk, the
slow creep of clutter when you fail to tidy up.
* Interested readers can find a habit tracker template at
atomichabits.com/tracker.
* You can see the actual Habit Contracts used by Bryan
Harris and get a blank template at
atomichabits.com/contract.
* If you are interested in taking a personality test, you can
find links to the most reliable tests here:
atomichabits.com/personality.
* If it’s Harry Potter on repeat, I feel you.
* I have a pet theory about what happens when we achieve a
flow state. This isn’t confirmed. It’s just my guess.
Psychologists commonly refer to the brain as operating in two
modes: System 1 and System 2. System 1 is fast and
instinctual. Generally speaking, processes you can perform
very quickly (like habits) are governed by System 1.
Meanwhile, System 2 controls thinking processes that are
more effortful and slow—like calculating the answer to a
difficult math problem. With regard to flow, I like to imagine
System 1 and System 2 as residing on opposite ends of the
spectrum of thinking. The more automatic a cognitive process
is, the more it slides toward the System 1 side of the
spectrum. The more effortful a task is, the more it slides
toward System 2. Flow, I believe, resides on the razor’s edge
between System 1 and System 2. You are fully using all of
your automatic and implicit knowledge related to the task
while also working hard to rise to a challenge beyond your
ability. Both brain modes are fully engaged. The conscious
and nonconscious are working perfectly in sync.
* The discovery of variable rewards happened by accident.
One day in the lab, the famous Harvard psychologist B. F.
Skinner was running low on food pellets during one
experiment and making more was a time-consuming process
because he had to manually press the pellets in a machine.
This situation led him to “ask myself why every press of the
lever had to be reinforced.” He decided to only give treats to
the rats intermittently and, to his surprise, varying the
delivery of food did not decrease behavior, but actually
increased it.
* I created a template for readers interested in keeping a
decision journal. It is included as part of the habit journal at
atomichabits.com/journal.
* You can see my previous Annual Reviews at
jamesclear.com/annual-review.
* You can see my previous Integrity Reports at
jamesclear.com/integrity.
* Sorites is derived from the Greek word sorós, which means
heap or pile.
First published in July 2021.
New Enterprise House
St Helens Street
Derby
DE1 3GY
UK
email: gareth.icke@davidicke.com
Copyright © 2021 David Icke
No part of this book may be reproduced in any form without permission from the
Publisher, except for the quotation of brief passages in criticism
Cover Design: Gareth Icke
Book Design: Neil Hague
British Library Cataloguing-in
Publication Data
A catalogue record for this book is
available from the British Library
eISBN 978-18384153-1-0
Dedication:
To
Freeeeeedom!
Renegade:
Adjective
‘Having rejected tradition: Unconventional.’
Merriam-Webster Dictionary
Acquiescence to tyranny is the death of the spirit
You may be 38 years old, as I happen to be. And one day,
some great opportunity stands before you and calls you to
stand up for some great principle, some great issue, some
great cause. And you refuse to do it because you are afraid
… You refuse to do it because you want to live longer …
You’re afraid that you will lose your job, or you are afraid
that you will be criticised or that you will lose your
popularity, or you’re afraid that somebody will stab you, or
shoot at you or bomb your house; so you refuse to take the
stand.
Well, you may go on and live until you are 90, but you’re just
as dead at 38 as you would be at 90. And the cessation of
breathing in your life is but the belated announcement of an
earlier death of the spirit.
Martin Luther King
How the few control the many and always have – the many do
whatever they’re told
‘Forward, the Light Brigade!’
Was there a man dismayed?
Not though the soldier knew
Someone had blundered.
Theirs not to make reply,
Theirs not to reason why,
Theirs but to do and die.
Into the valley of Death
Rode the six hundred.
Cannon to right of them,
Cannon to le of them,
Cannon in front of them
Volleyed and thundered;
Stormed at with shot and shell,
Boldly they rode and well,
Into the jaws of Death,
Into the mouth of hell
Rode the six hundred
Alfred Lord Tennyson (1809-1892)
The mist is li ing slowly
I can see the way ahead
And I’ve le behind the empty streets
That once inspired my life
And the strength of the emotion
Is like thunder in the air
’Cos the promise that we made each other
Haunts me to the end
The secret of your beauty
And the mystery of your soul
I’ve been searching for in everyone I meet
And the times I’ve been mistaken
It’s impossible to say
And the grass is growing
Underneath our feet
The words that I remember
From my childhood still are true
That there’s none so blind
As those who will not see
And to those who lack the courage
And say it’s dangerous to try
Well they just don’t know
That love eternal will not be denied
I know you’re out there somewhere
Somewhere, somewhere
I know you’re out there somewhere
Somewhere you can hear my voice
I know I’ll find you somehow
Somehow, somehow
I know I’ll find you somehow
And somehow I’ll return again to you
The Moody Blues
Are you a gutless wonder - or a Renegade Mind?
Monuments put from pen to paper,
Turns me into a gutless wonder,
And if you tolerate this,
Then your children will be next.
Gravity keeps my head down,
Or is it maybe shame ...
Manic Street Preachers
Rise like lions a er slumber
In unvanquishable number.
Shake your chains to earth like dew
Which in sleep have fallen on you.
Ye are many – they are few.
Percy Shelley
Contents
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3
CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
CHAPTER 9
CHAPTER 10
CHAPTER 11
CHAPTER 12
Postscript
APPENDIX
BIBLIOGRAPHY
INDEX
‘I’m thinking’ – Oh, but are you?
Renegade perception
The Pushbacker sting
‘Covid’: The calculated catastrophe
There is no ‘virus’
Sequence of deceit
War on your mind
‘Reframing’ insanity
We must have it? So what is it?
Human 2.0
Who controls the Cult?
Escaping Wetiko
Cowan-Kaufman-Morell Statement on Virus Isolation
CHAPTER ONE
I’m thinking’ – Oh, but
are
you?
Think for yourself and let others enjoy the privilege of doing so too
Voltaire
F
rench-born philosopher, mathematician and scientist René
Descartes became famous for his statement in Latin in the 17th
century which translates into English as: ‘I think, therefore I am.’
On the face of it that is true. Thought reflects perception and
perception leads to both behaviour and self-identity. In that sense
‘we’ are what we think. But who or what is doing the thinking and is
thinking the only route to perception? Clearly, as we shall see, ‘we’
are not always the source of ‘our’ perception, indeed with regard to
humanity as a whole this is rarely the case; and thinking is far from
the only means of perception. Thought is the village idiot compared
with other expressions of consciousness that we all have the
potential to access and tap into. This has to be true when we are
those other expressions of consciousness which are infinite in nature.
We have forgo en this, or, more to the point, been manipulated to
forget.
These are not just the esoteric musings of the navel. The whole
foundation of human control and oppression is control of
perception. Once perception is hijacked then so is behaviour which
is dictated by perception. Collective perception becomes collective
behaviour and collective behaviour is what we call human society.
Perception is all and those behind human control know that which is
why perception is the target 24/7 of the psychopathic manipulators
that I call the Global Cult. They know that if they dictate perception
they will dictate behaviour and collectively dictate the nature of
human society. They are further aware that perception is formed
from information received and if they control the circulation of
information they will to a vast extent direct human behaviour.
Censorship of information and opinion has become globally Nazilike in recent years and never more blatantly than since the illusory
‘virus pandemic’ was triggered out of China in 2019 and across the
world in 2020. Why have billions submi ed to house arrest and
accepted fascistic societies in a way they would have never believed
possible? Those controlling the information spewing from
government, mainstream media and Silicon Valley (all controlled by
the same Global Cult networks) told them they were in danger from
a ‘deadly virus’ and only by submi ing to house arrest and
conceding their most basic of freedoms could they and their families
be protected. This monumental and provable lie became the
perception of the billions and therefore the behaviour of the billions. In
those few words you have the whole structure and modus operandi
of human control. Fear is a perception – False Emotion Appearing
Real – and fear is the currency of control. In short … get them by the
balls (or give them the impression that you have) and their hearts
and minds will follow. Nothing grips the dangly bits and freezes the
rear-end more comprehensively than fear.
World number 1
There are two ‘worlds’ in what appears to be one ‘world’ and the
prime difference between them is knowledge. First we have the mass
of human society in which the population is maintained in coldlycalculated ignorance through control of information and the
‘education’ (indoctrination) system. That’s all you really need to
control to enslave billions in a perceptual delusion in which what are
perceived to be their thoughts and opinions are ever-repeated
mantras that the system has been downloading all their lives
through ‘education’, media, science, medicine, politics and academia
in which the personnel and advocates are themselves
overwhelmingly the perceptual products of the same repetition.
Teachers and academics in general are processed by the same
programming machine as everyone else, but unlike the great
majority they never leave the ‘education’ program. It gripped them
as students and continues to grip them as programmers of
subsequent generations of students. The programmed become the
programmers – the programmed programmers. The same can
largely be said for scientists, doctors and politicians and not least
because as the American writer Upton Sinclair said: ‘It is difficult to
get a man to understand something when his salary depends upon
his not understanding it.’ If your career and income depend on
thinking the way the system demands then you will – bar a few freeminded exceptions – concede your mind to the Perceptual
Mainframe that I call the Postage Stamp Consensus. This is a tiny
band of perceived knowledge and possibility ‘taught’ (downloaded)
in the schools and universities, pounded out by the mainstream
media and on which all government policy is founded. Try thinking,
and especially speaking and acting, outside of the ‘box’ of consensus
and see what that does for your career in the Mainstream Everything
which bullies, harasses, intimidates and ridicules the population into
compliance. Here we have the simple structure which enslaves most
of humanity in a perceptual prison cell for an entire lifetime and I’ll
go deeper into this process shortly. Most of what humanity is taught
as fact is nothing more than programmed belief. American science
fiction author Frank Herbert was right when he said: ‘Belief can be
manipulated. Only knowledge is dangerous.’ In the ‘Covid’ age
belief is promoted and knowledge is censored. It was always so, but
never to the extreme of today.
World number 2
A ‘number 2’ is slang for ‘doing a poo’ and how appropriate that is
when this other ‘world’ is doing just that on humanity every minute
of every day. World number 2 is a global network of secret societies
and semi-secret groups dictating the direction of society via
governments, corporations and authorities of every kind. I have
spent more than 30 years uncovering and exposing this network that
I call the Global Cult and knowing its agenda is what has made my
books so accurate in predicting current and past events. Secret
societies are secret for a reason. They want to keep their hoarded
knowledge to themselves and their chosen initiates and to hide it
from the population which they seek through ignorance to control
and subdue. The whole foundation of the division between World 1
and World 2 is knowledge. What number 1 knows number 2 must not.
Knowledge they have worked so hard to keep secret includes (a) the
agenda to enslave humanity in a centrally-controlled global
dictatorship, and (b) the nature of reality and life itself. The la er (b)
must be suppressed to allow the former (a) to prevail as I shall be
explaining. The way the Cult manipulates and interacts with the
population can be likened to a spider’s web. The ‘spider’ sits at the
centre in the shadows and imposes its will through the web with
each strand represented in World number 2 by a secret society,
satanic or semi-secret group, and in World number 1 – the world of
the seen – by governments, agencies of government, law
enforcement, corporations, the banking system, media
conglomerates and Silicon Valley (Fig 1 overleaf). The spider and the
web connect and coordinate all these organisations to pursue the
same global outcome while the population sees them as individual
entities working randomly and independently. At the level of the
web governments are the banking system are the corporations are the
media are Silicon Valley are the World Health Organization working
from their inner cores as one unit. Apparently unconnected
countries, corporations, institutions, organisations and people are on
the same team pursuing the same global outcome. Strands in the web
immediately around the spider are the most secretive and exclusive
secret societies and their membership is emphatically restricted to
the Cult inner-circle emerging through the generations from
particular bloodlines for reasons I will come to. At the core of the
core you would get them in a single room. That’s how many people
are dictating the direction of human society and its transformation
through the ‘Covid’ hoax and other means. As the web expands out
from the spider we meet the secret societies that many people will be
aware of – the Freemasons, Knights Templar, Knights of Malta, Opus
Dei, the inner sanctum of the Jesuit Order, and such like. Note how
many are connected to the Church of Rome and there is a reason for
that. The Roman Church was established as a revamp, a rebranding,
of the relocated ‘Church’ of Babylon and the Cult imposing global
tyranny today can be tracked back to Babylon and Sumer in what is
now Iraq.
Figure 1: The global web through which the few control the many. (Image Neil Hague.)
Inner levels of the web operate in the unseen away from the public
eye and then we have what I call the cusp organisations located at
the point where the hidden meets the seen. They include a series of
satellite organisations answering to a secret society founded in
London in the late 19th century called the Round Table and among
them are the Royal Institute of International Affairs (UK, founded in
1920); Council on Foreign Relations (US, 1921); Bilderberg Group
(worldwide, 1954); Trilateral Commission (US/worldwide, 1972); and
the Club of Rome (worldwide, 1968) which was created to exploit
environmental concerns to justify the centralisation of global power
to ‘save the planet’. The Club of Rome instigated with others the
human-caused climate change hoax which has led to all the ‘green
new deals’ demanding that very centralisation of control. Cusp
organisations, which include endless ‘think tanks’ all over the world,
are designed to coordinate a single global policy between political
and business leaders, intelligence personnel, media organisations
and anyone who can influence the direction of policy in their own
sphere of operation. Major players and regular a enders will know
what is happening – or some of it – while others come and go and
are kept overwhelmingly in the dark about the big picture. I refer to
these cusp groupings as semi-secret in that they can be publicly
identified, but what goes on at the inner-core is kept very much ‘in
house’ even from most of their members and participants through a
fiercely-imposed system of compartmentalisation. Only let them
know what they need to know to serve your interests and no more.
The structure of secret societies serves as a perfect example of this
principle. Most Freemasons never get higher than the bo om three
levels of ‘degree’ (degree of knowledge) when there are 33 official
degrees of the Sco ish Rite. Initiates only qualify for the next higher
‘compartment’ or degree if those at that level choose to allow them.
Knowledge can be carefully assigned only to those considered ‘safe’.
I went to my local Freemason’s lodge a few years ago when they
were having an ‘open day’ to show how cuddly they were and when
I cha ed to some of them I was astonished at how li le the rank and
file knew even about the most ubiquitous symbols they use. The
mushroom technique – keep them in the dark and feed them bullshit
– applies to most people in the web as well as the population as a
whole. Sub-divisions of the web mirror in theme and structure
transnational corporations which have a headquarters somewhere in
the world dictating to all their subsidiaries in different countries.
Subsidiaries operate in their methodology and branding to the same
centrally-dictated plan and policy in pursuit of particular ends. The
Cult web functions in the same way. Each country has its own web
as a subsidiary of the global one. They consist of networks of secret
societies, semi-secret groups and bloodline families and their job is
to impose the will of the spider and the global web in their particular
country. Subsidiary networks control and manipulate the national
political system, finance, corporations, media, medicine, etc. to
ensure that they follow the globally-dictated Cult agenda. These
networks were the means through which the ‘Covid’ hoax could be
played out with almost every country responding in the same way.
The ‘Yessir’ pyramid
Compartmentalisation is the key to understanding how a tiny few
can dictate the lives of billions when combined with a top-down
sequence of imposition and acquiescence. The inner core of the Cult
sits at the peak of the pyramidal hierarchy of human society (Fig 2
overleaf). It imposes its will – its agenda for the world – on the level
immediately below which acquiesces to that imposition. This level
then imposes the Cult will on the level below them which acquiesces
and imposes on the next level. Very quickly we meet levels in the
hierarchy that have no idea there even is a Cult, but the sequence of
imposition and acquiescence continues down the pyramid in just the
same way. ‘I don’t know why we are doing this but the order came
from “on-high” and so we be er just do it.’ Alfred Lord Tennyson
said of the cannon fodder levels in his poem The Charge of the Light
Brigade: ‘Theirs not to reason why; theirs but to do and die.’ The next
line says that ‘into the valley of death rode the six hundred’ and they
died because they obeyed without question what their perceived
‘superiors’ told them to do. In the same way the population
capitulated to ‘Covid’. The whole hierarchical pyramid functions
like this to allow the very few to direct the enormous many.
Eventually imposition-acquiescence-imposition-acquiescence comes
down to the mass of the population at the foot of the pyramid. If
they acquiesce to those levels of the hierarchy imposing on them
(governments/law enforcement/doctors/media) a circuit is
completed between the population and the handful of superpsychopaths in the Cult inner core at the top of the pyramid.
Without a circuit-breaking refusal to obey, the sequence of
imposition and acquiescence allows a staggeringly few people to
impose their will upon the entirety of humankind. We are looking at
the very sequence that has subjugated billions since the start of 2020.
Our freedom has not been taken from us. Humanity has given it
away. Fascists do not impose fascism because there are not enough
of them. Fascism is imposed by the population acquiescing to
fascism. Put another way allowing their perceptions to be
programmed to the extent that leads to the population giving their
freedom away by giving their perceptions – their mind – away. If this
circuit is not broken by humanity ceasing to cooperate with their
own enslavement then nothing can change. For that to happen
people have to critically think and see through the lies and window
dressing and then summon the backbone to act upon what they see.
The Cult spends its days working to stop either happening and its
methodology is systematic and highly detailed, but it can be
overcome and that is what this book is all about.
Figure 2: The simple sequence of imposition and compliance that allows a handful of people
at the peak of the pyramid to dictate the lives of billions.
The Life Program
Okay, back to world number 1 or the world of the ‘masses’. Observe
the process of what we call ‘life’ and it is a perceptual download
from cradle to grave. The Cult has created a global structure in
which perception can be programmed and the program continually
topped-up with what appears to be constant confirmation that the
program is indeed true reality. The important word here is ‘appears’.
This is the structure, the fly-trap, the Postage Stamp Consensus or
Perceptual Mainframe, which represents that incredibly narrow
band of perceived possibility delivered by the ‘education’ system,
mainstream media, science and medicine. From the earliest age the
download begins with parents who have themselves succumbed to
the very programming their children are about to go through. Most
parents don’t do this out of malevolence and mostly it is quite the
opposite. They do what they believe is best for their children and
that is what the program has told them is best. Within three or four
years comes the major transition from parental programming to fullblown state (Cult) programming in school, college and university
where perceptually-programmed teachers and academics pass on
their programming to the next generations. Teachers who resist are
soon marginalised and their careers ended while children who resist
are called a problem child for whom Ritalin may need to be
prescribed. A few years a er entering the ‘world’ children are under
the control of authority figures representing the state telling them
when they have to be there, when they can leave and when they can
speak, eat, even go to the toilet. This is calculated preparation for a
lifetime of obeying authority in all its forms. Reflex-action fear of
authority is instilled by authority from the start. Children soon learn
the carrot and stick consequences of obeying or defying authority
which is underpinned daily for the rest of their life. Fortunately I
daydreamed through this crap and never obeyed authority simply
because it told me to. This approach to my alleged ‘be ers’ continues
to this day. There can be consequences of pursuing open-minded
freedom in a world of closed-minded conformity. I spent a lot of time
in school corridors a er being ejected from the classroom for not
taking some of it seriously and now I spend a lot of time being
ejected from Facebook, YouTube and Twi er. But I can tell you that
being true to yourself and not compromising your self-respect is far
more exhilarating than bowing to authority for authority’s sake. You
don’t have to be a sheep to the shepherd (authority) and the sheep
dog (fear of not obeying authority).
The perceptual download continues throughout the formative
years in school, college and university while script-reading
‘teachers’, ‘academics’ ‘scientists’, ‘doctors’ and ‘journalists’ insist
that ongoing generations must be as programmed as they are.
Accept the program or you will not pass your ‘exams’ which confirm
your ‘degree’ of programming. It is tragic to think that many parents
pressure their offspring to work hard at school to download the
program and qualify for the next stage at college and university. The
late, great, American comedian George Carlin said: ‘Here’s a bumper
sticker I’d like to see: We are proud parents of a child who has
resisted his teachers’ a empts to break his spirit and bend him to the
will of his corporate masters.’ Well, the best of luck finding many of
those, George. Then comes the moment to leave the formal
programming years in academia and enter the ‘adult’ world of work.
There you meet others in your chosen or prescribed arena who went
through the same Postage Stamp Consensus program before you
did. There is therefore overwhelming agreement between almost
everyone on the basic foundations of Postage Stamp reality and the
rejection, even contempt, of the few who have a mind of their own
and are prepared to use it. This has two major effects. Firstly, the
consensus confirms to the programmed that their download is really
how things are. I mean, everyone knows that, right? Secondly, the
arrogance and ignorance of Postage Stamp adherents ensure that
anyone questioning the program will have unpleasant consequences
for seeking their own truth and not picking their perceptions from
the shelf marked: ‘Things you must believe without question and if
you don’t you’re a dangerous lunatic conspiracy theorist and a
harebrained nu er’.
Every government, agency and corporation is founded on the
same Postage Stamp prison cell and you can see why so many
people believe the same thing while calling it their own ‘opinion’.
Fusion of governments and corporations in pursuit of the same
agenda was the definition of fascism described by Italian dictator
Benito Mussolini. The pressure to conform to perceptual norms
downloaded for a lifetime is incessant and infiltrates society right
down to family groups that become censors and condemners of their
own ‘black sheep’ for not, ironically, being sheep. We have seen an
explosion of that in the ‘Covid’ era. Cult-owned global media
unleashes its propaganda all day every day in support of the Postage
Stamp and targets with abuse and ridicule anyone in the public eye
who won’t bend their mind to the will of the tyranny. Any response
to this is denied (certainly in my case). They don’t want to give a
platform to expose official lies. Cult-owned-and-created Internet
giants like Facebook, Google, YouTube and Twi er delete you for
having an unapproved opinion. Facebook boasts that its AI censors
delete 97-percent of ‘hate speech’ before anyone even reports it.
Much of that ‘hate speech’ will simply be an opinion that Facebook
and its masters don’t want people to see. Such perceptual oppression
is widely known as fascism. Even Facebook executive Benny
Thomas, a ‘CEO Global Planning Lead’, said in comments secretly
recorded by investigative journalism operation Project Veritas that
Facebook is ‘too powerful’ and should be broken up:
I mean, no king in history has been the ruler of two billion people, but Mark Zuckerberg is …
And he’s 36. That’s too much for a 36-year-old ... You should not have power over two billion
people. I just think that’s wrong.
Thomas said Facebook-owned platforms like Instagram, Oculus, and
WhatsApp needed to be separate companies. ‘It’s too much power
when they’re all one together’. That’s the way the Cult likes it,
however. We have an executive of a Cult organisation in Benny
Thomas that doesn’t know there is a Cult such is the
compartmentalisation. Thomas said that Facebook and Google ‘are
no longer companies, they’re countries’. Actually they are more
powerful than countries on the basis that if you control information
you control perception and control human society.
I love my oppressor
Another expression of this psychological trickery is for those who
realise they are being pressured into compliance to eventually
convince themselves to believe the official narratives to protect their
self-respect from accepting the truth that they have succumbed to
meek and subservient compliance. Such people become some of the
most vehement defenders of the system. You can see them
everywhere screaming abuse at those who prefer to think for
themselves and by doing so reminding the compliers of their own
capitulation to conformity. ‘You are talking dangerous nonsense you
Covidiot!!’ Are you trying to convince me or yourself? It is a potent
form of Stockholm syndrome which is defined as: ‘A psychological
condition that occurs when a victim of abuse identifies and a aches,
or bonds, positively with their abuser.’ An example is hostages
bonding and even ‘falling in love’ with their kidnappers. The
syndrome has been observed in domestic violence, abused children,
concentration camp inmates, prisoners of war and many and various
Satanic cults. These are some traits of Stockholm syndrome listed at
goodtherapy.org:
• Positive regard towards perpetrators of abuse or captor [see
‘Covid’].
• Failure to cooperate with police and other government authorities
when it comes to holding perpetrators of abuse or kidnapping
accountable [or in the case of ‘Covid’ cooperating with the police
to enforce and defend their captors’ demands].
• Li le or no effort to escape [see ‘Covid’].
• Belief in the goodness of the perpetrators or kidnappers [see
‘Covid’].
• Appeasement of captors. This is a manipulative strategy for
maintaining one’s safety. As victims get rewarded – perhaps with
less abuse or even with life itself – their appeasing behaviours are
reinforced [see ‘Covid’].
• Learned helplessness. This can be akin to ‘if you can’t beat ‘em,
join ‘em’. As the victims fail to escape the abuse or captivity, they
may start giving up and soon realize it’s just easier for everyone if
they acquiesce all their power to their captors [see ‘Covid’].
Feelings of pity toward the abusers, believing they are actually
• victims themselves. Because of this, victims may go on a crusade
or mission to ‘save’ [protect] their abuser [see the venom
unleashed on those challenging the official ‘Covid’ narrative].
• Unwillingness to learn to detach from their perpetrators and heal.
In essence, victims may tend to be less loyal to themselves than to
their abuser [ definitely see ‘Covid’].
Ponder on those traits and compare them with the behaviour of
great swathes of the global population who have defended
governments and authorities which have spent every minute
destroying their lives and livelihoods and those of their children and
grandchildren since early 2020 with fascistic lockdowns, house arrest
and employment deletion to ‘protect’ them from a ‘deadly virus’ that
their abusers’ perceptually created to bring about this very outcome.
We are looking at mass Stockholm syndrome. All those that agree to
concede their freedom will believe those perceptions are originating
in their own independent ‘mind’ when in fact by conceding their
reality to Stockholm syndrome they have by definition conceded any
independence of mind. Listen to the ‘opinions’ of the acquiescing
masses in this ‘Covid’ era and what gushes forth is the repetition of
the official version of everything delivered unprocessed, unfiltered
and unquestioned. The whole programming dynamic works this
way. I must be free because I’m told that I am and so I think that I
am.
You can see what I mean with the chapter theme of ‘I’m thinking –
Oh, but are you?’ The great majority are not thinking, let alone for
themselves. They are repeating what authority has told them to
believe which allows them to be controlled. Weaving through this
mentality is the fear that the ‘conspiracy theorists’ are right and this
again explains the o en hysterical abuse that ensues when you dare
to contest the official narrative of anything. Denial is the mechanism
of hiding from yourself what you don’t want to be true. Telling
people what they want to hear is easy, but it’s an infinitely greater
challenge to tell them what they would rather not be happening.
One is akin to pushing against an open door while the other is met
with vehement resistance no ma er what the scale of evidence. I
don’t want it to be true so I’ll convince myself that it’s not. Examples
are everywhere from the denial that a partner is cheating despite all
the signs to the reflex-action rejection of any idea that world events
in which country a er country act in exactly the same way are
centrally coordinated. To accept the la er is to accept that a force of
unspeakable evil is working to destroy your life and the lives of your
children with nothing too horrific to achieve that end. Who the heck
wants that to be true? But if we don’t face reality the end is duly
achieved and the consequences are far worse and ongoing than
breaking through the walls of denial today with the courage to make
a stand against tyranny.
Connect the dots – but how?
A crucial aspect of perceptual programming is to portray a world in
which everything is random and almost nothing is connected to
anything else. Randomness cannot be coordinated by its very nature
and once you perceive events as random the idea they could be
connected is waved away as the rantings of the tinfoil-hat brigade.
You can’t plan and coordinate random you idiot! No, you can’t, but
you can hide the coldly-calculated and long-planned behind the
illusion of randomness. A foundation manifestation of the Renegade
Mind is to scan reality for pa erns that connect the apparently
random and turn pixels and dots into pictures. This is the way I
work and have done so for more than 30 years. You look for
similarities in people, modus operandi and desired outcomes and
slowly, then ever quicker, the picture forms. For instance: There
would seem to be no connection between the ‘Covid pandemic’ hoax
and the human-caused global-warming hoax and yet they are masks
(appropriately) on the same face seeking the same outcome. Those
pushing the global warming myth through the Club of Rome and
other Cult agencies are driving the lies about ‘Covid’ – Bill Gates is
an obvious one, but they are endless. Why would the same people be
involved in both when they are clearly not connected? Oh, but they
are. Common themes with personnel are matched by common goals.
The ‘solutions’ to both ‘problems’ are centralisation of global power
to impose the will of the few on the many to ‘save’ humanity from
‘Covid’ and save the planet from an ‘existential threat’ (we need
‘zero Covid’ and ‘zero carbon emissions’). These, in turn, connect
with the ‘dot’ of globalisation which was coined to describe the
centralisation of global power in every area of life through incessant
political and corporate expansion, trading blocks and superstates
like the European Union. If you are the few and you want to control
the many you have to centralise power and decision-making. The
more you centralise power the more power the few at the centre will
have over the many; and the more that power is centralised the more
power those at the centre have to centralise even quicker. The
momentum of centralisation gets faster and faster which is exactly
the process we have witnessed. In this way the hoaxed ‘pandemic’
and the fakery of human-caused global warming serve the interests
of globalisation and the seizure of global power in the hands of the
Cult inner-circle which is behind ‘Covid’, ‘climate change’ and
globalisation. At this point random ‘dots’ become a clear and
obvious picture or pa ern.
Klaus Schwab, the classic Bond villain who founded the Cult’s
Gates-funded World Economic Forum, published a book in 2020, The
Great Reset, in which he used the ‘problem’ of ‘Covid’ to justify a
total transformation of human society to ‘save’ humanity from
‘climate change’. Schwab said: ‘The pandemic represents a rare but
narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our
world.’ What he didn’t mention is that the Cult he serves is behind
both hoaxes as I show in my book The Answer. He and the Cult don’t
have to reimagine the world. They know precisely what they want
and that’s why they destroyed human society with ‘Covid’ to ‘build
back be er’ in their grand design. Their job is not to imagine, but to
get humanity to imagine and agree with their plans while believing
it’s all random. It must be pure coincidence that ‘The Great Reset’
has long been the Cult’s code name for the global imposition of
fascism and replaced previous code-names of the ‘New World
Order’ used by Cult frontmen like Father George Bush and the ‘New
Order of the Ages’ which emerged from Freemasonry and much
older secret societies. New Order of the Ages appears on the reverse
of the Great Seal of the United States as ‘Novus ordo seclorum’
underneath the Cult symbol used since way back of the pyramid and
all seeing-eye (Fig 3). The pyramid is the hierarchy of human control
headed by the illuminated eye that symbolises the force behind the
Cult which I will expose in later chapters. The term ‘Annuit Coeptis’
translates as ‘He favours our undertaking’. We are told the ‘He’ is
the Christian god, but ‘He’ is not as I will be explaining.
Figure 3: The all-seeing eye of the Cult ‘god’ on the Freemason-designed Great Seal of the
United States and also on the dollar bill.
Having you on
Two major Cult techniques of perceptual manipulation that relate to
all this are what I have called since the 1990s Problem-ReactionSolution (PRS) and the Totalitarian Tiptoe (TT). They can be
uncovered by the inquiring mind with a simple question: Who
benefits? The answer usually identifies the perpetrators of a given
action or happening through the concept of ‘he who most benefits
from a crime is the one most likely to have commi ed it’. The Latin
‘Cue bono?’ – Who benefits? – is widely a ributed to the Roman
orator and statesman Marcus Tullius Cicero. No wonder it goes back
so far when the concept has been relevant to human behaviour since
history was recorded. Problem-Reaction-Solution is the technique
used to manipulate us every day by covertly creating a problem (or
the illusion of one) and offering the solution to the problem (or the
illusion of one). In the first phase you create the problem and blame
someone or something else for why it has happened. This may relate
to a financial collapse, terrorist a ack, war, global warming or
pandemic, anything in fact that will allow you to impose the
‘solution’ to change society in the way you desire at that time. The
‘problem’ doesn’t have to be real. PRS is manipulation of perception
and all you need is the population to believe the problem is real.
Human-caused global warming and the ‘Covid pandemic’ only have
to be perceived to be real for the population to accept the ‘solutions’ of
authority. I refer to this technique as NO-Problem-Reaction-Solution.
Billions did not meekly accept house arrest from early 2020 because
there was a real deadly ‘Covid pandemic’ but because they
perceived – believed – that to be the case. The antidote to ProblemReaction-Solution is to ask who benefits from the proposed solution.
Invariably it will be anyone who wants to justify more control
through deletion of freedom and centralisation of power and
decision-making.
The two world wars were Problem-Reaction-Solutions that
transformed and realigned global society. Both were manipulated
into being by the Cult as I have detailed in books since the mid1990s. They dramatically centralised global power, especially World
War Two, which led to the United Nations and other global bodies
thanks to the overt and covert manipulations of the Rockefeller
family and other Cult bloodlines like the Rothschilds. The UN is a
stalking horse for full-blown world government that I will come to
shortly. The land on which the UN building stands in New York was
donated by the Rockefellers and the same Cult family was behind
Big Pharma scalpel and drug ‘medicine’ and the creation of the
World Health Organization as part of the UN. They have been
stalwarts of the eugenics movement and funded Hitler’s race-purity
expert’ Ernst Rudin. The human-caused global warming hoax has
been orchestrated by the Club of Rome through the UN which is
manufacturing both the ‘problem’ through its Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change and imposing the ‘solution’ through its
Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030 which demand the total centralisation
of global power to ‘save the world’ from a climate hoax the United
Nations is itself perpetrating. What a small world the Cult can be
seen to be particularly among the inner circles. The bedfellow of
Problem-Reaction-Solution is the Totalitarian Tiptoe which became
the Totalitarian Sprint in 2020. The technique is fashioned to hide the
carefully-coordinated behind the cover of apparently random events.
You start the sequence at ‘A’ and you know you are heading for ‘Z’.
You don’t want people to know that and each step on the journey is
presented as a random happening while all the steps strung together
lead in the same direction. The speed may have quickened
dramatically in recent times, but you can still see the incremental
approach of the Tiptoe in the case of ‘Covid’ as each new imposition
takes us deeper into fascism. Tell people they have to do this or that
to get back to ‘normal’, then this and this and this. With each new
demand adding to the ones that went before the population’s
freedom is deleted until it disappears. The spider wraps its web
around the flies more comprehensively with each new diktat. I’ll
highlight this in more detail when I get to the ‘Covid’ hoax and how
it has been pulled off. Another prime example of the Totalitarian
Tiptoe is how the Cult-created European Union went from a ‘freetrade zone’ to a centralised bureaucratic dictatorship through the
Tiptoe of incremental centralisation of power until nations became
mere administrative units for Cult-owned dark suits in Brussels.
The antidote to ignorance is knowledge which the Cult seeks
vehemently to deny us, but despite the systematic censorship to that
end the Renegade Mind can overcome this by vociferously seeking
out the facts no ma er the impediments put in the way. There is also
a method of thinking and perceiving – knowing – that doesn’t even
need names, dates, place-type facts to identify the pa erns that
reveal the story. I’ll get to that in the final chapter. All you need to
know about the manipulation of human society and to what end is
still out there – at the time of writing – in the form of books, videos
and websites for those that really want to breach the walls of
programmed perception. To access this knowledge requires the
abandonment of the mainstream media as a source of information in
the awareness that this is owned and controlled by the Cult and
therefore promotes mass perceptions that suit the Cult. Mainstream
media lies all day, every day. That is its function and very reason for
being. Where it does tell the truth, here and there, is only because the
truth and the Cult agenda very occasionally coincide. If you look for
fact and insight to the BBC, CNN and virtually all the rest of them
you are asking to be conned and perceptually programmed.
Know the outcome and you’ll see the journey
Events seem random when you have no idea where the world is
being taken. Once you do the random becomes the carefully
planned. Know the outcome and you’ll see the journey is a phrase I
have been using for a long time to give context to daily happenings
that appear unconnected. Does a problem, or illusion of a problem,
trigger a proposed ‘solution’ that further drives society in the
direction of the outcome? Invariably the answer will be yes and the
random – abracadabra – becomes the clearly coordinated. So what is
this outcome that unlocks the door to a massively expanded
understanding of daily events? I will summarise its major aspects –
the fine detail is in my other books – and those new to this
information will see that the world they thought they were living in
is a very different place. The foundation of the Cult agenda is the
incessant centralisation of power and all such centralisation is
ultimately in pursuit of Cult control on a global level. I have
described for a long time the planned world structure of top-down
dictatorship as the Hunger Games Society. The term obviously
comes from the movie series which portrayed a world in which a
few living in military-protected hi-tech luxury were the overlords of
a population condemned to abject poverty in isolated ‘sectors’ that
were not allowed to interact. ‘Covid’ lockdowns and travel bans
anyone? The ‘Hunger Games’ pyramid of structural control has the
inner circle of the Cult at the top with pre y much the entire
population at the bo om under their control through dependency
for survival on the Cult. The whole structure is planned to be
protected and enforced by a military-police state (Fig 4).
Here you have the reason for the global lockdowns of the fake
pandemic to coldly destroy independent incomes and livelihoods
and make everyone dependent on the ‘state’ (the Cult that controls
the ‘states’). I have warned in my books for many years about the
plan to introduce a ‘guaranteed income’ – a barely survivable
pi ance – designed to impose dependency when employment was
destroyed by AI technology and now even more comprehensively at
great speed by the ‘Covid’ scam. Once the pandemic was played and
lockdown consequences began to delete independent income the
authorities began to talk right on cue about the need for a
guaranteed income and a ‘Great Reset’. Guaranteed income will be
presented as benevolent governments seeking to help a desperate
people – desperate as a direct result of actions of the same
governments. The truth is that such payments are a trap. You will
only get them if you do exactly what the authorities demand
including mass vaccination (genetic manipulation). We have seen
this theme already in Australia where those dependent on
government benefits have them reduced if parents don’t agree to
have their children vaccinated according to an insane healthdestroying government-dictated schedule. Calculated economic
collapse applies to governments as well as people. The Cult wants
rid of countries through the creation of a world state with countries
broken up into regions ruled by a world government and super
states like the European Union. Countries must be bankrupted, too,
to this end and it’s being achieved by the trillions in ‘rescue
packages’ and furlough payments, trillions in lost taxation, and
money-no-object spending on ‘Covid’ including constant allmedium advertising (programming) which has made the media
dependent on government for much of its income. The day of
reckoning is coming – as planned – for government spending and
given that it has been made possible by printing money and not by
production/taxation there is inflation on the way that has the
potential to wipe out monetary value. In that case there will be no
need for the Cult to steal your money. It just won’t be worth
anything (see the German Weimar Republic before the Nazis took
over). Many have been okay with lockdowns while ge ing a
percentage of their income from so-called furlough payments
without having to work. Those payments are dependent, however,
on people having at least a theoretical job with a business considered
non-essential and ordered to close. As these business go under
because they are closed by lockdown a er lockdown the furlough
stops and it will for everyone eventually. Then what? The ‘then
what?’ is precisely the idea.
Figure 4: The Hunger Games Society structure I have long warned was planned and now the
‘Covid’ hoax has made it possible. This is the real reason for lockdowns.
Hired hands
Between the Hunger Games Cult elite and the dependent population
is planned to be a vicious military-police state (a fusion of the two
into one force). This has been in the making for a long time with
police looking ever more like the military and carrying weapons to
match. The pandemic scam has seen this process accelerate so fast as
lockdown house arrest is brutally enforced by carefully recruited
fascist minds and gormless system-servers. The police and military
are planned to merge into a centrally-directed world army in a
global structure headed by a world government which wouldn’t be
elected even by the election fixes now in place. The world army is
not planned even to be human and instead wars would be fought,
primarily against the population, using robot technology controlled
by artificial intelligence. I have been warning about this for decades
and now militaries around the world are being transformed by this
very AI technology. The global regime that I describe is a particular
form of fascism known as a technocracy in which decisions are not
made by clueless and co-opted politicians but by unelected
technocrats – scientists, engineers, technologists and bureaucrats.
Cult-owned-and-controlled Silicon Valley giants are examples of
technocracy and they already have far more power to direct world
events than governments. They are with their censorship selecting
governments. I know that some are calling the ‘Great Reset’ a
Marxist communist takeover, but fascism and Marxism are different
labels for the same tyranny. Tell those who lived in fascist Germany
and Stalinist Russia that there was a difference in the way their
freedom was deleted and their lives controlled. I could call it a fascist
technocracy or a Marxist technocracy and they would be equally
accurate. The Hunger Games society with its world government
structure would oversee a world army, world central bank and single
world cashless currency imposing its will on a microchipped
population (Fig 5). Scan its different elements and see how the
illusory pandemic is forcing society in this very direction at great
speed. Leaders of 23 countries and the World Health Organization
(WHO) backed the idea in March, 2021, of a global treaty for
‘international cooperation’ in ‘health emergencies’ and nations
should ‘come together as a global community for peaceful
cooperation that extends beyond this crisis’. Cut the Orwellian
bullshit and this means another step towards global government.
The plan includes a cashless digital money system that I first warned
about in 1993. Right at the start of ‘Covid’ the deeply corrupt Tedros
Adhanom Ghebreyesus, the crooked and merely gofer ‘head’ of the
World Health Organization, said it was possible to catch the ‘virus’
by touching cash and it was be er to use cashless means. The claim
was ridiculous nonsense and like the whole ‘Covid’ mind-trick it
was nothing to do with ‘health’ and everything to do with pushing
every aspect of the Cult agenda. As a result of the Tedros lie the use
of cash has plummeted. The Cult script involves a single world
digital currency that would eventually be technologically embedded
in the body. China is a massive global centre for the Cult and if you
watch what is happening there you will know what is planned for
everywhere. The Chinese government is developing a digital
currency which would allow fines to be deducted immediately via
AI for anyone caught on camera breaking its fantastic list of laws
and the money is going to be programmable with an expiry date to
ensure that no one can accrue wealth except the Cult and its
operatives.
Figure 5: The structure of global control the Cult has been working towards for so long and
this has been enormously advanced by the ‘Covid’ illusion.
Serfdom is so smart
The Cult plan is far wider, extreme, and more comprehensive than
even most conspiracy researchers appreciate and I will come to the
true depths of deceit and control in the chapters ‘Who controls the
Cult?’ and ‘Escaping Wetiko’. Even the world that we know is crazy
enough. We are being deluged with ever more sophisticated and
controlling technology under the heading of ‘smart’. We have smart
televisions, smart meters, smart cards, smart cars, smart driving,
smart roads, smart pills, smart patches, smart watches, smart skin,
smart borders, smart pavements, smart streets, smart cities, smart
communities, smart environments, smart growth, smart planet ...
smart everything around us. Smart technologies and methods of
operation are designed to interlock to create a global Smart Grid
connecting the entirety of human society including human minds to
create a centrally-dictated ‘hive’ mind. ‘Smart cities’ is code for
densely-occupied megacities of total surveillance and control
through AI. Ever more destructive frequency communication
systems like 5G have been rolled out without any official testing for
health and psychological effects (colossal). 5G/6G/7G systems are
needed to run the Smart Grid and each one becomes more
destructive of body and mind. Deleting independent income is
crucial to forcing people into these AI-policed prisons by ending
private property ownership (except for the Cult elite). The Cult’s
Great Reset now openly foresees a global society in which no one
will own any possessions and everything will be rented while the
Cult would own literally everything under the guise of government
and corporations. The aim has been to use the lockdowns to destroy
sources of income on a mass scale and when the people are destitute
and in unrepayable amounts of debt (problem) Cult assets come
forward with the pledge to write-off debt in return for handing over
all property and possessions (solution). Everything – literally
everything including people – would be connected to the Internet
via AI. I was warning years ago about the coming Internet of Things
(IoT) in which all devices and technology from your car to your
fridge would be plugged into the Internet and controlled by AI.
Now we are already there with much more to come. The next stage
is the Internet of Everything (IoE) which is planned to include the
connection of AI to the human brain and body to replace the human
mind with a centrally-controlled AI mind. Instead of perceptions
being manipulated through control of information and censorship
those perceptions would come direct from the Cult through AI.
What do you think? You think whatever AI decides that you think.
In human terms there would be no individual ‘think’ any longer. Too
incredible? The ravings of a lunatic? Not at all. Cult-owned crazies
in Silicon Valley have been telling us the plan for years without
explaining the real motivation and calculated implications. These
include Google executive and ‘futurist’ Ray Kurzweil who highlights
the year 2030 for when this would be underway. He said:
Our thinking ... will be a hybrid of biological and non-biological thinking ... humans will be
able to extend their limitations and ‘think in the cloud’ ... We’re going to put gateways to the
cloud in our brains ... We’re going to gradually merge and enhance ourselves ... In my view,
that’s the nature of being human – we transcend our limitations.
As the technology becomes vastly superior to what we are then the small proportion that is
still human gets smaller and smaller and smaller until it’s just utterly negligible.
The sales-pitch of Kurzweil and Cult-owned Silicon Valley is that
this would make us ‘super-human’ when the real aim is to make us
post-human and no longer ‘human’ in the sense that we have come
to know. The entire global population would be connected to AI and
become the centrally-controlled ‘hive-mind’ of externally-delivered
perceptions. The Smart Grid being installed to impose the Cult’s will
on the world is being constructed to allow particular locations – even
one location – to control the whole global system. From these prime
control centres, which absolutely include China and Israel, anything
connected to the Internet would be switched on or off and
manipulated at will. Energy systems could be cut, communication
via the Internet taken down, computer-controlled driverless
autonomous vehicles driven off the road, medical devices switched
off, the potential is limitless given how much AI and Internet
connections now run human society. We have seen nothing yet if we
allow this to continue. Autonomous vehicle makers are working
with law enforcement to produce cars designed to automatically pull
over if they detect a police or emergency vehicle flashing from up to
100 feet away. At a police stop the car would be unlocked and the
window rolled down automatically. Vehicles would only take you
where the computer (the state) allowed. The end of petrol vehicles
and speed limiters on all new cars in the UK and EU from 2022 are
steps leading to electric computerised transport over which
ultimately you have no control. The picture is far bigger even than
the Cult global network or web and that will become clear when I
get to the nature of the ‘spider’. There is a connection between all
these happenings and the instigation of DNA-manipulating
‘vaccines’ (which aren’t ‘vaccines’) justified by the ‘Covid’ hoax. That
connection is the unfolding plan to transform the human body from
a biological to a synthetic biological state and this is why synthetic
biology is such a fast-emerging discipline of mainstream science.
‘Covid vaccines’ are infusing self-replicating synthetic genetic
material into the cells to cumulatively take us on the Totalitarian
Tiptoe from Human 1.0 to the synthetic biological Human 2.0 which
will be physically and perceptually a ached to the Smart Grid to one
hundred percent control every thought, perception and deed.
Humanity needs to wake up and fast.
This is the barest explanation of where the ‘outcome’ is planned to
go but it’s enough to see the journey happening all around us. Those
new to this information will already see ‘Covid’ in a whole new
context. I will add much more detail as we go along, but for the
minutiae evidence see my mega-works, The Answer, The Trigger and
Everything You Need to Know But Have Never Been Told.
Now – how does a Renegade Mind see the ‘world’?
CHAPTER TWO
Renegade Perception
It is one thing to be clever and another to be wise
George R.R. Martin
A
simple definition of the difference between a programmed
mind and a Renegade Mind would be that one sees only dots
while the other connects them to see the picture. Reading reality
with accuracy requires the observer to (a) know the planned
outcome and (b) realise that everything, but everything, is connected.
The entirety of infinite reality is connected – that’s its very nature –
and with human society an expression of infinite reality the same
must apply. Simple cause and effect is a connection. The effect is
triggered by the cause and the effect then becomes the cause of
another effect. Nothing happens in isolation because it can’t. Life in
whatever reality is simple choice and consequence. We make choices
and these lead to consequences. If we don’t like the consequences we
can make different choices and get different consequences which
lead to other choices and consequences. The choice and the
consequence are not only connected they are indivisible. You can’t
have one without the other as an old song goes. A few cannot
control the world unless those being controlled allow that to happen
– cause and effect, choice and consequence. Control – who has it and
who doesn’t – is a two-way process, a symbiotic relationship,
involving the controller and controlled. ‘They took my freedom
away!!’ Well, yes, but you also gave it to them. Humanity is
subjected to mass control because humanity has acquiesced to that
control. This is all cause and effect and literally a case of give and
take. In the same way world events of every kind are connected and
the Cult works incessantly to sell the illusion of the random and
coincidental to maintain the essential (to them) perception of dots
that hide the picture. Renegade Minds know this and constantly
scan the world for pa erns of connection. This is absolutely pivotal
in understanding the happenings in the world and without that
perspective clarity is impossible. First you know the planned
outcome and then you identify the steps on the journey – the day-byday apparently random which, when connected in relation to the
outcome, no longer appear as individual events, but as the
proverbial chain of events leading in the same direction. I’ll give you
some examples:
Political puppet show
We are told to believe that politics is ‘adversarial’ in that different
parties with different beliefs engage in an endless tussle for power.
There may have been some truth in that up to a point – and only a
point – but today divisions between ‘different’ parties are rhetorical
not ideological. Even the rhetorical is fusing into one-speak as the
parties eject any remaining free thinkers while others succumb to the
ever-gathering intimidation of anyone with the ‘wrong’ opinion. The
Cult is not a new phenomenon and can be traced back thousands of
years as my books have documented. Its intergenerational initiates
have been manipulating events with increasing effect the more that
global power has been centralised. In ancient times the Cult secured
control through the system of monarchy in which ‘special’
bloodlines (of which more later) demanded the right to rule as kings
and queens simply by birthright and by vanquishing others who
claimed the same birthright. There came a time, however, when
people had matured enough to see the unfairness of such tyranny
and demanded a say in who governed them. Note the word –
governed them. Not served them – governed them, hence government
defined as ‘the political direction and control exercised over the
actions of the members, citizens, or inhabitants of communities,
societies, and states; direction of the affairs of a state, community,
etc.’ Governments exercise control over rather than serve just like the
monarchies before them. Bizarrely there are still countries like the
United Kingdom which are ruled by a monarch and a government
that officially answers to the monarch. The UK head of state and that
of Commonwealth countries such as Canada, Australia and New
Zealand is ‘selected’ by who in a single family had unprotected sex
with whom and in what order. Pinch me it can’t be true. Ouch! Shit,
it is. The demise of monarchies in most countries offered a potential
vacuum in which some form of free and fair society could arise and
the Cult had that base covered. Monarchies had served its interests
but they couldn’t continue in the face of such widespread opposition
and, anyway, replacing a ‘royal’ dictatorship that people could see
with a dictatorship ‘of the people’ hiding behind the concept of
‘democracy’ presented far greater manipulative possibilities and
ways of hiding coordinated tyranny behind the illusion of ‘freedom’.
Democracy is quite wrongly defined as government selected by
the population. This is not the case at all. It is government selected
by some of the population (and then only in theory). This ‘some’
doesn’t even have to be the majority as we have seen so o en in firstpast-the-post elections in which the so-called majority party wins
fewer votes than the ‘losing’ parties combined. Democracy can give
total power to a party in government from a minority of the votes
cast. It’s a sleight of hand to sell tyranny as freedom. Seventy-four
million Trump-supporting Americans didn’t vote for the
‘Democratic’ Party of Joe Biden in the distinctly dodgy election in
2020 and yet far from acknowledging the wishes and feelings of that
great percentage of American society the Cult-owned Biden
government set out from day one to destroy them and their right to a
voice and opinion. Empty shell Biden and his Cult handlers said
they were doing this to ‘protect democracy’. Such is the level of
lunacy and sickness to which politics has descended. Connect the
dots and relate them to the desired outcome – a world government
run by self-appointed technocrats and no longer even elected
politicians. While operating through its political agents in
government the Cult is at the same time encouraging public distain
for politicians by pu ing idiots and incompetents in theoretical
power on the road to deleting them. The idea is to instil a public
reaction that says of the technocrats: ‘Well, they couldn’t do any
worse than the pathetic politicians.’ It’s all about controlling
perception and Renegade Minds can see through that while
programmed minds cannot when they are ignorant of both the
planned outcome and the manipulation techniques employed to
secure that end. This knowledge can be learned, however, and fast if
people choose to get informed.
Politics may at first sight appear very difficult to control from a
central point. I mean look at the ‘different’ parties and how would
you be able to oversee them all and their constituent parts? In truth,
it’s very straightforward because of their structure. We are back to
the pyramid of imposition and acquiescence. Organisations are
structured in the same way as the system as a whole. Political parties
are not open forums of free expression. They are hierarchies. I was a
national spokesman for the British Green Party which claimed to be
a different kind of politics in which influence and power was
devolved; but I can tell you from direct experience – and it’s far
worse now – that Green parties are run as hierarchies like all the
others however much they may try to hide that fact or kid
themselves that it’s not true. A very few at the top of all political
parties are directing policy and personnel. They decide if you are
elevated in the party or serve as a government minister and to do
that you have to be a yes man or woman. Look at all the maverick
political thinkers who never ascended the greasy pole. If you want to
progress within the party or reach ‘high-office’ you need to fall into
line and conform. Exceptions to this are rare indeed. Should you
want to run for parliament or Congress you have to persuade the
local or state level of the party to select you and for that you need to
play the game as dictated by the hierarchy. If you secure election and
wish to progress within the greater structure you need to go on
conforming to what is acceptable to those running the hierarchy
from the peak of the pyramid. Political parties are perceptual gulags
and the very fact that there are party ‘Whips’ appointed to ‘whip’
politicians into voting the way the hierarchy demands exposes the
ridiculous idea that politicians are elected to serve the people they
are supposed to represent. Cult operatives and manipulation has
long seized control of major parties that have any chance of forming
a government and at least most of those that haven’t. A new party
forms and the Cult goes to work to infiltrate and direct. This has
reached such a level today that you see video compilations of
‘leaders’ of all parties whether Democrats, Republicans,
Conservative, Labour and Green parroting the same Cult mantra of
‘Build Back Be er’ and the ‘Great Reset’ which are straight off the
Cult song-sheet to describe the transformation of global society in
response to the Cult-instigated hoaxes of the ‘Covid pandemic’ and
human-caused ‘climate change’. To see Caroline Lucas, the Green
Party MP that I knew when I was in the party in the 1980s, speaking
in support of plans proposed by Cult operative Klaus Schwab
representing the billionaire global elite is a real head-shaker.
Many parties – one master
The party system is another mind-trick and was instigated to change
the nature of the dictatorship by swapping ‘royalty’ for dark suits
that people believed – though now ever less so – represented their
interests. Understanding this trick is to realise that a single force (the
Cult) controls all parties either directly in terms of the major ones or
through manipulation of perception and ideology with others. You
don’t need to manipulate Green parties to demand your
transformation of society in the name of ‘climate change’ when they
are obsessed with the lie that this is essential to ‘save the planet’. You
just give them a platform and away they go serving your interests
while believing they are being environmentally virtuous. America’s
political structure is a perfect blueprint for how the two or multiparty system is really a one-party state. The Republican Party is
controlled from one step back in the shadows by a group made up of
billionaires and their gofers known as neoconservatives or Neocons.
I have exposed them in fine detail in my books and they were the
driving force behind the policies of the imbecilic presidency of Boy
George Bush which included 9/11 (see The Trigger for a
comprehensive demolition of the official story), the subsequent ‘war
on terror’ (war of terror) and the invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq.
The la er was a No-Problem-Reaction-Solution based on claims by
Cult operatives, including Bush and British Prime Minister Tony
Blair, about Saddam Hussein’s ‘weapons of mass destruction’ which
did not exist as war criminals Bush and Blair well knew.
Figure 6: Different front people, different parties – same control system.
The Democratic Party has its own ‘Neocon’ group controlling
from the background which I call the ‘Democons’ and here’s the
penny-drop – the Neocons and Democons answer to the same
masters one step further back into the shadows (Fig 6). At that level
of the Cult the Republican and Democrat parties are controlled by
the same people and no ma er which is in power the Cult is in
power. This is how it works in almost every country and certainly in
Britain with Conservative, Labour, Liberal Democrat and Green
parties now all on the same page whatever the rhetoric may be in
their feeble a empts to appear different. Neocons operated at the
time of Bush through a think tank called The Project for the New
American Century which in September, 2000, published a document
entitled Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategies, Forces, and Resources
For a New Century demanding that America fight ‘multiple,
simultaneous major theatre wars’ as a ‘core mission’ to force regimechange in countries including Iraq, Libya and Syria. Neocons
arranged for Bush (‘Republican’) and Blair (‘Labour Party’) to frontup the invasion of Iraq and when they departed the Democons
orchestrated the targeting of Libya and Syria through Barack Obama
(‘Democrat’) and British Prime Minister David Cameron
(‘Conservative Party’). We have ‘different’ parties and ‘different’
people, but the same unfolding script. The more the Cult has seized
the reigns of parties and personnel the more their policies have
transparently pursued the same agenda to the point where the
fascist ‘Covid’ impositions of the Conservative junta of Jackboot
Johnson in Britain were opposed by the Labour Party because they
were not fascist enough. The Labour Party is likened to the US
Democrats while the Conservative Party is akin to a British version
of the Republicans and on both sides of the Atlantic they all speak
the same language and support the direction demanded by the Cult
although some more enthusiastically than others. It’s a similar story
in country a er country because it’s all centrally controlled. Oh, but
what about Trump? I’ll come to him shortly. Political ‘choice’ in the
‘party’ system goes like this: You vote for Party A and they get into
government. You don’t like what they do so next time you vote for
Party B and they get into government. You don’t like what they do
when it’s pre y much the same as Party A and why wouldn’t that be
with both controlled by the same force? Given that only two,
sometimes three, parties have any chance of forming a government
to get rid of Party B that you don’t like you have to vote again for
Party A which … you don’t like. This, ladies and gentlemen, is what
they call ‘democracy’ which we are told – wrongly – is a term
interchangeable with ‘freedom’.
The cult of cults
At this point I need to introduce a major expression of the Global
Cult known as Sabbatian-Frankism. Sabbatian is also spelt as
Sabbatean. I will summarise here. I have published major exposés
and detailed background in other works. Sabbatian-Frankism
combines the names of two frauds posing as ‘Jewish’ men, Sabbatai
Zevi (1626-1676), a rabbi, black magician and occultist who
proclaimed he was the Jewish messiah; and Jacob Frank (1726-1791),
the Polish ‘Jew’, black magician and occultist who said he was the
reincarnation of ‘messiah’ Zevi and biblical patriarch Jacob. They
worked across two centuries to establish the Sabbatian-Frankist cult
that plays a major, indeed central, role in the manipulation of human
society by the Global Cult which has its origins much further back in
history than Sabbatai Zevi. I should emphasise two points here in
response to the shrill voices that will scream ‘anti-Semitism’: (1)
Sabbatian-Frankists are NOT Jewish and only pose as such to hide
their cult behind a Jewish façade; and (2) my information about this
cult has come from Jewish sources who have long realised that their
society and community has been infiltrated and taken over by
interloper Sabbatian-Frankists. Infiltration has been the foundation
technique of Sabbatian-Frankism from its official origin in the 17th
century. Zevi’s Sabbatian sect a racted a massive following
described as the biggest messianic movement in Jewish history,
spreading as far as Africa and Asia, and he promised a return for the
Jews to the ‘Promised Land’ of Israel. Sabbatianism was not Judaism
but an inversion of everything that mainstream Judaism stood for. So
much so that this sinister cult would have a feast day when Judaism
had a fast day and whatever was forbidden in Judaism the
Sabbatians were encouraged and even commanded to do. This
included incest and what would be today called Satanism. Members
were forbidden to marry outside the sect and there was a system of
keeping their children ignorant of what they were part of until they
were old enough to be trusted not to unknowingly reveal anything
to outsiders. The same system is employed to this day by the Global
Cult in general which Sabbatian-Frankism has enormously
influenced and now largely controls.
Zevi and his Sabbatians suffered a setback with the intervention
by the Sultan of the Islamic O oman Empire in the Middle East and
what is now the Republic of Turkey where Zevi was located. The
Sultan gave him the choice of proving his ‘divinity’, converting to
Islam or facing torture and death. Funnily enough Zevi chose to
convert or at least appear to. Some of his supporters were
disillusioned and dri ed away, but many did not with 300 families
also converting – only in theory – to Islam. They continued behind
this Islamic smokescreen to follow the goals, rules and rituals of
Sabbatianism and became known as ‘crypto-Jews’ or the ‘Dönmeh’
which means ‘to turn’. This is rather ironic because they didn’t ‘turn’
and instead hid behind a fake Islamic persona. The process of
appearing to be one thing while being very much another would
become the calling card of Sabbatianism especially a er Zevi’s death
and the arrival of the Satanist Jacob Frank in the 18th century when
the cult became Sabbatian-Frankism and plumbed still new depths
of depravity and infiltration which included – still includes – human
sacrifice and sex with children. Wherever Sabbatians go paedophilia
and Satanism follow and is it really a surprise that Hollywood is so
infested with child abuse and Satanism when it was established by
Sabbatian-Frankists and is still controlled by them? Hollywood has
been one of the prime vehicles for global perceptual programming
and manipulation. How many believe the version of ‘history’
portrayed in movies when it is a travesty and inversion (again) of the
truth? Rabbi Marvin Antelman describes Frankism in his book, To
Eliminate the Opiate, as ‘a movement of complete evil’ while Jewish
professor Gershom Scholem said of Frank in The Messianic Idea in
Judaism: ‘In all his actions [he was] a truly corrupt and degenerate
individual ... one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of
Jewish history.’ Frank was excommunicated by traditional rabbis, as
was Zevi, but Frank was undeterred and enjoyed vital support from
the House of Rothschild, the infamous banking dynasty whose
inner-core are Sabbatian-Frankists and not Jews. Infiltration of the
Roman Church and Vatican was instigated by Frank with many
Dönmeh ‘turning’ again to convert to Roman Catholicism with a
view to hijacking the reins of power. This was the ever-repeating
modus operandi and continues to be so. Pose as an advocate of the
religion, culture or country that you want to control and then
manipulate your people into the positions of authority and influence
largely as advisers, administrators and Svengalis for those that
appear to be in power. They did this with Judaism, Christianity
(Christian Zionism is part of this), Islam and other religions and
nations until Sabbatian-Frankism spanned the world as it does
today.
Sabbatian Saudis and the terror network
One expression of the Sabbatian-Frankist Dönmeh within Islam is
the ruling family of Saudi Arabia, the House of Saud, through which
came the vile distortion of Islam known as Wahhabism. This is the
violent creed followed by terrorist groups like Al-Qaeda and ISIS or
Islamic State. Wahhabism is the hand-chopping, head-chopping
‘religion’ of Saudi Arabia which is used to keep the people in a
constant state of fear so the interloper House of Saud can continue to
rule. Al-Qaeda and Islamic State were lavishly funded by the House
of Saud while being created and directed by the Sabbatian-Frankist
network in the United States that operates through the Pentagon,
CIA and the government in general of whichever ‘party’. The front
man for the establishment of Wahhabism in the middle of the 18th
century was a Sabbatian-Frankist ‘crypto-Jew’ posing as Islamic
called Muhammad ibn Abd al-Wahhab. His daughter would marry
the son of Muhammad bin Saud who established the first Saudi state
before his death in 1765 with support from the British Empire. Bin
Saud’s successors would establish modern Saudi Arabia in league
with the British and Americans in 1932 which allowed them to seize
control of Islam’s major shrines in Mecca and Medina. They have
dictated the direction of Sunni Islam ever since while Iran is the
major centre of the Shiite version and here we have the source of at
least the public conflict between them. The Sabbatian network has
used its Wahhabi extremists to carry out Problem-Reaction-Solution
terrorist a acks in the name of ‘Al-Qaeda’ and ‘Islamic State’ to
justify a devastating ‘war on terror’, ever-increasing surveillance of
the population and to terrify people into compliance. Another
insight of the Renegade Mind is the streetwise understanding that
just because a country, location or people are a acked doesn’t mean
that those apparently representing that country, location or people
are not behind the a ackers. O en they are orchestrating the a acks
because of the societal changes that can be then justified in the name
of ‘saving the population from terrorists’.
I show in great detail in The Trigger how Sabbatian-Frankists were
the real perpetrators of 9/11 and not ‘19 Arab hijackers’ who were
blamed for what happened. Observe what was justified in the name
of 9/11 alone in terms of Middle East invasions, mass surveillance
and control that fulfilled the demands of the Project for the New
American Century document published by the Sabbatian Neocons.
What appear to be enemies are on the deep inside players on the
same Sabbatian team. Israel and Arab ‘royal’ dictatorships are all
ruled by Sabbatians and the recent peace agreements between Israel
and Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and others are
only making formal what has always been the case behind the
scenes. Palestinians who have been subjected to grotesque tyranny
since Israel was bombed and terrorised into existence in 1948 have
never stood a chance. Sabbatian-Frankists have controlled Israel (so
the constant theme of violence and war which Sabbatians love) and
they have controlled the Arab countries that Palestinians have
looked to for real support that never comes. ‘Royal families’ of the
Arab world in Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, UAE, etc., are all Sabbatians
with allegiance to the aims of the cult and not what is best for their
Arabic populations. They have stolen the oil and financial resources
from their people by false claims to be ‘royal dynasties’ with a
genetic right to rule and by employing vicious militaries to impose
their will.
Satanic ‘illumination’
The Satanist Jacob Frank formed an alliance in 1773 with two other
Sabbatians, Mayer Amschel Rothschild (1744-1812), founder of the
Rothschild banking dynasty, and Jesuit-educated fraudulent Jew,
Adam Weishaupt, and this led to the formation of the Bavarian
Illuminati, firstly under another name, in 1776. The Illuminati would
be the manipulating force behind the French Revolution (1789-1799)
and was also involved in the American Revolution (1775-1783)
before and a er the Illuminati’s official creation. Weishaupt would
later become (in public) a Protestant Christian in archetypal
Sabbatian style. I read that his name can be decoded as Adam-Weishaupt or ‘the first man to lead those who know’. He wasn’t a leader
in the sense that he was a subordinate, but he did lead those below
him in a crusade of transforming human society that still continues
today. The theme was confirmed as early as 1785 when a horseman
courier called Lanz was reported to be struck by lighting and
extensive Illuminati documents were found in his saddlebags. They
made the link to Weishaupt and detailed the plan for world takeover.
Current events with ‘Covid’ fascism have been in the making for a
very long time. Jacob Frank was jailed for 13 years by the Catholic
Inquisition a er his arrest in 1760 and on his release he headed for
Frankfurt, Germany, home city and headquarters of the House of
Rothschild where the alliance was struck with Mayer Amschel
Rothschild and Weishaupt. Rothschild arranged for Frank to be
given the title of Baron and he became a wealthy nobleman with a
big following of Jews in Germany, the Austro-Hungarian Empire
and other European countries. Most of them would have believed he
was on their side.
The name ‘Illuminati’ came from the Zohar which is a body of
works in the Jewish mystical ‘bible’ called the Kabbalah. ‘Zohar’ is
the foundation of Sabbatian-Frankist belief and in Hebrew ‘Zohar’
means ‘splendour’, ‘radiance’, ‘illuminated’, and so we have
‘Illuminati’. They claim to be the ‘Illuminated Ones’ from their
knowledge systematically hidden from the human population and
passed on through generations of carefully-chosen initiates in the
global secret society network or Cult. Hidden knowledge includes
an awareness of the Cult agenda for the world and the nature of our
collective reality that I will explore later. Cult ‘illumination’ is
symbolised by the torch held by the Statue of Liberty which was
gi ed to New York by French Freemasons in Paris who knew exactly
what it represents. ‘Liberty’ symbolises the goddess worshipped in
Babylon as Queen Semiramis or Ishtar. The significance of this will
become clear. Notice again the ubiquitous theme of inversion with
the Statue of ‘Liberty’ really symbolising mass control (Fig 7). A
mirror-image statute stands on an island in the River Seine in Paris
from where New York Liberty originated (Fig 8). A large replica of
the Liberty flame stands on top of the Pont de l’Alma tunnel in Paris
where Princess Diana died in a Cult ritual described in The Biggest
Secret. Lucifer ‘the light bringer’ is related to all this (and much more
as we’ll see) and ‘Lucifer’ is a central figure in Sabbatian-Frankism
and its associated Satanism. Sabbatians reject the Jewish Torah, or
Pentateuch, the ‘five books of Moses’ in the Old Testament known as
Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy which are
claimed by Judaism and Christianity to have been dictated by ‘God’
to Moses on Mount Sinai. Sabbatians say these do not apply to them
and they seek to replace them with the Zohar to absorb Judaism and
its followers into their inversion which is an expression of a much
greater global inversion. They want to delete all religions and force
humanity to worship a one-world religion – Sabbatian Satanism that
also includes worship of the Earth goddess. Satanic themes are being
more and more introduced into mainstream society and while
Christianity is currently the foremost target for destruction the
others are planned to follow.
Figure 7: The Cult goddess of Babylon disguised as the Statue of Liberty holding the flame of
Lucifer the ‘light bringer’.
Figure 8: Liberty’s mirror image in Paris where the New York version originated.
Marx brothers
Rabbi Marvin Antelman connects the Illuminati to the Jacobins in To
Eliminate the Opiate and Jacobins were the force behind the French
Revolution. He links both to the Bund der Gerechten, or League of
the Just, which was the network that inflicted communism/Marxism
on the world. Antelman wrote:
The original inner circle of the Bund der Gerechten consisted of born Catholics, Protestants
and Jews [Sabbatian-Frankist infiltrators], and those representatives of respective subdivisions
formulated schemes for the ultimate destruction of their faiths. The heretical Catholics laid
plans which they felt would take a century or more for the ultimate destruction of the church;
the apostate Jews for the ultimate destruction of the Jewish religion.
Sabbatian-created communism connects into this anti-religion
agenda in that communism does not allow for the free practice of
religion. The Sabbatian ‘Bund’ became the International Communist
Party and Communist League and in 1848 ‘Marxism’ was born with
the Communist Manifesto of Sabbatian assets Karl Marx and
Friedrich Engels. It is absolutely no coincidence that Marxism, just a
different name for fascist and other centrally-controlled tyrannies, is
being imposed worldwide as a result of the ‘Covid’ hoax and nor
that Marxist/fascist China was the place where the hoax originated.
The reason for this will become very clear in the chapter ‘Covid: The
calculated catastrophe’. The so-called ‘Woke’ mentality has hijacked
traditional beliefs of the political le and replaced them with farright make-believe ‘social justice’ be er known as Marxism. Woke
will, however, be swallowed by its own perceived ‘revolution’ which
is really the work of billionaires and billionaire corporations feigning
being ‘Woke’. Marxism is being touted by Wokers as a replacement
for ‘capitalism’ when we don’t have ‘capitalism’. We have cartelism
in which the market is stitched up by the very Cult billionaires and
corporations bankrolling Woke. Billionaires love Marxism which
keeps the people in servitude while they control from the top.
Terminally naïve Wokers think they are ‘changing the world’ when
it’s the Cult that is doing the changing and when they have played
their vital part and become surplus to requirements they, too, will be
targeted. The Illuminati-Jacobins were behind the period known as
‘The Terror’ in the French Revolution in 1793 and 1794 when Jacobin
Maximillian de Robespierre and his Orwellian ‘Commi ee of Public
Safety’ killed 17,000 ‘enemies of the Revolution’ who had once been
‘friends of the Revolution’. Karl Marx (1818-1883), whose Sabbatian
creed of Marxism has cost the lives of at least 100 million people, is a
hero once again to Wokers who have been systematically kept
ignorant of real history by their ‘education’ programming. As a
result they now promote a Sabbatian ‘Marxist’ abomination destined
at some point to consume them. Rabbi Antelman, who spent decades
researching the Sabbatian plot, said of the League of the Just and
Karl Marx:
Contrary to popular opinion Karl Marx did not originate the Communist Manifesto. He was
paid for his services by the League of the Just, which was known in its country of origin,
Germany, as the Bund der Geaechteten.
Antelman said the text a ributed to Marx was the work of other
people and Marx ‘was only repeating what others already said’.
Marx was ‘a hired hack – lackey of the wealthy Illuminists’. Marx
famously said that religion was the ‘opium of the people’ (part of the
Sabbatian plan to demonise religion) and Antelman called his books,
To Eliminate the Opiate. Marx was born Jewish, but his family
converted to Christianity (Sabbatian modus operandi) and he
a acked Jews, not least in his book, A World Without Jews. In doing
so he supported the Sabbatian plan to destroy traditional Jewishness
and Judaism which we are clearly seeing today with the vindictive
targeting of orthodox Jews by the Sabbatian government of Israel
over ‘Covid’ laws. I don’t follow any religion and it has done much
damage to the world over centuries and acted as a perceptual
straightjacket. Renegade Minds, however, are always asking why
something is being done. It doesn’t ma er if they agree or disagree
with what is happening – why is it happening is the question. The
‘why?’ can be answered with regard to religion in that religions
create interacting communities of believers when the Cult wants to
dismantle all discourse, unity and interaction (see ‘Covid’
lockdowns) and the ultimate goal is to delete all religions for a oneworld religion of Cult Satanism worshipping their ‘god’ of which
more later. We see the same ‘why?’ with gun control in America. I
don’t have guns and don’t want them, but why is the Cult seeking to
disarm the population at the same time that law enforcement
agencies are armed to their molars and why has every tyrant in
history sought to disarm people before launching the final takeover?
They include Hitler, Stalin, Pol Pot and Mao who followed
confiscation with violent seizing of power. You know it’s a Cult
agenda by the people who immediately race to the microphones to
exploit dead people in multiple shootings. Ultra-Zionist Cult lackey
Senator Chuck Schumer was straight on the case a er ten people
were killed in Boulder, Colorado in March, 2121. Simple rule … if
Schumer wants it the Cult wants it and the same with his ultraZionist mate the wild-eyed Senator Adam Schiff. At the same time
they were calling for the disarmament of Americans, many of whom
live a long way from a police response, Schumer, Schiff and the rest
of these pampered clowns were si ing on Capitol Hill behind a
razor-wired security fence protected by thousands of armed troops
in addition to their own armed bodyguards. Mom and pop in an
isolated home? They’re just potential mass shooters.
Zion Mainframe
Sabbatian-Frankists and most importantly the Rothschilds were
behind the creation of ‘Zionism’, a political movement that
demanded a Jewish homeland in Israel as promised by Sabbatai
Zevi. The very symbol of Israel comes from the German meaning of
the name Rothschild. Dynasty founder Mayer Amschel Rothschild
changed the family name from Bauer to Rothschild, or ‘Red-Shield’
in German, in deference to the six-pointed ‘Star of David’ hexagram
displayed on the family’s home in Frankfurt. The symbol later
appeared on the flag of Israel a er the Rothschilds were centrally
involved in its creation. Hexagrams are not a uniquely Jewish
symbol and are widely used in occult (‘hidden’) networks o en as a
symbol for Saturn (see my other books for why). Neither are
Zionism and Jewishness interchangeable. Zionism is a political
movement and philosophy and not a ‘race’ or a people. Many Jews
oppose Zionism and many non-Jews, including US President Joe
Biden, call themselves Zionists as does Israel-centric Donald Trump.
America’s support for the Israel government is pre y much a gimme
with ultra-Zionist billionaires and corporations providing fantastic
and dominant funding for both political parties. Former
Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney has told how she was
approached immediately she ran for office to ‘sign the pledge’ to
Israel and confirm that she would always vote in that country’s best
interests. All American politicians are approached in this way.
Anyone who refuses will get no support or funding from the
enormous and all-powerful Zionist lobby that includes organisations
like mega-lobby group AIPAC, the American Israel Public Affairs
Commi ee. Trump’s biggest funder was ultra-Zionist casino and
media billionaire Sheldon Adelson while major funders of the
Democratic Party include ultra-Zionist George Soros and ultraZionist financial and media mogul, Haim Saban. Some may reel back
at the suggestion that Soros is an Israel-firster (Sabbatian-controlled
Israel-firster), but Renegade Minds watch the actions not the words
and everywhere Soros donates his billions the Sabbatian agenda
benefits. In the spirit of Sabbatian inversion Soros pledged $1 billion
for a new university network to promote ‘liberal values and tackle
intolerance’. He made the announcement during his annual speech
at the Cult-owned World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, in
January, 2020, a er his ‘harsh criticism’ of ‘authoritarian rulers’
around the world. You can only laugh at such brazen mendacity.
How he doesn’t laugh is the mystery. Translated from the Orwellian
‘liberal values and tackle intolerance’ means teaching non-white
people to hate white people and for white people to loathe
themselves for being born white. The reason for that will become
clear.
The ‘Anti-Semitism’ fraud
Zionists support the Jewish homeland in the land of Palestine which
has been the Sabbatian-Rothschild goal for so long, but not for the
benefit of Jews. Sabbatians and their global Anti-Semitism Industry
have skewed public and political opinion to equate opposing the
violent extremes of Zionism to be a blanket a ack and condemnation
of all Jewish people. Sabbatians and their global Anti-Semitism
Industry have skewed public and political opinion to equate
opposing the violent extremes of Zionism to be a blanket a ack and
condemnation of all Jewish people. This is nothing more than a
Sabbatian protection racket to stop legitimate investigation and
exposure of their agendas and activities. The official definition of
‘anti-Semitism’ has more recently been expanded to include criticism
of Zionism – a political movement – and this was done to further stop
exposure of Sabbatian infiltrators who created Zionism as we know
it today in the 19th century. Renegade Minds will talk about these
subjects when they know the shit that will come their way. People
must decide if they want to know the truth or just cower in the
corner in fear of what others will say. Sabbatians have been trying to
label me as ‘anti-Semitic’ since the 1990s as I have uncovered more
and more about their background and agendas. Useless, gutless,
fraudulent ‘journalists’ then just repeat the smears without question
and on the day I was writing this section a pair of unquestioning
repeaters called Ben Quinn and Archie Bland (how appropriate)
outright called me an ‘anti-Semite’ in the establishment propaganda
sheet, the London Guardian, with no supporting evidence. The
Sabbatian Anti-Semitism Industry said so and who are they to
question that? They wouldn’t dare. Ironically ‘Semitic’ refers to a
group of languages in the Middle East that are almost entirely
Arabic. ‘Anti-Semitism’ becomes ‘anti-Arab’ which if the
consequences of this misunderstanding were not so grave would be
hilarious. Don’t bother telling Quinn and Bland. I don’t want to
confuse them, bless ‘em. One reason I am dubbed ‘anti-Semitic’ is
that I wrote in the 1990s that Jewish operatives (Sabbatians) were
heavily involved in the Russian Revolution when Sabbatians
overthrew the Romanov dynasty. This apparently made me ‘antiSemitic’. Oh, really? Here is a section from The Trigger:
British journalist Robert Wilton confirmed these themes in his 1920 book The Last Days of the
Romanovs when he studied official documents from the Russian government to identify the
members of the Bolshevik ruling elite between 1917 and 1919. The Central Committee
included 41 Jews among 62 members; the Council of the People’s Commissars had 17 Jews
out of 22 members; and 458 of the 556 most important Bolshevik positions between 1918 and
1919 were occupied by Jewish people. Only 17 were Russian. Then there were the 23 Jews
among the 36 members of the vicious Cheka Soviet secret police established in 1917 who
would soon appear all across the country.
Professor Robert Service of Oxford University, an expert on 20th century Russian history,
found evidence that [‘Jewish’] Leon Trotsky had sought to make sure that Jews were enrolled
in the Red Army and were disproportionately represented in the Soviet civil bureaucracy that
included the Cheka which performed mass arrests, imprisonment and executions of ‘enemies
of the people’. A US State Department Decimal File (861.00/5339) dated November 13th,
1918, names [Rothschild banking agent in America] Jacob Schiff and a list of ultra-Zionists as
funders of the Russian Revolution leading to claims of a ‘Jewish plot’, but the key point missed
by all is they were not ‘Jews’ – they were Sabbatian-Frankists.
Britain’s Winston Churchill made the same error by mistake or
otherwise. He wrote in a 1920 edition of the Illustrated Sunday Herald
that those behind the Russian revolution were part of a ‘worldwide
conspiracy for the overthrow of civilisation and for the
reconstitution of society on the basis of arrested development, of
envious malevolence, and impossible equality’ (see ‘Woke’ today
because that has been created by the same network). Churchill said
there was no need to exaggerate the part played in the creation of
Bolshevism and in the actual bringing about of the Russian
Revolution ‘by these international and for the most part atheistical
Jews’ [‘atheistical Jews’ = Sabbatians]. Churchill said it is certainly a
very great one and probably outweighs all others: ‘With the notable
exception of Lenin, the majority of the leading figures are Jews.’ He
went on to describe, knowingly or not, the Sabbatian modus
operandi of placing puppet leaders nominally in power while they
control from the background:
Moreover, the principal inspiration and driving power comes from the Jewish leaders. Thus
Tchitcherin, a pure Russian, is eclipsed by his nominal subordinate, Litvinoff, and the
influence of Russians like Bukharin or Lunacharski cannot be compared with the power of
Trotsky, or of Zinovieff, the Dictator of the Red Citadel (Petrograd), or of Krassin or Radek – all
Jews. In the Soviet institutions the predominance of Jews is even more astonishing. And the
prominent, if not indeed the principal, part in the system of terrorism applied by the
Extraordinary Commissions for Combatting Counter-Revolution has been taken by Jews, and
in some notable cases by Jewesses.
What I said about seriously disproportionate involvement in the
Russian Revolution by Jewish ‘revolutionaries’ (Sabbatians) is
provable fact, but truth is no defence against the Sabbatian AntiSemitism Industry, its repeater parrots like Quinn and Bland, and
the now breathtaking network of so-called ‘Woke’ ‘anti-hate’ groups
with interlocking leaderships and funding which have the role of
discrediting and silencing anyone who gets too close to exposing the
Sabbatians. We have seen ‘truth is no defence’ confirmed in legal
judgements with the Saskatchewan Human Rights Commission in
Canada decreeing this: ‘Truthful statements can be presented in a
manner that would meet the definition of hate speech, and not all
truthful statements must be free from restriction.’ Most ‘anti-hate’
activists, who are themselves consumed by hatred, are too stupid
and ignorant of the world to know how they are being used. They
are far too far up their own virtue-signalling arses and it’s far too
dark for them to see anything.
The ‘revolution’ game
The background and methods of the ‘Russian’ Revolution are
straight from the Sabbatian playbook seen in the French Revolution
and endless others around the world that appear to start as a
revolution of the people against tyrannical rule and end up with a
regime change to more tyrannical rule overtly or covertly. Wars,
terror a acks and regime overthrows follow the Sabbatian cult
through history with its agents creating them as Problem-ReactionSolutions to remove opposition on the road to world domination.
Sabbatian dots connect the Rothschilds with the Illuminati, Jacobins
of the French Revolution, the ‘Bund’ or League of the Just, the
International Communist Party, Communist League and the
Communist Manifesto of Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels that would
lead to the Rothschild-funded Russian Revolution. The sequence
comes under the heading of ‘creative destruction’ when you advance
to your global goal by continually destroying the status quo to install
a new status quo which you then also destroy. The two world wars
come to mind. With each new status quo you move closer to your
planned outcome. Wars and mass murder are to Sabbatians a
collective blood sacrifice ritual. They are obsessed with death for
many reasons and one is that death is an inversion of life. Satanists
and Sabbatians are obsessed with death and o en target churches
and churchyards for their rituals. Inversion-obsessed Sabbatians
explain the use of inverted symbolism including the inverted
pentagram and inverted cross. The inversion of the cross has been
related to targeting Christianity, but the cross was a religious symbol
long before Christianity and its inversion is a statement about the
Sabbatian mentality and goals more than any single religion.
Sabbatians operating in Germany were behind the rise of the
occult-obsessed Nazis and the subsequent Jewish exodus from
Germany and Europe to Palestine and the United States a er World
War Two. The Rothschild dynasty was at the forefront of this both as
political manipulators and by funding the operation. Why would
Sabbatians help to orchestrate the horrors inflicted on Jews by the
Nazis and by Stalin a er they organised the Russian Revolution?
Sabbatians hate Jews and their religion, that’s why. They pose as
Jews and secure positions of control within Jewish society and play
the ‘anti-Semitism’ card to protect themselves from exposure
through a global network of organisations answering to the
Sabbatian-created-and-controlled globe-spanning intelligence
network that involves a stunning web of military-intelligence
operatives and operations for a tiny country of just nine million.
Among them are Jewish assets who are not Sabbatians but have been
convinced by them that what they are doing is for the good of Israel
and the Jewish community to protect them from what they have
been programmed since childhood to believe is a Jew-hating hostile
world. The Jewish community is just a highly convenient cover to
hide the true nature of Sabbatians. Anyone ge ing close to exposing
their game is accused by Sabbatian place-people and gofers of ‘antiSemitism’ and claiming that all Jews are part of a plot to take over
the world. I am not saying that. I am saying that Sabbatians – the real
Jew-haters – have infiltrated the Jewish community to use them both
as a cover and an ‘anti-Semitic’ defence against exposure. Thus we
have the Anti-Semitism Industry targeted researchers in this way
and most Jewish people think this is justified and genuine. They
don’t know that their ‘Jewish’ leaders and institutions of state,
intelligence and military are not controlled by Jews at all, but cultists
and stooges of Sabbatian-Frankism. I once added my name to a proJewish freedom petition online and the next time I looked my name
was gone and text had been added to the petition blurb to a ack me
as an ‘anti-Semite’ such is the scale of perceptual programming.
Moving on America
I tell the story in The Trigger and a chapter called ‘Atlantic Crossing’
how particularly a er Israel was established the Sabbatians moved
in on the United States and eventually grasped control of
government administration, the political system via both Democrats
and Republicans, the intelligence community like the CIA and
National Security Agency (NSA), the Pentagon and mass media.
Through this seriously compartmentalised network Sabbatians and
their operatives in Mossad, Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) and US
agencies pulled off 9/11 and blamed it on 19 ‘Al-Qaeda hijackers’
dominated by men from, or connected to, Sabbatian-ruled Saudi
Arabia. The ‘19’ were not even on the planes let alone flew those big
passenger jets into buildings while being largely incompetent at
piloting one-engine light aircra . ‘Hijacker’ Hani Hanjour who is
said to have flown American Airlines Flight 77 into the Pentagon
with a turn and manoeuvre most professional pilots said they would
have struggled to do was banned from renting a small plane by
instructors at the Freeway Airport in Bowie, Maryland, just six weeks
earlier on the grounds that he was an incompetent pilot. The Jewish
population of the world is just 0.2 percent with even that almost
entirely concentrated in Israel (75 percent Jewish) and the United
States (around two percent). This two percent and globally 0.2
percent refers to Jewish people and not Sabbatian interlopers who are
a fraction of that fraction. What a sobering thought when you think
of the fantastic influence on world affairs of tiny Israel and that the
Project for the New America Century (PNAC) which laid out the
blueprint in September, 2000, for America’s war on terror and regime
change wars in Iraq, Libya and Syria was founded and dominated by
Sabbatians known as ‘Neocons’. The document conceded that this
plan would not be supported politically or publicly without a major
a ack on American soil and a Problem-Reaction-Solution excuse to
send troops to war across the Middle East. Sabbatian Neocons said:
... [The] process of transformation ... [war and regime change] ... is likely to be a long one,
absent some catastrophic and catalysing event – like a new Pearl Harbor.
Four months later many of those who produced that document
came to power with their inane puppet George Bush from the longtime Sabbatian Bush family. They included Sabbatian Dick Cheney
who was officially vice-president, but really de-facto president for
the entirety of the ‘Bush’ government. Nine months a er the ‘Bush’
inauguration came what Bush called at the time ‘the Pearl Harbor of
the 21st century’ and with typical Sabbatian timing and symbolism
2001 was the 60th anniversary of the a ack in 1941 by the Japanese
Air Force on Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, which allowed President
Franklin Delano Roosevelt to take the United States into a Sabbatian-
instigated Second World War that he said in his election campaign
that he never would. The evidence is overwhelming that Roosevelt
and his military and intelligence networks knew the a ack was
coming and did nothing to stop it, but they did make sure that
America’s most essential naval ships were not in Hawaii at the time.
Three thousand Americans died in the Pearl Harbor a acks as they
did on September 11th. By the 9/11 year of 2001 Sabbatians had
widely infiltrated the US government, military and intelligence
operations and used their compartmentalised assets to pull off the
‘Al-Qaeda’ a acks. If you read The Trigger it will blow your mind to
see the u erly staggering concentration of ‘Jewish’ operatives
(Sabbatian infiltrators) in essential positions of political, security,
legal, law enforcement, financial and business power before, during,
and a er the a acks to make them happen, carry them out, and then
cover their tracks – and I do mean staggering when you think of that
0.2 percent of the world population and two percent of Americans
which are Jewish while Sabbatian infiltrators are a fraction of that. A
central foundation of the 9/11 conspiracy was the hijacking of
government, military, Air Force and intelligence computer systems
in real time through ‘back-door’ access made possible by Israeli
(Sabbatian) ‘cyber security’ so ware. Sabbatian-controlled Israel is
on the way to rivalling Silicon Valley for domination of cyberspace
and is becoming the dominant force in cyber-security which gives
them access to entire computer systems and their passcodes across
the world. Then add to this that Zionists head (officially) Silicon
Valley giants like Google (Larry Page and Sergey Brin), Googleowned YouTube (Susan Wojcicki), Facebook (Mark Zuckerberg and
Sheryl Sandberg), and Apple (Chairman Arthur D. Levinson), and
that ultra-Zionist hedge fund billionaire Paul Singer has a $1 billion
stake in Twi er which is only nominally headed by ‘CEO’ pothead
Jack Dorsey. As cable news host Tucker Carlson said of Dorsey:
‘There used to be debate in the medical community whether
dropping a ton of acid had permanent effects and I think that debate
has now ended.’ Carlson made the comment a er Dorsey told a
hearing on Capitol Hill (if you cut through his bullshit) that he
believed in free speech so long as he got to decide what you can hear
and see. These ‘big names’ of Silicon Valley are only front men and
women for the Global Cult, not least the Sabbatians, who are the true
controllers of these corporations. Does anyone still wonder why
these same people and companies have been ferociously censoring
and banning people (like me) for exposing any aspect of the Cult
agenda and especially the truth about the ‘Covid’ hoax which
Sabbatians have orchestrated?
The Jeffrey Epstein paedophile ring was a Sabbatian operation. He
was officially ‘Jewish’ but he was a Sabbatian and women abused by
the ring have told me about the high number of ‘Jewish’ people
involved. The Epstein horror has Sabbatian wri en all over it and
matches perfectly their modus operandi and obsession with sex and
ritual. Epstein was running a Sabbatian blackmail ring in which
famous people with political and other influence were provided
with young girls for sex while everything was being filmed and
recorded on hidden cameras and microphones at his New York
house, Caribbean island and other properties. Epstein survivors
have described this surveillance system to me and some have gone
public. Once the famous politician or other figure knew he or she
was on video they tended to do whatever they were told. Here we go
again …when you’ve got them by the balls their hearts and minds
will follow. Sabbatians use this blackmail technique on a wide scale
across the world to entrap politicians and others they need to act as
demanded. Epstein’s private plane, the infamous ‘Lolita Express’,
had many well-known passengers including Bill Clinton while Bill
Gates has flown on an Epstein plane and met with him four years
a er Epstein had been jailed for paedophilia. They subsequently met
many times at Epstein’s home in New York according to a witness
who was there. Epstein’s infamous side-kick was Ghislaine Maxwell,
daughter of Mossad agent and ultra-Zionist mega-crooked British
businessman, Bob Maxwell, who at one time owned the Daily Mirror
newspaper. Maxwell was murdered at sea on his boat in 1991 by
Sabbatian-controlled Mossad when he became a liability with his
business empire collapsing as a former Mossad operative has
confirmed (see The Trigger).
Money, money, money, funny money …
Before I come to the Sabbatian connection with the last three US
presidents I will lay out the crucial importance to Sabbatians of
controlling banking and finance. Sabbatian Mayer Amschel
Rothschild set out to dominate this arena in his family’s quest for
total global control. What is freedom? It is, in effect, choice. The
more choices you have the freer you are and the fewer your choices
the more you are enslaved. In the global structure created over
centuries by Sabbatians the biggest decider and restrictor of choice is
… money. Across the world if you ask people what they would like
to do with their lives and why they are not doing that they will reply
‘I don’t have the money’. This is the idea. A global elite of multibillionaires are described as ‘greedy’ and that is true on one level;
but control of money – who has it and who doesn’t – is not primarily
about greed. It’s about control. Sabbatians have seized ever more
control of finance and sucked the wealth of the world out of the
hands of the population. We talk now, a er all, about the ‘Onepercent’ and even then the wealthiest are a lot fewer even than that.
This has been made possible by a money scam so outrageous and so
vast it could rightly be called the scam of scams founded on creating
‘money’ out of nothing and ‘loaning’ that with interest to the
population. Money out of nothing is called ‘credit’. Sabbatians have
asserted control over governments and banking ever more
completely through the centuries and secured financial laws that
allow banks to lend hugely more than they have on deposit in a
confidence trick known as fractional reserve lending. Imagine if you
could lend money that doesn’t exist and charge the recipient interest
for doing so. You would end up in jail. Bankers by contrast end up in
mansions, private jets, Malibu and Monaco.
Banks are only required to keep a fraction of their deposits and
wealth in their vaults and they are allowed to lend ‘money’ they
don’t have called ‘credit. Go into a bank for a loan and if you succeed
the banker will not move any real wealth into your account. They
will type into your account the amount of the agreed ‘loan’ – say
£100,000. This is not wealth that really exists; it is non-existent, freshair, created-out-of-nothing ‘credit’ which has never, does not, and
will never exist except in theory. Credit is backed by nothing except
wind and only has buying power because people think that it has
buying power and accept it in return for property, goods and
services. I have described this situation as like those cartoon
characters you see chasing each other and when they run over the
edge of a cliff they keep running forward on fresh air until one of
them looks down, realises what’s happened, and they all crash into
the ravine. The whole foundation of the Sabbatian financial system is
to stop people looking down except for periodic moments when they
want to crash the system (as in 2008 and 2020 ongoing) and reap the
rewards from all the property, businesses and wealth their borrowers
had signed over as ‘collateral’ in return for a ‘loan’ of fresh air. Most
people think that money is somehow created by governments when
it comes into existence from the start as a debt through banks
‘lending’ illusory money called credit. Yes, the very currency of
exchange is a debt from day one issued as an interest-bearing loan.
Why don’t governments create money interest-free and lend it to
their people interest-free? Governments are controlled by Sabbatians
and the financial system is controlled by Sabbatians for whom
interest-free money would be a nightmare come true. Sabbatians
underpin their financial domination through their global network of
central banks, including the privately-owned US Federal Reserve
and Britain’s Bank of England, and this is orchestrated by a
privately-owned central bank coordination body called the Bank for
International Se lements in Basle, Switzerland, created by the usual
suspects including the Rockefellers and Rothschilds. Central bank
chiefs don’t answer to governments or the people. They answer to
the Bank for International Se lements or, in other words, the Global
Cult which is dominated today by Sabbatians.
Built-in disaster
There are so many constituent scams within the overall banking
scam. When you take out a loan of thin-air credit only the amount of
that loan is theoretically brought into circulation to add to the
amount in circulation; but you are paying back the principle plus
interest. The additional interest is not created and this means that
with every ‘loan’ there is a shortfall in the money in circulation
between what is borrowed and what has to be paid back. There is
never even close to enough money in circulation to repay all
outstanding public and private debt including interest. Coldly
weaved in the very fabric of the system is the certainty that some
will lose their homes, businesses and possessions to the banking
‘lender’. This is less obvious in times of ‘boom’ when the amount of
money in circulation (and the debt) is expanding through more
people wanting and ge ing loans. When a downturn comes and the
money supply contracts it becomes painfully obvious that there is
not enough money to service all debt and interest. This is less
obvious in times of ‘boom’ when the amount of money in circulation
(and the debt) is expanding through more people wanting and
ge ing loans. When a downturn comes and the money supply
contracts and it becomes painfully obvious – as in 2008 and currently
– that there is not enough money to service all debt and interest.
Sabbatian banksters have been leading the human population
through a calculated series of booms (more debt incurred) and busts
(when the debt can’t be repaid and the banks get the debtor’s
tangible wealth in exchange for non-existent ‘credit’). With each
‘bust’ Sabbatian bankers have absorbed more of the world’s tangible
wealth and we end up with the One-percent. Governments are in
bankruptcy levels of debt to the same system and are therefore
owned by a system they do not control. The Federal Reserve,
‘America’s central bank’, is privately-owned and American
presidents only nominally appoint its chairman or woman to
maintain the illusion that it’s an arm of government. It’s not. The
‘Fed’ is a cartel of private banks which handed billions to its
associates and friends a er the crash of 2008 and has been Sabbatiancontrolled since it was manipulated into being in 1913 through the
covert trickery of Rothschild banking agents Jacob Schiff and Paul
Warburg, and the Sabbatian Rockefeller family. Somehow from a
Jewish population of two-percent and globally 0.2 percent (Sabbatian
interlopers remember are far smaller) ultra-Zionists headed the
Federal Reserve for 31 years between 1987 and 2018 in the form of
Alan Greenspan, Bernard Bernanke and Janet Yellen (now Biden’s
Treasury Secretary) with Yellen’s deputy chairman a IsraeliAmerican duel citizen and ultra-Zionist Stanley Fischer, a former
governor of the Bank of Israel. Ultra-Zionist Fed chiefs spanned the
presidencies of Ronald Reagan (‘Republican’), Father George Bush
(‘Republican’), Bill Clinton (‘Democrat’), Boy George Bush
(‘Republican’) and Barack Obama (‘Democrat’). We should really
add the pre-Greenspan chairman, Paul Adolph Volcker, ‘appointed’
by Jimmy Carter (‘Democrat’) who ran the Fed between 1979 and
1987 during the Carter and Reagan administrations before
Greenspan took over. Volcker was a long-time associate and business
partner of the Rothschilds. No ma er what the ‘party’ officially in
power the United States economy was directed by the same force.
Here are members of the Obama, Trump and Biden administrations
and see if you can make out a common theme.
Barack Obama (‘Democrat’)
Ultra-Zionists Robert Rubin, Larry Summers, and Timothy Geithner
ran the US Treasury in the Clinton administration and two of them
reappeared with Obama. Ultra-Zionist Fed chairman Alan
Greenspan had manipulated the crash of 2008 through deregulation
and jumped ship just before the disaster to make way for ultraZionist Bernard Bernanke to hand out trillions to Sabbatian ‘too big
to fail’ banks and businesses, including the ubiquitous ultra-Zionist
Goldman Sachs which has an ongoing staff revolving door operation
between itself and major financial positions in government
worldwide. Obama inherited the fallout of the crash when he took
office in January, 2009, and fortunately he had the support of his
ultra-Zionist White House Chief of Staff Rahm Emmanuel, son of a
terrorist who helped to bomb Israel into being in 1948, and his ultraZionist senior adviser David Axelrod, chief strategist in Obama’s two
successful presidential campaigns. Emmanuel, later mayor of
Chicago and former senior fundraiser and strategist for Bill Clinton,
is an example of the Sabbatian policy a er Israel was established of
migrating insider families to America so their children would be
born American citizens. ‘Obama’ chose this financial team
throughout his administration to respond to the Sabbatian-instigated
crisis:
Timothy Geithner (ultra-Zionist) Treasury Secretary; Jacob J. Lew,
Treasury Secretary; Larry Summers (ultra-Zionist), director of the
White House National Economic Council; Paul Adolph Volcker
(Rothschild business partner), chairman of the Economic Recovery
Advisory Board; Peter Orszag (ultra-Zionist), director of the Office of
Management and Budget overseeing all government spending;
Penny Pritzker (ultra-Zionist), Commerce Secretary; Jared Bernstein
(ultra-Zionist), chief economist and economic policy adviser to Vice
President Joe Biden; Mary Schapiro (ultra-Zionist), chair of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); Gary Gensler (ultraZionist), chairman of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
(CFTC); Sheila Bair (ultra-Zionist), chair of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC); Karen Mills (ultra-Zionist), head of
the Small Business Administration (SBA); Kenneth Feinberg (ultraZionist), Special Master for Executive [bail-out] Compensation.
Feinberg would be appointed to oversee compensation (with strings)
to 9/11 victims and families in a campaign to stop them having their
day in court to question the official story. At the same time ultraZionist Bernard Bernanke was chairman of the Federal Reserve and
these are only some of the ultra-Zionists with allegiance to
Sabbatian-controlled Israel in the Obama government. Obama’s
biggest corporate donor was ultra-Zionist Goldman Sachs which had
employed many in his administration.
Donald Trump (‘Republican’)
Trump claimed to be an outsider (he wasn’t) who had come to ‘drain
the swamp’. He embarked on this goal by immediately appointing
ultra-Zionist Steve Mnuchin, a Goldman Sachs employee for 17
years, as his Treasury Secretary. Others included Gary Cohn (ultraZionist), chief operating officer of Goldman Sachs, his first Director
of the National Economic Council and chief economic adviser, who
was later replaced by Larry Kudlow (ultra-Zionist). Trump’s senior
adviser throughout his four years in the White House was his
sinister son-in-law Jared Kushner, a life-long friend of Israel Prime
Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. Kushner is the son of a convicted
crook who was pardoned by Trump in his last days in office. Other
ultra-Zionists in the Trump administration included: Stephen Miller,
Senior Policy Adviser; Avrahm Berkowitz, Deputy Adviser to Trump
and his Senior Adviser Jared Kushner; Ivanka Trump, Adviser to the
President, who converted to Judaism when she married Jared
Kushner; David Friedman, Trump lawyer and Ambassador to Israel;
Jason Greenbla , Trump Organization executive vice president and
chief legal officer, who was made Special Representative for
International Negotiations and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict; Rod
Rosenstein, Deputy A orney General; Elliot Abrams, Special
Representative for Venezuela, then Iran; John Eisenberg, National
Security Council Legal Adviser and Deputy Council to the President
for National Security Affairs; Anne Neuberger, Deputy National
Manager, National Security Agency; Ezra Cohen-Watnick, Acting
Under Secretary of Defense for Intelligence; Elan Carr, Special Envoy
to monitor and combat anti-Semitism; Len Khodorkovsky, Deputy
Special Envoy to monitor and combat anti-Semitism; Reed Cordish,
Assistant to the President, Intragovernmental and Technology
Initiatives. Trump Vice President Mike Pence and Secretary of State
Mike Pompeo, both Christian Zionists, were also vehement
supporters of Israel and its goals and ambitions.
Donald ‘free-speech believer’ Trump pardoned a number of
financial and violent criminals while ignoring calls to pardon Julian
Assange and Edward Snowden whose crimes are revealing highly
relevant information about government manipulation and
corruption and the widespread illegal surveillance of the American
people by US ‘security’ agencies. It’s so good to know that Trump is
on the side of freedom and justice and not mega-criminals with
allegiance to Sabbatian-controlled Israel. These included a pardon
for Israeli spy Jonathan Pollard who was jailed for life in 1987 under
the Espionage Act. Aviem Sella, the Mossad agent who recruited
Pollard, was also pardoned by Trump while Assange sat in jail and
Snowden remained in exile in Russia. Sella had ‘fled’ (was helped to
escape) to Israel in 1987 and was never extradited despite being
charged under the Espionage Act. A Trump White House statement
said that Sella’s clemency had been ‘supported by Benjamin
Netanyahu, Ron Dermer, Israel’s US Ambassador, David Friedman,
US Ambassador to Israel and Miriam Adelson, wife of leading
Trump donor Sheldon Adelson who died shortly before. Other
friends of Jared Kushner were pardoned along with Sholom Weiss
who was believed to be serving the longest-ever white-collar prison
sentence of more than 800 years in 2000. The sentence was
commuted of Ponzi-schemer Eliyahu Weinstein who defrauded Jews
and others out of $200 million. I did mention that Assange and
Snowden were ignored, right? Trump gave Sabbatians almost
everything they asked for in military and political support, moving
the US Embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem with its critical symbolic
and literal implications for Palestinian statehood, and the ‘deal of the
Century’ designed by Jared Kushner and David Friedman which
gave the Sabbatian Israeli government the green light to
substantially expand its already widespread program of building
illegal Jewish-only se lements in the occupied land of the West
Bank. This made a two-state ‘solution’ impossible by seizing all the
land of a potential Palestinian homeland and that had been the plan
since 1948 and then 1967 when the Arab-controlled Gaza Strip, West
Bank, Sinai Peninsula and Syrian Golan Heights were occupied by
Israel. All the talks about talks and road maps and delays have been
buying time until the West Bank was physically occupied by Israeli
real estate. Trump would have to be a monumentally ill-informed
idiot not to see that this was the plan he was helping to complete.
The Trump administration was in so many ways the Kushner
administration which means the Netanyahu administration which
means the Sabbatian administration. I understand why many
opposing Cult fascism in all its forms gravitated to Trump, but he
was a crucial part of the Sabbatian plan and I will deal with this in
the next chapter.
Joe Biden (‘Democrat’)
A barely cognitive Joe Biden took over the presidency in January,
2021, along with his fellow empty shell, Vice-President Kamala
Harris, as the latest Sabbatian gofers to enter the White House.
Names on the door may have changed and the ‘party’ – the force
behind them remained the same as Zionists were appointed to a
stream of pivotal areas relating to Sabbatian plans and policy. They
included: Janet Yellen, Treasury Secretary, former head of the Federal
Reserve, and still another ultra-Zionist running the US Treasury a er
Mnuchin (Trump), Lew and Geithner (Obama), and Summers and
Rubin (Clinton); Anthony Blinken, Secretary of State; Wendy
Sherman, Deputy Secretary of State (so that’s ‘Biden’s’ Sabbatian
foreign policy sorted); Jeff Zients, White House coronavirus
coordinator; Rochelle Walensky, head of the Centers for Disease
Control; Rachel Levine, transgender deputy health secretary (that’s
‘Covid’ hoax policy under control); Merrick Garland, A orney
General; Alejandro Mayorkas, Secretary of Homeland Security; Cass
Sunstein, Homeland Security with responsibility for new
immigration laws; Avril Haines, Director of National Intelligence;
Anne Neuberger, National Security Agency cybersecurity director
(note, cybersecurity); David Cohen, CIA Deputy Director; Ronald
Klain, Biden’s Chief of Staff (see Rahm Emanuel); Eric Lander, a
‘leading geneticist’, Office of Science and Technology Policy director
(see Smart Grid, synthetic biology agenda); Jessica Rosenworcel,
acting head of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
which controls Smart Grid technology policy and electromagnetic
communication systems including 5G. How can it be that so many
pivotal positions are held by two-percent of the American
population and 0.2 percent of the world population administration
a er administration no ma er who is the president and what is the
party? It’s a coincidence? Of course it’s not and this is why
Sabbatians have built their colossal global web of interlocking ‘anti-
hate’ hate groups to condemn anyone who asks these glaring
questions as an ‘anti-Semite’. The way that Jewish people horrifically
abused in Sabbatian-backed Nazi Germany are exploited to this end
is stomach-turning and disgusting beyond words.
Political fusion
Sabbatian manipulation has reversed the roles of Republicans and
Democrats and the same has happened in Britain with the
Conservative and Labour Parties. Republicans and Conservatives
were always labelled the ‘right’ and Democrats and Labour the ‘le ’,
but look at the policy positions now and the Democrat-Labour ‘le ’
has moved further to the ‘right’ than Republicans and Conservatives
under the banner of ‘Woke’, the Cult-created far-right tyranny.
Where once the Democrat-Labour ‘le ’ defended free speech and
human rights they now seek to delete them and as I said earlier
despite the ‘Covid’ fascism of the Jackboot Johnson Conservative
government in the UK the Labour Party of leader Keir Starmer
demanded even more extreme measures. The Labour Party has been
very publicly absorbed by Sabbatians a er a political and media
onslaught against the previous leader, the weak and inept Jeremy
Corbyn, over made-up allegations of ‘anti-Semitism’ both by him
and his party. The plan was clear with this ‘anti-Semite’ propaganda
and what was required in response was a swi and decisive ‘fuck
off’ from Corbyn and a statement to expose the Anti-Semitism
Industry (Sabbatian) a empt to silence Labour criticism of the Israeli
government (Sabbatians) and purge the party of all dissent against
the extremes of ultra-Zionism (Sabbatians). Instead Corbyn and his
party fell to their knees and appeased the abusers which, by
definition, is impossible. Appeasing one demand leads only to a new
demand to be appeased until takeover is complete. Like I say – ‘fuck
off’ would have been a much more effective policy and I have used it
myself with great effect over the years when Sabbatians are on my
case which is most of the time. I consider that fact a great
compliment, by the way. The outcome of the Labour Party
capitulation is that we now have a Sabbatian-controlled
Conservative Party ‘opposed’ by a Sabbatian-controlled Labour
Party in a one-party Sabbatian state that hurtles towards the
extremes of tyranny (the Sabbatian cult agenda). In America the
situation is the same. Labour’s Keir Starmer spends his days on his
knees with his tongue out pointing to Tel Aviv, or I guess now
Jerusalem, while Boris Johnson has an ‘anti-Semitism czar’ in the
form of former Labour MP John Mann who keeps Starmer company
on his prayer mat.
Sabbatian influence can be seen in Jewish members of the Labour
Party who have been ejected for criticism of Israel including those
from families that suffered in Nazi Germany. Sabbatians despise real
Jewish people and target them even more harshly because it is so
much more difficult to dub them ‘anti-Semitic’ although in their
desperation they do try.
CHAPTER THREE
The Pushbacker sting
Until you realize how easy it is for your mind to be manipulated, you
remain the puppet of someone else’s game
Evita Ochel
I
will use the presidencies of Trump and Biden to show how the
manipulation of the one-party state plays out behind the illusion
of political choice across the world. No two presidencies could – on
the face of it – be more different and apparently at odds in terms of
direction and policy.
A Renegade Mind sees beyond the obvious and focuses on
outcomes and consequences and not image, words and waffle. The
Cult embarked on a campaign to divide America between those who
blindly support its agenda (the mentality known as ‘Woke’) and
those who are pushing back on where the Cult and its Sabbatians
want to go. This presents infinite possibilities for dividing and ruling
the population by se ing them at war with each other and allows a
perceptual ring fence of demonisation to encircle the Pushbackers in
a modern version of the Li le Big Horn in 1876 when American
cavalry led by Lieutenant Colonel George Custer were drawn into a
trap, surrounded and killed by Native American tribes defending
their land of thousands of years from being seized by the
government. In this modern version the roles are reversed and it’s
those defending themselves from the Sabbatian government who are
surrounded and the government that’s seeking to destroy them. This
trap was set years ago and to explain how we must return to 2016
and the emergence of Donald Trump as a candidate to be President
of the United States. He set out to overcome the best part of 20 other
candidates in the Republican Party before and during the primaries
and was not considered by many in those early stages to have a
prayer of living in the White House. The Republican Party was said
to have great reservations about Trump and yet somehow he won
the nomination. When you know how American politics works –
politics in general – there is no way that Trump could have become
the party’s candidate unless the Sabbatian-controlled ‘Neocons’ that
run the Republican Party wanted that to happen. We saw the proof
in emails and documents made public by WikiLeaks that the
Democratic Party hierarchy, or Democons, systematically
undermined the campaign of Bernie Sanders to make sure that
Sabbatian gofer Hillary Clinton won the nomination to be their
presidential candidate. If the Democons could do that then the
Neocons in the Republican Party could have derailed Trump in the
same way. But they didn’t and at that stage I began to conclude that
Trump could well be the one chosen to be president. If that was the
case the ‘why’ was pre y clear to see – the goal of dividing America
between Cult agenda-supporting Wokers and Pushbackers who
gravitated to Trump because he was telling them what they wanted
to hear. His constituency of support had been increasingly ignored
and voiceless for decades and profoundly through the eight years of
Sabbatian puppet Barack Obama. Now here was someone speaking
their language of pulling back from the incessant globalisation of
political and economic power, the exporting of American jobs to
China and elsewhere by ‘American’ (Sabbatian) corporations, the
deletion of free speech, and the mass immigration policies that had
further devastated job opportunities for the urban working class of
all races and the once American heartlands of the Midwest.
Beware the forked tongue
Those people collectively sighed with relief that at last a political
leader was apparently on their side, but another trait of the
Renegade Mind is that you look even harder at people telling you
what you want to hear than those who are telling you otherwise.
Obviously as I said earlier people wish what they want to hear to be
true and genuine and they are much more likely to believe that than
someone saying what they don’t want to here and don’t want to be
true. Sales people are taught to be skilled in eliciting by calculated
questioning what their customers want to hear and repeating that
back to them as their own opinion to get their targets to like and
trust them. Assets of the Cult are also sales people in the sense of
selling perception. To read Cult manipulation you have to play the
long and expanded game and not fall for the Vaudeville show of
party politics. Both American parties are vehicles for the Cult and
they exploit them in different ways depending on what the agenda
requires at that moment. Trump and the Republicans were used to
be the focus of dividing America and isolating Pushbackers to open
the way for a Biden presidency to become the most extreme in
American history by advancing the full-blown Woke (Cult) agenda
with the aim of destroying and silencing Pushbackers now labelled
Nazi Trump supporters and white supremacists.
Sabbatians wanted Trump in office for the reasons described by
ultra-Zionist Saul Alinsky (1909-1972) who was promoting the Woke
philosophy through ‘community organising’ long before anyone had
heard of it. In those days it still went by its traditional name of
Marxism. The reason for the manipulated Trump phenomenon was
laid out in Alinsky’s 1971 book, Rules for Radicals, which was his
blueprint for overthrowing democratic and other regimes and
replacing them with Sabbatian Marxism. Not surprisingly his to-do
list was evident in the Sabbatian French and Russian ‘Revolutions’
and that in China which will become very relevant in the next
chapter about the ‘Covid’ hoax. Among Alinsky’s followers have
been the deeply corrupt Barack Obama, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi
and Hillary Clinton who described him as a ‘hero’. All three are
Sabbatian stooges with Pelosi personifying the arrogant corrupt
idiocy that so widely fronts up for the Cult inner core. Predictably as
a Sabbatian advocate of the ‘light-bringer’ Alinsky features Lucifer
on the dedication page of his book as the original radical who gained
his own kingdom (‘Earth’ as we shall see). One of Alinsky’s golden
radical rules was to pick an individual and focus all a ention, hatred
and blame on them and not to target faceless bureaucracies and
corporations. Rules for Radicals is really a Sabbatian handbook with
its contents repeatedly employed all over the world for centuries and
why wouldn’t Sabbatians bring to power their designer-villain to be
used as the individual on which all a ention, hatred and blame was
bestowed? This is what they did and the only question for me is how
much Trump knew that and how much he was manipulated. A bit of
both, I suspect. This was Alinsky’s Trump technique from a man
who died in 1972. The technique has spanned history:
Pick the target, freeze it, personalize it, polarize it. Don’t try to attack abstract corporations or
bureaucracies. Identify a responsible individual. Ignore attempts to shift or spread the blame.
From the moment Trump came to illusory power everything was
about him. It wasn’t about Republican policy or opinion, but all
about Trump. Everything he did was presented in negative,
derogatory and abusive terms by the Sabbatian-dominated media
led by Cult operations such as CNN, MSNBC, The New York Times
and the Jeff Bezos-owned Washington Post – ‘Pick the target, freeze it,
personalize it, polarize it.’ Trump was turned into a demon to be
vilified by those who hated him and a demi-god loved by those who
worshipped him. This, in turn, had his supporters, too, presented as
equally demonic in preparation for the punchline later down the line
when Biden was about to take office. It was here’s a Trump, there’s a
Trump, everywhere a Trump, Trump. Virtually every news story or
happening was filtered through the lens of ‘The Donald’. You loved
him or hated him and which one you chose was said to define you as
Satan’s spawn or a paragon of virtue. Even supporting some Trump
policies or statements and not others was enough for an assault on
your character. No shades of grey were or are allowed. Everything is
black and white (literally and figuratively). A Californian I knew had
her head u erly scrambled by her hatred for Trump while telling
people they should love each other. She was so totally consumed by
Trump Derangement Syndrome as it became to be known that this
glaring contradiction would never have occurred to her. By
definition anyone who criticised Trump or praised his opponents
was a hero and this lady described Joe Biden as ‘a kind, honest
gentleman’ when he’s a provable liar, mega-crook and vicious piece
of work to boot. Sabbatians had indeed divided America using
Trump as the fall-guy and all along the clock was ticking on the
consequences for his supporters.
In hock to his masters
Trump gave Sabbatians via Israel almost everything they wanted in
his four years. Ask and you shall receive was the dynamic between
himself and Benjamin Netanyahu orchestrated by Trump’s ultraZionist son-in-law Jared Kushner, his ultra-Zionist Ambassador to
Israel, David Friedman, and ultra-Zionist ‘Israel adviser’, Jason
Greenbla . The last two were central to the running and protecting
from collapse of his business empire, the Trump Organisation, and
colossal business failures made him forever beholding to Sabbatian
networks that bailed him out. By the start of the 1990s Trump owed
$4 billion to banks that he couldn’t pay and almost $1billion of that
was down to him personally and not his companies. This megadisaster was the result of building two new casinos in Atlantic City
and buying the enormous Taj Mahal operation which led to
crippling debt payments. He had borrowed fantastic sums from 72
banks with major Sabbatian connections and although the scale of
debt should have had him living in a tent alongside the highway
they never foreclosed. A plan was devised to li Trump from the
mire by BT Securities Corporation and Rothschild Inc. and the case
was handled by Wilber Ross who had worked for the Rothschilds for
27 years. Ross would be named US Commerce Secretary a er
Trump’s election. Another crucial figure in saving Trump was ultraZionist ‘investor’ Carl Icahn who bought the Taj Mahal casino. Icahn
was made special economic adviser on financial regulation in the
Trump administration. He didn’t stay long but still managed to find
time to make a tidy sum of a reported $31.3 million when he sold his
holdings affected by the price of steel three days before Trump
imposed a 235 percent tariff on steel imports. What amazing bits of
luck these people have. Trump and Sabbatian operatives have long
had a close association and his mentor and legal adviser from the
early 1970s until 1986 was the dark and genetically corrupt ultraZionist Roy Cohn who was chief counsel to Senator Joseph
McCarthy’s ‘communist’ witch-hunt in the 1950s. Esquire magazine
published an article about Cohn with the headline ‘Don’t mess with
Roy Cohn’. He was described as the most feared lawyer in New York
and ‘a ruthless master of dirty tricks ... [with] ... more than one Mafia
Don on speed dial’. Cohn’s influence, contacts, support and
protection made Trump a front man for Sabbatians in New York
with their connections to one of Cohn’s many criminal employers,
the ‘Russian’ Sabbatian Mafia. Israel-centric media mogul Rupert
Murdoch was introduced to Trump by Cohn and they started a long
friendship. Cohn died in 1986 weeks a er being disbarred for
unethical conduct by the Appellate Division of the New York State
Supreme Court. The wheels of justice do indeed run slow given the
length of Cohn’s crooked career.
QAnon-sense
We are asked to believe that Donald Trump with his fundamental
connections to Sabbatian networks and operatives has been leading
the fight to stop the Sabbatian agenda for the fascistic control of
America and the world. Sure he has. A man entrapped during his
years in the White House by Sabbatian operatives and whose biggest
financial donor was casino billionaire Sheldon Adelson who was
Sabbatian to his DNA?? Oh, do come on. Trump has been used to
divide America and isolate Pushbackers on the Cult agenda under
the heading of ‘Trump supporters’, ‘insurrectionists’ and ‘white
supremacists’. The US Intelligence/Mossad Psyop or psychological
operation known as QAnon emerged during the Trump years as a
central pillar in the Sabbatian campaign to lead Pushbackers into the
trap set by those that wished to destroy them. I knew from the start
that QAnon was a scam because I had seen the same scenario many
times before over 30 years under different names and I had wri en
about one in particular in the books. ‘Not again’ was my reaction
when QAnon came to the fore. The same script is pulled out every
few years and a new name added to the le erhead. The story always
takes the same form: ‘Insiders’ or ‘the good guys’ in the governmentintelligence-military ‘Deep State’ apparatus were going to instigate
mass arrests of the ‘bad guys’ which would include the Rockefellers,
Rothschilds, Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, George Soros, etc., etc.
Dates are given for when the ‘good guys’ are going to move in, but
the dates pass without incident and new dates are given which pass
without incident. The central message to Pushbackers in each case is
that they don’t have to do anything because there is ‘a plan’ and it is
all going to be sorted by the ‘good guys’ on the inside. ‘Trust the
plan’ was a QAnon mantra when the only plan was to misdirect
Pushbackers into pu ing their trust in a Psyop they believed to be
real. Beware, beware, those who tell you what you want to hear and
always check it out. Right up to Biden’s inauguration QAnon was
still claiming that ‘the Storm’ was coming and Trump would stay on
as president when Biden and his cronies were arrested and jailed. It
was never going to happen and of course it didn’t, but what did
happen as a result provided that punchline to the Sabbatian
Trump/QAnon Psyop.
On January 6th, 2021, a very big crowd of Trump supporters
gathered in the National Mall in Washington DC down from the
Capitol Building to protest at what they believed to be widespread
corruption and vote fraud that stopped Trump being re-elected for a
second term as president in November, 2020. I say as someone that
does not support Trump or Biden that the evidence is clear that
major vote-fixing went on to favour Biden, a man with cognitive
problems so advanced he can o en hardly string a sentence together
without reading the words wri en for him on the Teleprompter.
Glaring ballot discrepancies included serious questions about
electronic voting machines that make vote rigging a comparative
cinch and hundreds of thousands of paper votes that suddenly
appeared during already advanced vote counts and virtually all of
them for Biden. Early Trump leads in crucial swing states suddenly
began to close and disappear. The pandemic hoax was used as the
excuse to issue almost limitless numbers of mail-in ballots with no
checks to establish that the recipients were still alive or lived at that
address. They were sent to streams of people who had not even
asked for them. Private organisations were employed to gather these
ballots and who knows what they did with them before they turned
up at the counts. The American election system has been
manipulated over decades to become a sick joke with more holes
than a Swiss cheese for the express purpose of dictating the results.
Then there was the criminal manipulation of information by
Sabbatian tech giants like Facebook, Twi er and Google-owned
YouTube which deleted pro-Trump, anti-Biden accounts and posts
while everything in support of Biden was le alone. Sabbatians
wanted Biden to win because a er the dividing of America it was
time for full-on Woke and every aspect of the Cult agenda to be
unleashed.
Hunter gatherer
Extreme Silicon Valley bias included blocking information by the
New York Post exposing a Biden scandal that should have ended his
bid for president in the final weeks of the campaign. Hunter Biden,
his monumentally corrupt son, is reported to have sent a laptop to
be repaired at a local store and failed to return for it. Time passed
until the laptop became the property of the store for non-payment of
the bill. When the owner saw what was on the hard drive he gave a
copy to the FBI who did nothing even though it confirmed
widespread corruption in which the Joe Biden family were using his
political position, especially when he was vice president to Obama,
to make multiple millions in countries around the world and most
notably Ukraine and China. Hunter Biden’s one-time business
partner Tony Bobulinski went public when the story broke in the
New York Post to confirm the corruption he saw and that Joe Biden
not only knew what was going on he also profited from the spoils.
Millions were handed over by a Chinese company with close
connections – like all major businesses in China – to the Chinese
communist party of President Xi Jinping. Joe Biden even boasted at a
meeting of the Cult’s World Economic Forum that as vice president
he had ordered the government of Ukraine to fire a prosecutor. What
he didn’t mention was that the same man just happened to be
investigating an energy company which was part of Hunter Biden’s
corrupt portfolio. The company was paying him big bucks for no
other reason than the influence his father had. Overnight Biden’s
presidential campaign should have been over given that he had lied
publicly about not knowing what his son was doing. Instead almost
the entire Sabbatian-owned mainstream media and Sabbatianowned Silicon Valley suppressed circulation of the story. This alone
went a mighty way to rigging the election of 2020. Cult assets like
Mark Zuckerberg at Facebook also spent hundreds of millions to be
used in support of Biden and vote ‘administration’.
The Cult had used Trump as the focus to divide America and was
now desperate to bring in moronic, pliable, corrupt Biden to
complete the double-whammy. No way were they going to let li le
things like the will of the people thwart their plan. Silicon Valley
widely censored claims that the election was rigged because it was
rigged. For the same reason anyone claiming it was rigged was
denounced as a ‘white supremacist’ including the pathetically few
Republican politicians willing to say so. Right across the media
where the claim was mentioned it was described as a ‘false claim’
even though these excuses for ‘journalists’ would have done no
research into the subject whatsoever. Trump won seven million more
votes than any si ing president had ever achieved while somehow a
cognitively-challenged soon to be 78-year-old who was hidden away
from the public for most of the campaign managed to win more
votes than any presidential candidate in history. It makes no sense.
You only had to see election rallies for both candidates to witness the
enthusiasm for Trump and the apathy for Biden. Tens of thousands
would a end Trump events while Biden was speaking in empty car
parks with o en only television crews a ending and framing their
shots to hide the fact that no one was there. It was pathetic to see
footage come to light of Biden standing at a podium making
speeches only to TV crews and party fixers while reading the words
wri en for him on massive Teleprompter screens. So, yes, those
protestors on January 6th had a point about election rigging, but
some were about to walk into a trap laid for them in Washington by
the Cult Deep State and its QAnon Psyop. This was the Capitol Hill
riot ludicrously dubbed an ‘insurrection’.
The spider and the fly
Renegade Minds know there are not two ‘sides’ in politics, only one
side, the Cult, working through all ‘sides’. It’s a stage show, a puppet
show, to direct the perceptions of the population into focusing on
diversions like parties and candidates while missing the puppeteers
with their hands holding all the strings. The Capitol Hill
‘insurrection’ brings us back to the Li le Big Horn. Having created
two distinct opposing groupings – Woke and Pushbackers – the trap
was about to be sprung. Pushbackers were to be encircled and
isolated by associating them all in the public mind with Trump and
then labelling Trump as some sort of Confederate leader. I knew
immediately that the Capitol riot was a set-up because of two things.
One was how easy the rioters got into the building with virtually no
credible resistance and secondly I could see – as with the ‘Covid’
hoax in the West at the start of 2020 – how the Cult could exploit the
situation to move its agenda forward with great speed. My
experience of Cult techniques and activities over more than 30 years
has showed me that while they do exploit situations they haven’t
themselves created this never happens with events of fundamental
agenda significance. Every time major events giving cultists the
excuse to rapidly advance their plan you find they are manipulated
into being for the specific reason of providing that excuse – ProblemReaction-Solution. Only a tiny minority of the huge crowd of
Washington protestors sought to gain entry to the Capitol by
smashing windows and breaching doors. That didn’t ma er. The
whole crowd and all Pushbackers, even if they did not support
Trump, were going to be lumped together as dangerous
insurrectionists and conspiracy theorists. The la er term came into
widespread use through a CIA memo in the 1960s aimed at
discrediting those questioning the nonsensical official story of the
Kennedy assassination and it subsequently became widely
employed by the media. It’s still being used by inept ‘journalists’
with no idea of its origin to discredit anyone questioning anything
that authority claims to be true. When you are perpetrating a
conspiracy you need to discredit the very word itself even though
the dictionary definition of conspiracy is merely ‘the activity of
secretly planning with other people to do something bad or illegal‘
and ‘a general agreement to keep silent about a subject for the
purpose of keeping it secret’. On that basis there are conspiracies
almost wherever you look. For obvious reasons the Cult and its
lapdog media have to claim there are no conspiracies even though
the word appears in state laws as with conspiracy to defraud, to
murder, and to corrupt public morals.
Agent provocateurs are widely used by the Cult Deep State to
manipulate genuine people into acting in ways that suit the desired
outcome. By genuine in this case I mean protestors genuinely
supporting Trump and claims that the election was stolen. In among
them, however, were agents of the state wearing the garb of Trump
supporters and QAnon to pump-prime the Capital riot which some
genuine Trump supporters naively fell for. I described the situation
as ‘Come into my parlour said the spider to the fly’. Leaflets
appeared through the Woke paramilitary arm Antifa, the anti-fascist
fascists, calling on supporters to turn up in Washington looking like
Trump supporters even though they hated him. Some of those
arrested for breaching the Capitol Building were sourced to Antifa
and its stable mate Black Lives Ma er. Both organisations are funded
by Cult billionaires and corporations. One man charged for the riot
was according to his lawyer a former FBI agent who had held top
secret security clearance for 40 years. A orney Thomas Plofchan said
of his client, 66-year-old Thomas Edward Caldwell:
He has held a Top Secret Security Clearance since 1979 and has undergone multiple Special
Background Investigations in support of his clearances. After retiring from the Navy, he
worked as a section chief for the Federal Bureau of Investigation from 2009-2010 as a GS-12
[mid-level employee].
He also formed and operated a consulting firm performing work, often classified, for U.S
government customers including the US. Drug Enforcement Agency, Department of Housing
and Urban Development, the US Coast Guard, and the US Army Personnel Command.
A judge later released Caldwell pending trial in the absence of
evidence about a conspiracy or that he tried to force his way into the
building. The New York Post reported a ‘law enforcement source‘ as
saying that ‘at least two known Antifa members were spo ed’ on
camera among Trump supporters during the riot while one of the
rioters arrested was John Earle Sullivan, a seriously extreme Black
Lives Ma er Trump-hater from Utah who was previously arrested
and charged in July, 2020, over a BLM-Antifa riot in which drivers
were threatened and one was shot. Sullivan is the founder of Utahbased Insurgence USA which is an affiliate of the Cult-created-andfunded Black Lives Ma er movement. Footage appeared and was
then deleted by Twi er of Trump supporters calling out Antifa
infiltrators and a group was filmed changing into pro-Trump
clothing before the riot. Security at the building was pathetic – as
planned. Colonel Leroy Fletcher Prouty, a man with long experience
in covert operations working with the US security apparatus, once
described the tell-tale sign to identify who is involved in an
assassination. He said:
No one has to direct an assassination – it happens. The active role is played secretly by
permitting it to happen. This is the greatest single clue. Who has the power to call off or
reduce the usual security precautions?
This principle applies to many other situations and certainly to the
Capitol riot of January 6th, 2021.
The sting
With such a big and potentially angry crowd known to be gathering
near the Capitol the security apparatus would have had a major
police detail to defend the building with National Guard troops on
standby given the strength of feeling among people arriving from all
over America encouraged by the QAnon Psyop and statements by
Donald Trump. Instead Capitol Police ‘security’ was flimsy, weak,
and easily breached. The same number of officers was deployed as
on a regular day and that is a blatant red flag. They were not staffed
or equipped for a possible riot that had been an obvious possibility
in the circumstances. No protective and effective fencing worth the
name was put in place and there were no contingency plans. The
whole thing was basically a case of standing aside and waving
people in. Once inside police mostly backed off apart from one
Capitol police officer who ridiculously shot dead unarmed Air Force
veteran protestor Ashli Babbi without a warning as she climbed
through a broken window. The ‘investigation’ refused to name or
charge the officer a er what must surely be considered a murder in
the circumstances. They just li ed a carpet and swept. The story was
endlessly repeated about five people dying in the ‘armed
insurrection’ when there was no report of rioters using weapons.
Apart from Babbi the other four died from a heart a ack, strokes
and apparently a drug overdose. Capitol police officer Brian Sicknick
was reported to have died a er being bludgeoned with a fire
extinguisher when he was alive a er the riot was over and died later
of what the Washington Medical Examiner’s Office said was a stroke.
Sicknick had no external injuries. The lies were delivered like rapid
fire. There was a narrative to build with incessant repetition of the lie
until the lie became the accepted ‘everybody knows that’ truth. The
‘Big Lie’ technique of Nazi Propaganda Minister Joseph Goebbels is
constantly used by the Cult which was behind the Nazis and is
today behind the ‘Covid’ and ‘climate change’ hoaxes. Goebbels
said:
If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it.
The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the
political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important
for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the
lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.
Most protestors had a free run of the Capitol Building. This
allowed pictures to be taken of rioters in iconic parts of the building
including the Senate chamber which could be used as propaganda
images against all Pushbackers. One Congresswoman described the
scene as ‘the worst kind of non-security anybody could ever
imagine’. Well, the first part was true, but someone obviously did
imagine it and made sure it happened. Some photographs most
widely circulated featured people wearing QAnon symbols and now
the Psyop would be used to dub all QAnon followers with the
ubiquitous fit-all label of ‘white supremacist’ and ‘insurrectionists’.
When a Muslim extremist called Noah Green drove his car at two
police officers at the Capitol Building killing one in April, 2021, there
was no such political and media hysteria. They were just
disappointed he wasn’t white.
The witch-hunt
Government prosecutor Michael Sherwin, an aggressive, dark-eyed,
professional Ro weiler led the ‘investigation’ and to call it over the
top would be to understate reality a thousand fold. Hundreds were
tracked down and arrested for the crime of having the wrong
political views and people were jailed who had done nothing more
than walk in the building, commi ed no violence or damage to
property, took a few pictures and le . They were labelled a ‘threat to
the Republic’ while Biden sat in the White House signing executive
orders wri en for him that were dismantling ‘the Republic’. Even
when judges ruled that a mother and son should not be in jail the
government kept them there. Some of those arrested have been
badly beaten by prison guards in Washington and lawyers for one
man said he suffered a fractured skull and was made blind in one
eye. Meanwhile a woman is shot dead for no reason by a Capitol
Police officer and we are not allowed to know who he is never mind
what has happened to him although that will be nothing. The Cult’s
QAnon/Trump sting to identify and isolate Pushbackers and then
target them on the road to crushing and deleting them was a
resounding success. You would have thought the Russians had
invaded the building at gunpoint and lined up senators for a firing
squad to see the political and media reaction. Congresswoman
Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez is a child in a woman’s body, a terribletwos, me, me, me, Woker narcissist of such proportions that words
have no meaning. She said she thought she was going to die when
‘insurrectionists’ banged on her office door. It turned out she wasn’t
even in the Capitol Building when the riot was happening and the
‘banging’ was a Capitol Police officer. She referred to herself as a
‘survivor’ which is an insult to all those true survivors of violent and
sexual abuse while she lives her pampered and privileged life
talking drivel for a living. Her Woke colleague and fellow meganarcissist Rashida Tlaib broke down describing the devastating
effect on her, too, of not being in the building when the rioters were
there. Ocasio-Cortez and Tlaib are members of a fully-Woke group
of Congresswomen known as ‘The Squad’ along with Ilhan Omar
and Ayanna Pressley. The Squad from what I can see can be
identified by its vehement anti-white racism, anti-white men agenda,
and, as always in these cases, the absence of brain cells on active
duty.
The usual suspects were on the riot case immediately in the form
of Democrat ultra-Zionist senators and operatives Chuck Schumer
and Adam Schiff demanding that Trump be impeached for ‘his part
in the insurrection’. The same pair of prats had led the failed
impeachment of Trump over the invented ‘Russia collusion’
nonsense which claimed Russia had helped Trump win the 2016
election. I didn’t realise that Tel Aviv had been relocated just outside
Moscow. I must find an up-to-date map. The Russia hoax was a
Sabbatian operation to keep Trump occupied and impotent and to
stop any rapport with Russia which the Cult wants to retain as a
perceptual enemy to be pulled out at will. Puppet Biden began
a acking Russia when he came to office as the Cult seeks more
upheaval, division and war across the world. A two-year stage show
‘Russia collusion inquiry’ headed by the not-very-bright former 9/11
FBI chief Robert Mueller, with support from 19 lawyers, 40 FBI
agents plus intelligence analysts, forensic accountants and other
staff, devoured tens of millions of dollars and found no evidence of
Russia collusion which a ten-year-old could have told them on day
one. Now the same moronic Schumer and Schiff wanted a second
impeachment of Trump over the Capitol ‘insurrection’ (riot) which
the arrested development of Schumer called another ‘Pearl Harbor’
while others compared it with 9/11 in which 3,000 died and, in the
case of CNN, with the Rwandan genocide in the 1990s in which an
estimated 500,000 to 600,000 were murdered, between 250, 000 and
500,000 women were raped, and populations of whole towns were
hacked to death with machetes. To make those comparisons purely
for Cult political reasons is beyond insulting to those that suffered
and lost their lives and confirms yet again the callous inhumanity
that we are dealing with. Schumer is a monumental idiot and so is
Schiff, but they serve the Cult agenda and do whatever they’re told
so they get looked a er. Talking of idiots – another inane man who
spanned the Russia and Capitol impeachment a empts was Senator
Eric Swalwell who had the nerve to accuse Trump of collusion with
the Russians while sleeping with a Chinese spy called Christine Fang
or ‘Fang Fang’ which is straight out of a Bond film no doubt starring
Klaus Schwab as the bloke living on a secret island and controlling
laser weapons positioned in space and pointing at world capitals.
Fang Fang plays the part of Bond’s infiltrator girlfriend which I’m
sure she would enjoy rather more than sharing a bed with the
brainless Swalwell, lying back and thinking of China. The FBI
eventually warned Swalwell about Fang Fang which gave her time
to escape back to the Chinese dictatorship. How very thoughtful of
them. The second Trump impeachment also failed and hardly
surprising when an impeachment is supposed to remove a si ing
president and by the time it happened Trump was no longer
president. These people are running your country America, well,
officially anyway. Terrifying isn’t it?
Outcomes tell the story - always
The outcome of all this – and it’s the outcome on which Renegade
Minds focus, not the words – was that a vicious, hysterical and
obviously pre-planned assault was launched on Pushbackers to
censor, silence and discredit them and even targeted their right to
earn a living. They have since been condemned as ‘domestic
terrorists’ that need to be treated like Al-Qaeda and Islamic State.
‘Domestic terrorists’ is a label the Cult has been trying to make stick
since the period of the Oklahoma bombing in 1995 which was
blamed on ‘far-right domestic terrorists’. If you read The Trigger you
will see that the bombing was clearly a Problem-Reaction-Solution
carried out by the Deep State during a Bill Clinton administration so
corrupt that no dictionary definition of the term would even nearly
suffice. Nearly 30, 000 troops were deployed from all over America
to the empty streets of Washington for Biden’s inauguration. Ten
thousand of them stayed on with the pretext of protecting the capital
from insurrectionists when it was more psychological programming
to normalise the use of the military in domestic law enforcement in
support of the Cult plan for a police-military state. Biden’s fascist
administration began a purge of ‘wrong-thinkers’ in the military
which means anyone that is not on board with Woke. The Capitol
Building was surrounded by a fence with razor wire and the Land of
the Free was further symbolically and literally dismantled. The circle
was completed with the installation of Biden and the exploitation of
the QAnon Psyop.
America had never been so divided since the civil war of the 19th
century, Pushbackers were isolated and dubbed terrorists and now,
as was always going to happen, the Cult immediately set about
deleting what li le was le of freedom and transforming American
society through a swish of the hand of the most controlled
‘president’ in American history leading (officially at least) the most
extreme regime since the country was declared an independent state
on July 4th, 1776. Biden issued undebated, dictatorial executive
orders almost by the hour in his opening days in office across the
whole spectrum of the Cult wish-list including diluting controls on
the border with Mexico allowing thousands of migrants to illegally
enter the United States to transform the demographics of America
and import an election-changing number of perceived Democrat
voters. Then there were Biden deportation amnesties for the already
illegally resident (estimated to be as high as 20 or even 30 million). A
bill before Congress awarded American citizenship to anyone who
could prove they had worked in agriculture for just 180 days in the
previous two years as ‘Big Ag’ secured its slave labour long-term.
There were the plans to add new states to the union such as Puerto
Rico and making Washington DC a state. They are all parts of a plan
to ensure that the Cult-owned Woke Democrats would be
permanently in power.
Border – what border?
I have exposed in detail in other books how mass immigration into
the United States and Europe is the work of Cult networks fuelled by
the tens of billions spent to this and other ends by George Soros and
his global Open Society (open borders) Foundations. The impact can
be seen in America alone where the population has increased by 100
million in li le more than 30 years mostly through immigration. I
wrote in The Answer that the plan was to have so many people
crossing the southern border that the numbers become unstoppable
and we are now there under Cult-owned Biden. El Salvador in
Central America puts the scale of what is happening into context. A
third of the population now lives in the United States, much of it
illegally, and many more are on the way. The methodology is to
crush Central and South American countries economically and
spread violence through machete-wielding psychopathic gangs like
MS-13 based in El Salvador and now operating in many American
cities. Biden-imposed lax security at the southern border means that
it is all but open. He said before his ‘election’ that he wanted to see a
surge towards the border if he became president and that was the
green light for people to do just that a er election day to create the
human disaster that followed for both America and the migrants.
When that surge came the imbecilic Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez said it
wasn’t a ‘surge’ because they are ‘children, not insurgents’ and the
term ‘surge’ (used by Biden) was a claim of ‘white supremacists’.
This disingenuous lady may one day enter the realm of the most
basic intelligence, but it won’t be any time soon.
Sabbatians and the Cult are in the process of destroying America
by importing violent people and gangs in among the genuine to
terrorise American cities and by overwhelming services that cannot
cope with the sheer volume of new arrivals. Something similar is
happening in Europe as Western society in general is targeted for
demographic and cultural transformation and upheaval. The plan
demands violence and crime to create an environment of
intimidation, fear and division and Soros has been funding the
election of district a orneys across America who then stop
prosecuting many crimes, reduce sentences for violent crimes and
free as many violent criminals as they can. Sabbatians are creating
the chaos from which order – their order – can respond in a classic
Problem-Reaction-Solution. A Freemasonic moto says ‘Ordo Ab
Chao’ (Order out of Chaos) and this is why the Cult is constantly
creating chaos to impose a new ‘order’. Here you have the reason
the Cult is constantly creating chaos. The ‘Covid’ hoax can be seen
with those entering the United States by plane being forced to take a
‘Covid’ test while migrants flooding through southern border
processing facilities do not. Nothing is put in the way of mass
migration and if that means ignoring the government’s own ‘Covid’
rules then so be it. They know it’s all bullshit anyway. Any pushback
on this is denounced as ‘racist’ by Wokers and Sabbatian fronts like
the ultra-Zionist Anti-Defamation League headed by the appalling
Jonathan Greenbla which at the same time argues that Israel should
not give citizenship and voting rights to more Palestinian Arabs or
the ‘Jewish population’ (in truth the Sabbatian network) will lose
control of the country.
Society-changing numbers
Biden’s masters have declared that countries like El Salvador are so
dangerous that their people must be allowed into the United States
for humanitarian reasons when there are fewer murders in large
parts of many Central American countries than in US cities like
Baltimore. That is not to say Central America cannot be a dangerous
place and Cult-controlled American governments have been making
it so since way back, along with the dismantling of economies, in a
long-term plan to drive people north into the United States. Parts of
Central America are very dangerous, but in other areas the story is
being greatly exaggerated to justify relaxing immigration criteria.
Migrants are being offered free healthcare and education in the
United States as another incentive to head for the border and there is
no requirement to be financially independent before you can enter to
prevent the resources of America being drained. You can’t blame
migrants for seeking what they believe will be a be er life, but they
are being played by the Cult for dark and nefarious ends. The
numbers since Biden took office are huge. In February, 2021, more
than 100,000 people were known to have tried to enter the US
illegally through the southern border (it was 34,000 in the same
month in 2020) and in March it was 170,000 – a 418 percent increase
on March, 2020. These numbers are only known people, not the ones
who get in unseen. The true figure for migrants illegally crossing the
border in a single month was estimated by one congressman at
250,000 and that number will only rise under Biden’s current policy.
Gangs of murdering drug-running thugs that control the Mexican
side of the border demand money – thousands of dollars – to let
migrants cross the Rio Grande into America. At the same time gun
ba les are breaking out on the border several times a week between
rival Mexican drug gangs (which now operate globally) who are
equipped with sophisticated military-grade weapons, grenades and
armoured vehicles. While the Capitol Building was being ‘protected’
from a non-existent ‘threat’ by thousands of troops, and others were
still deployed at the time in the Cult Neocon war in Afghanistan, the
southern border of America was le to its fate. This is not
incompetence, it is cold calculation.
By March, 2021, there were 17,000 unaccompanied children held at
border facilities and many of them are ensnared by people traffickers
for paedophile rings and raped on their journey north to America.
This is not conjecture – this is fact. Many of those designated
children are in reality teenage boys or older. Meanwhile Wokers
posture their self-purity for encouraging poor and tragic people to
come to America and face this nightmare both on the journey and at
the border with the disgusting figure of House Speaker Nancy Pelosi
giving disingenuous speeches about caring for migrants. The
woman’s evil. Wokers condemned Trump for having children in
cages at the border (so did Obama, Shhhh), but now they are sleeping
on the floor without access to a shower with one border facility 729
percent over capacity. The Biden insanity even proposed flying
migrants from the southern border to the northern border with
Canada for ‘processing’. The whole shambles is being overseen by
ultra-Zionist Secretary of Homeland Security, the moronic liar
Alejandro Mayorkas, who banned news cameras at border facilities
to stop Americans seeing what was happening. Mayorkas said there
was not a ban on news crews; it was just that they were not allowed
to film. Alongside him at Homeland Security is another ultra-Zionist
Cass Sunstein appointed by Biden to oversee new immigration laws.
Sunstein despises conspiracy researchers to the point where he
suggests they should be banned or taxed for having such views. The
man is not bonkers or anything. He’s perfectly well-adjusted, but
adjusted to what is the question. Criticise what is happening and
you are a ‘white supremacist’ when earlier non-white immigrants
also oppose the numbers which effect their lives and opportunities.
Black people in poor areas are particularly damaged by uncontrolled
immigration and the increased competition for work opportunities
with those who will work for less. They are also losing voting power
as Hispanics become more dominant in former black areas. It’s a
downward spiral for them while the billionaires behind the policy
drone on about how much they care about black people and
‘racism’. None of this is about compassion for migrants or black
people – that’s just wind and air. Migrants are instead being
mercilessly exploited to transform America while the countries they
leave are losing their future and the same is true in Europe. Mass
immigration may now be the work of Woke Democrats, but it can be
traced back to the 1986 Immigration Reform and Control Act (it
wasn’t) signed into law by Republican hero President Ronald
Reagan which gave amnesty to millions living in the United States
illegally and other incentives for people to head for the southern
border. Here we have the one-party state at work again.
Save me syndrome
Almost every aspect of what I have been exposing as the Cult
agenda was on display in even the first days of ‘Biden’ with silencing
of Pushbackers at the forefront of everything. A Renegade Mind will
view the Trump years and QAnon in a very different light to their
supporters and advocates as the dots are connected. The
QAnon/Trump Psyop has given the Cult all it was looking for. We
may not know how much, or li le, that Trump realised he was being
used, but that’s a side issue. This pincer movement produced the
desired outcome of dividing America and having Pushbackers
isolated. To turn this around we have to look at new routes to
empowerment which do not include handing our power to other
people and groups through what I will call the ‘Save Me Syndrome’
– ‘I want someone else to do it so that I don’t have to’. We have seen
this at work throughout human history and the QAnon/Trump
Psyop is only the latest incarnation alongside all the others. Religion
is an obvious expression of this when people look to a ‘god’ or priest
to save them or tell them how to be saved and then there are ‘save
me’ politicians like Trump. Politics is a diversion and not a ‘saviour’.
It is a means to block positive change, not make it possible.
Save Me Syndrome always comes with the same repeating theme
of handing your power to whom or what you believe will save you
while your real ‘saviour’ stares back from the mirror every morning.
Renegade Minds are constantly vigilant in this regard and always
asking the question ‘What can I do?’ rather than ‘What can someone
else do for me?’ Gandhi was right when he said: ‘You must be the
change you want to see in the world.’ We are indeed the people we
have been waiting for. We are presented with a constant ra of
reasons to concede that power to others and forget where the real
power is. Humanity has the numbers and the Cult does not. It has to
use diversion and division to target the unstoppable power that
comes from unity. Religions, governments, politicians, corporations,
media, QAnon, are all different manifestations of this powerdiversion and dilution. Refusing to give your power to governments
and instead handing it to Trump and QAnon is not to take a new
direction, but merely to recycle the old one with new names on the
posters. I will explore this phenomenon as we proceed and how to
break the cycles and recycles that got us here through the mists of
repeating perception and so repeating history.
For now we shall turn to the most potent example in the entire
human story of the consequences that follow when you give your
power away. I am talking, of course, of the ‘Covid’ hoax.
CHAPTER FOUR
‘Covid’: Calculated catastrophe
Facts are threatening to those invested in fraud
DaShanne Stokes
W
e can easily unravel the real reason for the ‘Covid pandemic’
hoax by employing the Renegade Mind methodology that I
have outlined this far. We’ll start by comparing the long-planned
Cult outcome with the ‘Covid pandemic’ outcome. Know the
outcome and you’ll see the journey.
I have highlighted the plan for the Hunger Games Society which
has been in my books for so many years with the very few
controlling the very many through ongoing dependency. To create
this dependency it is essential to destroy independent livelihoods,
businesses and employment to make the population reliant on the
state (the Cult) for even the basics of life through a guaranteed
pi ance income. While independence of income remained these Cult
ambitions would be thwarted. With this knowledge it was easy to
see where the ‘pandemic’ hoax was going once talk of ‘lockdowns’
began and the closing of all but perceived ‘essential’ businesses to
‘save’ us from an alleged ‘deadly virus’. Cult corporations like
Amazon and Walmart were naturally considered ‘essential’ while
mom and pop shops and stores had their doors closed by fascist
decree. As a result with every new lockdown and new regulation
more small and medium, even large businesses not owned by the
Cult, went to the wall while Cult giants and their frontmen and
women grew financially fa er by the second. Mom and pop were
denied an income and the right to earn a living and the wealth of
people like Jeff Bezos (Amazon), Mark Zuckerberg (Facebook) and
Sergei Brin and Larry Page (Google/Alphabet) have reached record
levels. The Cult was increasing its own power through further
dramatic concentrations of wealth while the competition was being
destroyed and brought into a state of dependency. Lockdowns have
been instigated to secure that very end and were never anything to
do with health. My brother Paul spent 45 years building up a bus
repair business, but lockdowns meant buses were running at a
fraction of normal levels for months on end. Similar stories can told
in their hundreds of millions worldwide. Efforts of a lifetime coldly
destroyed by Cult multi-billionaires and their lackeys in government
and law enforcement who continued to earn their living from the
taxation of the people while denying the right of the same people to
earn theirs. How different it would have been if those making and
enforcing these decisions had to face the same financial hardships of
those they affected, but they never do.
Gates of Hell
Behind it all in the full knowledge of what he is doing and why is
the psychopathic figure of Cult operative Bill Gates. His puppet
Tedros at the World Health Organization declared ‘Covid’ a
pandemic in March, 2020. The WHO had changed the definition of a
‘pandemic’ in 2009 just a month before declaring the ‘swine flu
pandemic’ which would not have been so under the previous
definition. The same applies to ‘Covid’. The definition had
included… ‘an infection by an infectious agent, occurring
simultaneously in different countries, with a significant mortality
rate relative to the proportion of the population infected’. The new
definition removed the need for ‘significant mortality’. The
‘pandemic’ has been fraudulent even down to the definition, but
Gates demanded economy-destroying lockdowns, school closures,
social distancing, mandatory masks, a ‘vaccination’ for every man,
woman and child on the planet and severe consequences and
restrictions for those that refused. Who gave him this power? The
Cult did which he serves like a li le boy in short trousers doing
what his daddy tells him. He and his psychopathic missus even
smiled when they said that much worse was to come (what they
knew was planned to come). Gates responded in the ma er-of-fact
way of all psychopaths to a question about the effect on the world
economy of what he was doing:
Well, it won’t go to zero but it will shrink. Global GDP is probably going to take the biggest
hit ever [Gates was smiling as he said this] … in my lifetime this will be the greatest economic
hit. But you don’t have a choice. People act as if you have a choice. People don’t feel like
going to the stadium when they might get infected … People are deeply affected by seeing
these stats, by knowing they could be part of the transmission chain, old people, their parents
and grandparents, could be affected by this, and so you don’t get to say ignore what is going
on here.
There will be the ability to open up, particularly in rich countries, if things are done well over
the next few months, but for the world at large normalcy only returns when we have largely
vaccinated the entire population.
The man has no compassion or empathy. How could he when he’s
a psychopath like all Cult players? My own view is that even beyond
that he is very seriously mentally ill. Look in his eyes and you can
see this along with his crazy flailing arms. You don’t do what he has
done to the world population since the start of 2020 unless you are
mentally ill and at the most extreme end of psychopathic. You
especially don’t do it when to you know, as we shall see, that cases
and deaths from ‘Covid’ are fakery and a product of monumental
figure massaging. ‘These stats’ that Gates referred to are based on a
‘test’ that’s not testing for the ‘virus’ as he has known all along. He
made his fortune with big Cult support as an infamously ruthless
so ware salesman and now buys global control of ‘health’ (death)
policy without the population he affects having any say. It’s a
breathtaking outrage. Gates talked about people being deeply
affected by fear of ‘Covid’ when that was because of him and his
global network lying to them minute-by-minute supported by a
lying media that he seriously influences and funds to the tune of
hundreds of millions. He’s handed big sums to media operations
including the BBC, NBC, Al Jazeera, Univision, PBS NewsHour,
ProPublica, National Journal, The Guardian, The Financial Times, The
Atlantic, Texas Tribune, USA Today publisher Ganne , Washington
Monthly, Le Monde, Center for Investigative Reporting, Pulitzer
Center on Crisis Reporting, National Press Foundation, International
Center for Journalists, Solutions Journalism Network, the Poynter
Institute for Media Studies, and many more. Gates is everywhere in
the ‘Covid’ hoax and the man must go to prison – or a mental facility
– for the rest of his life and his money distributed to those he has
taken such enormous psychopathic pleasure in crushing.
The Muscle
The Hunger Games global structure demands a police-military state
– a fusion of the two into one force – which viciously imposes the
will of the Cult on the population and protects the Cult from public
rebellion. In that regard, too, the ‘Covid’ hoax just keeps on giving.
O en unlawful, ridiculous and contradictory ‘Covid’ rules and
regulations have been policed across the world by moronic
automatons and psychopaths made faceless by face-nappy masks
and acting like the Nazi SS and fascist blackshirts and brownshirts of
Hitler and Mussolini. The smallest departure from the rules decreed
by the psychos in government and their clueless gofers were jumped
upon by the face-nappy fascists. Brutality against public protestors
soon became commonplace even on girls, women and old people as
the brave men with the batons – the Face-Nappies as I call them –
broke up peaceful protests and handed out fines like confe i to
people who couldn’t earn a living let alone pay hundreds of pounds
for what was once an accepted human right. Robot Face-Nappies of
No ingham police in the English East Midlands fined one group
£11,000 for a ending a child’s birthday party. For decades I charted
the transformation of law enforcement as genuine, decent officers
were replaced with psychopaths and the brain dead who would
happily and brutally do whatever their masters told them. Now they
were let loose on the public and I would emphasise the point that
none of this just happened. The step-by-step change in the dynamic
between police and public was orchestrated from the shadows by
those who knew where this was all going and the same with the
perceptual reframing of those in all levels of authority and official
administration through ‘training courses’ by organisations such as
Common Purpose which was created in the late 1980s and given a
massive boost in Blair era Britain until it became a global
phenomenon. Supposed public ‘servants’ began to view the
population as the enemy and the same was true of the police. This
was the start of the explosion of behaviour manipulation
organisations and networks preparing for the all-war on the human
psyche unleashed with the dawn of 2020. I will go into more detail
about this later in the book because it is a core part of what is
happening.
Police desecrated beauty spots to deter people gathering and
arrested women for walking in the countryside alone ‘too far’ from
their homes. We had arrogant, clueless sergeants in the Isle of Wight
police where I live posting on Facebook what they insisted the
population must do or else. A schoolmaster sergeant called Radford
looked young enough for me to ask if his mother knew he was out,
but he was posting what he expected people to do while a Sergeant
Wilkinson boasted about fining lads for meeting in a McDonald’s car
park where they went to get a lockdown takeaway. Wilkinson added
that he had even cancelled their order. What a pair of prats these
people are and yet they have increasingly become the norm among
Jackboot Johnson’s Yellowshirts once known as the British police.
This was the theme all over the world with police savagery common
during lockdown protests in the United States, the Netherlands, and
the fascist state of Victoria in Australia under its tyrannical and
again moronic premier Daniel Andrews. Amazing how tyrannical
and moronic tend to work as a team and the same combination
could be seen across America as arrogant, narcissistic Woke
governors and mayors such as Gavin Newsom (California), Andrew
Cuomo (New York), Gretchen Whitmer (Michigan), Lori Lightfoot
(Chicago) and Eric Garce i (Los Angeles) did their Nazi and Stalin
impressions with the full support of the compliant brutality of their
enforcers in uniform as they arrested small business owners defying
fascist shutdown orders and took them to jail in ankle shackles and
handcuffs. This happened to bistro owner Marlena Pavlos-Hackney
in Gretchen Whitmer’s fascist state of Michigan when police arrived
to enforce an order by a state-owned judge for ‘pu ing the
community at risk’ at a time when other states like Texas were
dropping restrictions and migrants were pouring across the
southern border without any ‘Covid’ questions at all. I’m sure there
are many officers appalled by what they are ordered to do, but not
nearly enough of them. If they were truly appalled they would not
do it. As the months passed every opportunity was taken to have the
military involved to make their presence on the streets ever more
familiar and ‘normal’ for the longer-term goal of police-military
fusion.
Another crucial element to the Hunger Games enforcement
network has been encouraging the public to report neighbours and
others for ‘breaking the lockdown rules’. The group faced with
£11,000 in fines at the child’s birthday party would have been
dobbed-in by a neighbour with a brain the size of a pea. The
technique was most famously employed by the Stasi secret police in
communist East Germany who had public informants placed
throughout the population. A police chief in the UK says his force
doesn’t need to carry out ‘Covid’ patrols when they are flooded with
so many calls from the public reporting other people for visiting the
beach. Dorset police chief James Vaughan said people were so
enthusiastic about snitching on their fellow humans they were now
operating as an auxiliary arm of the police: ‘We are still ge ing
around 400 reports a week from the public, so we will respond to
reports …We won’t need to be doing hotspot patrols because people
are very quick to pick the phone up and tell us.’ Vaughan didn’t say
that this is a pillar of all tyrannies of whatever complexion and the
means to hugely extend the reach of enforcement while spreading
distrust among the people and making them wary of doing anything
that might get them reported. Those narcissistic Isle of Wight
sergeants Radford and Wilkinson never fail to add a link to their
Facebook posts where the public can inform on their fellow slaves.
Neither would be self-aware enough to realise they were imitating
the Stasi which they might well never have heard of. Government
psychologists that I will expose later laid out a policy to turn
communities against each other in the same way.
A coincidence? Yep, and I can knit fog
I knew from the start of the alleged pandemic that this was a Cult
operation. It presented limitless potential to rapidly advance the Cult
agenda and exploit manipulated fear to demand that every man,
woman and child on the planet was ‘vaccinated’ in a process never
used on humans before which infuses self-replicating synthetic
material into human cells. Remember the plan to transform the
human body from a biological to a synthetic biological state. I’ll deal
with the ‘vaccine’ (that’s not actually a vaccine) when I focus on the
genetic agenda. Enough to say here that mass global ‘vaccination’
justified by this ‘new virus’ set alarms ringing a er 30 years of
tracking these people and their methods. The ‘Covid’ hoax officially
beginning in China was also a big red flag for reasons I will be
explaining. The agenda potential was so enormous that I could
dismiss any idea that the ‘virus’ appeared naturally. Major
happenings with major agenda implications never occur without
Cult involvement in making them happen. My questions were
twofold in early 2020 as the media began its campaign to induce
global fear and hysteria: Was this alleged infectious agent released
on purpose by the Cult or did it even exist at all? I then did what I
always do in these situations. I sat, observed and waited to see
where the evidence and information would take me. By March and
early April synchronicity was strongly – and ever more so since then
– pointing me in the direction of there is no ‘virus’. I went public on
that with derision even from swathes of the alternative media that
voiced a scenario that the Chinese government released the ‘virus’ in
league with Deep State elements in the United States from a toplevel bio-lab in Wuhan where the ‘virus’ is said to have first
appeared. I looked at that possibility, but I didn’t buy it for several
reasons. Deaths from the ‘virus’ did not in any way match what they
would have been with a ‘deadly bioweapon’ and it is much more
effective if you sell the illusion of an infectious agent rather than
having a real one unless you can control through injection who has it
and who doesn’t. Otherwise you lose control of events. A made-up
‘virus’ gives you a blank sheet of paper on which you can make it do
whatever you like and have any symptoms or mutant ‘variants’ you
choose to add while a real infectious agent would limit you to what
it actually does. A phantom disease allows you to have endless
ludicrous ‘studies’ on the ‘Covid’ dollar to widen the perceived
impact by inventing ever more ‘at risk’ groups including one study
which said those who walk slowly may be almost four times more
likely to die from the ‘virus’. People are in psychiatric wards for less.
A real ‘deadly bioweapon’ can take out people in the hierarchy
that are not part of the Cult, but essential to its operation. Obviously
they don’t want that. Releasing a real disease means you
immediately lose control of it. Releasing an illusory one means you
don’t. Again it’s vital that people are extra careful when dealing with
what they want to hear. A bioweapon unleashed from a Chinese
laboratory in collusion with the American Deep State may fit a
conspiracy narrative, but is it true? Would it not be far more effective
to use the excuse of a ‘virus’ to justify the real bioweapon – the
‘vaccine’? That way your disease agent does not have to be
transmi ed and arrives directly through a syringe. I saw a French
virologist Luc Montagnier quoted in the alternative media as saying
he had discovered that the alleged ‘new’ severe acute respiratory
syndrome coronavirus , or SARS-CoV-2, was made artificially and
included elements of the human immunodeficiency ‘virus’ (HIV)
and a parasite that causes malaria. SARS-CoV-2 is alleged to trigger
an alleged illness called Covid-19. I remembered Montagnier’s name
from my research years before into claims that an HIV ‘retrovirus’
causes AIDs – claims that were demolished by Berkeley virologist
Peter Duesberg who showed that no one had ever proved that HIV
causes acquired immunodeficiency syndrome or AIDS. Claims that
become accepted as fact, publicly and medically, with no proof
whatsoever are an ever-recurring story that profoundly applies to
‘Covid’. Nevertheless, despite the lack of proof, Montagnier’s team
at the Pasteur Institute in Paris had a long dispute with American
researcher Robert Gallo over which of them discovered and isolated
the HIV ‘virus’ and with no evidence found it to cause AIDS. You will
see later that there is also no evidence that any ‘virus’ causes any
disease or that there is even such a thing as a ‘virus’ in the way it is
said to exist. The claim to have ‘isolated’ the HIV ‘virus’ will be
presented in its real context as we come to the shocking story – and
it is a story – of SARS-CoV-2 and so will Montagnier’s assertion that
he identified the full SARS-CoV-2 genome.
Hoax in the making
We can pick up the ‘Covid’ story in 2010 and the publication by the
Rockefeller Foundation of a document called ‘Scenarios for the
Future of Technology and International Development’. The inner
circle of the Rockefeller family has been serving the Cult since John
D. Rockefeller (1839-1937) made his fortune with Standard Oil. It is
less well known that the same Rockefeller – the Bill Gates of his day
– was responsible for establishing what is now referred to as ‘Big
Pharma’, the global network of pharmaceutical companies that make
outrageous profits dispensing scalpel and drug ‘medicine’ and are
obsessed with pumping vaccines in ever-increasing number into as
many human arms and backsides as possible. John D. Rockefeller
was the driving force behind the creation of the ‘education’ system
in the United States and elsewhere specifically designed to program
the perceptions of generations therea er. The Rockefeller family
donated exceptionally valuable land in New York for the United
Nations building and were central in establishing the World Health
Organization in 1948 as an agency of the UN which was created
from the start as a Trojan horse and stalking horse for world
government. Now enter Bill Gates. His family and the Rockefellers
have long been extremely close and I have seen genealogy which
claims that if you go back far enough the two families fuse into the
same bloodline. Gates has said that the Bill and Melinda Gates
Foundation was inspired by the Rockefeller Foundation and why not
when both are serving the same Cult? Major tax-exempt foundations
are overwhelmingly criminal enterprises in which Cult assets fund
the Cult agenda in the guise of ‘philanthropy’ while avoiding tax in
the process. Cult operatives can become mega-rich in their role of
front men and women for the psychopaths at the inner core and
they, too, have to be psychopaths to knowingly serve such evil. Part
of the deal is that a big percentage of the wealth gleaned from
representing the Cult has to be spent advancing the ambitions of the
Cult and hence you have the Rockefeller Foundation, Bill and
Melinda Gates Foundation (and so many more) and people like
George Soros with his global Open Society Foundations spending
their billions in pursuit of global Cult control. Gates is a global
public face of the Cult with his interventions in world affairs
including Big Tech influence; a central role in the ‘Covid’ and
‘vaccine’ scam; promotion of the climate change shakedown;
manipulation of education; geoengineering of the skies; and his
food-control agenda as the biggest owner of farmland in America,
his GMO promotion and through other means. As one writer said:
‘Gates monopolizes or wields disproportionate influence over the
tech industry, global health and vaccines, agriculture and food policy
(including biopiracy and fake food), weather modification and other
climate technologies, surveillance, education and media.’ The almost
limitless wealth secured through Microso and other not-allowedto-fail ventures (including vaccines) has been ploughed into a long,
long list of Cult projects designed to enslave the entire human race.
Gates and the Rockefellers have been working as one unit with the
Rockefeller-established World Health Organization leading global
‘Covid’ policy controlled by Gates through his mouth-piece Tedros.
Gates became the WHO’s biggest funder when Trump announced
that the American government would cease its donations, but Biden
immediately said he would restore the money when he took office in
January, 2021. The Gates Foundation (the Cult) owns through
limitless funding the world health system and the major players
across the globe in the ‘Covid’ hoax.
Okay, with that background we return to that Rockefeller
Foundation document of 2010 headed ‘Scenarios for the Future of
Technology and International Development’ and its ‘imaginary’
epidemic of a virulent and deadly influenza strain which infected 20
percent of the global population and killed eight million in seven
months. The Rockefeller scenario was that the epidemic destroyed
economies, closed shops, offices and other businesses and led to
governments imposing fierce rules and restrictions that included
mandatory wearing of face masks and body-temperature checks to
enter communal spaces like railway stations and supermarkets. The
document predicted that even a er the height of the Rockefellerenvisaged epidemic the authoritarian rule would continue to deal
with further pandemics, transnational terrorism, environmental
crises and rising poverty. Now you may think that the Rockefellers
are our modern-day seers or alternatively, and rather more likely,
that they well knew what was planned a few years further on.
Fascism had to be imposed, you see, to ‘protect citizens from risk
and exposure’. The Rockefeller scenario document said:
During the pandemic, national leaders around the world flexed their authority and imposed
airtight rules and restrictions, from the mandatory wearing of face masks to body-temperature
checks at the entries to communal spaces like train stations and supermarkets. Even after the
pandemic faded, this more authoritarian control and oversight of citizens and their activities
stuck and even intensified. In order to protect themselves from the spread of increasingly
global problems – from pandemics and transnational terrorism to environmental crises and
rising poverty – leaders around the world took a firmer grip on power.
At first, the notion of a more controlled world gained wide acceptance and approval. Citizens
willingly gave up some of their sovereignty – and their privacy – to more paternalistic states in
exchange for greater safety and stability. Citizens were more tolerant, and even eager, for topdown direction and oversight, and national leaders had more latitude to impose order in the
ways they saw fit.
In developed countries, this heightened oversight took many forms: biometric IDs for all
citizens, for example, and tighter regulation of key industries whose stability was deemed vital
to national interests. In many developed countries, enforced cooperation with a suite of new
regulations and agreements slowly but steadily restored both order and, importantly,
economic growth.
There we have the prophetic Rockefellers in 2010 and three years
later came their paper for the Global Health Summit in Beijing,
China, when government representatives, the private sector,
international organisations and groups met to discuss the next 100
years of ‘global health’. The Rockefeller Foundation-funded paper
was called ‘Dreaming the Future of Health for the Next 100 Years
and more prophecy ensued as it described a dystopian future: ‘The
abundance of data, digitally tracking and linking people may mean
the ‘death of privacy’ and may replace physical interaction with
transient, virtual connection, generating isolation and raising
questions of how values are shaped in virtual networks.’ Next in the
‘Covid’ hoax preparation sequence came a ‘table top’ simulation in
2018 for another ‘imaginary’ pandemic of a disease called Clade X
which was said to kill 900 million people. The exercise was
organised by the Gates-funded Johns Hopkins University’s Center
for Health Security in the United States and this is the very same
university that has been compiling the disgustingly and
systematically erroneous global figures for ‘Covid’ cases and deaths.
Similar Johns Hopkins health crisis scenarios have included the Dark
Winter exercise in 2001 and Atlantic Storm in 2005.
Nostradamus 201
For sheer predictive genius look no further prophecy-watchers than
the Bill Gates-funded Event 201 held only six weeks before the
‘coronavirus pandemic’ is supposed to have broken out in China
and Event 201 was based on a scenario of a global ‘coronavirus
pandemic’. Melinda Gates, the great man’s missus, told the BBC that
he had ‘prepared for years’ for a coronavirus pandemic which told
us what we already knew. Nostradamugates had predicted in a TED
talk in 2015 that a pandemic was coming that would kill a lot of
people and demolish the world economy. My god, the man is a
machine – possibly even literally. Now here he was only weeks
before the real thing funding just such a simulated scenario and
involving his friends and associates at Johns Hopkins, the World
Economic Forum Cult-front of Klaus Schwab, the United Nations,
Johnson & Johnson, major banks, and officials from China and the
Centers for Disease Control in the United States. What synchronicity
– Johns Hopkins would go on to compile the fraudulent ‘Covid’
figures, the World Economic Forum and Schwab would push the
‘Great Reset’ in response to ‘Covid’, the Centers for Disease Control
would be at the forefront of ‘Covid’ policy in the United States,
Johnson & Johnson would produce a ‘Covid vaccine’, and
everything would officially start just weeks later in China. Spooky,
eh? They were even accurate in creating a simulation of a ‘virus’
pandemic because the ‘real thing’ would also be a simulation. Event
201 was not an exercise preparing for something that might happen;
it was a rehearsal for what those in control knew was going to
happen and very shortly. Hours of this simulation were posted on
the Internet and the various themes and responses mirrored what
would soon be imposed to transform human society. News stories
were inserted and what they said would be commonplace a few
weeks later with still more prophecy perfection. Much discussion
focused on the need to deal with misinformation and the ‘anti-vax
movement’ which is exactly what happened when the ‘virus’ arrived
– was said to have arrived – in the West.
Cult-owned social media banned criticism and exposure of the
official ‘virus’ narrative and when I said there was no ‘virus’ in early
April, 2020, I was banned by one platform a er another including
YouTube, Facebook and later Twi er. The mainstream broadcast
media in Britain was in effect banned from interviewing me by the
Tony-Blair-created government broadcasting censor Ofcom headed
by career government bureaucrat Melanie Dawes who was
appointed just as the ‘virus’ hoax was about to play out in January,
2020. At the same time the Ickonic media platform was using Vimeo,
another ultra-Zionist-owned operation, while our own player was
being created and they deleted in an instant hundreds of videos,
documentaries, series and shows to confirm their unbelievable
vindictiveness. We had copies, of course, and they had to be restored
one by one when our player was ready. These people have no class.
Sabbatian Facebook promised free advertisements for the Gates-
controlled World Health Organization narrative while deleting ‘false
claims and conspiracy theories’ to stop ‘misinformation’ about the
alleged coronavirus. All these responses could be seen just a short
while earlier in the scenarios of Event 201. Extreme censorship was
absolutely crucial for the Cult because the official story was so
ridiculous and unsupportable by the evidence that it could never
survive open debate and the free-flow of information and opinion. If
you can’t win a debate then don’t have one is the Cult’s approach
throughout history. Facebook’s li le boy front man – front boy –
Mark Zuckerberg equated ‘credible and accurate information’ with
official sources and exposing their lies with ‘misinformation’.
Silencing those that can see
The censorship dynamic of Event 201 is now the norm with an army
of narrative-supporting ‘fact-checker’ organisations whose entire
reason for being is to tell the public that official narratives are true
and those exposing them are lying. One of the most appalling of
these ‘fact-checkers’ is called NewsGuard founded by ultra-Zionist
Americans Gordon Crovitz and Steven Brill. Crovitz is a former
publisher of The Wall Street Journal, former Executive Vice President
of Dow Jones, a member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR),
and on the board of the American Association of Rhodes Scholars.
The CFR and Rhodes Scholarships, named a er Rothschild agent
Cecil Rhodes who plundered the gold and diamonds of South Africa
for his masters and the Cult, have featured widely in my books.
NewsGuard don’t seem to like me for some reason – I really can’t
think why – and they have done all they can to have me censored
and discredited which is, to quote an old British politician, like being
savaged by a dead sheep. They are, however, like all in the
censorship network, very well connected and funded by
organisations themselves funded by, or connected to, Bill Gates. As
you would expect with anything associated with Gates NewsGuard
has an offshoot called HealthGuard which ‘fights online health care
hoaxes’. How very kind. Somehow the NewsGuard European
Managing Director Anna-Sophie Harling, a remarkably young-
looking woman with no broadcasting experience and li le hands-on
work in journalism, has somehow secured a position on the ‘Content
Board’ of UK government broadcast censor Ofcom. An executive of
an organisation seeking to discredit dissidents of the official
narratives is making decisions for the government broadcast
‘regulator’ about content?? Another appalling ‘fact-checker’ is Full
Fact funded by George Soros and global censors Google and
Facebook.
It’s amazing how many activists in the ‘fact-checking’, ‘anti-hate’,
arena turn up in government-related positions – people like UK
Labour Party activist Imran Ahmed who heads the Center for
Countering Digital Hate founded by people like Morgan
McSweeney, now chief of staff to the Labour Party’s hapless and
useless ‘leader’ Keir Starmer. Digital Hate – which is what it really is
– uses the American spelling of Center to betray its connection to a
transatlantic network of similar organisations which in 2020
shapeshi ed from a acking people for ‘hate’ to a acking them for
questioning the ‘Covid’ hoax and the dangers of the ‘Covid vaccine’.
It’s just a coincidence, you understand. This is one of Imran Ahmed’s
hysterical statements: ‘I would go beyond calling anti-vaxxers
conspiracy theorists to say they are an extremist group that pose a
national security risk.’ No one could ever accuse this prat of
understatement and he’s including in that those parents who are
now against vaccines a er their children were damaged for life or
killed by them. He’s such a nice man. Ahmed does the rounds of the
Woke media ge ing so -ball questions from spineless ‘journalists’
who never ask what right he has to campaign to destroy the freedom
of speech of others while he demands it for himself. There also
seems to be an overrepresentation in Ofcom of people connected to
the narrative-worshipping BBC. This incredible global network of
narrative-support was super-vital when the ‘Covid’ hoax was played
in the light of the mega-whopper lies that have to be defended from
the spotlight cast by the most basic intelligence.
Setting the scene
The Cult plays the long game and proceeds step-by-step ensuring
that everything is in place before major cards are played and they
don’t come any bigger than the ‘Covid’ hoax. The psychopaths can’t
handle events where the outcome isn’t certain and as li le as
possible – preferably nothing – is le to chance. Politicians,
government and medical officials who would follow direction were
brought to illusory power in advance by the Cult web whether on
the national stage or others like state governors and mayors of
America. For decades the dynamic between officialdom, law
enforcement and the public was changed from one of service to one
of control and dictatorship. Behaviour manipulation networks
established within government were waiting to impose the coming
‘Covid’ rules and regulations specifically designed to subdue and
rewire the psyche of the people in the guise of protecting health.
These included in the UK the Behavioural Insights Team part-owned
by the British government Cabinet Office; the Scientific Pandemic
Insights Group on Behaviours (SPI-B); and a whole web of
intelligence and military groups seeking to direct the conversation
on social media and control the narrative. Among them are the
cyberwarfare (on the people) 77th Brigade of the British military
which is also coordinated through the Cabinet Office as civilian and
military leadership continues to combine in what they call the
Fusion Doctrine. The 77th Brigade is a British equivalent of the
infamous Israeli (Sabbatian) military cyberwarfare and Internet
manipulation operation Unit 8200 which I expose at length in The
Trigger. Also carefully in place were the medical and science advisers
to government – many on the payroll past or present of Bill Gates –
and a whole alternative structure of unelected government stood by
to take control when elected parliaments were effectively closed
down once the ‘Covid’ card was slammed on the table. The structure
I have described here and so much more was installed in every
major country through the Cult networks. The top-down control
hierarchy looks like this: The Cult – Cult-owned Gates – the World
Health Organization and Tedros – Gates-funded or controlled chief
medical officers and science ‘advisers’ (dictators) in each country –
political ‘leaders’– law enforcement – The People. Through this
simple global communication and enforcement structure the policy
of the Cult could be imposed on virtually the entire human
population so long as they acquiesced to the fascism. With
everything in place it was time for the bu on to be pressed in late
2019/early 2020.
These were the prime goals the Cult had to secure for its will to
prevail:
1) Locking down economies, closing all but designated ‘essential’ businesses (Cult-owned
corporations were ‘essential’), and pu ing the population under house arrest was an
imperative to destroy independent income and employment and ensure dependency on the
Cult-controlled state in the Hunger Games Society. Lockdowns had to be established as the
global blueprint from the start to respond to the ‘virus’ and followed by pre y much the
entire world.
2) The global population had to be terrified into believing in a deadly ‘virus’ that didn’t
actually exist so they would unquestioningly obey authority in the belief that authority
must know how best to protect them and their families. So ware salesman Gates would
suddenly morph into the world’s health expert and be promoted as such by the Cult-owned
media.
3) A method of testing that wasn’t testing for the ‘virus’, but was only claimed to be, had to
be in place to provide the illusion of ‘cases’ and subsequent ‘deaths’ that had a very
different cause to the ‘Covid-19’ that would be scribbled on the death certificate.
4) Because there was no ‘virus’ and the great majority testing positive with a test not testing
for the ‘virus’ would have no symptoms of anything the lie had to be sold that people
without symptoms (without the ‘virus’) could still pass it on to others. This was crucial to
justify for the first time quarantining – house arresting – healthy people. Without this the
economy-destroying lockdown of everybody could not have been credibly sold.
5) The ‘saviour’ had to be seen as a vaccine which beyond evil drug companies were
working like angels of mercy to develop as quickly as possible, with all corners cut, to save
the day. The public must absolutely not know that the ‘vaccine’ had nothing to do with a
‘virus’ or that the contents were ready and waiting with a very different motive long before
the ‘Covid’ card was even li ed from the pack.
I said in March, 2020, that the ‘vaccine’ would have been created
way ahead of the ‘Covid’ hoax which justified its use and the
following December an article in the New York Intelligencer
magazine said the Moderna ‘vaccine’ had been ‘designed’ by
January, 2020. This was ‘before China had even acknowledged that
the disease could be transmi ed from human to human, more than a
week before the first confirmed coronavirus case in the United
States’. The article said that by the time the first American death was
announced a month later ‘the vaccine had already been
manufactured and shipped to the National Institutes of Health for
the beginning of its Phase I clinical trial’. The ‘vaccine’ was actually
‘designed’ long before that although even with this timescale you
would expect the article to ask how on earth it could have been done
that quickly. Instead it asked why the ‘vaccine’ had not been rolled
out then and not months later. Journalism in the mainstream is truly
dead. I am going to detail in the next chapter why the ‘virus’ has
never existed and how a hoax on that scale was possible, but first the
foundation on which the Big Lie of ‘Covid’ was built.
The test that doesn’t test
Fraudulent ‘testing’ is the bo om line of the whole ‘Covid’ hoax and
was the means by which a ‘virus’ that did not exist appeared to exist.
They could only achieve this magic trick by using a test not testing
for the ‘virus’. To use a test that was testing for the ‘virus’ would
mean that every test would come back negative given there was no
‘virus’. They chose to exploit something called the RT-PCR test
invented by American biochemist Kary Mullis in the 1980s who said
publicly that his PCR test … cannot detect infectious disease. Yes, the
‘test’ used worldwide to detect infectious ‘Covid’ to produce all the
illusory ‘cases’ and ‘deaths’ compiled by Johns Hopkins and others
cannot detect infectious disease. This fact came from the mouth of the
man who invented PCR and was awarded the Nobel Prize in
Chemistry in 1993 for doing so. Sadly, and incredibly conveniently
for the Cult, Mullis died in August, 2019, at the age of 74 just before
his test would be fraudulently used to unleash fascism on the world.
He was said to have died from pneumonia which was an irony in
itself. A few months later he would have had ‘Covid-19’ on his death
certificate. I say the timing of his death was convenient because had
he lived Mullis, a brilliant, honest and decent man, would have been
vociferously speaking out against the use of his test to detect ‘Covid’
when it was never designed, or able, to do that. I know that to be
true given that Mullis made the same point when his test was used
to ‘detect’ – not detect – HIV. He had been seriously critical of the
Gallo/Montagnier claim to have isolated the HIV ‘virus’ and shown
it to cause AIDS for which Mullis said there was no evidence. AIDS
is actually not a disease but a series of diseases from which people
die all the time. When they die from those same diseases a er a
positive ‘test’ for HIV then AIDS goes on their death certificate. I
think I’ve heard that before somewhere. Countries instigated a
policy with ‘Covid’ that anyone who tested positive with a test not
testing for the ‘virus’ and died of any other cause within 28 days and
even longer ‘Covid-19’ had to go on the death certificate. Cases have
come from the test that can’t test for infectious disease and the
deaths are those who have died of anything a er testing positive
with a test not testing for the ‘virus’. I’ll have much more later about
the death certificate scandal.
Mullis was deeply dismissive of the now US ‘Covid’ star Anthony
Fauci who he said was a liar who didn’t know anything about
anything – ‘and I would say that to his face – nothing.’ He said of
Fauci: ‘The man thinks he can take a blood sample, put it in an
electron microscope and if it’s got a virus in there you’ll know it – he
doesn’t understand electron microscopy and he doesn’t understand
medicine and shouldn’t be in a position like he’s in.’ That position,
terrifyingly, has made him the decider of ‘Covid’ fascism policy on
behalf of the Cult in his role as director since 1984 of the National
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) while his record
of being wrong is laughable; but being wrong, so long as it’s the right
kind of wrong, is why the Cult loves him. He’ll say anything the Cult
tells him to say. Fauci was made Chief Medical Adviser to the
President immediately Biden took office. Biden was installed in the
White House by Cult manipulation and one of his first decisions was
to elevate Fauci to a position of even more control. This is a
coincidence? Yes, and I identify as a flamenco dancer called Lola.
How does such an incompetent criminal like Fauci remain in that
pivotal position in American health since the 1980s? When you serve
the Cult it looks a er you until you are surplus to requirements.
Kary Mullis said prophetically of Fauci and his like: ‘Those guys
have an agenda and it’s not an agenda we would like them to have
… they make their own rules, they change them when they want to,
and Tony Fauci does not mind going on television in front of the
people who pay his salary and lie directly into the camera.’ Fauci has
done that almost daily since the ‘Covid’ hoax began. Lying is in
Fauci’s DNA. To make the situation crystal clear about the PCR test
this is a direct quote from its inventor Kary Mullis:
It [the PCR test] doesn’t tell you that you’re sick and doesn’t tell you that the thing you ended
up with was really going to hurt you ...’
Ask yourself why governments and medical systems the world over
have been using this very test to decide who is ‘infected’ with the
SARS-CoV-2 ‘virus’ and the alleged disease it allegedly causes,
‘Covid-19’. The answer to that question will tell you what has been
going on. By the way, here’s a li le show-stopper – the ‘new’ SARSCoV-2 ‘virus’ was ‘identified’ as such right from the start using … the
PCR test not testing for the ‘virus’. If you are new to this and find that
shocking then stick around. I have hardly started yet. Even worse,
other ‘tests’, like the ‘Lateral Flow Device’ (LFD), are considered so
useless that they have to be confirmed by the PCR test! Leaked emails
wri en by Ben Dyson, adviser to UK ‘Health’ Secretary Ma
Hancock, said they were ‘dangerously unreliable’. Dyson, executive
director of strategy at the Department of Health, wrote: ‘As of today,
someone who gets a positive LFD result in (say) London has at best a
25 per cent chance of it being a true positive, but if it is a selfreported test potentially as low as 10 per cent (on an optimistic
assumption about specificity) or as low as 2 per cent (on a more
pessimistic assumption).’ These are the ‘tests’ that schoolchildren
and the public are being urged to have twice a week or more and
have to isolate if they get a positive. Each fake positive goes in the
statistics as a ‘case’ no ma er how ludicrously inaccurate and the
‘cases’ drive lockdown, masks and the pressure to ‘vaccinate’. The
government said in response to the email leak that the ‘tests’ were
accurate which confirmed yet again what shocking bloody liars they
are. The real false positive rate is 100 percent as we’ll see. In another
‘you couldn’t make it up’ the UK government agreed to pay £2.8
billion to California’s Innova Medical Group to supply the irrelevant
lateral flow tests. The company’s primary test-making centre is in
China. Innova Medical Group, established in March, 2020, is owned
by Pasaca Capital Inc, chaired by Chinese-American millionaire
Charles Huang who was born in Wuhan.
How it works – and how it doesn’t
The RT-PCR test, known by its full title of Polymerase chain reaction,
is used across the world to make millions, even billions, of copies of
a DNA/RNA genetic information sample. The process is called
‘amplification’ and means that a tiny sample of genetic material is
amplified to bring out the detailed content. I stress that it is not
testing for an infectious disease. It is simply amplifying a sample of
genetic material. In the words of Kary Mullis: ‘PCR is … just a
process that’s used to make a whole lot of something out of
something.’ To emphasise the point companies that make the PCR
tests circulated around the world to ‘test’ for ‘Covid’ warn on the
box that it can’t be used to detect ‘Covid’ or infectious disease and is
for research purposes only. It’s okay, rest for a minute and you’ll be
fine. This is the test that produces the ‘cases’ and ‘deaths’ that have
been used to destroy human society. All those global and national
medical and scientific ‘experts’ demanding this destruction to ‘save
us’ KNOW that the test is not testing for the ‘virus’ and the cases and
deaths they claim to be real are an almost unimaginable fraud. Every
one of them and so many others including politicians and
psychopaths like Gates and Tedros must be brought before
Nuremburg-type trials and jailed for the rest of their lives. The more
the genetic sample is amplified by PCR the more elements of that
material become sensitive to the test and by that I don’t mean
sensitive for a ‘virus’ but for elements of the genetic material which
is naturally in the body or relates to remnants of old conditions of
various kinds lying dormant and causing no disease. Once the
amplification of the PCR reaches a certain level everyone will test
positive. So much of the material has been made sensitive to the test
that everyone will have some part of it in their body. Even lying
criminals like Fauci have said that once PCR amplifications pass 35
cycles everything will be a false positive that cannot be trusted for
the reasons I have described. I say, like many proper doctors and
scientists, that 100 percent of the ‘positives’ are false, but let’s just go
with Fauci for a moment.
He says that any amplification over 35 cycles will produce false
positives and yet the US Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) have recommended up to 40
cycles and the National Health Service (NHS) in Britain admi ed in
an internal document for staff that it was using 45 cycles of
amplification. A long list of other countries has been doing the same
and at least one ‘testing’ laboratory has been using 50 cycles. Have
you ever heard a doctor, medical ‘expert’ or the media ask what level
of amplification has been used to claim a ‘positive’. The ‘test’ comes
back ‘positive’ and so you have the ‘virus’, end of story. Now we can
see how the government in Tanzania could send off samples from a
goat and a pawpaw fruit under human names and both came back
positive for ‘Covid-19’. Tanzania president John Magufuli mocked
the ‘Covid’ hysteria, the PCR test and masks and refused to import
the DNA-manipulating ‘vaccine’. The Cult hated him and an article
sponsored by the Bill Gates Foundation appeared in the London
Guardian in February, 2021, headed ‘It’s time for Africa to rein in
Tanzania’s anti-vaxxer president’. Well, ‘reined in’ he shortly was.
Magufuli appeared in good health, but then, in March, 2021, he was
dead at 61 from ‘heart failure’. He was replaced by Samia Hassan
Suhulu who is connected to Klaus Schwab’s World Economic Forum
and she immediately reversed Magufuli’s ‘Covid’ policy. A sample of
cola tested positive for ‘Covid’ with the PCR test in Germany while
American actress and singer-songwriter Erykah Badu tested positive
in one nostril and negative in the other. Footballer Ronaldo called
the PCR test ‘bullshit’ a er testing positive three times and being
forced to quarantine and miss matches when there was nothing
wrong with him. The mantra from Tedros at the World Health
Organization and national governments (same thing) has been test,
test, test. They know that the more tests they can generate the more
fake ‘cases’ they have which go on to become ‘deaths’ in ways I am
coming to. The UK government has its Operation Moonshot planned
to test multiple millions every day in workplaces and schools with
free tests for everyone to use twice a week at home in line with the
Cult plan from the start to make testing part of life. A government
advertisement for an ‘Interim Head of Asymptomatic Testing
Communication’ said the job included responsibility for delivering a
‘communications strategy’ (propaganda) ‘to support the expansion
of asymptomatic testing that ‘normalises testing as part of everyday life’.
More tests means more fake ‘cases’, ‘deaths’ and fascism. I have
heard of, and from, many people who booked a test, couldn’t turn
up, and yet got a positive result through the post for a test they’d
never even had. The whole thing is crazy, but for the Cult there’s
method in the madness. Controlling and manipulating the level of
amplification of the test means the authorities can control whenever
they want the number of apparent ‘cases’ and ‘deaths’. If they want
to justify more fascist lockdown and destruction of livelihoods they
keep the amplification high. If they want to give the illusion that
lockdowns and the ‘vaccine’ are working then they lower the
amplification and ‘cases’ and ‘deaths’ will appear to fall. In January,
2021, the Cult-owned World Health Organization suddenly warned
laboratories about over-amplification of the test and to lower the
threshold. Suddenly headlines began appearing such as: ‘Why ARE
“Covid” cases plummeting?’ This was just when the vaccine rollout
was underway and I had predicted months before they would make
cases appear to fall through amplification tampering when the
‘vaccine’ came. These people are so predictable.
Cow vaccines?
The question must be asked of what is on the test swabs being poked
far up the nose of the population to the base of the brain? A nasal
swab punctured one woman’s brain and caused it to leak fluid. Most
of these procedures are being done by people with li le training or
medical knowledge. Dr Lorraine Day, former orthopaedic trauma
surgeon and Chief of Orthopaedic Surgery at San Francisco General
Hospital, says the tests are really a ‘vaccine’. Cows have long been
vaccinated this way. She points out that masks have to cover the nose
and the mouth where it is claimed the ‘virus’ exists in saliva. Why
then don’t they take saliva from the mouth as they do with a DNA
test instead of pushing a long swab up the nose towards the brain?
The ethmoid bone separates the nasal cavity from the brain and
within that bone is the cribriform plate. Dr Day says that when the
swab is pushed up against this plate and twisted the procedure is
‘depositing things back there’. She claims that among these ‘things’
are nanoparticles that can enter the brain. Researchers have noted
that a team at the Gates-funded Johns Hopkins have designed tiny,
star-shaped micro-devices that can latch onto intestinal mucosa and
release drugs into the body. Mucosa is the thin skin that covers the
inside surface of parts of the body such as the nose and mouth and
produces mucus to protect them. The Johns Hopkins micro-devices
are called ‘theragrippers’ and were ‘inspired’ by a parasitic worm
that digs its sharp teeth into a host’s intestines. Nasal swabs are also
coated in the sterilisation agent ethylene oxide. The US National
Cancer Institute posts this explanation on its website:
At room temperature, ethylene oxide is a flammable colorless gas with a sweet odor. It is used
primarily to produce other chemicals, including antifreeze. In smaller amounts, ethylene
oxide is used as a pesticide and a sterilizing agent. The ability of ethylene oxide to damage
DNA makes it an effective sterilizing agent but also accounts for its cancer-causing activity.
The Institute mentions lymphoma and leukaemia as cancers most
frequently reported to be associated with occupational exposure to
ethylene oxide along with stomach and breast cancers. How does
anyone think this is going to work out with the constant testing
regime being inflicted on adults and children at home and at school
that will accumulate in the body anything that’s on the swab?
Doctors know best
It is vital for people to realise that ‘hero’ doctors ‘know’ only what
the Big Pharma-dominated medical authorities tell them to ‘know’
and if they refuse to ‘know’ what they are told to ‘know’ they are out
the door. They are mostly not physicians or healers, but repeaters of
the official narrative – or else. I have seen alleged professional
doctors on British television make shocking statements that we are
supposed to take seriously. One called ‘Dr’ Amir Khan, who is
actually telling patients how to respond to illness, said that men
could take the birth pill to ‘help slow down the effects of Covid-19’.
In March, 2021, another ridiculous ‘Covid study’ by an American
doctor proposed injecting men with the female sex hormone
progesterone as a ‘Covid’ treatment. British doctor Nighat Arif told
the BBC that face coverings were now going to be part of ongoing
normal. Yes, the vaccine protects you, she said (evidence?) … but the
way to deal with viruses in the community was always going to
come down to hand washing, face covering and keeping a physical
distance. That’s not what we were told before the ‘vaccine’ was
circulating. Arif said she couldn’t imagine ever again going on the
underground or in a li without a mask. I was just thanking my
good luck that she was not my doctor when she said – in March,
2021 – that if ‘we are behaving and we are doing all the right things’
she thought we could ‘have our nearest and dearest around us at
home … around Christmas and New Year! Her patronising delivery
was the usual school teacher talking to six-year-olds as she repeated
every government talking point and probably believed them all. If
we have learned anything from the ‘Covid’ experience surely it must
be that humanity’s perception of doctors needs a fundamental
rethink. NHS ‘doctor’ Sara Kayat told her television audience that
the ‘Covid vaccine’ would ‘100 percent prevent hospitalisation and
death’. Not even Big Pharma claimed that. We have to stop taking
‘experts’ at their word without question when so many of them are
clueless and only repeating the party line on which their careers
depend. That is not to say there are not brilliants doctors – there are
and I have spoken to many of them since all this began – but you
won’t see them in the mainstream media or quoted by the
psychopaths and yes-people in government.
Remember the name – Christian Drosten
German virologist Christian Drosten, Director of Charité Institute of
Virology in Berlin, became a national star a er the pandemic hoax
began. He was feted on television and advised the German
government on ‘Covid’ policy. Most importantly to the wider world
Drosten led a group that produced the ‘Covid’ testing protocol for
the PCR test. What a remarkable feat given the PCR cannot test for
infectious disease and even more so when you think that Drosten
said that his method of testing for SARS-CoV-2 was developed
‘without having virus material available’. He developed a test for a
‘virus’ that he didn’t have and had never seen. Let that sink in as you
survey the global devastation that came from what he did. The
whole catastrophe of Drosten’s ‘test’ was based on the alleged
genetic sequence published by Chinese scientists on the Internet. We
will see in the next chapter that this alleged ‘genetic sequence’ has
never been produced by China or anyone and cannot be when there
is no SARS-CoV-2. Drosten, however, doesn’t seem to let li le details
like that get in the way. He was the lead author with Victor Corman
from the same Charité Hospital of the paper ‘Detection of 2019 novel
coronavirus (2019-nCoV) by real-time PCR‘ published in a magazine
called Eurosurveillance. This became known as the Corman-Drosten
paper. In November, 2020, with human society devastated by the
effects of the Corman-Drosten test baloney, the protocol was publicly
challenged by 22 international scientists and independent
researchers from Europe, the United States, and Japan. Among them
were senior molecular geneticists, biochemists, immunologists, and
microbiologists. They produced a document headed ‘External peer
review of the RTPCR test to detect SARS-Cov-2 Reveals 10 Major
Flaws At The Molecular and Methodological Level: Consequences
For False-Positive Results’. The flaws in the Corman-Drosten test
included the following:
• The test is non-specific because of erroneous design
• Results are enormously variable
• The test is unable to discriminate between the whole ‘virus’ and
viral fragments
• It doesn’t have positive or negative controls
• The test lacks a standard operating procedure
• It is unsupported by proper peer view
The scientists said the PCR ‘Covid’ testing protocol was not
founded on science and they demanded the Corman-Drosten paper
be retracted by Eurosurveillance. They said all present and previous
Covid deaths, cases, and ‘infection rates’ should be subject to a
massive retroactive inquiry. Lockdowns and travel restrictions
should be reviewed and relaxed and those diagnosed through PCR
to have ‘Covid-19’ should not be forced to isolate. Dr Kevin Corbe ,
a health researcher and nurse educator with a long academic career
producing a stream of peer-reviewed publications at many UK
universities, made the same point about the PCR test debacle. He
said of the scientists’ conclusions: ‘Every scientific rationale for the
development of that test has been totally destroyed by this paper. It’s
like Hiroshima/Nagasaki to the Covid test.’ He said that China
hadn’t given them an isolated ‘virus’ when Drosten developed the
test. Instead they had developed the test from a sequence in a gene
bank.’ Put another way … they made it up! The scientists were
supported in this contention by a Portuguese appeals court which
ruled in November, 2020, that PCR tests are unreliable and it is
unlawful to quarantine people based solely on a PCR test. The point
about China not providing an isolated virus must be true when the
‘virus’ has never been isolated to this day and the consequences of
that will become clear. Drosten and company produced this useless
‘protocol’ right on cue in January, 2020, just as the ‘virus’ was said to
be moving westward and it somehow managed to successfully pass
a peer-review in 24 hours. In other words there was no peer-review
for a test that would be used to decide who had ‘Covid’ and who
didn’t across the world. The Cult-created, Gates-controlled World
Health Organization immediately recommended all its nearly 200
member countries to use the Drosten PCR protocol to detect ‘cases’
and ‘deaths’. The sting was underway and it continues to this day.
So who is this Christian Drosten that produced the means through
which death, destruction and economic catastrophe would be
justified? His education background, including his doctoral thesis,
would appear to be somewhat shrouded in mystery and his track
record is dire as with another essential player in the ‘Covid’ hoax,
the Gates-funded Professor Neil Ferguson at the Gates-funded
Imperial College in London of whom more shortly. Drosten
predicted in 2003 that the alleged original SARS ‘virus’ (SARS-1’)
was an epidemic that could have serious effects on economies and an
effective vaccine would take at least two years to produce. Drosten’s
answer to every alleged ‘outbreak’ is a vaccine which you won’t be
shocked to know. What followed were just 774 official deaths
worldwide and none in Germany where there were only nine cases.
That is even if you believe there ever was a SARS ‘virus’ when the
evidence is zilch and I will expand on this in the next chapter.
Drosten claims to be co-discoverer of ‘SARS-1’ and developed a test
for it in 2003. He was screaming warnings about ‘swine flu’ in 2009
and how it was a widespread infection far more severe than any
dangers from a vaccine could be and people should get vaccinated. It
would be helpful for Drosten’s vocal chords if he simply recorded
the words ‘the virus is deadly and you need to get vaccinated’ and
copies could be handed out whenever the latest made-up threat
comes along. Drosten’s swine flu epidemic never happened, but Big
Pharma didn’t mind with governments spending hundreds of
millions on vaccines that hardly anyone bothered to use and many
who did wished they hadn’t. A study in 2010 revealed that the risk
of dying from swine flu, or H1N1, was no higher than that of the
annual seasonal flu which is what at least most of ‘it’ really was as in
the case of ‘Covid-19’. A media investigation into Drosten asked
how with such a record of inaccuracy he could be the government
adviser on these issues. The answer to that question is the same with
Drosten, Ferguson and Fauci – they keep on giving the authorities
the ‘conclusions’ and ‘advice’ they want to hear. Drosten certainly
produced the goods for them in January, 2020, with his PCR protocol
garbage and provided the foundation of what German internal
medicine specialist Dr Claus Köhnlein, co-author of Virus Mania,
called the ‘test pandemic’. The 22 scientists in the Eurosurveillance
challenge called out conflicts of interest within the Drosten ‘protocol’
group and with good reason. Olfert Landt, a regular co-author of
Drosten ‘studies’, owns the biotech company TIB Molbiol
Syntheselabor GmbH in Berlin which manufactures and sells the
tests that Drosten and his mates come up with. They have done this
with SARS, Enterotoxigenic E. coli (ETEC), MERS, Zika ‘virus’,
yellow fever, and now ‘Covid’. Landt told the Berliner Zeitung
newspaper:
The testing, design and development came from the Charité [Drosten and Corman]. We
simply implemented it immediately in the form of a kit. And if we don’t have the virus, which
originally only existed in Wuhan, we can make a synthetic gene to simulate the genome of the
virus. That’s what we did very quickly.
This is more confirmation that the Drosten test was designed
without access to the ‘virus’ and only a synthetic simulation which is
what SARS-CoV-2 really is – a computer-generated synthetic fiction.
It’s quite an enterprise they have going here. A Drosten team decides
what the test for something should be and Landt’s biotech company
flogs it to governments and medical systems across the world. His
company must have made an absolute fortune since the ‘Covid’ hoax
began. Dr Reiner Fuellmich, a prominent German consumer
protection trial lawyer in Germany and California, is on Drosten’s
case and that of Tedros at the World Health Organization for crimes
against humanity with a class-action lawsuit being prepared in the
United States and other legal action in Germany.
Why China?
Scamming the world with a ‘virus’ that doesn’t exist would seem
impossible on the face of it, but not if you have control of the
relatively few people that make policy decisions and the great
majority of the global media. Remember it’s not about changing
‘real’ reality it’s about controlling perception of reality. You don’t have
to make something happen you only have make people believe that
it’s happening. Renegade Minds understand this and are therefore
much harder to swindle. ‘Covid-19’ is not a ‘real’ ‘virus’. It’s a mind
virus, like a computer virus, which has infected the minds, not the
bodies, of billions. It all started, publically at least, in China and that
alone is of central significance. The Cult was behind the revolution
led by its asset Mao Zedong, or Chairman Mao, which established
the People’s Republic of China on October 1st, 1949. It should have
been called The Cult’s Republic of China, but the name had to reflect
the recurring illusion that vicious dictatorships are run by and for
the people (see all the ‘Democratic Republics’ controlled by tyrants).
In the same way we have the ‘Biden’ Democratic Republic of
America officially ruled by a puppet tyrant (at least temporarily) on
behalf of Cult tyrants. The creation of Mao’s merciless
communist/fascist dictatorship was part of a frenzy of activity by the
Cult at the conclusion of World War Two which, like the First World
War, it had instigated through its assets in Germany, Britain, France,
the United States and elsewhere. Israel was formed in 1948; the
Soviet Union expanded its ‘Iron Curtain’ control, influence and
military power with the Warsaw Pact communist alliance in 1955;
the United Nations was formed in 1945 as a Cult precursor to world
government; and a long list of world bodies would be established
including the World Health Organization (1948), World Trade
Organization (1948 under another name until 1995), International
Monetary Fund (1945) and World Bank (1944). Human society was
redrawn and hugely centralised in the global Problem-ReactionSolution that was World War Two. All these changes were
significant. Israel would become the headquarters of the Sabbatians
and the revolution in China would prepare the ground and control
system for the events of 2019/2020.
Renegade Minds know there are no borders except for public
consumption. The Cult is a seamless, borderless global entity and to
understand the game we need to put aside labels like borders,
nations, countries, communism, fascism and democracy. These
delude the population into believing that countries are ruled within
their borders by a government of whatever shade when these are
mere agencies of a global power. America’s illusion of democracy
and China’s communism/fascism are subsidiaries – vehicles – for the
same agenda. We may hear about conflict and competition between
America and China and on the lower levels that will be true; but at
the Cult level they are branches of the same company in the way of
the McDonald’s example I gave earlier. I have tracked in the books
over the years support by US governments of both parties for
Chinese Communist Party infiltration of American society through
allowing the sale of land, even military facilities, and the acquisition
of American business and university influence. All this is
underpinned by the infamous stealing of intellectual property and
technological know-how. Cult-owned Silicon Valley corporations
waive their fraudulent ‘morality’ to do business with human-rightsfree China; Cult-controlled Disney has become China’s PR
department; and China in effect owns ‘American’ sports such as
basketball which depends for much of its income on Chinese
audiences. As a result any sports player, coach or official speaking
out against China’s horrific human rights record is immediately
condemned or fired by the China-worshipping National Basketball
Association. One of the first acts of China-controlled Biden was to
issue an executive order telling federal agencies to stop making
references to the ‘virus’ by the ‘geographic location of its origin’.
Long-time Congressman Jerry Nadler warned that criticising China,
America’s biggest rival, leads to hate crimes against Asian people in
the United States. So shut up you bigot. China is fast closing in on
Israel as a country that must not be criticised which is apt, really,
given that Sabbatians control them both. The two countries have
developed close economic, military, technological and strategic ties
which include involvement in China’s ‘Silk Road’ transport and
economic initiative to connect China with Europe. Israel was the first
country in the Middle East to recognise the establishment of Mao’s
tyranny in 1950 months a er it was established.
Project Wuhan – the ‘Covid’ Psyop
I emphasise again that the Cult plays the long game and what is
happening to the world today is the result of centuries of calculated
manipulation following a script to take control step-by-step of every
aspect of human society. I will discuss later the common force
behind all this that has spanned those centuries and thousands of
years if the truth be told. Instigating the Mao revolution in China in
1949 with a 2020 ‘pandemic’ in mind is not only how they work – the
71 years between them is really quite short by the Cult’s standards of
manipulation preparation. The reason for the Cult’s Chinese
revolution was to create a fiercely-controlled environment within
which an extreme structure for human control could be incubated to
eventually be unleashed across the world. We have seen this happen
since the ‘pandemic’ emerged from China with the Chinese controlstructure founded on AI technology and tyrannical enforcement
sweep across the West. Until the moment when the Cult went for
broke in the West and put its fascism on public display Western
governments had to pay some lip-service to freedom and democracy
to not alert too many people to the tyranny-in-the-making. Freedoms
were more subtly eroded and power centralised with covert
government structures put in place waiting for the arrival of 2020
when that smokescreen of ‘freedom’ could be dispensed with. The
West was not able to move towards tyranny before 2020 anything
like as fast as China which was created as a tyranny and had no
limits on how fast it could construct the Cult’s blueprint for global
control. When the time came to impose that structure on the world it
was the same Cult-owned Chinese communist/fascist government
that provided the excuse – the ‘Covid pandemic’. It was absolutely
crucial to the Cult plan for the Chinese response to the ‘pandemic’ –
draconian lockdowns of the entire population – to become the
blueprint that Western countries would follow to destroy the
livelihoods and freedom of their people. This is why the Cultowned, Gates-owned, WHO Director-General Tedros said early on:
The Chinese government is to be congratulated for the extraordinary measures it has taken to
contain the outbreak. China is actually setting a new standard for outbreak response and it is
not an exaggeration.
Forbes magazine said of China: ‘… those measures protected untold
millions from ge ing the disease’. The Rockefeller Foundation
‘epidemic scenario’ document in 2010 said ‘prophetically’:
However, a few countries did fare better – China in particular. The Chinese government’s
quick imposition and enforcement of mandatory quarantine for all citizens, as well as its
instant and near-hermetic sealing off of all borders, saved millions of lives, stopping the spread
of the virus far earlier than in other countries and enabling a swifter post-pandemic recovery.
Once again – spooky.
The first official story was the ‘bat theory’ or rather the bat
diversion. The source of the ‘virus outbreak’ we were told was a
‘‘wet market’ in Wuhan where bats and other animals are bought
and eaten in horrifically unhygienic conditions. Then another story
emerged through the alternative media that the ‘virus’ had been
released on purpose or by accident from a BSL-4 (biosafety level 4)
laboratory in Wuhan not far from the wet market. The lab was
reported to create and work with lethal concoctions and
bioweapons. Biosafety level 4 is the highest in the World Health
Organization system of safety and containment. Renegade Minds are
aware of what I call designer manipulation. The ideal for the Cult is
for people to buy its prime narrative which in the opening salvoes of
the ‘pandemic’ was the wet market story. It knows, however, that
there is now a considerable worldwide alternative media of
researchers sceptical of anything governments say and they are o en
given a version of events in a form they can perceive as credible
while misdirecting them from the real truth. In this case let them
think that the conspiracy involved is a ‘bioweapon virus’ released
from the Wuhan lab to keep them from the real conspiracy – there is
no ‘virus’. The WHO’s current position on the source of the outbreak
at the time of writing appears to be: ‘We haven’t got a clue, mate.’
This is a good position to maintain mystery and bewilderment. The
inner circle will know where the ‘virus’ came from – nowhere. The
bo om line was to ensure the public believed there was a ‘virus’ and
it didn’t much ma er if they thought it was natural or had been
released from a lab. The belief that there was a ‘deadly virus’ was all
that was needed to trigger global panic and fear. The population was
terrified into handing their power to authority and doing what they
were told. They had to or they were ‘all gonna die’.
In March, 2020, information began to come my way from real
doctors and scientists and my own additional research which had
my intuition screaming: ‘Yes, that’s it! There is no virus.’ The
‘bioweapon’ was not the ‘virus’; it was the ‘vaccine’ already being
talked about that would be the bioweapon. My conclusion was
further enhanced by happenings in Wuhan. The ‘virus’ was said to
be sweeping the city and news footage circulated of people
collapsing in the street (which they’ve never done in the West with
the same ‘virus’). The Chinese government was building ‘new
hospitals’ in a ma er of ten days to ‘cope with demand’ such was the
virulent nature of the ‘virus’. Yet in what seemed like no time the
‘new hospitals’ closed – even if they even opened – and China
declared itself ‘virus-free’. It was back to business as usual. This was
more propaganda to promote the Chinese draconian lockdowns in
the West as the way to ‘beat the virus’. Trouble was that we
subsequently had lockdown a er lockdown, but never business as
usual. As the people of the West and most of the rest of the world
were caught in an ever-worsening spiral of lockdown, social
distancing, masks, isolated old people, families forced apart, and
livelihood destruction, it was party-time in Wuhan. Pictures
emerged of thousands of people enjoying pool parties and concerts.
It made no sense until you realised there never was a ‘virus’ and the
whole thing was a Cult set-up to transform human society out of one
its major global strongholds – China.
How is it possible to deceive virtually the entire world population
into believing there is a deadly virus when there is not even a ‘virus’
let alone a deadly one? It’s nothing like as difficult as you would
think and that’s clearly true because it happened.
See end of book Postscript for more on the ‘Wuhan lab
virus release’ story which the authorities and media were pushing
heavily in the summer of 2021 to divert a ention from the truth that
the ‘Covid virus’ is pure invention.
Postscript:
CHAPTER FIVE
There
is no
‘virus’
You can fool some of the people all of the time, and all of the people
some of the time, but you cannot fool all of the people all of the time
Abraham Lincoln
T
he greatest form of mind control is repetition. The more you
repeat the same mantra of alleged ‘facts’ the more will accept
them to be true. It becomes an ‘everyone knows that, mate’. If you
can also censor any other version or alternative to your alleged
‘facts’ you are pre y much home and cooking.
By the start of 2020 the Cult owned the global mainstream media
almost in its entirety to spew out its ‘Covid’ propaganda and ignore
or discredit any other information and view. Cult-owned social
media platforms in Cult-owned Silicon Valley were poised and
ready to unleash a campaign of ferocious censorship to obliterate all
but the official narrative. To complete the circle many demands for
censorship by Silicon Valley were led by the mainstream media as
‘journalists’ became full-out enforcers for the Cult both as
propagandists and censors. Part of this has been the influx of young
people straight out of university who have become ‘journalists’ in
significant positions. They have no experience and a headful of
programmed perceptions from their years at school and university at
a time when today’s young are the most perceptually-targeted
generations in known human history given the insidious impact of
technology. They enter the media perceptually prepared and ready
to repeat the narratives of the system that programmed them to
repeat its narratives. The BBC has a truly pathetic ‘specialist
disinformation reporter’ called Marianna Spring who fits this bill
perfectly. She is clueless about the world, how it works and what is
really going on. Her role is to discredit anyone doing the job that a
proper journalist would do and system-serving hacks like Spring
wouldn’t dare to do or even see the need to do. They are too busy
licking the arse of authority which can never be wrong and, in the
case of the BBC propaganda programme, Panorama, contacting
payments systems such as PayPal to have a donations page taken
down for a film company making documentaries questioning
vaccines. Even the BBC soap opera EastEnders included a
disgracefully biased scene in which an inarticulate white working
class woman was made to look foolish for questioning the ‘vaccine’
while a well-spoken black man and Asian woman promoted the
government narrative. It ticked every BBC box and the fact that the
black and minority community was resisting the ‘vaccine’ had
nothing to do with the way the scene was wri en. The BBC has
become a disgusting tyrannical propaganda and censorship
operation that should be defunded and disbanded and a free media
take its place with a brief to stop censorship instead of demanding it.
A BBC ‘interview’ with Gates goes something like: ‘Mr Gates, sir, if I
can call you sir, would you like to tell our audience why you are
such a great man, a wonderful humanitarian philanthropist, and
why you should absolutely be allowed as a so ware salesman to
decide health policy for approaching eight billion people? Thank
you, sir, please sir.’ Propaganda programming has been incessant
and merciless and when all you hear is the same story from the
media, repeated by those around you who have only heard the same
story, is it any wonder that people on a grand scale believe absolute
mendacious garbage to be true? You are about to see, too, why this
level of information control is necessary when the official ‘Covid’
narrative is so nonsensical and unsupportable by the evidence.
Structure of Deceit
The pyramid structure through which the ‘Covid’ hoax has been
manifested is very simple and has to be to work. As few people as
possible have to be involved with full knowledge of what they are
doing – and why – or the real story would get out. At the top of the
pyramid are the inner core of the Cult which controls Bill Gates who,
in turn, controls the World Health Organization through his pivotal
funding and his puppet Director-General mouthpiece, Tedros.
Before he was appointed Tedros was chair of the Gates-founded
Global Fund to ‘fight against AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria’, a
board member of the Gates-funded ‘vaccine alliance’ GAVI, and on
the board of another Gates-funded organisation. Gates owns him
and picked him for a specific reason – Tedros is a crook and worse.
‘Dr’ Tedros (he’s not a medical doctor, the first WHO chief not to be)
was a member of the tyrannical Marxist government of Ethiopia for
decades with all its human rights abuses. He has faced allegations of
corruption and misappropriation of funds and was exposed three
times for covering up cholera epidemics while Ethiopia’s health
minister. Tedros appointed the mass-murdering genocidal
Zimbabwe dictator Robert Mugabe as a WHO goodwill ambassador
for public health which, as with Tedros, is like appointing a
psychopath to run a peace and love campaign. The move was so
ridiculous that he had to drop Mugabe in the face of widespread
condemnation. American economist David Steinman, a Nobel peace
prize nominee, lodged a complaint with the International Criminal
Court in The Hague over alleged genocide by Tedros when he was
Ethiopia’s foreign minister. Steinman says Tedros was a ‘crucial
decision maker’ who directed the actions of Ethiopia’s security forces
from 2013 to 2015 and one of three officials in charge when those
security services embarked on the ‘killing’ and ‘torturing’ of
Ethiopians. You can see where Tedros is coming from and it’s
sobering to think that he has been the vehicle for Gates and the Cult
to direct the global response to ‘Covid’. Think about that. A
psychopathic Cult dictates to psychopath Gates who dictates to
psychopath Tedros who dictates how countries of the world must
respond to a ‘Covid virus’ never scientifically shown to exist. At the
same time psychopathic Cult-owned Silicon Valley information
giants like Google, YouTube, Facebook and Twi er announced very
early on that they would give the Cult/Gates/Tedros/WHO version
of the narrative free advertising and censor those who challenged
their intelligence-insulting, mendacious story.
The next layer in the global ‘medical’ structure below the Cult,
Gates and Tedros are the chief medical officers and science ‘advisers’
in each of the WHO member countries which means virtually all of
them. Medical officers and arbiters of science (they’re not) then take
the WHO policy and recommended responses and impose them on
their country’s population while the political ‘leaders’ say they are
deciding policy (they’re clearly not) by ‘following the science’ on the
advice of the ‘experts’ – the same medical officers and science
‘advisers’ (dictators). In this way with the rarest of exceptions the
entire world followed the same policy of lockdown, people
distancing, masks and ‘vaccines’ dictated by the psychopathic Cult,
psychopathic Gates and psychopathic Tedros who we are supposed
to believe give a damn about the health of the world population they
are seeking to enslave. That, amazingly, is all there is to it in terms of
crucial decision-making. Medical staff in each country then follow
like sheep the dictates of the shepherds at the top of the national
medical hierarchies – chief medical officers and science ‘advisers’
who themselves follow like sheep the shepherds of the World Health
Organization and the Cult. Shepherds at the national level o en
have major funding and other connections to Gates and his Bill and
Melinda Gates Foundation which carefully hands out money like
confe i at a wedding to control the entire global medical system
from the WHO down.
Follow the money
Christopher Whi y, Chief Medical Adviser to the UK Government at
the centre of ‘virus’ policy, a senior adviser to the government’s
Scientific Advisory Group for Emergencies (SAGE), and Executive
Board member of the World Health Organization, was gi ed a grant
of $40 million by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation for malaria
research in Africa. The BBC described the unelected Whi y as ‘the
official who will probably have the greatest impact on our everyday
lives of any individual policymaker in modern times’ and so it
turned out. What Gates and Tedros have said Whi y has done like
his equivalents around the world. Patrick Vallance, co-chair of SAGE
and the government’s Chief Scientific Adviser, is a former executive
of Big Pharma giant GlaxoSmithKline with its fundamental financial
and business connections to Bill Gates. In September, 2020, it was
revealed that Vallance owned a deferred bonus of shares in
GlaxoSmithKline worth £600,000 while the company was
‘developing’ a ‘Covid vaccine’. Move along now – nothing to see
here – what could possibly be wrong with that? Imperial College in
London, a major player in ‘Covid’ policy in Britain and elsewhere
with its ‘Covid-19’ Response Team, is funded by Gates and has big
connections to China while the now infamous Professor Neil
Ferguson, the useless ‘computer modeller’ at Imperial College is also
funded by Gates. Ferguson delivered the dramatically inaccurate
excuse for the first lockdowns (much more in the next chapter). The
Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME) in the United
States, another source of outrageously false ‘Covid’ computer
models to justify lockdowns, is bankrolled by Gates who is a
vehement promotor of lockdowns. America’s version of Whi y and
Vallance, the again now infamous Anthony Fauci, has connections to
‘Covid vaccine’ maker Moderna as does Bill Gates through funding
from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. Fauci is director of the
National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), a
major recipient of Gates money, and they are very close. Deborah
Birx who was appointed White House Coronavirus Response
Coordinator in February, 2020, is yet another with ties to Gates.
Everywhere you look at the different elements around the world
behind the coordination and decision making of the ‘Covid’ hoax
there is Bill Gates and his money. They include the World Health
Organization; Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in the United
States; National Institutes of Health (NIH) of Anthony Fauci;
Imperial College and Neil Ferguson; the London School of Hygiene
where Chris Whi y worked; Regulatory agencies like the UK
Medicines & Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA)
which gave emergency approval for ‘Covid vaccines’; Wellcome
Trust; GAVI, the Vaccine Alliance; the Coalition for Epidemic
Preparedness Innovations (CEPI); Johns Hopkins University which
has compiled the false ‘Covid’ figures; and the World Economic
Forum. A Nationalfile.com article said:
Gates has a lot of pull in the medical world, he has a multi-million dollar relationship with Dr.
Fauci, and Fauci originally took the Gates line supporting vaccines and casting doubt on [the
drug hydroxychloroquine]. Coronavirus response team member Dr. Deborah Birx, appointed
by former president Obama to serve as United States Global AIDS Coordinator, also sits on the
board of a group that has received billions from Gates’ foundation, and Birx reportedly used a
disputed Bill Gates-funded model for the White House’s Coronavirus effort. Gates is a big
proponent for a population lockdown scenario for the Coronavirus outbreak.
Another funder of Moderna is the Defense Advanced Research
Projects Agency (DARPA), the technology-development arm of the
Pentagon and one of the most sinister organisations on earth.
DARPA had a major role with the CIA covert technology-funding
operation In-Q-Tel in the development of Google and social media
which is now at the centre of global censorship. Fauci and Gates are
extremely close and openly admit to talking regularly about ‘Covid’
policy, but then why wouldn’t Gates have a seat at every national
‘Covid’ table a er his Foundation commi ed $1.75 billion to the
‘fight against Covid-19’. When passed through our Orwellian
Translation Unit this means that he has bought and paid for the Cultdriven ‘Covid’ response worldwide. Research the major ‘Covid’
response personnel in your own country and you will find the same
Gates funding and other connections again and again. Medical and
science chiefs following World Health Organization ‘policy’ sit atop
a medical hierarchy in their country of administrators, doctors and
nursing staff. These ‘subordinates’ are told they must work and
behave in accordance with the policy delivered from the ‘top’ of the
national ‘health’ pyramid which is largely the policy delivered by
the WHO which is the policy delivered by Gates and the Cult. The
whole ‘Covid’ narrative has been imposed on medical staff by a
climate of fear although great numbers don’t even need that to
comply. They do so through breathtaking levels of ignorance and
include doctors who go through life simply repeating what Big
Pharma and their hierarchical masters tell them to say and believe.
No wonder Big Pharma ‘medicine’ is one of the biggest killers on
Planet Earth.
The same top-down system of intimidation operates with regard
to the Cult Big Pharma cartel which also dictates policy through
national and global medical systems in this way. The Cult and Big
Pharma agendas are the same because the former controls and owns
the la er. ‘Health’ administrators, doctors, and nursing staff are told
to support and parrot the dictated policy or they will face
consequences which can include being fired. How sad it’s been to see
medical staff meekly repeating and imposing Cult policy without
question and most of those who can see through the deceit are only
willing to speak anonymously off the record. They know what will
happen if their identity is known. This has le the courageous few to
expose the lies about the ‘virus’, face masks, overwhelmed hospitals
that aren’t, and the dangers of the ‘vaccine’ that isn’t a vaccine. When
these medical professionals and scientists, some renowned in their
field, have taken to the Internet to expose the truth their articles,
comments and videos have been deleted by Cult-owned Facebook,
Twi er and YouTube. What a real head-shaker to see YouTube
videos with leading world scientists and highly qualified medical
specialists with an added link underneath to the notorious Cult
propaganda website Wikipedia to find the ‘facts’ about the same
subject.
HIV – the ‘Covid’ trial-run
I’ll give you an example of the consequences for health and truth
that come from censorship and unquestioning belief in official
narratives. The story was told by PCR inventor Kary Mullis in his
book Dancing Naked in the Mind Field. He said that in 1984 he
accepted as just another scientific fact that Luc Montagnier of
France’s Pasteur Institute and Robert Gallo of America’s National
Institutes of Health had independently discovered that a ‘retrovirus’
dubbed HIV (human immunodeficiency virus) caused AIDS. They
were, a er all, Mullis writes, specialists in retroviruses. This is how
the medical and science pyramids work. Something is announced or
assumed and then becomes an everybody-knows-that purely through
repetition of the assumption as if it is fact. Complete crap becomes
accepted truth with no supporting evidence and only repetition of
the crap. This is how a ‘virus’ that doesn’t exist became the ‘virus’
that changed the world. The HIV-AIDS fairy story became a multibillion pound industry and the media poured out propaganda
terrifying the world about the deadly HIV ‘virus’ that caused the
lethal AIDS. By then Mullis was working at a lab in Santa Monica,
California, to detect retroviruses with his PCR test in blood
donations received by the Red Cross. In doing so he asked a
virologist where he could find a reference for HIV being the cause of
AIDS. ‘You don’t need a reference,’ the virologist said … ‘Everybody
knows it.’ Mullis said he wanted to quote a reference in the report he
was doing and he said he felt a li le funny about not knowing the
source of such an important discovery when everyone else seemed
to. The virologist suggested he cite a report by the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) on morbidity and mortality.
Mullis read the report, but it only said that an organism had been
identified and did not say how. The report did not identify the
original scientific work. Physicians, however, assumed (key recurring
theme) that if the CDC was convinced that HIV caused AIDS then
proof must exist. Mullis continues:
I did computer searches. Neither Montagnier, Gallo, nor anyone else had published papers
describing experiments which led to the conclusion that HIV probably caused AIDS. I read
the papers in Science for which they had become well known as AIDS doctors, but all they
had said there was that they had found evidence of a past infection by something which was
probably HIV in some AIDS patients.
They found antibodies. Antibodies to viruses had always been considered evidence of past
disease, not present disease. Antibodies signaled that the virus had been defeated. The patient
had saved himself. There was no indication in these papers that this virus caused a disease.
They didn’t show that everybody with the antibodies had the disease. In fact they found some
healthy people with antibodies.
Mullis asked why their work had been published if Montagnier
and Gallo hadn’t really found this evidence, and why had they been
fighting so hard to get credit for the discovery? He says he was
hesitant to write ‘HIV is the probable cause of AIDS’ until he found
published evidence to support that. ‘Tens of thousands of scientists
and researchers were spending billions of dollars a year doing
research based on this idea,’ Mullis writes. ‘The reason had to be
there somewhere; otherwise these people would not have allowed
their research to se le into one narrow channel of investigation.’ He
said he lectured about PCR at numerous meetings where people
were always talking about HIV and he asked them how they knew
that HIV was the cause of AIDS:
Everyone said something. Everyone had the answer at home, in the office, in some drawer.
They all knew, and they would send me the papers as soon as they got back. But I never got
any papers. Nobody ever sent me the news about how AIDS was caused by HIV.
Eventually Mullis was able to ask Montagnier himself about the
reference proof when he lectured in San Diego at the grand opening
of the University of California AIDS Research Center. Mullis says
this was the last time he would ask his question without showing
anger. Montagnier said he should reference the CDC report. ‘I read
it’, Mullis said, and it didn’t answer the question. ‘If Montagnier
didn’t know the answer who the hell did?’ Then one night Mullis
was driving when an interview came on National Public Radio with
Peter Duesberg, a prominent virologist at Berkeley and a California
Scientist of the Year. Mullis says he finally understood why he could
not find references that connected HIV to AIDS – there weren’t any!
No one had ever proved that HIV causes AIDS even though it had
spawned a multi-billion pound global industry and the media was
repeating this as fact every day in their articles and broadcasts
terrifying the shit out of people about AIDS and giving the
impression that a positive test for HIV (see ‘Covid’) was a death
sentence. Duesberg was a threat to the AIDS gravy train and the
agenda that underpinned it. He was therefore abused and castigated
a er he told the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
there was no good evidence implicating the new ‘virus’. Editors
rejected his manuscripts and his research funds were deleted. Mullis
points out that the CDC has defined AIDS as one of more than 30
diseases if accompanied by a positive result on a test that detects
antibodies to HIV; but those same diseases are not defined as AIDS
cases when antibodies are not detected:
If an HIV-positive woman develops uterine cancer, for example, she is considered to have
AIDS. If she is not HIV positive, she simply has uterine cancer. An HIV-positive man with
tuberculosis has AIDS; if he tests negative he simply has tuberculosis. If he lives in Kenya or
Colombia, where the test for HIV antibodies is too expensive, he is simply presumed to have
the antibodies and therefore AIDS, and therefore he can be treated in the World Health
Organization’s clinic. It’s the only medical help available in some places. And it’s free,
because the countries that support WHO are worried about AIDS.
Mullis accuses the CDC of continually adding new diseases (see ever
more ‘Covid symptoms’) to the grand AIDS definition and of
virtually doctoring the books to make it appear as if the disease
continued to spread. He cites how in 1993 the CDC enormously
broadened its AIDS definition and county health authorities were
delighted because they received $2,500 per year from the Federal
government for every reported AIDS case. Ladies and gentlemen, I
have just described, via Kary Mullis, the ‘Covid pandemic’ of 2020
and beyond. Every element is the same and it’s been pulled off in the
same way by the same networks.
The ‘Covid virus’ exists? Okay – prove it. Er … still waiting
What Kary Mullis described with regard to ‘HIV’ has been repeated
with ‘Covid’. A claim is made that a new, or ‘novel’, infection has
been found and the entire medical system of the world repeats that
as fact exactly as they did with HIV and AIDS. No one in the
mainstream asks rather relevant questions such as ‘How do you
know?’ and ‘Where is your proof?’ The SARS-Cov-2 ‘virus’ and the
‘Covid-19 disease’ became an overnight ‘everybody-knows-that’.
The origin could be debated and mulled over, but what you could
not suggest was that ‘SARS-Cov-2’ didn’t exist. That would be
ridiculous. ‘Everybody knows’ the ‘virus’ exists. Well, I didn’t for
one along with American proper doctors like Andrew Kaufman and
Tom Cowan and long-time American proper journalist Jon
Rappaport. We dared to pursue the obvious and simple question:
‘Where’s the evidence?’ The overwhelming majority in medicine,
journalism and the general public did not think to ask that. A er all,
everyone knew there was a new ‘virus’. Everyone was saying so and I
heard it on the BBC. Some would eventually argue that the ‘deadly
virus’ was nothing like as deadly as claimed, but few would venture
into the realms of its very existence. Had they done so they would
have found that the evidence for that claim had gone AWOL as with
HIV causes AIDS. In fact, not even that. For something to go AWOL
it has to exist in the first place and scientific proof for a ‘SARS-Cov-2’
can be filed under nothing, nowhere and zilch.
Dr Andrew Kaufman is a board-certified forensic psychiatrist in
New York State, a Doctor of Medicine and former Assistant
Professor and Medical Director of Psychiatry at SUNY Upstate
Medical University, and Medical Instructor of Hematology and
Oncology at the Medical School of South Carolina. He also studied
biology at the Massachuse s Institute of Technology (MIT) and
trained in Psychiatry at Duke University. Kaufman is retired from
allopathic medicine, but remains a consultant and educator on
natural healing, I saw a video of his very early on in the ‘Covid’ hoax
in which he questioned claims about the ‘virus’ in the absence of any
supporting evidence and with plenty pointing the other way. I did
everything I could to circulate his work which I felt was asking the
pivotal questions that needed an answer. I can recommend an
excellent pull-together interview he did with the website The Last
Vagabond entitled Dr Andrew Kaufman: Virus Isolation, Terrain Theory
and Covid-19 and his website is andrewkaufmanmd.com. Kaufman is
not only a forensic psychiatrist; he is forensic in all that he does. He
always reads original scientific papers, experiments and studies
instead of second-third-fourth-hand reports about the ‘virus’ in the
media which are repeating the repeated repetition of the narrative.
When he did so with the original Chinese ‘virus’ papers Kaufman
realised that there was no evidence of a ‘SARS-Cov-2’. They had
never – from the start – shown it to exist and every repeat of this
claim worldwide was based on the accepted existence of proof that
was nowhere to be found – see Kary Mullis and HIV. Here we go
again.
Let’s postulate
Kaufman discovered that the Chinese authorities immediately
concluded that the cause of an illness that broke out among about
200 initial patients in Wuhan was a ‘new virus’ when there were no
grounds to make that conclusion. The alleged ‘virus’ was not
isolated from other genetic material in their samples and then shown
through a system known as Koch’s postulates to be the causative
agent of the illness. The world was told that the SARS-Cov-2 ‘virus’
caused a disease they called ‘Covid-19’ which had ‘flu-like’
symptoms and could lead to respiratory problems and pneumonia.
If it wasn’t so tragic it would almost be funny. ‘Flu-like’ symptoms’?
Pneumonia? Respiratory disease? What in CHINA and particularly in
Wuhan, one of the most polluted cities in the world with a resulting
epidemic of respiratory disease?? Three hundred thousand people
get pneumonia in China every year and there are nearly a billion
cases worldwide of ‘flu-like symptoms’. These have a whole range of
causes – including pollution in Wuhan – but no other possibility was
credibly considered in late 2019 when the world was told there was a
new and deadly ‘virus’. The global prevalence of pneumonia and
‘flu-like systems’ gave the Cult networks unlimited potential to rediagnose these other causes as the mythical ‘Covid-19’ and that is
what they did from the very start. Kaufman revealed how Chinese
medical and science authorities (all subordinates to the Cult-owned
communist government) took genetic material from the lungs of
only a few of the first patients. The material contained their own
cells, bacteria, fungi and other microorganisms living in their bodies.
The only way you could prove the existence of the ‘virus’ and its
responsibility for the alleged ‘Covid-19’ was to isolate the virus from
all the other material – a process also known as ‘purification’ – and
then follow the postulates sequence developed in the late 19th
century by German physician and bacteriologist Robert Koch which
became the ‘gold standard’ for connecting an alleged causation
agent to a disease:
1. The microorganism (bacteria, fungus, virus, etc.) must be present in every case of the
disease and all patients must have the same symptoms. It must also not be present in healthy
individuals.
2. The microorganism must be isolated from the host with the disease. If the microorganism
is a bacteria or fungus it must be grown in a pure culture. If it is a virus, it must be purified
(i.e. containing no other material except the virus particles) from a clinical sample.
3. The specific disease, with all of its characteristics, must be reproduced when the
infectious agent (the purified virus or a pure culture of bacteria or fungi) is inoculated into a
healthy, susceptible host.
4. The microorganism must be recoverable from the experimentally infected host as in step
2.
Not one of these criteria has been met in the case of ‘SARS-Cov-2’ and
‘Covid-19’. Not ONE. EVER. Robert Koch refers to bacteria and not
viruses. What are called ‘viral particles’ are so minute (hence masks
are useless by any definition) that they could only be seen a er the
invention of the electron microscope in the 1930s and can still only
be observed through that means. American bacteriologist and
virologist Thomas Milton Rivers, the so-called ‘Father of Modern
Virology’ who was very significantly director of the Rockefeller
Institute for Medical Research in the 1930s, developed a less
stringent version of Koch’s postulates to identify ‘virus’ causation
known as ‘Rivers criteria’. ‘Covid’ did not pass that process either.
Some even doubt whether any ‘virus’ can be isolated from other
particles containing genetic material in the Koch method. Freedom
of Information requests in many countries asking for scientific proof
that the ‘Covid virus’ has been purified and isolated and shown to
exist have all come back with a ‘we don’t have that’ and when this
happened with a request to the UK Department of Health they
added this comment:
However, outside of the scope of the [Freedom of Information Act] and on a discretionary
basis, the following information has been advised to us, which may be of interest. Most
infectious diseases are caused by viruses, bacteria or fungi. Some bacteria or fungi have the
capacity to grow on their own in isolation, for example in colonies on a petri dish. Viruses are
different in that they are what we call ‘obligate pathogens’ – that is, they cannot survive or
reproduce without infecting a host ...
… For some diseases, it is possible to establish causation between a microorganism and a
disease by isolating the pathogen from a patient, growing it in pure culture and reintroducing
it to a healthy organism. These are known as ‘Koch’s postulates’ and were developed in 1882.
However, as our understanding of disease and different disease-causing agents has advanced,
these are no longer the method for determining causation [Andrew Kaufman asks why in that
case are there two published articles falsely claiming to satisfy Koch’s postulates].
It has long been known that viral diseases cannot be identified in this way as viruses cannot
be grown in ‘pure culture’. When a patient is tested for a viral illness, this is normally done by
looking for the presence of antigens, or viral genetic code in a host with molecular biology
techniques [Kaufman asks how you could know the origin of these chemicals without having
a pure culture for comparison].
For the record ‘antigens’ are defined so:
Invading microorganisms have antigens on their surface that the human body can recognise as
being foreign – meaning not belonging to it. When the body recognises a foreign antigen,
lymphocytes (white blood cells) produce antibodies, which are complementary in shape to
the antigen.
Notwithstanding that this is open to question in relation to ‘SARSCov-2’ the presence of ‘antibodies’ can have many causes and they
are found in people that are perfectly well. Kary Mullis said:
‘Antibodies … had always been considered evidence of past disease,
not present disease.’
‘Covid’ really is a
computer
‘virus’
Where the UK Department of Health statement says ‘viruses’ are
now ‘diagnosed’ through a ‘viral genetic code in a host with
molecular biology techniques’, they mean … the PCR test which its
inventor said cannot test for infectious disease. They have no
credible method of connecting a ‘virus’ to a disease and we will see
that there is no scientific proof that any ‘virus’ causes any disease or
there is any such thing as a ‘virus’ in the way that it is described.
Tenacious Canadian researcher Christine Massey and her team made
some 40 Freedom of Information requests to national public health
agencies in different countries asking for proof that SARS-CoV-2 has
been isolated and not one of them could supply that information.
Massey said of her request in Canada: ‘Freedom of Information
reveals Public Health Agency of Canada has no record of ‘SARSCOV-2’ isolation performed by anyone, anywhere, ever.’ If you
accept the comment from the UK Department of Health it’s because
they can’t isolate a ‘virus’. Even so many ‘science’ papers claimed to
have isolated the ‘Covid virus’ until they were questioned and had
to admit they hadn’t. A reply from the Robert Koch Institute in
Germany was typical: ‘I am not aware of a paper which purified
isolated SARS-CoV-2.’ So what the hell was Christian Drosten and
his gang using to design the ‘Covid’ testing protocol that has
produced all the illusory Covid’ cases and ‘Covid’ deaths when the
head of the Chinese version of the CDC admi ed there was a
problem right from the start in that the ‘virus’ had never been
isolated/purified? Breathe deeply: What they are calling ‘Covid’ is
actually created by a computer program i.e. they made it up – er, that’s
it. They took lung fluid, with many sources of genetic material, from
one single person alleged to be infected with Covid-19 by a PCR test
which they claimed, without clear evidence, contained a ‘virus’. They
used several computer programs to create a model of a theoretical
virus genome sequence from more than fi y-six million small
sequences of RNA, each of an unknown source, assembling them
like a puzzle with no known solution. The computer filled in the
gaps with sequences from bits in the gene bank to make it look like a
bat SARS-like coronavirus! A wave of the magic wand and poof, an
in silico (computer-generated) genome, a scientific fantasy, was
created. UK health researcher Dr Kevin Corbe made the same point
with this analogy:
… It’s like giving you a few bones and saying that’s your fish. It could be any fish. Not even a
skeleton. Here’s a few fragments of bones. That’s your fish … It’s all from gene bank and the
bits of the virus sequence that weren’t there they made up.
They synthetically created them to fill in the blanks. That’s what genetics is; it’s a code. So it’s
ABBBCCDDD and you’re missing some what you think is EEE so you put it in. It’s all
synthetic. You just manufacture the bits that are missing. This is the end result of the
geneticization of virology. This is basically a computer virus.
Further confirmation came in an email exchange between British
citizen journalist Frances Leader and the government’s Medicines &
Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (the Gates-funded MHRA)
which gave emergency permission for untested ‘Covid vaccines’ to
be used. The agency admi ed that the ‘vaccine’ is not based on an
isolated ‘virus’, but comes from a computer-generated model. Frances
Leader was naturally banned from Cult-owned fascist Twi er for
making this exchange public. The process of creating computergenerated alleged ‘viruses’ is called ‘in silico’ or ‘in silicon’ –
computer chips – and the term ‘in silico’ is believed to originate with
biological experiments using only a computer in 1989. ‘Vaccines’
involved with ‘Covid’ are also produced ‘in silico’ or by computer
not a natural process. If the original ‘virus’ is nothing more than a
made-up computer model how can there be ‘new variants’ of
something that never existed in the first place? They are not new
‘variants’; they are new computer models only minutely different to
the original program and designed to further terrify the population
into having the ‘vaccine’ and submi ing to fascism. You want a ‘new
variant’? Click, click, enter – there you go. Tell the medical
profession that you have discovered a ‘South African variant’, ‘UK
variants’ or a ‘Brazilian variant’ and in the usual HIV-causes-AIDS
manner they will unquestioningly repeat it with no evidence
whatsoever to support these claims. They will go on television and
warn about the dangers of ‘new variants’ while doing nothing more
than repeating what they have been told to be true and knowing that
any deviation from that would be career suicide. Big-time insiders
will know it’s a hoax, but much of the medical community is clueless
about the way they are being played and themselves play the public
without even being aware they are doing so. What an interesting
‘coincidence’ that AstraZeneca and Oxford University were
conducting ‘Covid vaccine trials’ in the three countries – the UK,
South Africa and Brazil – where the first three ‘variants’ were
claimed to have ‘broken out’.
Here’s your ‘virus’ – it’s a unicorn
Dr Andrew Kaufman presented a brilliant analysis describing how
the ‘virus’ was imagined into fake existence when he dissected an
article published by Nature and wri en by 19 authors detailing
alleged ‘sequencing of a complete viral genome’ of the ‘new SARSCoV-2 virus’. This computer-modelled in silico genome was used as a
template for all subsequent genome sequencing experiments that
resulted in the so-called variants which he said now number more
than 6,000. The fake genome was constructed from more than 56
million individual short strands of RNA. Those li le pieces were
assembled into longer pieces by finding areas of overlapping
sequences. The computer programs created over two million
possible combinations from which the authors simply chose the
longest one. They then compared this to a ‘bat virus’ and the
computer ‘alignment’ rearranged the sequence and filled in the gaps!
They called this computer-generated abomination the ‘complete
genome’. Dr Tom Cowan, a fellow medical author and collaborator
with Kaufman, said such computer-generation constitutes scientific
fraud and he makes this superb analogy:
Here is an equivalency: A group of researchers claim to have found a unicorn because they
found a piece of a hoof, a hair from a tail, and a snippet of a horn. They then add that
information into a computer and program it to re-create the unicorn, and they then claim this
computer re-creation is the real unicorn. Of course, they had never actually seen a unicorn so
could not possibly have examined its genetic makeup to compare their samples with the
actual unicorn’s hair, hooves and horn.
The researchers claim they decided which is the real genome of SARS-CoV-2 by ‘consensus’,
sort of like a vote. Again, different computer programs will come up with different versions of
the imaginary ‘unicorn’, so they come together as a group and decide which is the real
imaginary unicorn.
This is how the ‘virus’ that has transformed the world was brought
into fraudulent ‘existence’. Extraordinary, yes, but as the Nazis said
the bigger the lie the more will believe it. Cowan, however, wasn’t
finished and he went on to identify what he called the real
blockbuster in the paper. He quotes this section from a paper wri en
by virologists and published by the CDC and then explains what it
means:
Therefore, we examined the capacity of SARS-CoV-2 to infect and replicate in several
common primate and human cell lines, including human adenocarcinoma cells (A549),
human liver cells (HUH 7.0), and human embryonic kidney cells (HEK-293T). In addition to
Vero E6 and Vero CCL81 cells. ... Each cell line was inoculated at high multiplicity of
infection and examined 24h post-infection.
No CPE was observed in any of the cell lines except in Vero cells, which grew to greater than
10 to the 7th power at 24 h post-infection. In contrast, HUH 7.0 and 293T showed only
modest viral replication, and A549 cells were incompatible with SARS CoV-2 infection.
Cowan explains that when virologists a empt to prove infection
they have three possible ‘hosts’ or models on which they can test.
The first was humans. Exposure to humans was generally not done
for ethical reasons and has never been done with SARS-CoV-2 or any
coronavirus. The second possible host was animals. Cowan said that
forge ing for a moment that they never actually use purified virus
when exposing animals they do use solutions that they claim contain
the virus. Exposure to animals has been done with SARS-CoV-2 in
an experiment involving mice and this is what they found: None of
the wild (normal) mice got sick. In a group of genetically-modified
mice, a statistically insignificant number lost weight and had slightly
bristled fur, but they experienced nothing like the illness called
‘Covid-19’. Cowan said the third method – the one they mostly rely
on – is to inoculate solutions they say contain the virus onto a variety
of tissue cultures. This process had never been shown to kill tissue
unless the sample material was starved of nutrients and poisoned as
part of the process. Yes, incredibly, in tissue experiments designed to
show the ‘virus’ is responsible for killing the tissue they starve the
tissue of nutrients and add toxic drugs including antibiotics and they
do not have control studies to see if it’s the starvation and poisoning
that is degrading the tissue rather than the ‘virus’ they allege to be in
there somewhere. You want me to pinch you? Yep, I understand.
Tom Cowan said this about the whole nonsensical farce as he
explains what that quote from the CDC paper really means:
The shocking thing about the above quote is that using their own methods, the virologists
found that solutions containing SARS-CoV-2 – even in high amounts – were NOT, I repeat
NOT, infective to any of the three human tissue cultures they tested. In plain English, this
means they proved, on their terms, that this ‘new coronavirus’ is not infectious to human
beings. It is ONLY infective to monkey kidney cells, and only then when you add two potent
drugs (gentamicin and amphotericin), known to be toxic to kidneys, to the mix.
My friends, read this again and again. These virologists, published by the CDC, performed a
clear proof, on their terms, showing that the SARS-CoV-2 virus is harmless to human beings.
That is the only possible conclusion, but, unfortunately, this result is not even mentioned in
their conclusion. They simply say they can provide virus stocks cultured only on monkey Vero
cells, thanks for coming.
Cowan concluded: ‘If people really understood how this “science”
was done, I would hope they would storm the gates and demand
honesty, transparency and truth.’ Dr Michael Yeadon, former Vice
President and Chief Scientific Adviser at drug giant Pfizer has been a
vocal critic of the ‘Covid vaccine’ and its potential for multiple harm.
He said in an interview in April, 2021, that ‘not one [vaccine] has the
virus. He was asked why vaccines normally using a ‘dead’ version of
a disease to activate the immune system were not used for ‘Covid’
and instead we had the synthetic methods of the ‘mRNA Covid
vaccine’. Yeadon said that to do the former ‘you’d have to have some
of [the virus] wouldn’t you?’ He added: ‘No-one’s got any –
seriously.’ Yeadon said that surely they couldn’t have fooled the
whole world for a year without having a virus, ‘but oddly enough
ask around – no one’s got it’. He didn’t know why with all the ‘great
labs’ around the world that the virus had not been isolated – ‘Maybe
they’ve been too busy running bad PCR tests and vaccines that
people don’t need.’ What is today called ‘science’ is not ‘science’ at
all. Science is no longer what is, but whatever people can be
manipulated to believe that it is. Real science has been hijacked by the
Cult to dispense and produce the ‘expert scientists’ and contentions
that suit the agenda of the Cult. How big-time this has happened
with the ‘Covid’ hoax which is entirely based on fake science
delivered by fake ‘scientists’ and fake ‘doctors’. The human-caused
climate change hoax is also entirely based on fake science delivered
by fake ‘scientists’ and fake ‘climate experts’. In both cases real
scientists, climate experts and doctors have their views suppressed
and deleted by the Cult-owned science establishment, media and
Silicon Valley. This is the ‘science’ that politicians claim to be
‘following’ and a common denominator of ‘Covid’ and climate are
Cult psychopaths Bill Gates and his mate Klaus Schwab at the Gatesfunded World Economic Forum. But, don’t worry, it’s all just a
coincidence and absolutely nothing to worry about. Zzzzzzzz.
What is a ‘virus’ REALLY?
Dr Tom Cowan is one of many contesting the very existence of
viruses let alone that they cause disease. This is understandable
when there is no scientific evidence for a disease-causing ‘virus’.
German virologist Dr Stefan Lanka won a landmark case in 2017 in
the German Supreme Court over his contention that there is no such
thing as a measles virus. He had offered a big prize for anyone who
could prove there is and Lanka won his case when someone sought
to claim the money. There is currently a prize of more than 225,000
euros on offer from an Isolate Truth Fund for anyone who can prove
the isolation of SARS-CoV-2 and its genetic substance. Lanka wrote
in an article headed ‘The Misconception Called Virus’ that scientists
think a ‘virus’ is causing tissue to become diseased and degraded
when in fact it is the processes they are using which do that – not a
‘virus’. Lanka has done an important job in making this point clear
as Cowan did in his analysis of the CDC paper. Lanka says that all
claims about viruses as disease-causing pathogens are wrong and
based on ‘easily recognisable, understandable and verifiable
misinterpretations.’ Scientists believed they were working with
‘viruses’ in their laboratories when they were really working with
‘typical particles of specific dying tissues or cells …’ Lanka said that
the tissue decaying process claimed to be caused by a ‘virus’ still
happens when no alleged ‘virus’ is involved. It’s the process that does
the damage and not a ‘virus’. The genetic sample is deprived of
nutrients, removed from its energy supply through removal from
the body and then doused in toxic antibiotics to remove any bacteria.
He confirms again that establishment scientists do not (pinch me)
conduct control experiments to see if this is the case and if they did
they would see the claims that ‘viruses’ are doing the damage is
nonsense. He adds that during the measles ‘virus’ court case he
commissioned an independent laboratory to perform just such a
control experiment and the result was that the tissues and cells died
in the exact same way as with alleged ‘infected’ material. This is
supported by a gathering number of scientists, doctors and
researchers who reject what is called ‘germ theory’ or the belief in
the body being infected by contagious sources emi ed by other
people. Researchers Dawn Lester and David Parker take the same
stance in their highly-detailed and sourced book What Really Makes
You Ill – Why everything you thought you knew about disease is wrong
which was recommended to me by a number of medical
professionals genuinely seeking the truth. Lester and Parker say
there is no provable scientific evidence to show that a ‘virus’ can be
transmi ed between people or people and animals or animals and
people:
The definition also claims that viruses are the cause of many diseases, as if this has been
definitively proven. But this is not the case; there is no original scientific evidence that
definitively demonstrates that any virus is the cause of any disease. The burden of proof for
any theory lies with those who proposed it; but none of the existing documents provides
‘proof’ that supports the claim that ‘viruses’ are pathogens.
Dr Tom Cowan employs one of his clever analogies to describe the
process by which a ‘virus’ is named as the culprit for a disease when
what is called a ‘virus’ is only material released by cells detoxing
themselves from infiltration by chemical or radiation poisoning. The
tidal wave of technologically-generated radiation in the ‘smart’
modern world plus all the toxic food and drink are causing this to
happen more than ever. Deluded ‘scientists’ misread this as a
gathering impact of what they wrongly label ‘viruses’.
Paper can infect houses
Cowan said in an article for davidicke.com – with his tongue only
mildly in his cheek – that he believed he had made a tremendous
discovery that may revolutionise science. He had discovered that
small bits of paper are alive, ‘well alive-ish’, can ‘infect’ houses, and
then reproduce themselves inside the house. The result was that this
explosion of growth in the paper inside the house causes the house
to explode, blowing it to smithereens. His evidence for this new
theory is that in the past months he had carefully examined many of
the houses in his neighbourhood and found almost no scraps of
paper on the lawns and surrounds of the house. There was an
occasional stray label, but nothing more. Then he would return to
these same houses a week or so later and with a few, not all of them,
particularly the old and decrepit ones, he found to his shock and
surprise they were li ered with stray bits of paper. He knew then
that the paper had infected these houses, made copies of itself, and
blew up the house. A young boy on a bicycle at one of the sites told
him he had seen a demolition crew using dynamite to explode the
house the previous week, but Cowan dismissed this as the idle
thoughts of silly boys because ‘I was on to something big’. He was
on to how ‘scientists’ mistake genetic material in the detoxifying
process for something they call a ‘virus’. Cowan said of his house
and paper story:
If this sounds crazy to you, it’s because it should. This scenario is obviously nuts. But consider
this admittedly embellished, for effect, current viral theory that all scientists, medical doctors
and virologists currently believe.
He takes the example of the ‘novel SARS-Cov2’ virus to prove the
point. First they take someone with an undefined illness called
‘Covid-19’ and don’t even a empt to find any virus in their sputum.
Never mind the scientists still describe how this ‘virus’, which they
have not located a aches to a cell receptor, injects its genetic
material, in ‘Covid’s’ case, RNA, into the cell. The RNA once inserted
exploits the cell to reproduce itself and makes ‘thousands, nay
millions, of copies of itself … Then it emerges victorious to claim its
next victim’:
If you were to look in the scientific literature for proof, actual scientific proof, that uniform
SARS-CoV2 viruses have been properly isolated from the sputum of a sick person, that actual
spike proteins could be seen protruding from the virus (which has not been found), you would
find that such evidence doesn’t exist.
If you go looking in the published scientific literature for actual pictures, proof, that these
spike proteins or any viral proteins are ever attached to any receptor embedded in any cell
membrane, you would also find that no such evidence exists. If you were to look for a video
or documented evidence of the intact virus injecting its genetic material into the body of the
cell, reproducing itself and then emerging victorious by budding off the cell membrane, you
would find that no such evidence exists.
The closest thing you would find is electron micrograph pictures of cellular particles, possibly
attached to cell debris, both of which to be seen were stained by heavy metals, a process that
completely distorts their architecture within the living organism. This is like finding bits of
paper stuck to the blown-up bricks, thereby proving the paper emerged by taking pieces of the
bricks on its way out.
The Enders baloney
Cowan describes the ‘Covid’ story as being just as make-believe as
his paper story and he charts back this fantasy to a Nobel Prize
winner called John Enders (1897-1985), an American biomedical
scientist who has been dubbed ‘The Father of Modern Vaccines’.
Enders is claimed to have ‘discovered’ the process of the viral
culture which ‘proved’ that a ‘virus’ caused measles. Cowan
explains how Enders did this ‘by using the EXACT same procedure
that has been followed by every virologist to find and characterize
every new virus since 1954’. Enders took throat swabs from children
with measles and immersed them in 2ml of milk. Penicillin (100u/ml)
and the antibiotic streptomycin (50,g/ml) were added and the whole
mix was centrifuged – rotated at high speed to separate large cellular
debris from small particles and molecules as with milk and cream,
for example. Cowan says that if the aim is to find li le particles of
genetic material (‘viruses’) in the snot from children with measles it
would seem that the last thing you would do is mix the snot with
other material – milk –that also has genetic material. ‘How are you
ever going to know whether whatever you found came from the snot
or the milk?’ He points out that streptomycin is a ‘nephrotoxic’ or
poisonous-to-the-kidney drug. You will see the relevance of that
shortly. Cowan says that it gets worse, much worse, when Enders
describes the culture medium upon which the virus ‘grows’: ‘The
culture medium consisted of bovine amniotic fluid (90%), beef
embryo extract (5%), horse serum (5%), antibiotics and phenol red as
an indicator of cell metabolism.’ Cowan asks incredulously: ‘Did he
just say that the culture medium also contained fluids and tissues
that are themselves rich sources of genetic material?’ The genetic
cocktail, or ‘medium’, is inoculated onto tissue and cells from rhesus
monkey kidney tissue. This is where the importance of streptomycin
comes in and currently-used antimicrobials and other drugs that are
poisonous to kidneys and used in ALL modern viral cultures (e.g.
gentamicin, streptomycin, and amphotericin). Cowan asks: ‘How are
you ever going to know from this witch’s brew where any genetic
material comes from as we now have five different sources of rich
genetic material in our mix?’ Remember, he says, that all genetic
material, whether from monkey kidney tissues, bovine serum, milk,
etc., is made from the exact same components. The same central
question returns: ‘How are you possibly going to know that it was
the virus that killed the kidney tissue and not the toxic antibiotic and
starvation rations on which you are growing the tissue?’ John Enders
answered the question himself – you can’t:
A second agent was obtained from an uninoculated culture of monkey kidney cells. The
cytopathic changes [death of the cells] it induced in the unstained preparations could not be
distinguished with confidence from the viruses isolated from measles.
The death of the cells (‘cytopathic changes’) happened in exactly
the same manner, whether they inoculated the kidney tissue with the
measles snot or not, Cowan says. ‘This is evidence that the
destruction of the tissue, the very proof of viral causation of illness,
was not caused by anything in the snot because they saw the same
destructive effect when the snot was not even used … the cytopathic,
i.e., cell-killing, changes come from the process of the culture itself,
not from any virus in any snot, period.’ Enders quotes in his 1957
paper a virologist called Ruckle as reporting similar findings ‘and in
addition has isolated an agent from monkey kidney tissue that is so
far indistinguishable from human measles virus’. In other words,
Cowan says, these particles called ‘measles viruses’ are simply and
clearly breakdown products of the starved and poisoned tissue. For
measles ‘virus’ see all ‘viruses’ including the so-called ‘Covid virus’.
Enders, the ‘Father of Modern Vaccines’, also said:
There is a potential risk in employing cultures of primate cells for the production of vaccines
composed of attenuated virus, since the presence of other agents possibly latent in primate
tissues cannot be definitely excluded by any known method.
Cowan further quotes from a paper published in the journal
Viruses in May, 2020, while the ‘Covid pandemic’ was well
underway in the media if not in reality. ‘EVs’ here refers to particles
of genetic debris from our own tissues, such as exosomes of which
more in a moment: ‘The remarkable resemblance between EVs and
viruses has caused quite a few problems in the studies focused on
the analysis of EVs released during viral infections.’ Later the paper
adds that to date a reliable method that can actually guarantee a
complete separation (of EVs from viruses) DOES NOT EXIST. This
was published at a time when a fairy tale ‘virus’ was claimed in total
certainty to be causing a fairy tale ‘viral disease’ called ‘Covid-19’ – a
fairy tale that was already well on the way to transforming human
society in the image that the Cult has worked to achieve for so long.
Cowan concludes his article:
To summarize, there is no scientific evidence that pathogenic viruses exist. What we think of
as ‘viruses’ are simply the normal breakdown products of dead and dying tissues and cells.
When we are well, we make fewer of these particles; when we are starved, poisoned,
suffocated by wearing masks, or afraid, we make more.
There is no engineered virus circulating and making people sick. People in laboratories all
over the world are making genetically modified products to make people sick. These are
called vaccines. There is no virome, no ‘ecosystem’ of viruses, viruses are not 8%, 50% or
100 % of our genetic material. These are all simply erroneous ideas based on the
misconception called a virus.
What is ‘Covid’? Load of bollocks
The background described here by Cowan and Lanka was
emphasised in the first video presentation that I saw by Dr Andrew
Kaufman when he asked whether the ‘Covid virus’ was in truth a
natural defence mechanism of the body called ‘exosomes’. These are
released by cells when in states of toxicity – see the same themes
returning over and over. They are released ever more profusely as
chemical and radiation toxicity increases and think of the potential
effect therefore of 5G alone as its destructive frequencies infest the
human energetic information field with a gathering pace (5G went
online in Wuhan in 2019 as the ‘virus’ emerged). I’ll have more about
this later. Exosomes transmit a warning to the rest of the body that
‘Houston, we have a problem’. Kaufman presented images of
exosomes and compared them with ‘Covid’ under an electron
microscope and the similarity was remarkable. They both a ach to
the same cell receptors (claimed in the case of ‘Covid’), contain the
same genetic material in the form of RNA or ribonucleic acid, and
both are found in ‘viral cell cultures’ with damaged or dying cells.
James Hildreth MD, President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Meharry Medical College at Johns Hopkins, said: ‘The virus is fully
an exosome in every sense of the word.’ Kaufman’s conclusion was
that there is no ‘virus’: ‘This entire pandemic is a completely
manufactured crisis … there is no evidence of anyone dying from
[this] illness.’ Dr Tom Cowan and Sally Fallon Morell, authors of The
Contagion Myth, published a statement with Dr Kaufman in
February, 2021, explaining why the ‘virus’ does not exist and you can
read it that in full in the Appendix.
‘Virus’ theory can be traced to the ‘cell theory’ in 1858 of German
physician Rudolf Virchow (1821-1920) who contended that disease
originates from a single cell infiltrated by a ‘virus’. Dr Stefan Lanka
said that findings and insights with respect to the structure, function
and central importance of tissues in the creation of life, which were
already known in 1858, comprehensively refute the cell theory.
Virchow ignored them. We have seen the part later played by John
Enders in the 1950s and Lanka notes that infection theories were
only established as a global dogma through the policies and
eugenics of the Third Reich in Nazi Germany (creation of the same
Sabbatian cult behind the ‘Covid’ hoax). Lanka said: ‘Before 1933,
scientists dared to contradict this theory; a er 1933, these critical
scientists were silenced’. Dr Tom Cowan’s view is that ill-heath is
caused by too much of something, too li le of something, or
toxification from chemicals and radiation – not contagion. We must
also highlight as a major source of the ‘virus’ theology a man still
called the ‘Father of Modern Virology’ – Thomas Milton Rivers
(1888-1962). There is no way given the Cult’s long game policy that it
was a coincidence for the ‘Father of Modern Virology’ to be director
of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research from 1937 to 1956
when he is credited with making the Rockefeller Institute a leader in
‘viral research’. Cult Rockefellers were the force behind the creation
of Big Pharma ‘medicine’, established the World Health
Organisation in 1948, and have long and close associations with the
Gates family that now runs the WHO during the pandemic hoax
through mega-rich Cult gofer and psychopath Bill Gates.
Only a Renegade Mind can see through all this bullshit by asking
the questions that need to be answered, not taking ‘no’ or
prevarication for an answer, and certainly not hiding from the truth
in fear of speaking it. Renegade Minds have always changed the
world for the be er and they will change this one no ma er how
bleak it may currently appear to be.
CHAPTER SIX
Sequence of deceit
If you tell the truth, you don’t have to remember anything
Mark Twain
A
gainst the background that I have laid out this far the sequence
that took us from an invented ‘virus’ in Cult-owned China in
late 2019 to the fascist transformation of human society can be seen
and understood in a whole new context.
We were told that a deadly disease had broken out in Wuhan and
the world media began its campaign (coordinated by behavioural
psychologists as we shall see) to terrify the population into
unquestioning compliance. We were shown images of Chinese
people collapsing in the street which never happened in the West
with what was supposed to be the same condition. In the earliest
days when alleged cases and deaths were few the fear register was
hysterical in many areas of the media and this would expand into
the common media narrative across the world. The real story was
rather different, but we were never told that. The Chinese
government, one of the Cult’s biggest centres of global operation,
said they had discovered a new illness with flu-like and pneumoniatype symptoms in a city with such toxic air that it is overwhelmed
with flu-like symptoms, pneumonia and respiratory disease. Chinese
scientists said it was a new – ‘novel’ – coronavirus which they called
Sars-Cov-2 and that it caused a disease they labelled ‘Covid-19’.
There was no evidence for this and the ‘virus’ has never to this day
been isolated, purified and its genetic code established from that. It
was from the beginning a computer-generated fiction. Stories of
Chinese whistleblowers saying the number of deaths was being
supressed or that the ‘new disease’ was related to the Wuhan bio-lab
misdirected mainstream and alternative media into cul-de-sacs to
obscure the real truth – there was no ‘virus’.
Chinese scientists took genetic material from the lung fluid of just
a few people and said they had found a ‘new’ disease when this
material had a wide range of content. There was no evidence for a
‘virus’ for the very reasons explained in the last two chapters. The
‘virus’ has never been shown to (a) exist and (b) cause any disease.
People were diagnosed on symptoms that are so widespread in
Wuhan and polluted China and with a PCR test that can’t detect
infectious disease. On this farce the whole global scam was sold to
the rest of the world which would also diagnose respiratory disease
as ‘Covid-19’ from symptoms alone or with a PCR test not testing for
a ‘virus’. Flu miraculously disappeared worldwide in 2020 and into
2021 as it was redesignated ‘Covid-19’. It was really the same old flu
with its ‘flu-like’ symptoms a ributed to ‘flu-like’ ‘Covid-19’. At the
same time with very few exceptions the Chinese response of
draconian lockdown and fascism was the chosen weapon to respond
across the West as recommended by the Cult-owned Tedros at the
Cult-owned World Health Organization run by the Cult-owned
Gates. All was going according to plan. Chinese scientists –
everything in China is controlled by the Cult-owned government –
compared their contaminated RNA lung-fluid material with other
RNA sequences and said it appeared to be just under 80 percent
identical to the SARS-CoV-1 ‘virus’ claimed to be the cause of the
SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome) ‘outbreak’ in 2003. They
decreed that because of this the ‘new virus’ had to be related and
they called it SARS-CoV-2. There are some serious problems with
this assumption and assumption was all it was. Most ‘factual’ science
turns out to be assumptions repeated into everyone-knows-that. A
match of under 80-percent is meaningless. Dr Kaufman makes the
point that there’s a 96 percent genetic correlation between humans
and chimpanzees, but ‘no one would say our genetic material is part
of the chimpanzee family’. Yet the Chinese authorities were claiming
that a much lower percentage, less than 80 percent, proved the
existence of a new ‘coronavirus’. For goodness sake human DNA is
60 percent similar to a banana.
You are feeling sleepy
The entire ‘Covid’ hoax is a global Psyop, a psychological operation
to program the human mind into believing and fearing a complete
fantasy. A crucial aspect of this was what appeared to happen in Italy.
It was all very well streaming out daily images of an alleged
catastrophe in Wuhan, but to the Western mind it was still on the
other side of the world in a very different culture and se ing. A
reaction of ‘this could happen to me and my family’ was still nothing
like as intense enough for the mind-doctors. The Cult needed a
Western example to push people over that edge and it chose Italy,
one of its major global locations going back to the Roman Empire.
An Italian ‘Covid’ crisis was manufactured in a particular area called
Lombardy which just happens to be notorious for its toxic air and
therefore respiratory disease. Wuhan, China, déjà vu. An hysterical
media told horror stories of Italians dying from ‘Covid’ in their
droves and how Lombardy hospitals were being overrun by a tidal
wave of desperately ill people needing treatment a er being struck
down by the ‘deadly virus’. Here was the psychological turning
point the Cult had planned. Wow, if this is happening in Italy, the
Western mind concluded, this indeed could happen to me and my
family. Another point is that Italian authorities responded by
following the Chinese blueprint so vehemently recommended by the
Cult-owned World Health Organization. They imposed fascistic
lockdowns on the whole country viciously policed with the help of
surveillance drones sweeping through the streets seeking out anyone
who escaped from mass house arrest. Livelihoods were destroyed
and psychology unravelled in the way we have witnessed since in all
lockdown countries. Crucial to the plan was that Italy responded in
this way to set the precedent of suspending freedom and imposing
fascism in a ‘Western liberal democracy’. I emphasised in an
animated video explanation on davidicke.com posted in the summer
of 2020 how important it was to the Cult to expand the Chinese
lockdown model across the West. Without this, and the bare-faced lie
that non-symptomatic people could still transmit a ‘disease’ they
didn’t have, there was no way locking down the whole population,
sick and not sick, could be pulled off. At just the right time and with
no evidence Cult operatives and gofers claimed that people without
symptoms could pass on the ‘disease’. In the name of protecting the
‘vulnerable’ like elderly people, who lockdowns would kill by the
tens of thousands, we had for the first time healthy people told to
isolate as well as the sick. The great majority of people who tested
positive had no symptoms because there was nothing wrong with
them. It was just a trick made possible by a test not testing for the
‘virus’.
Months a er my animated video the Gates-funded Professor Neil
Ferguson at the Gates-funded Imperial College confirmed that I was
right. He didn’t say it in those terms, naturally, but he did say it.
Ferguson will enter the story shortly for his outrageously crazy
‘computer models’ that led to Britain, the United States and many
other countries following the Chinese and now Italian methods of
response. Put another way, following the Cult script. Ferguson said
that SAGE, the UK government’s scientific advisory group which has
controlled ‘Covid’ policy from the start, wanted to follow the
Chinese lockdown model (while they all continued to work and be
paid), but they wondered if they could possibly, in Ferguson’s
words, ‘get away with it in Europe’. ‘Get away with it’? Who the hell
do these moronic, arrogant people think they are? This appalling
man Ferguson said that once Italy went into national lockdown they
realised they, too, could mimic China:
It’s a communist one-party state, we said. We couldn’t get away with it in Europe, we thought
… and then Italy did it. And we realised we could. Behind this garbage from Ferguson is a
simple fact: Doing the same as China in every country was the plan from the start and
Ferguson’s ‘models’ would play a central role in achieving that. It’s just a coincidence, of
course, and absolutely nothing to worry your little head about.
Oops, sorry, our mistake
Once the Italian segment of the Psyop had done the job it was
designed to do a very different story emerged. Italian authorities
revealed that 99 percent of those who had ‘died from Covid-19’ in
Italy had one, two, three, or more ‘co-morbidities’ or illnesses and
health problems that could have ended their life. The US Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) published a figure of 94
percent for Americans dying of ‘Covid’ while having other serious
medical conditions – on average two to three (some five or six) other
potential causes of death. In terms of death from an unproven ‘virus’
I say it is 100 percent. The other one percent in Italy and six percent
in the US would presumably have died from ‘Covid’s’ flu-like
symptoms with a range of other possible causes in conjunction with
a test not testing for the ‘virus’. Fox News reported that even more
startling figures had emerged in one US county in which 410 of 422
deaths a ributed to ‘Covid-19’ had other potentially deadly health
conditions. The Italian National Health Institute said later that the
average age of people dying with a ‘Covid-19’ diagnosis in Italy was
about 81. Ninety percent were over 70 with ten percent over 90. In
terms of other reasons to die some 80 percent had two or more
chronic diseases with half having three or more including
cardiovascular problems, diabetes, respiratory problems and cancer.
Why is the phantom ‘Covid-19’ said to kill overwhelmingly old
people and hardly affect the young? Old people continually die of
many causes and especially respiratory disease which you can rediagnose ‘Covid-19’ while young people die in tiny numbers by
comparison and rarely of respiratory disease. Old people ‘die of
Covid’ because they die of other things that can be redesignated
‘Covid’ and it really is that simple.
Flu has flown
The blueprint was in place. Get your illusory ‘cases’ from a test not
testing for the ‘virus’ and redesignate other causes of death as
‘Covid-19’. You have an instant ‘pandemic’ from something that is
nothing more than a computer-generated fiction. With near-on a
billion people having ‘flu-like’ symptoms every year the potential
was limitless and we can see why flu quickly and apparently
miraculously disappeared worldwide by being diagnosed ‘Covid-19’.
The painfully bloody obvious was explained away by the childlike
media in headlines like this in the UK ‘Independent’: ‘Not a single
case of flu detected by Public Health England this year as Covid
restrictions suppress virus’. I kid you not. The masking, social
distancing and house arrest that did not make the ‘Covid virus’
disappear somehow did so with the ‘flu virus’. Even worse the
article, by a bloke called Samuel Love , suggested that maybe the
masking, sanitising and other ‘Covid’ measures should continue to
keep the flu away. With a ridiculousness that disturbs your breathing
(it’s ‘Covid-19’) the said Love wrote: ‘With widespread social
distancing and mask-wearing measures in place throughout the UK,
the usual routes of transmission for influenza have been blocked.’
He had absolutely no evidence to support that statement, but look at
the consequences of him acknowledging the obvious. With flu not
disappearing at all and only being relabelled ‘Covid-19’ he would
have to contemplate that ‘Covid’ was a hoax on a scale that is hard to
imagine. You need guts and commitment to truth to even go there
and that’s clearly something Samuel Love does not have in
abundance. He would never have got it through the editors anyway.
Tens of thousands die in the United States alone every winter from
flu including many with pneumonia complications. CDC figures
record 45 million Americans diagnosed with flu in 2017-2018 of
which 61,000 died and some reports claim 80,000. Where was the
same hysteria then that we have seen with ‘Covid-19’? Some 250,000
Americans are admi ed to hospital with pneumonia every year with
about 50,000 cases proving fatal. About 65 million suffer respiratory
disease every year and three million deaths makes this the third
biggest cause of death worldwide. You only have to redesignate a
portion of all these people ‘Covid-19’ and you have an instant global
pandemic or the appearance of one. Why would doctors do this? They
are told to do this and all but a few dare not refuse those who must
be obeyed. Doctors in general are not researching their own
knowledge and instead take it direct and unquestioned from the
authorities that own them and their careers. The authorities say they
must now diagnose these symptoms ‘Covid-19’ and not flu, or
whatever, and they do it. Dark suits say put ‘Covid-19’ on death
certificates no ma er what the cause of death and the doctors do it.
Renegade Minds don’t fall for the illusion that doctors and medical
staff are all highly-intelligent, highly-principled, seekers of medical
truth. Some are, but not the majority. They are repeaters, gofers, and
yes sir, no sir, purveyors of what the system demands they purvey.
The ‘Covid’ con is not merely confined to diseases of the lungs.
Instructions to doctors to put ‘Covid-19’ on death certificates for
anyone dying of anything within 28 days (or much more) of a
positive test not testing for the ‘virus’ opened the floodgates. The
term dying with ‘Covid’ and not of ‘Covid’ was coined to cover the
truth. Whether it was a with or an of they were all added to the death
numbers a ributed to the ‘deadly virus’ compiled by national
governments and globally by the Gates-funded Johns Hopkins
operation in the United States that was so involved in those
‘pandemic’ simulations. Fraudulent deaths were added to the evergrowing list of fraudulent ‘cases’ from false positives from a false
test. No wonder Professor Walter Ricciardi, scientific advisor to the
Italian minister of health, said a er the Lombardy hysteria had done
its job that ‘Covid’ death rates were due to Italy having the second
oldest population in the world and to how hospitals record deaths:
The way in which we code deaths in our country is very generous in the sense that all the
people who die in hospitals with the coronavirus are deemed to be dying of the coronavirus.
On re-evaluation by the National Institute of Health, only 12 per cent of death certificates
have shown a direct causality from coronavirus, while 88 per cent of patients who have died
have at least one pre-morbidity – many had two or three.
This is extraordinary enough when you consider the propaganda
campaign to use Italy to terrify the world, but how can they even say
twelve percent were genuine when the ‘virus’ has not been shown to
exist, its ‘code’ is a computer program, and diagnosis comes from a
test not testing for it? As in China, and soon the world, ‘Covid-19’ in
Italy was a redesignation of diagnosis. Lies and corruption were to
become the real ‘pandemic’ fuelled by a pathetically-compliant
medical system taking its orders from the tiny few at the top of their
national hierarchy who answered to the World Health Organization
which answers to Gates and the Cult. Doctors were told – ordered –
to diagnose a particular set of symptoms ‘Covid-19’ and put that on
the death certificate for any cause of death if the patient had tested
positive with a test not testing for the virus or had ‘Covid’ symptoms
like the flu. The United States even introduced big financial
incentives to manipulate the figures with hospitals receiving £4,600
from the Medicare system for diagnosing someone with regular
pneumonia, $13,000 if they made the diagnosis from the same
symptoms ‘Covid-19’ pneumonia, and $39, 000 if they put a ‘Covid’
diagnosed patient on a ventilator that would almost certainly kill
them. A few – painfully and pathetically few – medical
whistleblowers revealed (before Cult-owned YouTube deleted their
videos) that they had been instructed to ‘let the patient crash’ and
put them straight on a ventilator instead of going through a series of
far less intrusive and dangerous methods as they would have done
before the pandemic hoax began and the financial incentives kicked
in. We are talking cold-blooded murder given that ventilators are so
damaging to respiratory systems they are usually the last step before
heaven awaits. Renegade Minds never fall for the belief that people
in white coats are all angels of mercy and cannot be full-on
psychopaths. I have explained in detail in The Answer how what I am
describing here played out across the world coordinated by the
World Health Organization through the medical hierarchies in
almost every country.
Medical scientist calls it
Information about the non-existence of the ‘virus’ began to emerge
for me in late March, 2020, and mushroomed a er that. I was sent an
email by Sir Julian Rose, a writer, researcher, and organic farming
promotor, from a medical scientist friend of his in the United States.
Even at that early stage in March the scientist was able to explain
how the ‘Covid’ hoax was being manipulated. He said there were no
reliable tests for a specific ‘Covid-19 virus’ and nor were there any
reliable agencies or media outlets for reporting numbers of actual
‘Covid-19’ cases. We have seen in the long period since then that he
was absolutely right. ‘Every action and reaction to Covid-19 is based
on totally flawed data and we simply cannot make accurate
assessments,’ he said. Most people diagnosed with ‘Covid-19’ were
showing nothing more than cold and flu-like symptoms ‘because
most coronavirus strains are nothing more than cold/flu-like
symptoms’. We had farcical situations like an 84-year-old German
man testing positive for ‘Covid-19’ and his nursing home ordered to
quarantine only for him to be found to have a common cold. The
scientist described back then why PCR tests and what he called the
‘Mickey Mouse test kits’ were useless for what they were claimed to
be identifying. ‘The idea these kits can isolate a specific virus like
Covid-19 is nonsense,’ he said. Significantly, he pointed out that ‘if
you want to create a totally false panic about a totally false pandemic
– pick a coronavirus’. This is exactly what the Cult-owned Gates,
World Economic Forum and Johns Hopkins University did with
their Event 201 ‘simulation’ followed by their real-life simulation
called the ‘pandemic’. The scientist said that all you had to do was
select the sickest of people with respiratory-type diseases in a single
location – ‘say Wuhan’ – and administer PCR tests to them. You can
then claim that anyone showing ‘viral sequences’ similar to a
coronavirus ‘which will inevitably be quite a few’ is suffering from a
‘new’ disease:
Since you already selected the sickest flu cases a fairly high proportion of your sample will go
on to die. You can then say this ‘new’ virus has a CFR [case fatality rate] higher than the flu
and use this to infuse more concern and do more tests which will of course produce more
‘cases’, which expands the testing, which produces yet more ‘cases’ and so on and so on.
Before long you have your ‘pandemic’, and all you have done is use a simple test kit trick to
convert the worst flu and pneumonia cases into something new that doesn’t ACTUALLY EXIST
[my emphasis].
He said that you then ‘just run the same scam in other countries’
and make sure to keep the fear message running high ‘so that people
will feel panicky and less able to think critically’. The only problem
to overcome was the fact there is no actual new deadly pathogen and
only regular sick people. This meant that deaths from the ‘new
deadly pathogen’ were going to be way too low for a real new
deadly virus pandemic, but he said this could be overcome in the
following ways – all of which would go on to happen:
1. You can claim this is just the beginning and more deaths are imminent [you underpin this
with fantasy ‘computer projections’]. Use this as an excuse to quarantine everyone and then
claim the quarantine prevented the expected millions of dead.
2. You can [say that people] ‘minimizing’ the dangers are irresponsible and bully them into
not talking about numbers.
3. You can talk crap about made up numbers hoping to blind people with pseudoscience.
4. You can start testing well people (who, of course, will also likely have shreds of
coronavirus [RNA] in them) and thus inflate your ‘case figures’ with ‘asymptomatic
carriers’ (you will of course have to spin that to sound deadly even though any virologist
knows the more symptom-less cases you have the less deadly is your pathogen).
The scientist said that if you take these simple steps ‘you can have
your own entirely manufactured pandemic up and running in
weeks’. His analysis made so early in the hoax was brilliantly
prophetic of what would actually unfold. Pulling all the information
together in these recent chapters we have this is simple 1, 2, 3, of
how you can delude virtually the entire human population into
believing in a ‘virus’ that doesn’t exist:
• A ‘Covid case’ is someone who tests positive with a test not
testing for the ‘virus’.
• A ‘Covid death’ is someone who dies of any cause within 28 days
(or much longer) of testing positive with a test not testing for the
‘virus.
• Asymptomatic means there is nothing wrong with you, but they
claim you can pass on what you don’t have to justify locking
down (quarantining) healthy people in totality.
The foundations of the hoax are that simple. A study involving ten
million people in Wuhan, published in November, 2020, demolished
the whole lie about those without symptoms passing on the ‘virus’.
They found ‘300 asymptomatic cases’ and traced their contacts to
find that not one of them was detected with the ‘virus’.
‘Asymptomatic’ patients and their contacts were isolated for no less
than two weeks and nothing changed. I know it’s all crap, but if you
are going to claim that those without symptoms can transmit ‘the
virus’ then you must produce evidence for that and they never have.
Even World Health Organization official Dr Maria Van Kerkhove,
head of the emerging diseases and zoonosis unit, said as early as
June, 2020, that she doubted the validity of asymptomatic
transmission. She said that ‘from the data we have, it still seems to
be rare that an asymptomatic person actually transmits onward to a
secondary individual’ and by ‘rare’ she meant that she couldn’t cite
any case of asymptomatic transmission.
The Ferguson factor
The problem for the Cult as it headed into March, 2020, when the
script had lockdown due to start, was that despite all the
manipulation of the case and death figures they still did not have
enough people alleged to have died from ‘Covid’ to justify mass
house arrest. This was overcome in the way the scientist described:
‘You can claim this is just the beginning and more deaths are
imminent … Use this as an excuse to quarantine everyone and then
claim the quarantine prevented the expected millions of dead.’ Enter
one Professor Neil Ferguson, the Gates-funded ‘epidemiologist’ at
the Gates-funded Imperial College in London. Ferguson is Britain’s
Christian Drosten in that he has a dire record of predicting health
outcomes, but is still called upon to advise government on the next
health outcome when another ‘crisis’ comes along. This may seem to
be a strange and ridiculous thing to do. Why would you keep
turning for policy guidance to people who have a history of being
monumentally wrong? Ah, but it makes sense from the Cult point of
view. These ‘experts’ keep on producing predictions that suit the
Cult agenda for societal transformation and so it was with Neil
Ferguson as he revealed his horrific (and clearly insane) computer
model predictions that allowed lockdowns to be imposed in Britain,
the United States and many other countries. Ferguson does not have
even an A-level in biology and would appear to have no formal
training in computer modelling, medicine or epidemiology,
according to Derek Winton, an MSc in Computational Intelligence.
He wrote an article somewhat aghast at what Ferguson did which
included taking no account of respiratory disease ‘seasonality’ which
means it is far worse in the winter months. Who would have thought
that respiratory disease could be worse in the winter? Well, certainly
not Ferguson.
The massively China-connected Imperial College and its bizarre
professor provided the excuse for the long-incubated Chinese model
of human control to travel westward at lightning speed. Imperial
College confirms on its website that it collaborates with the Chinese
Research Institute; publishes more than 600 research papers every
year with Chinese research institutions; has 225 Chinese staff; 2,600
Chinese students – the biggest international group; 7,000 former
students living in China which is the largest group outside the UK;
and was selected for a tour by China’s President Xi Jinping during
his state visit to the UK in 2015. The college takes major donations
from China and describes itself as the UK’s number one university
collaborator with Chinese research institutions. The China
communist/fascist government did not appear phased by the woeful
predictions of Ferguson and Imperial when during the lockdown
that Ferguson induced the college signed a five-year collaboration
deal with China tech giant Huawei that will have Huawei’s indoor
5G network equipment installed at the college’s West London tech
campus along with an ‘AI cloud platform’. The deal includes Chinese
sponsorship of Imperial’s Venture Catalyst entrepreneurship
competition. Imperial is an example of the enormous influence the
Chinese government has within British and North American
universities and research centres – and further afield. Up to 200
academics from more than a dozen UK universities are being
investigated on suspicion of ‘unintentionally’ helping the Chinese
government build weapons of mass destruction by ‘transferring
world-leading research in advanced military technology such as
aircra , missile designs and cyberweapons’. Similar scandals have
broken in the United States, but it’s all a coincidence. Imperial
College serves the agenda in many other ways including the
promotion of every aspect of the United Nations Agenda 21/2030
(the Great Reset) and produced computer models to show that
human-caused ‘climate change’ is happening when in the real world
it isn’t. Imperial College is driving the climate agenda as it drives the
‘Covid’ agenda (both Cult hoaxes) while Patrick Vallance, the UK
government’s Chief Scientific Adviser on ‘Covid’, was named Chief
Scientific Adviser to the UN ‘climate change’ conference known as
COP26 hosted by the government in Glasgow, Scotland. ‘Covid’ and
‘climate’ are fundamentally connected.
Professor Woeful
From Imperial’s bosom came Neil Ferguson still advising
government despite his previous disasters and it was announced
early on that he and other key people like UK Chief Medical Adviser
Chris Whi y had caught the ‘virus’ as the propaganda story was
being sold. Somehow they managed to survive and we had Prime
Minister Boris Johnson admi ed to hospital with what was said to be
a severe version of the ‘virus’ in this same period. His whole policy
and demeanour changed when he returned to Downing Street. It’s a
small world with these government advisors – especially in their
communal connections to Gates – and Ferguson had partnered with
Whi y to write a paper called ‘Infectious disease: Tough choices to
reduce Ebola transmission’ which involved another scare-story that
didn’t happen. Ferguson’s ‘models’ predicted that up to150, 000
could die from ‘mad cow disease’, or BSE, and its version in sheep if
it was transmi ed to humans. BSE was not transmi ed and instead
triggered by an organophosphate pesticide used to treat a pest on
cows. Fewer than 200 deaths followed from the human form. Models
by Ferguson and his fellow incompetents led to the unnecessary
culling of millions of pigs, ca le and sheep in the foot and mouth
outbreak in 2001 which destroyed the lives and livelihoods of
farmers and their families who had o en spent decades building
their herds and flocks. Vast numbers of these animals did not have
foot and mouth and had no contact with the infection. Another
‘expert’ behind the cull was Professor Roy Anderson, a computer
modeller at Imperial College specialising in the epidemiology of
human, not animal, disease. Anderson has served on the Bill and
Melinda Gates Grand Challenges in Global Health advisory board
and chairs another Gates-funded organisation. Gates is everywhere.
In a precursor to the ‘Covid’ script Ferguson backed closing
schools ‘for prolonged periods’ over the swine flu ‘pandemic’ in 2009
and said it would affect a third of the world population if it
continued to spread at the speed he claimed to be happening. His
mates at Imperial College said much the same and a news report
said: ‘One of the authors, the epidemiologist and disease modeller
Neil Ferguson, who sits on the World Health Organisation’s
emergency commi ee for the outbreak, said the virus had “full
pandemic potential”.’ Professor Liam Donaldson, the Chris Whi y
of his day as Chief Medical Officer, said the worst case could see 30
percent of the British people infected by swine flu with 65,000 dying.
Ferguson and Donaldson were indeed proved correct when at the
end of the year the number of deaths a ributed to swine flu was 392.
The term ‘expert’ is rather liberally applied unfortunately, not least
to complete idiots. Swine flu ‘projections’ were great for
GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) as millions rolled in for its Pandemrix
influenza vaccine which led to brain damage with children most
affected. The British government (taxpayers) paid out more than £60
million in compensation a er GSK was given immunity from
prosecution. Yet another ‘Covid’ déjà vu. Swine flu was supposed to
have broken out in Mexico, but Dr Wolfgang Wodarg, a German
doctor, former member of parliament and critic of the ‘Covid’ hoax,
observed ‘the spread of swine flu’ in Mexico City at the time. He
said: ‘What we experienced in Mexico City was a very mild flu
which did not kill more than usual – which killed even fewer people
than usual.’ Hyping the fear against all the facts is not unique to
‘Covid’ and has happened many times before. Ferguson is reported
to have over-estimated the projected death toll of bird flu (H5N1) by
some three million-fold, but bird flu vaccine makers again made a
killing from the scare. This is some of the background to the Neil
Ferguson who produced the perfectly-timed computer models in
early 2020 predicting that half a million people would die in Britain
without draconian lockdown and 2.2 million in the United States.
Politicians panicked, people panicked, and lockdowns of alleged
short duration were instigated to ‘fla en the curve’ of cases gleaned
from a test not testing for the ‘virus’. I said at the time that the public
could forget the ‘short duration’ bit. This was an agenda to destroy
the livelihoods of the population and force them into mass control
through dependency and there was going to be nothing ‘short’ about
it. American researcher Daniel Horowitz described the consequences
of the ‘models’ spewed out by Gates-funded Ferguson and Imperial
College:
What led our government and the governments of many other countries into panic was a
single Imperial College of UK study, funded by global warming activists, that predicted 2.2
million deaths if we didn’t lock down the country. In addition, the reported 8-9% death rate in
Italy scared us into thinking there was some other mutation of this virus that they got, which
might have come here.
Together with the fact that we were finally testing and had the ability to actually report new
cases, we thought we were headed for a death spiral. But again … we can’t flatten a curve if
we don’t know when the curve started.
How about it never started?
Giving them what they want
An investigation by German news outlet Welt Am Sonntag (World on
Sunday) revealed how in March, 2020, the German government
gathered together ‘leading scientists from several research institutes
and universities’ and ‘together, they were to produce a [modelling]
paper that would serve as legitimization for further tough political
measures’. The Cult agenda was justified by computer modelling not
based on evidence or reality; it was specifically constructed to justify
the Cult demand for lockdowns all over the world to destroy the
independent livelihoods of the global population. All these
modellers and everyone responsible for the ‘Covid’ hoax have a date
with a trial like those in Nuremberg a er World War Two when
Nazis faced the consequences of their war crimes. These corruptbeyond-belief ‘modellers’ wrote the paper according to government
instructions and it said that that if lockdown measures were li ed
then up to one million Germans would die from ‘Covid-19’ adding
that some would die ‘agonizingly at home, gasping for breath’
unable to be treated by hospitals that couldn’t cope. All lies. No
ma er – it gave the Cult all that it wanted. What did long-time
government ‘modeller’ Neil Ferguson say? If the UK and the United
States didn’t lockdown half a million would die in Britain and 2.2
million Americans. Anyone see a theme here? ‘Modellers’ are such a
crucial part of the lockdown strategy that we should look into their
background and follow the money. Researcher Rosemary Frei
produced an excellent article headlined ‘The Modelling-paper
Mafiosi’. She highlights a guy called John Edmunds, a British
epidemiologist, and professor in the Faculty of Epidemiology and
Population Health at the London School of Hygiene & Tropical
Medicine. He studied at Imperial College. Edmunds is a member of
government ‘Covid’ advisory bodies which have been dictating
policy, the New and Emerging Respiratory Virus Threats Advisory
Group (NERVTAG) and the Scientific Advisory Group for
Emergencies (SAGE).
Ferguson, another member of NERVTAG and SAGE, led the way
with the original ‘virus’ and Edmunds has followed in the ‘variant’
stage and especially the so-called UK or Kent variant known as the
‘Variant of Concern’ (VOC) B.1.1.7. He said in a co-wri en report for
the Centre for Mathematical modelling of Infectious Diseases at the
London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, with input from
the Centre’s ‘Covid-19’ Working Group, that there was ‘a realistic
possibility that VOC B.1.1.7 is associated with an increased risk of
death compared to non-VOC viruses’. Fear, fear, fear, get the
vaccine, fear, fear, fear, get the vaccine. Rosemary Frei reveals that
almost all the paper’s authors and members of the modelling centre’s
‘Covid-19’ Working Group receive funding from the Bill and
Melinda Gates Foundation and/or the associated Gates-funded
Wellcome Trust. The paper was published by e-journal Medr χiv
which only publishes papers not peer-reviewed and the journal was
established by an organisation headed by Facebook’s Mark
Zuckerberg and his missus. What a small world it is. Frei discovered
that Edmunds is on the Scientific Advisory Board of the Coalition for
Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) which was established
by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Klaus Schwab’s Davos
World Economic Forum and Big Pharma giant Wellcome. CEPI was
‘launched in Davos [in 2017] to develop vaccines to stop future
epidemics’, according to its website. ‘Our mission is to accelerate the
development of vaccines against emerging infectious diseases and
enable equitable access to these vaccines for people during
outbreaks.’ What kind people they are. Rosemary Frei reveals that
Public Health England (PHE) director Susan Hopkins is an author of
her organisation’s non-peer-reviewed reports on ‘new variants’.
Hopkins is a professor of infectious diseases at London’s Imperial
College which is gi ed tens of millions of dollars a year by the Bill
and Melinda Gates Foundation. Gates-funded modelling disaster
Neil Ferguson also co-authors Public Health England reports and he
spoke in December, 2020, about the potential danger of the B.1.1.7.
‘UK variant’ promoted by Gates-funded modeller John Edmunds.
When I come to the ‘Covid vaccines’ the ‘new variants’ will be
shown for what they are – bollocks.
Connections, connections
All these people and modellers are lockdown-obsessed or, put
another way, they demand what the Cult demands. Edmunds said in
January, 2021, that to ease lockdowns too soon would be a disaster
and they had to ‘vaccinate much, much, much more widely than the
elderly’. Rosemary Frei highlights that Edmunds is married to
Jeanne Pimenta who is described in a LinkedIn profile as director of
epidemiology at GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) and she held shares in the
company. Patrick Vallance, co-chair of SAGE and the government’s
Chief Scientific Adviser, is a former executive of GSK and has a
deferred bonus of shares in the company worth £600,000. GSK has
serious business connections with Bill Gates and is collaborating
with mRNA-’vaccine’ company CureVac to make ‘vaccines’ for the
new variants that Edmunds is talking about. GSK is planning a
‘Covid vaccine’ with drug giant Sanofi. Puppet Prime Minister Boris
Johnson announced in the spring of 2021 that up to 60 million
vaccine doses were to be made at the GSK facility at Barnard Castle
in the English North East. Barnard Castle, with a population of just
6,000, was famously visited in breach of lockdown rules in April,
2020, by Johnson aide Dominic Cummings who said that he drove
there ‘to test his eyesight’ before driving back to London. Cummings
would be be er advised to test his integrity – not that it would take
long. The GSK facility had nothing to do with his visit then although
I’m sure Patrick Vallance would have been happy to arrange an
introduction and some tea and biscuits. Ruthless psychopath Gates
has made yet another fortune from vaccines in collaboration with Big
Pharma companies and gushes at the phenomenal profits to be made
from vaccines – more than a 20-to-1 return as he told one
interviewer. Gates also tweeted in December, 2019, with the
foreknowledge of what was coming: ‘What’s next for our
foundation? I’m particularly excited about what the next year could
mean for one of the best buys in global health: vaccines.’
Modeller John Edmunds is a big promotor of vaccines as all these
people appear to be. He’s the dean of the London School of Hygiene
& Tropical Medicine’s Faculty of Epidemiology and Population
Health which is primarily funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates
Foundation and the Gates-established and funded GAVI vaccine
alliance which is the Gates vehicle to vaccinate the world. The
organisation Doctors Without Borders has described GAVI as being
‘aimed more at supporting drug-industry desires to promote new
products than at finding the most efficient and sustainable means for
fighting the diseases of poverty’. But then that’s why the psychopath
Gates created it. John Edmunds said in a video that the London
School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine is involved in every aspect of
vaccine development including large-scale clinical trials. He
contends that mathematical modelling can show that vaccines
protect individuals and society. That’s on the basis of shit in and shit
out, I take it. Edmunds serves on the UK Vaccine Network as does
Ferguson and the government’s foremost ‘Covid’ adviser, the grimfaced, dark-eyed Chris Whi y. The Vaccine Network says it works
‘to support the government to identify and shortlist targeted
investment opportunities for the most promising vaccines and
vaccine technologies that will help combat infectious diseases with
epidemic potential, and to address structural issues related to the
UK’s broader vaccine infrastructure’. Ferguson is acting Director of
the Imperial College Vaccine Impact Modelling Consortium which
has funding from the Bill and Melina Gates Foundation and the
Gates-created GAVI ‘vaccine alliance’. Anyone wonder why these
characters see vaccines as the answer to every problem? Ferguson is
wildly enthusiastic in his support for GAVI’s campaign to vaccine
children en masse in poor countries. You would expect someone like
Gates who has constantly talked about the need to reduce the
population to want to fund vaccines to keep more people alive. I’m
sure that’s why he does it. The John Edmunds London School of
Hygiene & Tropical Medicine (LSHTM) has a Vaccines
Manufacturing Innovation Centre which develops, tests and
commercialises vaccines. Rosemary Frei writes:
The vaccines centre also performs affiliated activities like combating ‘vaccine hesitancy’. The
latter includes the Vaccine Confidence Project. The project’s stated purpose is, among other
things, ‘to provide analysis and guidance for early response and engagement with the public
to ensure sustained confidence in vaccines and immunisation’. The Vaccine Confidence
Project’s director is LSHTM professor Heidi Larson. For more than a decade she’s been
researching how to combat vaccine hesitancy.
How the bloody hell can blokes like John Edmunds and Neil
Ferguson with those connections and financial ties model ‘virus’ case
and death projections for the government and especially in a way
that gives their paymasters like Gates exactly what they want? It’s
insane, but this is what you find throughout the world.
‘Covid’ is not dangerous, oops, wait, yes it is
Only days before Ferguson’s nightmare scenario made Jackboot
Johnson take Britain into a China-style lockdown to save us from a
deadly ‘virus’ the UK government website gov.uk was reporting
something very different to Ferguson on a page of official
government guidance for ‘high consequence infectious diseases
(HCID)’. It said this about ‘Covid-19’:
As of 19 March 2020, COVID-19 is no longer considered to be a high consequence infectious
diseases (HCID) in the UK [my emphasis]. The 4 nations public health HCID group made an
interim recommendation in January 2020 to classify COVID-19 as an HCID. This was based
on consideration of the UK HCID criteria about the virus and the disease with information
available during the early stages of the outbreak.
Now that more is known about COVID-19, the public health bodies in the UK have reviewed
the most up to date information about COVID-19 against the UK HCID criteria. They have
determined that several features have now changed; in particular, more information is
available about mortality rates (low overall), and there is now greater clinical awareness and a
specific and sensitive laboratory test, the availability of which continues to increase. The
Advisory Committee on Dangerous Pathogens (ACDP) is also of the opinion that COVID-19
should no longer be classified as an HCID.
Soon a er the government had been exposed for downgrading the
risk they upgraded it again and everyone was back to singing from
the same Cult hymn book. Ferguson and his fellow Gates clones
indicated that lockdowns and restrictions would have to continue
until a Gates-funded vaccine was developed. Gates said the same
because Ferguson and his like were repeating the Gates script which
is the Cult script. ‘Fla en the curve’ became an ongoing nightmare of
continuing lockdowns with periods in between of severe restrictions
in pursuit of destroying independent incomes and had nothing to do
with protecting health about which the Cult gives not a shit. Why
wouldn’t Ferguson be pushing a vaccine ‘solution’ when he’s owned
by vaccine-obsessive Gates who makes a fortune from them and
when Ferguson heads the Vaccine Impact Modelling Consortium at
Imperial College funded by the Gates Foundation and GAVI, the
‘vaccine alliance’, created by Gates as his personal vaccine
promotion operation? To compound the human catastrophe that
Ferguson’s ‘models’ did so much to create he was later exposed for
breaking his own lockdown rules by having sexual liaisons with his
married girlfriend Antonia Staats at his home while she was living at
another location with her husband and children. Staats was a
‘climate’ activist and senior campaigner at the Soros-funded Avaaz
which I wouldn’t trust to tell me that grass is green. Ferguson had to
resign as a government advisor over this hypocrisy in May, 2020, but
a er a period of quiet he was back being quoted by the ridiculous
media on the need for more lockdowns and a vaccine rollout. Other
government-advising ‘scientists’ from Imperial College’ held the fort
in his absence and said lockdown could be indefinite until a vaccine
was found. The Cult script was being sung by the payrolled choir. I
said there was no intention of going back to ‘normal’ when the
‘vaccine’ came because the ‘vaccine’ is part of a very different agenda
that I will discuss in Human 2.0. Why would the Cult want to let the
world go back to normal when destroying that normal forever was
the whole point of what was happening? House arrest, closing
businesses and schools through lockdown, (un)social distancing and
masks all followed the Ferguson fantasy models. Again as I
predicted (these people are so predictable) when the ‘vaccine’
arrived we were told that house arrest, lockdown, (un)social
distancing and masks would still have to continue. I will deal with
the masks in the next chapter because they are of fundamental
importance.
Where’s the ‘pandemic’?
Any mildly in-depth assessment of the figures revealed what was
really going on. Cult-funded and controlled organisations still have
genuine people working within them such is the number involved.
So it is with Genevieve Briand, assistant program director of the
Applied Economics master’s degree program at Johns Hopkins
University. She analysed the impact that ‘Covid-19’ had on deaths
from all causes in the United States using official data from the CDC
for the period from early February to early September, 2020. She
found that allegedly ‘Covid’ related-deaths exceeded those from
heart disease which she found strange with heart disease always the
biggest cause of fatalities. Her research became even more significant
when she noted the sudden decline in 2020 of all non-’Covid’ deaths:
‘This trend is completely contrary to the pa ern observed in all
previous years … the total decrease in deaths by other causes almost
exactly equals the increase in deaths by Covid-19.’ This was such a
game, set and match in terms of what was happening that Johns
Hopkins University deleted the article on the grounds that it ‘was
being used to support false and dangerous inaccuracies about the
impact of the pandemic’. No – because it exposed the scam from
official CDC figures and this was confirmed when those figures were
published in January, 2021. Here we can see the effect of people
dying from heart a acks, cancer, road accidents and gunshot
wounds – anything – having ‘Covid-19’ on the death certificate along
with those diagnosed from ‘symptoms’ who had even not tested
positive with a test not testing for the ‘virus’. I am not kidding with
the gunshot wounds, by the way. Brenda Bock, coroner in Grand
County, Colorado, revealed that two gunshot victims tested positive
for the ‘virus’ within the previous 30 days and were therefore
classified as ‘Covid deaths’. Bock said: ‘These two people had tested
positive for Covid, but that’s not what killed them. A gunshot
wound is what killed them.’ She said she had not even finished her
investigation when the state listed the gunshot victims as deaths due
to the ‘virus’. The death and case figures for ‘Covid-19’ are an
absolute joke and yet they are repeated like parrots by the media,
politicians and alleged medical ‘experts’. The official Cult narrative
is the only show in town.
Genevieve Briand found that deaths from all causes were not
exceptional in 2020 compared with previous years and a Spanish
magazine published figures that said the same about Spain which
was a ‘Covid’ propaganda hotspot at one point. Discovery Salud, a
health and medicine magazine, quoted government figures which
showed how 17,000 fewer people died in Spain in 2020 than in 2019
and more than 26,000 fewer than in 2018. The age-standardised
mortality rate for England and Wales when age distribution is taken
into account was significantly lower in 2020 than the 1970s, 80s and
90s, and was only the ninth highest since 2000. Where is the
‘pandemic’?
Post mortems and autopsies virtually disappeared for ‘Covid’
deaths amid claims that ‘virus-infected’ bodily fluids posed a risk to
those carrying out the autopsy. This was rejected by renowned
German pathologist and forensic doctor Klaus Püschel who said that
he and his staff had by then done 150 autopsies on ‘Covid’ patients
with no problems at all. He said they were needed to know why
some ‘Covid’ patients suffered blood clots and not severe respiratory
infections. The ‘virus’ is, a er all, called SARS or ‘severe acute
respiratory syndrome’. I highlighted in the spring of 2020 this
phenomenon and quoted New York intensive care doctor Cameron
Kyle-Sidell who posted a soon deleted YouTube video to say that
they had been told to prepare to treat an infectious disease called
‘Covid-19’, but that was not what they were dealing with. Instead he
likened the lung condition of the most severely ill patients to what
you would expect with cabin depressurisation in a plane at 30,000
feet or someone dropped on the top of Everest without oxygen or
acclimatisation. I have never said this is not happening to a small
minority of alleged ‘Covid’ patients – I am saying this is not caused
by a phantom ‘contagious virus’. Indeed Kyle-Sidell said that
‘Covid-19’ was not the disease they were told was coming their way.
‘We are operating under a medical paradigm that is untrue,’ he said,
and he believed they were treating the wrong disease: ‘These people
are being slowly starved of oxygen.’ Patients would take off their
oxygen masks in a state of fear and stress and while they were blue
in the face on the brink of death. They did not look like patients
dying of pneumonia. You can see why they don’t want autopsies
when their virus doesn’t exist and there is another condition in some
people that they don’t wish to be uncovered. I should add here that
the 5G system of millimetre waves was being rapidly introduced
around the world in 2020 and even more so now as they fire 5G at
the Earth from satellites. At 60 gigahertz within the 5G range that
frequency interacts with the oxygen molecule and stops people
breathing in sufficient oxygen to be absorbed into the bloodstream.
They are installing 5G in schools and hospitals. The world is not
mad or anything. 5G can cause major changes to the lungs and blood
as I detail in The Answer and these consequences are labelled ‘Covid19’, the alleged symptoms of which can be caused by 5G and other
electromagnetic frequencies as cells respond to radiation poisoning.
The ‘Covid death’ scam
Dr Sco Jensen, a Minnesota state senator and medical doctor,
exposed ‘Covid’ Medicare payment incentives to hospitals and death
certificate manipulation. He said he was sent a seven-page document
by the US Department of Health ‘coaching’ him on how to fill out
death certificates which had never happened before. The document
said that he didn’t need to have a laboratory test for ‘Covid-19’ to
put that on the death certificate and that shocked him when death
certificates are supposed to be about facts. Jensen described how
doctors had been ‘encouraged, if not pressured’ to make a diagnosis
of ‘Covid-19’ if they thought it was probable or ‘presumed’. No
positive test was necessary – not that this would have ma ered
anyway. He said doctors were told to diagnose ‘Covid’ by symptoms
when these were the same as colds, allergies, other respiratory
problems, and certainly with influenza which ‘disappeared’ in the
‘Covid’ era. A common sniffle was enough to get the dreaded
verdict. Ontario authorities decreed that a single care home resident
with one symptom from a long list must lead to the isolation of the
entire home. Other courageous doctors like Jensen made the same
point about death figure manipulation and how deaths by other
causes were falling while ‘Covid-19 deaths’ were rising at the same
rate due to re-diagnosis. Their videos rarely survive long on
YouTube with its Cult-supporting algorithms courtesy of CEO Susan
Wojcicki and her bosses at Google. Figure-tampering was so glaring
and ubiquitous that even officials were le ing it slip or outright
saying it. UK chief scientific adviser Patrick Vallance said on one
occasion that ‘Covid’ on the death certificate doesn’t mean ‘Covid’
was the cause of death (so why the hell is it there?) and we had the
rare sight of a BBC reporter telling the truth when she said:
‘Someone could be successfully treated for Covid, in say April,
discharged, and then in June, get run over by a bus and die … That
person would still be counted as a Covid death in England.’ Yet the
BBC and the rest of the world media went on repeating the case and
death figures as if they were real. Illinois Public Health Director Dr
Ngozi Ezike revealed the deceit while her bosses must have been
clenching their bu ocks:
If you were in a hospice and given a few weeks to live and you were then found to have
Covid that would be counted as a Covid death. [There might be] a clear alternate cause, but it
is still listed as a Covid death. So everyone listed as a Covid death doesn’t mean that was the
cause of the death, but that they had Covid at the time of death.
Yes, a ‘Covid virus’ never shown to exist and tested for with a test
not testing for the ‘virus’. In the first period of the pandemic hoax
through the spring of 2020 the process began of designating almost
everything a ‘Covid’ death and this has continued ever since. I sat in
a restaurant one night listening to a loud conversation on the next
table where a family was discussing in bewilderment how a relative
who had no symptoms of ‘Covid’, and had died of a long-term
problem, could have been diagnosed a death by the ‘virus’. I could
understand their bewilderment. If they read this book they will
know why this medical fraud has been perpetrated the world over.
Some media truth shock
The media ignored the evidence of death certificate fraud until
eventually one columnist did speak out when she saw it first-hand.
Bel Mooney is a long-time national newspaper journalist in Britain
currently working for the Daily Mail. Her article on February 19th,
2021, carried this headline: ‘My dad Ted passed three Covid tests
and died of a chronic illness yet he’s officially one of Britain’s 120,000
victims of the virus and is far from alone ... so how many more are
there?’ She told how her 99-year-old father was in a care home with
a long-standing chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and vascular
dementia. Maybe, but he was still aware enough to tell her from the
start that there was no ‘virus’ and he refused the ‘vaccine’ for that
reason. His death was not unexpected given his chronic health
problems and Mooney said she was shocked to find that ‘Covid-19’
was declared the cause of death on his death certificate. She said this
was a ‘bizarre and unacceptable untruth’ for a man with long-time
health problems who had tested negative twice at the home for the
‘virus’. I was also shocked by this story although not by what she
said. I had been highlighting the death certificate manipulation for
ten months. It was the confirmation that a professional full-time
journalist only realised this was going on when it affected her
directly and neither did she know that whether her dad tested
positive or negative was irrelevant with the test not testing for the
‘virus’. Where had she been? She said she did not believe in
‘conspiracy theories’ without knowing I’m sure that this and
‘conspiracy theorists’ were terms put into widespread circulation by
the CIA in the 1960s to discredit those who did not accept the
ridiculous official story of the Kennedy assassination. A blanket
statement of ‘I don’t believe in conspiracy theories’ is always bizarre.
The dictionary definition of the term alone means the world is
drowning in conspiracies. What she said was even more da when
her dad had just been affected by the ‘Covid’ conspiracy. Why else
does she think that ‘Covid-19’ was going on the death certificates of
people who died of something else?
To be fair once she saw from personal experience what was
happening she didn’t mince words. Mooney was called by the care
home on the morning of February 9th to be told her father had died
in his sleep. When she asked for the official cause of death what
came back was ‘Covid-19’. Mooney challenged this and was told
there had been deaths from Covid on the dementia floor (confirmed
by a test not testing for the ‘virus’) so they considered it ‘reasonable
to assume’. ‘But doctor,’ Mooney rightly protested, ‘an assumption
isn’t a diagnosis.’ She said she didn’t blame the perfectly decent and
sympathetic doctor – ‘he was just doing his job’. Sorry, but that’s
bullshit. He wasn’t doing his job at all. He was pu ing a false cause of
death on the death certificate and that is a criminal offence for which
he should be brought to account and the same with the millions of
doctors worldwide who have done the same. They were not doing
their job they were following orders and that must not wash at new
Nuremberg trials any more than it did at the first ones. Mooney’s
doctor was ‘assuming’ (presuming) as he was told to, but ‘just
following orders’ makes no difference to his actions. A doctor’s job is
to serve the patient and the truth, not follow orders, but that’s what
they have done all over the world and played a central part in
making the ‘Covid’ hoax possible with all its catastrophic
consequences for humanity. Shame on them and they must answer
for their actions. Mooney said her disquiet worsened when she
registered her father’s death by telephone and was told by the
registrar there had been very many other cases like hers where ‘the
deceased’ had not tested positive for ‘Covid’ yet it was recorded as
the cause of death. The test may not ma er, but those involved at
their level think it ma ers and it shows a callous disregard for
accurate diagnosis. The pressure to do this is coming from the top of
the national ‘health’ pyramids which in turn obey the World Health
Organization which obeys Gates and the Cult. Mooney said the
registrar agreed that this must distort the national figures adding
that ‘the strangest thing is that every winter we record countless
deaths from flu, and this winter there have been none. Not one!’ She
asked if the registrar thought deaths from flu were being
misdiagnosed and lumped together with ‘Covid’ deaths. The answer
was a ‘puzzled yes’. Mooney said that the funeral director said the
same about ‘Covid’ deaths which had nothing to do with ‘Covid’.
They had lost count of the number of families upset by this and
other funeral companies in different countries have had the same
experience. Mooney wrote:
The nightly shroud-waving and shocking close-ups of pain imposed on us by the TV news
bewildered and terrified the population into eager compliance with lockdowns. We were
invited to ‘save the NHS’ and to grieve for strangers – the real-life loved ones behind those
shocking death counts. Why would the public imagine what I now fear, namely that the way
Covid-19 death statistics are compiled might make the numbers seem greater than they are?
Oh, just a li le bit – like 100 percent.
Do the maths
Mooney asked why a country would wish to skew its mortality
figures by wrongly certifying deaths? What had been going on?
Well, if you don’t believe in conspiracies you will never find the
answer which is that it’s a conspiracy. She did, however, describe
what she had discovered as a ‘national scandal’. In reality it’s a
global scandal and happening everywhere. Pillars of this conspiracy
were all put into place before the bu on was pressed with the
Drosten PCR protocol and high amplifications to produce the cases
and death certificate changes to secure illusory ‘Covid’ deaths.
Mooney notes that normally two doctors were needed to certify a
death, with one having to know the patient, and how the rules were
changed in the spring of 2020 to allow one doctor to do this. In the
same period ‘Covid deaths’ were decreed to be all cases where
Covid-19 was put on the death certificate even without a positive test
or any symptoms. Mooney asked: ‘How many of the 30,851 (as of
January 15) care home resident deaths with Covid-19 on the
certificate (32.4 per cent of all deaths so far) were based on an
assumption, like that of my father? And what has that done to our
national psyche?’All of them is the answer to the first question and it
has devastated and dismantled the national psyche, actually the
global psyche, on a colossal scale. In the UK case and death data is
compiled by organisations like Public Health England (PHE) and the
Office for National Statistics (ONS). Mooney highlights the insane
policy of counting a death from any cause as ‘Covid-19’ if this
happens within 28 days of a positive test (with a test not testing for
the ‘virus’) and she points out that ONS statistics reflect deaths
‘involving Covid’ ‘or due to Covid’ which meant in practice any
death where ‘Covid-19’ was mentioned on the death certificate. She
described the consequences of this fraud:
Most people will accept the narrative they are fed, so panicky governments here and in
Europe witnessed the harsh measures enacted in totalitarian China and jumped into
lockdown. Headlines about Covid deaths tolled like the knell that would bring doomsday to
us all. Fear stalked our empty streets. Politicians parroted the frankly ridiculous aim of ‘zero
Covid’ and shut down the economy, while most British people agreed that lockdown was
essential and (astonishingly to me, as a patriotic Brit) even wanted more restrictions.
For what? Lies on death certificates? Never mind the grim toll of lives ruined, suicides, schools
closed, rising inequality, depression, cancelled hospital treatments, cancer patients in a torture
of waiting, poverty, economic devastation, loneliness, families kept apart, and so on. How
many lives have been lost as a direct result of lockdown?
She said that we could join in a national chorus of shock and horror
at reaching the 120,000 death toll which was surely certain to have
been totally skewed all along, but what about the human cost of
lockdown justified by these ‘death figures’? The British Medical
Journal had reported a 1,493 percent increase in cases of children
taken to Great Ormond Street Hospital with abusive head injuries
alone and then there was the effect on families:
Perhaps the most shocking thing about all this is that families have been kept apart – and
obeyed the most irrational, changing rules at the whim of government – because they
believed in the statistics. They succumbed to fear, which his generation rejected in that war
fought for freedom. Dad (God rest his soul) would be angry. And so am I.
Another theme to watch is that in the winter months when there
are more deaths from all causes they focus on ‘Covid’ deaths and in
the summer when the British Lung Foundation says respiratory
disease plummets by 80 percent they rage on about ‘cases’. Either
way fascism on population is always the answer.
Nazi eugenics in the 21st century
Elderly people in care homes have been isolated from their families
month a er lonely month with no contact with relatives and
grandchildren who were banned from seeing them. We were told
that lockdown fascism was to ‘protect the vulnerable’ like elderly
people. At the same time Do Not Resuscitate (DNR) orders were
placed on their medical files so that if they needed resuscitation it
wasn’t done and ‘Covid-19’ went on their death certificates. Old
people were not being ‘protected’ they were being culled –
murdered in truth. DNR orders were being decreed for disabled and
young people with learning difficulties or psychological problems.
The UK Care Quality Commission, a non-departmental body of the
Department of Health and Social Care, found that 34 percent of
those working in health and social care were pressured into placing
‘do not a empt cardiopulmonary resuscitation’ orders on ‘Covid’
patients who suffered from disabilities and learning difficulties
without involving the patient or their families in the decision. UK
judges ruled that an elderly woman with dementia should have the
DNA-manipulating ‘Covid vaccine’ against her son’s wishes and that
a man with severe learning difficulties should have the jab despite
his family’s objections. Never mind that many had already died. The
judiciary always supports doctors and government in fascist
dictatorships. They wouldn’t dare do otherwise. A horrific video was
posted showing fascist officers from Los Angeles police forcibly
giving the ‘Covid’ shot to women with special needs who were
screaming that they didn’t want it. The same fascists are seen giving
the jab to a sleeping elderly woman in a care home. This is straight
out of the Nazi playbook. Hitler’s Nazis commi ed mass murder of
the mentally ill and physically disabled throughout Germany and
occupied territories in the programme that became known as Aktion
T4, or just T4. Sabbatian-controlled Hitler and his grotesque crazies
set out to kill those they considered useless and unnecessary. The
Reich Commi ee for the Scientific Registering of Hereditary and
Congenital Illnesses registered the births of babies identified by
physicians to have ‘defects’. By 1941 alone more than 5,000 children
were murdered by the state and it is estimated that in total the
number of innocent people killed in Aktion T4 was between 275,000
and 300,000. Parents were told their children had been sent away for
‘special treatment’ never to return. It is rather pathetic to see claims
about plans for new extermination camps being dismissed today
when the same force behind current events did precisely that 80
years ago. Margaret Sanger was a Cult operative who used ‘birth
control’ to sanitise her programme of eugenics. Organisations she
founded became what is now Planned Parenthood. Sanger proposed
that ‘the whole dysgenic population would have its choice of
segregation or sterilization’. These included epileptics, ‘feebleminded’, and prostitutes. Sanger opposed charity because it
perpetuated ‘human waste‘. She reveals the Cult mentality and if
anyone thinks that extermination camps are a ‘conspiracy theory’
their naivety is touching if breathtakingly stupid.
If you don’t believe that doctors can act with callous disregard for
their patients it is worth considering that doctors and medical staff
agreed to put government-decreed DNR orders on medical files and
do nothing when resuscitation is called for. I don’t know what you
call such people in your house. In mine they are Nazis from the Josef
Mengele School of Medicine. Phenomenal numbers of old people
have died worldwide from the effects of lockdown, depression, lack
of treatment, the ‘vaccine’ (more later) and losing the will to live. A
common response at the start of the manufactured pandemic was to
remove old people from hospital beds and transfer them to nursing
homes. The decision would result in a mass cull of elderly people in
those homes through lack of treatment – not ‘Covid’. Care home
whistleblowers have told how once the ‘Covid’ era began doctors
would not come to their homes to treat patients and they were
begging for drugs like antibiotics that o en never came. The most
infamous example was ordered by New York governor Andrew
Cuomo, brother of a moronic CNN host, who amazingly was given
an Emmy Award for his handling of the ‘Covid crisis’ by the
ridiculous Wokers that hand them out. Just how ridiculous could be
seen in February, 2021, when a Department of Justice and FBI
investigation began into how thousands of old people in New York
died in nursing homes a er being discharged from hospital to make
way for ‘Covid’ patients on Cuomo’s say-so – and how he and his
staff covered up these facts. This couldn’t have happened to a nicer
psychopath. Even then there was a ‘Covid’ spin. Reports said that
thousands of old people who tested positive for ‘Covid’ in hospital
were transferred to nursing homes to both die of ‘Covid’ and
transmit it to others. No – they were in hospital because they were ill
and the fact that they tested positive with a test not testing for the
‘virus’ is irrelevant. They were ill o en with respiratory diseases
ubiquitous in old people near the end of their lives. Their transfer
out of hospital meant that their treatment stopped and many would
go on to die.
They’re old. Who gives a damn?
I have exposed in the books for decades the Cult plan to cull the
world’s old people and even to introduce at some point what they
call a ‘demise pill’ which at a certain age everyone would take and
be out of here by law. In March, 2021, Spain legalised euthanasia and
assisted suicide following the Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg
and Canada on the Tiptoe to the demise pill. Treatment of old people
by many ‘care’ homes has been a disgrace in the ‘Covid’ era. There
are many, many, caring staff – I know some. There have, however,
been legions of stories about callous treatment of old people and
their families. Police were called when families came to take their
loved ones home in the light of isolation that was killing them. They
became prisoners of the state. Care home residents in insane, fascist
Ontario, Canada, were not allowed to leave their room once the
‘Covid’ hoax began. UK staff have even wheeled elderly people
away from windows where family members were talking with them.
Oriana Criscuolo from Stockport in the English North West dropped
off some things for her 80-year-old father who has Parkinson’s
disease and dementia and she wanted to wave to him through a
ground-floor window. She was told that was ‘illegal’. When she went
anyway they closed the curtains in the middle of the day. Oriana
said:
It’s just unbelievable. I cannot understand how care home staff – people who are being paid
to care – have become so uncaring. Their behaviour is inhumane and cruel. It’s beyond belief.
She was right and this was not a one-off. What a way to end your life
in such loveless circumstances. UK registered nurse Nicky Millen, a
proper old school nurse for 40 years, said that when she started her
career care was based on dignity, choice, compassion and empathy.
Now she said ‘the things that are important to me have gone out of
the window.’ She was appalled that people were dying without their
loved ones and saying goodbye on iPads. Nicky described how a
distressed 89-year-old lady stroked her face and asked her ‘how
many paracetamol would it take to finish me off’. Life was no longer
worth living while not seeing her family. Nicky said she was
humiliated in front of the ward staff and patients for le ing the lady
stroke her face and giving her a cuddle. Such is the dehumanisation
that the ‘Covid’ hoax has brought to the surface. Nicky worked in
care homes where patients told her they were being held prisoner. ‘I
want to live until I die’, one said to her. ‘I had a lady in tears because
she hadn’t seen her great-grandson.’ Nicky was compassionate old
school meeting psychopathic New Normal. She also said she had
worked on a ‘Covid’ ward with no ‘Covid’ patients. Jewish writer
Shai Held wrote an article in March, 2020, which was headlined ‘The
Staggering, Heartless Cruelty Toward the Elderly’. What he
described was happening from the earliest days of lockdown. He
said ‘the elderly’ were considered a group and not unique
individuals (the way of the Woke). Shai Held said:
Notice how the all-too-familiar rhetoric of dehumanization works: ‘The elderly’ are bunched
together as a faceless mass, all of them considered culprits and thus effectively deserving of
the suffering the pandemic will inflict upon them. Lost entirely is the fact that the elderly are
individual human beings, each with a distinctive face and voice, each with hopes and
dreams, memories and regrets, friendships and marriages, loves lost and loves sustained.
‘The elderly’ have become another dehumanised group for which
anything goes and for many that has resulted in cold disregard for
their rights and their life. The distinctive face that Held talks about is
designed to be deleted by masks until everyone is part of a faceless
mass.
‘War-zone’ hospitals myth
Again and again medical professionals have told me what was really
going on and how hospitals ‘overrun like war zones’ according to
the media were virtually empty. The mantra from medical
whistleblowers was please don’t use my name or my career is over.
Citizen journalists around the world sneaked into hospitals to film
evidence exposing the ‘war-zone’ lie. They really were largely empty
with closed wards and operating theatres. I met a hospital worker in
my town on the Isle of Wight during the first lockdown in 2020 who
said the only island hospital had never been so quiet. Lockdown was
justified by the psychopaths to stop hospitals being overrun. At the
same time that the island hospital was near-empty the military
arrived here to provide extra beds. It was all propaganda to ramp up
the fear to ensure compliance with fascism as were never-used
temporary hospitals with thousands of beds known as Nightingales
and never-used make-shi mortuaries opened by the criminal UK
government. A man who helped to install those extra island beds
a ributed to the army said they were never used and the hospital
was empty. Doctors and nurses ‘stood around talking or on their
phones, wandering down to us to see what we were doing’. There
were no masks or social distancing. He accused the useless local
island paper, the County Press, of ‘pumping the fear as if our hospital
was overrun and we only have one so it should have been’. He
described ambulances parked up with crews outside in deck chairs.
When his brother called an ambulance he was told there was a twohour backlog which he called ‘bullshit’. An old lady on the island fell
‘and was in a bad way’, but a caller who rang for an ambulance was
told the situation wasn’t urgent enough. Ambulance stations were
working under capacity while people would hear ambulances with
sirens blaring driving through the streets. When those living near
the stations realised what was going on they would follow them as
they le , circulated around an urban area with the sirens going, and
then came back without stopping. All this was to increase levels of
fear and the same goes for the ‘ventilator shortage crisis’ that cost
tens of millions for hastily produced ventilators never to be used.
Ambulance crews that agreed to be exploited in this way for fear
propaganda might find themselves a mirror. I wish them well with
that. Empty hospitals were the obvious consequence of treatment
and diagnoses of non-’Covid’ conditions cancelled and those
involved handed a death sentence. People have been dying at home
from undiagnosed and untreated cancer, heart disease and other lifethreatening conditions to allow empty hospitals to deal with a
‘pandemic’ that wasn’t happening.
Death of the innocent
‘War-zones’ have been laying off nursing staff, even doctors where
they can. There was no work for them. Lockdown was justified by
saving lives and protecting the vulnerable they were actually killing
with DNR orders and preventing empty hospitals being ‘overrun’. In
Britain the mantra of stay at home to ‘save the NHS’ was everywhere
and across the world the same story was being sold when it was all
lies. Two California doctors, Dan Erickson and Artin Massihi at
Accelerated Urgent Care in Bakersfield, held a news conference in
April, 2020, to say that intensive care units in California were ‘empty,
essentially’, with hospitals shu ing floors, not treating patients and
laying off doctors. The California health system was working at
minimum capacity ‘ge ing rid of doctors because we just don’t have
the volume’. They said that people with conditions such as heart
disease and cancer were not coming to hospital out of fear of ‘Covid19’. Their video was deleted by Susan Wojcicki’s Cult-owned
YouTube a er reaching five million views. Florida governor Ron
Desantis, who rejected the severe lockdowns of other states and is
being targeted for doing so, said that in March, 2020, every US
governor was given models claiming they would run out of hospital
beds in days. That was never going to happen and the ‘modellers’
knew it. Deceit can be found at every level of the system. Urgent
children’s operations were cancelled including fracture repairs and
biopsies to spot cancer. Eric Nicholls, a consultant paediatrician, said
‘this is obviously concerning and we need to return to normal
operating and to increase capacity as soon as possible’. Psychopaths
in power were rather less concerned because they are psychopaths.
Deletion of urgent care and diagnosis has been happening all over
the world and how many kids and others have died as a result of the
actions of these cold and heartless lunatics dictating ‘health’ policy?
The number must be stratospheric. Richard Sullivan, professor of
cancer and global health at King’s College London, said people
feared ‘Covid’ more than cancer such was the campaign of fear.
‘Years of lost life will be quite dramatic’, Sullivan said, with ‘a huge
amount of avoidable mortality’. Sarah Woolnough, executive
director for policy at Cancer Research UK, said there had been a 75
percent drop in urgent referrals to hospitals by family doctors of
people with suspected cancer. Sullivan said that ‘a lot of services
have had to scale back – we’ve seen a dramatic decrease in the
amount of elective cancer surgery’. Lockdown deaths worldwide has
been absolutely fantastic with the New York Post reporting how data
confirmed that ‘lockdowns end more lives than they save’:
There was a sharp decline in visits to emergency rooms and an increase in fatal heart attacks
because patients didn’t receive prompt treatment. Many fewer people were screened for
cancer. Social isolation contributed to excess deaths from dementia and Alzheimer’s.
Researchers predicted that the social and economic upheaval would lead to tens of thousands
of “deaths of despair” from drug overdoses, alcoholism and suicide. As unemployment surged
and mental-health and substance-abuse treatment programs were interrupted, the reported
levels of anxiety, depression and suicidal thoughts increased dramatically, as did alcohol sales
and fatal drug overdoses.
This has been happening while nurses and other staff had so much
time on their hands in the ‘war-zones’ that Tic-Tok dancing videos
began appearing across the Internet with medical staff dancing
around in empty wards and corridors as people died at home from
causes that would normally have been treated in hospital.
Mentions in dispatches
One brave and truth-commi ed whistleblower was Louise
Hampton, a call handler with the UK NHS who made a viral
Internet video saying she had done ‘fuck all’ during the ‘pandemic’
which was ‘a load of bollocks’. She said that ‘Covid-19’ was
rebranded flu and of course she lost her job. This is what happens in
the medical and endless other professions now when you tell the
truth. Louise filmed inside ‘war-zone’ accident and emergency
departments to show they were empty and I mean empty as in no
one there. The mainstream media could have done the same and
blown the gaff on the whole conspiracy. They haven’t to their eternal
shame. Not that most ‘journalists’ seem capable of manifesting
shame as with the psychopaths they slavishly repeat without
question. The relative few who were admi ed with serious health
problems were le to die alone with no loved ones allowed to see
them because of ‘Covid’ rules and they included kids dying without
the comfort of mum and dad at their bedside while the evil behind
this couldn’t give a damn. It was all good fun to them. A Sco ish
NHS staff nurse publicly quit in the spring of 2021 saying: ‘I can no
longer be part of the lies and the corruption by the government.’ She
said hospitals ‘aren’t full, the beds aren’t full, beds have been shut,
wards have been shut’. Hospitals were never busy throughout
‘Covid’. The staff nurse said that Nicola Sturgeon, tragically the
leader of the Sco ish government, was on television saying save the
hospitals and the NHS – ‘but the beds are empty’ and ‘we’ve not
seen flu, we always see flu every year’. She wrote to government and
spoke with her union Unison (the unions are Cult-compromised and
useless, but nothing changed. Many of her colleagues were scared of
losing their jobs if they spoke out as they wanted to. She said
nursing staff were being affected by wearing masks all day and ‘my
head is spli ing every shi from wearing a mask’. The NHS is part
of the fascist tyranny and must be dismantled so we can start again
with human beings in charge. (Ironically, hospitals were reported to
be busier again when official ‘Covid’ cases fell in spring/summer of
2021 and many other conditions required treatment at the same time
as the fake vaccine rollout.)
I will cover the ‘Covid vaccine’ scam in detail later, but it is
another indicator of the sickening disregard for human life that I am
highlighting here. The DNA-manipulating concoctions do not fulfil
the definition of a ‘vaccine’, have never been used on humans before
and were given only emergency approval because trials were not
completed and they continued using the unknowing public. The
result was what a NHS senior nurse with responsibility for ‘vaccine’
procedure said was ‘genocide’. She said the ‘vaccines’ were not
‘vaccines’. They had not been shown to be safe and claims about
their effectiveness by drug companies were ‘poetic licence’. She
described what was happening as a ‘horrid act of human
annihilation’. The nurse said that management had instigated a
policy of not providing a Patient Information Leaflet (PIL) before
people were ‘vaccinated’ even though health care professionals are
supposed to do this according to protocol. Patients should also be
told that they are taking part in an ongoing clinical trial. Her
challenges to what is happening had seen her excluded from
meetings and ridiculed in others. She said she was told to ‘watch my
step … or I would find myself surplus to requirements’. The nurse,
who spoke anonymously in fear of her career, said she asked her
NHS manager why he/she was content with taking part in genocide
against those having the ‘vaccines’. The reply was that everyone had
to play their part and to ‘put up, shut up, and get it done’.
Government was ‘leaning heavily’ on NHS management which was
clearly leaning heavily on staff. This is how the global ‘medical’
hierarchy operates and it starts with the Cult and its World Health
Organization.
She told the story of a doctor who had the Pfizer jab and when
questioned had no idea what was in it. The doctor had never read
the literature. We have to stop treating doctors as intellectual giants
when so many are moral and medical pygmies. The doctor did not
even know that the ‘vaccines’ were not fully approved or that their
trials were ongoing. They were, however, asking their patients if
they minded taking part in follow-ups for research purposes – yes,
the ongoing clinical trial. The nurse said the doctor’s ignorance was
not rare and she had spoken to a hospital consultant who had the jab
without any idea of the background or that the ‘trials’ had not been
completed. Nurses and pharmacists had shown the same ignorance.
‘My NHS colleagues have forsaken their duty of care, broken their
code of conduct – Hippocratic Oath – and have been brainwashed
just the same as the majority of the UK public through propaganda
…’ She said she had not been able to recruit a single NHS colleague,
doctor, nurse or pharmacist to stand with her and speak out. Her
union had refused to help. She said that if the genocide came to light
she would not hesitate to give evidence at a Nuremberg-type trial
against those in power who could have affected the outcomes but
didn’t.
And all for what?
To put the nonsense into perspective let’s say the ‘virus’ does exist
and let’s go completely crazy and accept that the official
manipulated figures for cases and deaths are accurate. Even then a
study by Stanford University epidemiologist Dr John Ioannidis
published on the World Health Organization website produced an
average infection to fatality rate of … 0.23 percent! Ioannidis said: ‘If
one could sample equally from all locations globally, the median
infection fatality rate might even be substantially lower than the
0.23% observed in my analysis.’ For healthy people under 70 it was
… 0.05 percent! This compares with the 3.4 percent claimed by the
Cult-owned World Health Organization when the hoax was first
played and maximum fear needed to be generated. An updated
Stanford study in April, 2021, put the ‘infection’ to ‘fatality’ rate at
just 0.15 percent. Another team of scientists led by Megan O’Driscoll
and Henrik Salje studied data from 45 countries and published their
findings on the Nature website. For children and young people the
figure is so small it virtually does not register although authorities
will be hyping dangers to the young when they introduce DNAmanipulating ‘vaccines’ for children. The O’Driscoll study produced
an average infection-fatality figure of 0.003 for children from birth to
four; 0.001 for 5 to 14; 0.003 for 15 to 19; and it was still only 0.456 up
to 64. To claim that children must be ‘vaccinated’ to protect them
from ‘Covid’ is an obvious lie and so there must be another reason
and there is. What’s more the average age of a ‘Covid’ death is akin
to the average age that people die in general. The average age of
death in England is about 80 for men and 83 for women. The average
age of death from alleged ‘Covid’ is between 82 and 83. California
doctors, Dan Erickson and Artin Massihi, said at their April media
conference that projection models of millions of deaths had been
‘woefully inaccurate’. They produced detailed figures showing that
Californians had a 0.03 chance of dying from ‘Covid’ based on the
number of people who tested positive (with a test not testing for the
‘virus’). Erickson said there was a 0.1 percent chance of dying from
‘Covid’ in the state of New York, not just the city, and a 0.05 percent
chance in Spain, a centre of ‘Covid-19’ hysteria at one stage. The
Stanford studies supported the doctors’ data with fatality rate
estimates of 0.23 and 0.15 percent. How close are these figures to my
estimate of zero? Death-rate figures claimed by the World Health
Organization at the start of the hoax were some 15 times higher. The
California doctors said there was no justification for lockdowns and
the economic devastation they caused. Everything they had ever
learned about quarantine was that you quarantine the sick and not
the healthy. They had never seen this before and it made no medical
sense.
Why in the in the light of all this would governments and medical
systems the world over say that billions must go under house arrest;
lose their livelihood; in many cases lose their mind, their health and
their life; force people to wear masks dangerous to health and
psychology; make human interaction and even family interaction a
criminal offence; ban travel; close restaurants, bars, watching live
sport, concerts, theatre, and any activity involving human
togetherness and discourse; and closing schools to isolate children
from their friends and cause many to commit suicide in acts of
hopelessness and despair? The California doctors said lockdown
consequences included increased child abuse, partner abuse,
alcoholism, depression, and other impacts they were seeing every
day. Who would do that to the entire human race if not mentally-ill
psychopaths of almost unimaginable extremes like Bill Gates? We
must face the reality of what we are dealing with and come out of
denial. Fascism and tyranny are made possible only by the target
population submi ing and acquiescing to fascism and tyranny. The
whole of human history shows that to be true. Most people naively
and unquestioning believed what they were told about a ‘deadly
virus’ and meekly and weakly submi ed to house arrest. Those who
didn’t believe it – at least in total – still submi ed in fear of the
consequences of not doing so. For the rest who wouldn’t submit
draconian fines have been imposed, brutal policing by psychopaths
for psychopaths, and condemnation from the meek and weak who
condemn the Pushbackers on behalf of the very force that has them,
too, in its gunsights. ‘Pathetic’ does not even begin to suffice.
Britain’s brainless ‘Health’ Secretary Ma Hancock warned anyone
lying to border officials about returning from a list of ‘hotspot’
countries could face a jail sentence of up to ten years which is more
than for racially-aggravated assault, incest and a empting to have
sex with a child under 13. Hancock is a lunatic, but he has the state
apparatus behind him in a Cult-led chain reaction and the same with
UK ‘Vaccine Minister’ Nadhim Zahawi, a prominent member of the
mega-Cult secret society, Le Cercle, which featured in my earlier
books. The Cult enforces its will on governments and medical
systems; government and medical systems enforce their will on
business and police; business enforces its will on staff who enforce it
on customers; police enforce the will of the Cult on the population
and play their essential part in creating a world of fascist control that
their own children and grandchildren will have to live in their entire
lives. It is a hierarchical pyramid of imposition and acquiescence
and, yes indeedy, of clinical insanity.
Does anyone bright enough to read this book have to ask what the
answer is? I think not, but I will reveal it anyway in the fewest of
syllables: Tell the psychos and their moronic lackeys to fuck off and
let’s get on with our lives. We are many – They are few.
CHAPTER SEVEN
War on your mind
One believes things because one has been conditioned to believe
them
Aldous Huxley, Brave New World
I
have described the ‘Covid’ hoax as a ‘Psyop’ and that is true in
every sense and on every level in accordance with the definition of
that term which is psychological warfare. Break down the ‘Covid
pandemic’ to the foundation themes and it is psychological warfare
on the human individual and collective mind.
The same can be said for the entire human belief system involving
every subject you can imagine. Huxley was right in his contention
that people believe what they are conditioned to believe and this
comes from the repetition throughout their lives of the same
falsehoods. They spew from government, corporations, media and
endless streams of ‘experts’ telling you what the Cult wants you to
believe and o en believing it themselves (although far from always).
‘Experts’ are rewarded with ‘prestigious’ jobs and titles and as
agents of perceptual programming with regular access to the media.
The Cult has to control the narrative – control information – or they
lose control of the vital, crucial, without-which-they-cannot-prevail
public perception of reality. The foundation of that control today is
the Internet made possible by the Defense Advanced Research
Projects Agency (DARPA), the incredibly sinister technological arm
of the Pentagon. The Internet is the result of military technology.
DARPA openly brags about establishing the Internet which has been
a long-term project to lasso the minds of the global population. I
have said for decades the plan is to control information to such an
extreme that eventually no one would see or hear anything that the
Cult does not approve. We are closing in on that end with ferocious
censorship since the ‘Covid’ hoax began and in my case it started
back in the 1990s in terms of books and speaking venues. I had to
create my own publishing company in 1995 precisely because no one
else would publish my books even then. I think they’re all still
running.
Cult Internet
To secure total control of information they needed the Internet in
which pre-programmed algorithms can seek out ‘unclean’ content
for deletion and even stop it being posted in the first place. The Cult
had to dismantle print and non-Internet broadcast media to ensure
the transfer of information to the appropriate-named ‘Web’ – a
critical expression of the Cult web. We’ve seen the ever-quickening
demise of traditional media and control of what is le by a tiny
number of corporations operating worldwide. Independent
journalism in the mainstream is already dead and never was that
more obvious than since the turn of 2020. The Cult wants all
information communicated via the Internet to globally censor and
allow the plug to be pulled any time. Lockdowns and forced
isolation has meant that communication between people has been
through electronic means and no longer through face-to-face
discourse and discussion. Cult psychopaths have targeted the bars,
restaurants, sport, venues and meeting places in general for this
reason. None of this is by chance and it’s to stop people gathering in
any kind of privacy or number while being able to track and monitor
all Internet communications and block them as necessary. Even
private messages between individuals have been censored by these
fascists that control Cult fronts like Facebook, Twi er, Google and
YouTube which are all officially run by Sabbatian place-people and
from the background by higher-level Sabbatian place people.
Facebook, Google, Amazon and their like were seed-funded and
supported into existence with money-no-object infusions of funds
either directly or indirectly from DARPA and CIA technology arm
In-Q-Tel. The Cult plays the long game and prepares very carefully
for big plays like ‘Covid’. Amazon is another front in the
psychological war and pre y much controls the global market in
book sales and increasingly publishing. Amazon’s limitless funds
have deleted fantastic numbers of independent publishers to seize
global domination on the way to deciding which books can be sold
and circulated and which cannot. Moves in that direction are already
happening. Amazon’s leading light Jeff Bezos is the grandson of
Lawrence Preston Gise who worked with DARPA predecessor
ARPA. Amazon has big connections to the CIA and the Pentagon.
The plan I have long described went like this:
1. Employ military technology to establish the Internet.
2. Sell the Internet as a place where people can freely communicate without censorship and
allow that to happen until the Net becomes the central and irreversible pillar of human
society. If the Internet had been highly censored from the start many would have rejected it.
3. Fund and manipulate major corporations into being to control the circulation of
information on your Internet using cover stories about geeks in garages to explain how they
came about. Give them unlimited funds to expand rapidly with no need to make a profit for
years while non-Cult companies who need to balance the books cannot compete. You know
that in these circumstances your Googles, YouTubes, Facebooks and Amazons are going to
secure near monopolies by either crushing or buying up the opposition.
4. Allow freedom of expression on both the Internet and communication platforms to draw
people in until the Internet is the central and irreversible pillar of human society and your
communication corporations have reached a stage of near monopoly domination.
5. Then unleash your always-planned frenzy of censorship on the basis of ‘where else are
you going to go?’ and continue to expand that until nothing remains that the Cult does not
want its human targets to see.
The process was timed to hit the ‘Covid’ hoax to ensure the best
chance possible of controlling the narrative which they knew they
had to do at all costs. They were, a er all, about to unleash a ‘deadly
virus’ that didn’t really exist. If you do that in an environment of
free-flowing information and opinion you would be dead in the
water before you could say Gates is a psychopath. The network was
in place through which the Cult-created-and-owned World Health
Organization could dictate the ‘Covid’ narrative and response policy
slavishly supported by Cult-owned Internet communication giants
and mainstream media while those telling a different story were
censored. Google, YouTube, Facebook and Twi er openly
announced that they would do this. What else would we expect from
Cult-owned operations like Facebook which former executives have
confirmed set out to make the platform more addictive than
cigare es and coldly manipulates emotions of its users to sow
division between people and groups and scramble the minds of the
young? If Zuckerberg lives out the rest of his life without going to
jail for crimes against humanity, and most emphatically against the
young, it will be a travesty of justice. Still, no ma er, cause and effect
will catch up with him eventually and the same with Sergey Brin
and Larry Page at Google with its CEO Sundar Pichai who fix the
Google search results to promote Cult narratives and hide the
opposition. Put the same key words into Google and other search
engines like DuckDuckGo and you will see how different results can
be. Wikipedia is another intensely biased ‘encyclopaedia’ which
skews its content to the Cult agenda. YouTube links to Wikipedia’s
version of ‘Covid’ and ‘climate change’ on video pages in which
experts in their field offer a different opinion (even that is
increasingly rare with Wojcicki censorship). Into this ‘Covid’ silencethem network must be added government media censors, sorry
‘regulators’, such as Ofcom in the UK which imposed tyrannical
restrictions on British broadcasters that had the effect of banning me
from ever appearing. Just to debate with me about my evidence and
views on ‘Covid’ would mean breaking the fascistic impositions of
Ofcom and its CEO career government bureaucrat Melanie Dawes.
Gutless British broadcasters tremble at the very thought of fascist
Ofcom.
Psychos behind ‘Covid’
The reason for the ‘Covid’ catastrophe in all its facets and forms can
be seen by whom and what is driving the policies worldwide in such
a coordinated way. Decisions are not being made to protect health,
but to target psychology. The dominant group guiding and
‘advising’ government policy are not medical professionals. They are
psychologists and behavioural scientists. Every major country has its
own version of this phenomenon and I’ll use the British example to
show how it works. In many ways the British version has been
affecting the wider world in the form of the huge behaviour
manipulation network in the UK which operates in other countries.
The network involves private companies, government, intelligence
and military. The Cabinet Office is at the centre of the government
‘Covid’ Psyop and part-owns, with ‘innovation charity’ Nesta, the
Behavioural Insights Team (BIT) which claims to be independent of
government but patently isn’t. The BIT was established in 2010 and
its job is to manipulate the psyche of the population to acquiesce to
government demands and so much more. It is also known as the
‘Nudge Unit’, a name inspired by the 2009 book by two ultraZionists, Cass Sunstein and Richard Thaler, called Nudge: Improving
Decisions About Health, Wealth, and Happiness. The book, as with the
Behavioural Insights Team, seeks to ‘nudge’ behaviour (manipulate
it) to make the public follow pa erns of action and perception that
suit those in authority (the Cult). Sunstein is so skilled at this that he
advises the World Health Organization and the UK Behavioural
Insights Team and was Administrator of the White House Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs in the Obama administration.
Biden appointed him to the Department of Homeland Security –
another ultra-Zionist in the fold to oversee new immigration laws
which is another policy the Cult wants to control. Sunstein is
desperate to silence anyone exposing conspiracies and co-authored a
2008 report on the subject in which suggestions were offered to ban
‘conspiracy theorizing’ or impose ‘some kind of tax, financial or
otherwise, on those who disseminate such theories’. I guess a
psychiatrist’s chair is out of the question?
Sunstein’s mate Richard Thaler, an ‘academic affiliate’ of the UK
Behavioural Insights Team, is a proponent of ‘behavioural
economics’ which is defined as the study of ‘the effects of
psychological, cognitive, emotional, cultural and social factors on the
decisions of individuals and institutions’. Study the effects so they
can be manipulated to be what you want them to be. Other leading
names in the development of behavioural economics are ultraZionists Daniel Kahneman and Robert J. Shiller and they, with
Thaler, won the Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences for their
work in this field. The Behavioural Insights Team is operating at the
heart of the UK government and has expanded globally through
partnerships with several universities including Harvard, Oxford,
Cambridge, University College London (UCL) and Pennsylvania.
They claim to have ‘trained’ (reframed) 20,000 civil servants and run
more than 750 projects involving 400 randomised controlled trials in
dozens of countries’ as another version of mind reframers Common
Purpose. BIT works from its office in New York with cities and their
agencies, as well as other partners, across the United States and
Canada – this is a company part-owned by the British government
Cabinet Office. An executive order by President Cult-servant Obama
established a US Social and Behavioral Sciences Team in 2015. They
all have the same reason for being and that’s to brainwash the
population directly and by brainwashing those in positions of
authority.
‘Covid’ mind game
Another prime aspect of the UK mind-control network is the
‘independent’ [joke] Scientific Pandemic Insights Group on
Behaviours (SPI-B) which ‘provides behavioural science advice
aimed at anticipating and helping people adhere to interventions
that are recommended by medical or epidemiological experts’. That
means manipulating public perception and behaviour to do
whatever government tells them to do. It’s disgusting and if they
really want the public to be ‘safe’ this lot should all be under lock
and key. According to the government website SPI-B consists of
‘behavioural scientists, health and social psychologists,
anthropologists and historians’ and advises the Whi y-Vallance-led
Scientific Advisory Group for Emergencies (SAGE) which in turn
advises the government on ‘the science’ (it doesn’t) and ‘Covid’
policy. When politicians say they are being guided by ‘the science’
this is the rabble in each country they are talking about and that
‘science’ is dominated by behaviour manipulators to enforce
government fascism through public compliance. The Behaviour
Insight Team is headed by psychologist David Solomon Halpern, a
visiting professor at King’s College London, and connects with a
national and global web of other civilian and military organisations
as the Cult moves towards its goal of fusing them into one fascistic
whole in every country through its ‘Fusion Doctrine’. The behaviour
manipulation network involves, but is not confined to, the Foreign
Office; National Security Council; government communications
headquarters (GCHQ); MI5; MI6; the Cabinet Office-based Media
Monitoring Unit; and the Rapid Response Unit which ‘monitors
digital trends to spot emerging issues; including misinformation and
disinformation; and identifies the best way to respond’.
There is also the 77th Brigade of the UK military which operates
like the notorious Israeli military’s Unit 8200 in manipulating
information and discussion on the Internet by posing as members of
the public to promote the narrative and discredit those who
challenge it. Here we have the military seeking to manipulate
domestic public opinion while the Nazis in government are fine with
that. Conservative Member of Parliament Tobias Ellwood, an
advocate of lockdown and control through ‘vaccine passports’, is a
Lieutenant Colonel reservist in the 77th Brigade which connects with
the military operation jHub, the ‘innovation centre’ for the Ministry
of Defence and Strategic Command. jHub has also been involved
with the civilian National Health Service (NHS) in ‘symptom
tracing’ the population. The NHS is a key part of this mind control
network and produced a document in December, 2020, explaining to
staff how to use psychological manipulation with different groups
and ages to get them to have the DNA-manipulating ‘Covid vaccine’
that’s designed to cumulatively rewrite human genetics. The
document, called ‘Optimising Vaccination Roll Out – Do’s and Dont’s
for all messaging, documents and “communications” in the widest
sense’, was published by NHS England and the NHS Improvement
Behaviour Change Unit in partnership with Public Health England
and Warwick Business School. I hear the mantra about ‘save the
NHS’ and ‘protect the NHS’ when we need to scrap the NHS and
start again. The current version is far too corrupt, far too anti-human
and totally compromised by Cult operatives and their assets. UK
government broadcast media censor Ofcom will connect into this
web – as will the BBC with its tremendous Ofcom influence – to
control what the public see and hear and dictate mass perception.
Nuremberg trials must include personnel from all these
organisations.
The fear factor
The ‘Covid’ hoax has led to the creation of the UK Cabinet Officeconnected Joint Biosecurity Centre (JBC) which is officially described
as providing ‘expert advice on pandemics’ using its independent [all
Cult operations are ‘independent’] analytical function to provide
real-time analysis about infection outbreaks to identify and respond
to outbreaks of Covid-19’. Another role is to advise the government
on a response to spikes in infections – ‘for example by closing
schools or workplaces in local areas where infection levels have
risen’. Put another way, promoting the Cult agenda. The Joint
Biosecurity Centre is modelled on the Joint Terrorism Analysis
Centre which analyses intelligence to set ‘terrorism threat levels’ and
here again you see the fusion of civilian and military operations and
intelligence that has led to military intelligence producing
documents about ‘vaccine hesitancy’ and how it can be combated.
Domestic civilian ma ers and opinions should not be the business of
the military. The Joint Biosecurity Centre is headed by Tom Hurd,
director general of the Office for Security and Counter-Terrorism
from the establishment-to-its-fingertips Hurd family. His father is
former Foreign Secretary Douglas Hurd. How coincidental that Tom
Hurd went to the elite Eton College and Oxford University with
Boris Johnson. Imperial College with its ridiculous computer
modeller Neil Ferguson will connect with this gigantic web that will
itself interconnect with similar set-ups in other major and not so
major countries. Compared with this Cult network the politicians, be
they Boris Johnson, Donald Trump or Joe Biden, are bit-part players
‘following the science’. The network of psychologists was on the
‘Covid’ case from the start with the aim of generating maximum fear
of the ‘virus’ to ensure compliance by the population. A government
behavioural science group known as SPI-B produced a paper in
March, 2020, for discussion by the main government science
advisory group known as SAGE. It was headed ‘Options for
increasing adherence to social distancing measures’ and it said the
following in a section headed ‘Persuasion’:
• A substantial number of people still do not feel sufficiently
personally threatened; it could be that they are reassured by the
low death rate in their demographic group, although levels of
concern may be rising. Having a good understanding of the risk
has been found to be positively associated with adoption of
COVID-19 social distancing measures in Hong Kong.
• The perceived level of personal threat needs to be increased
among those who are complacent, using hard-hi ing evaluation
of options for increasing social distancing emotional messaging.
To be effective this must also empower people by making clear
the actions they can take to reduce the threat.
• Responsibility to others: There seems to be insufficient
understanding of, or feelings of responsibility about, people’s role
in transmi ing the infection to others … Messaging about actions
need to be framed positively in terms of protecting oneself and
the community, and increase confidence that they will be effective.
• Some people will be more persuaded by appeals to play by the
rules, some by duty to the community, and some to personal risk.
All these different approaches are needed. The messaging also
needs to take account of the realities of different people’s lives.
Messaging needs to take account of the different motivational
levers and circumstances of different people.
All this could be achieved the SPI-B psychologists said by using the
media to increase the sense of personal threat which translates as terrify
the shit out of the population, including children, so they all do what
we want. That’s not happened has it? Those excuses for ‘journalists’
who wouldn’t know journalism if it bit them on the arse (the great
majority) have played their crucial part in serving this Cultgovernment Psyop to enslave their own kids and grandkids. How
they live with themselves I have no idea. The psychological war has
been underpinned by constant government ‘Covid’ propaganda in
almost every television and radio ad break, plus the Internet and
print media, which has pounded out the fear with taxpayers footing
the bill for their own programming. The result has been people
terrified of a ‘virus’ that doesn’t exist or one with a tiny fatality rate
even if you believe it does. People walk down the street and around
the shops wearing face-nappies damaging their health and
psychology while others report those who refuse to be that naïve to
the police who turn up in their own face-nappies. I had a cameraman
come to my flat and he was so frightened of ‘Covid’ he came in
wearing a mask and refused to shake my hand in case he caught
something. He had – naïveitis – and the thought that he worked in
the mainstream media was both depressing and made his behaviour
perfectly explainable. The fear which has gripped the minds of so
many and frozen them into compliance has been carefully cultivated
by these psychologists who are really psychopaths. If lives get
destroyed and a lot of young people commit suicide it shows our
plan is working. SPI-B then turned to compulsion on the public to
comply. ‘With adequate preparation, rapid change can be achieved’,
it said. Some countries had introduced mandatory self-isolation on a
wide scale without evidence of major public unrest and a large
majority of the UK’s population appeared to be supportive of more
coercive measures with 64 percent of adults saying they would
support pu ing London under a lockdown (watch the ‘polls’ which
are designed to make people believe that public opinion is in favour
or against whatever the subject in hand).
For ‘aggressive protective measures’ to be effective, the SPI-B
paper said, special a ention should be devoted to those population
groups that are more at risk. Translated from the Orwellian this
means making the rest of population feel guilty for not protecting
the ‘vulnerable’ such as old people which the Cult and its agencies
were about to kill on an industrial scale with lockdown, lack of
treatment and the Gates ‘vaccine’. Psychopath psychologists sold
their guilt-trip so comprehensively that Los Angeles County
Supervisor Hilda Solis reported that children were apologising (from
a distance) to their parents and grandparents for bringing ‘Covid’
into their homes and ge ing them sick. ‘… These apologies are just
some of the last words that loved ones will ever hear as they die
alone,’ she said. Gut-wrenchingly Solis then used this childhood
tragedy to tell children to stay at home and ‘keep your loved ones
alive’. Imagine heaping such potentially life-long guilt on a kid when
it has absolutely nothing to do with them. These people are deeply
disturbed and the psychologists behind this even more so.
Uncivil war – divide and rule
Professional mind-controllers at SPI-B wanted the media to increase
a sense of responsibility to others (do as you’re told) and promote
‘positive messaging’ for those actions while in contrast to invoke
‘social disapproval’ by the unquestioning, obedient, community of
anyone with a mind of their own. Again the compliant Goebbels-like
media obliged. This is an old, old, trick employed by tyrannies the
world over throughout human history. You get the target population
to keep the target population in line – your line. SPI-B said this could
‘play an important role in preventing anti-social behaviour or
discouraging failure to enact pro-social behaviour’. For ‘anti-social’
in the Orwellian parlance of SPI-B see any behaviour that
government doesn’t approve. SPI-B recommendations said that
‘social disapproval’ should be accompanied by clear messaging and
promotion of strong collective identity – hence the government and
celebrity mantra of ‘we’re all in this together’. Sure we are. The mind
doctors have such contempt for their targets that they think some
clueless comedian, actor or singer telling them to do what the
government wants will be enough to win them over. We have had
UK comedian Lenny Henry, actor Michael Caine and singer Elton
John wheeled out to serve the propagandists by urging people to
have the DNA-manipulating ‘Covid’ non-’vaccine’. The role of
Henry and fellow black celebrities in seeking to coax a ‘vaccine’
reluctant black community into doing the government’s will was
especially stomach-turning. An emotion-manipulating script and
carefully edited video featuring these black ‘celebs’ was such an
insult to the intelligence of black people and where’s the self-respect
of those involved selling their souls to a fascist government agenda?
Henry said he heard black people’s ‘legitimate worries and
concerns’, but people must ‘trust the facts’ when they were doing
exactly that by not having the ‘vaccine’. They had to include the
obligatory reference to Black Lives Ma er with the line … ‘Don’t let
coronavirus cost even more black lives – because we ma er’. My
god, it was pathetic. ‘I know the vaccine is safe and what it does.’
How? ‘I’m a comedian and it says so in my script.’
SPI-B said social disapproval needed to be carefully managed to
avoid victimisation, scapegoating and misdirected criticism, but they
knew that their ‘recommendations’ would lead to exactly that and
the media were specifically used to stir-up the divide-and-conquer
hostility. Those who conform like good li le baa, baas, are praised
while those who have seen through the tidal wave of lies are
‘Covidiots’. The awake have been abused by the fast asleep for not
conforming to fascism and impositions that the awake know are
designed to endanger their health, dehumanise them, and tear
asunder the very fabric of human society. We have had the curtaintwitchers and morons reporting neighbours and others to the facenappied police for breaking ‘Covid rules’ with fascist police
delighting in posting links and phone numbers where this could be
done. The Cult cannot impose its will without a compliant police
and military or a compliant population willing to play their part in
enslaving themselves and their kids. The words of a pastor in Nazi
Germany are so appropriate today:
First they came for the socialists and I did not speak out because I was not a socialist.
Then they came for the trade unionists and I did not speak out because I was not a trade
unionist.
Then they came for the Jews and I did not speak out because I was not a Jew.
Then they came for me and there was no one left to speak for me.
Those who don’t learn from history are destined to repeat it and so
many are.
‘Covid’ rules: Rewiring the mind
With the background laid out to this gigantic national and global
web of psychological manipulation we can put ‘Covid’ rules into a
clear and sinister perspective. Forget the claims about protecting
health. ‘Covid’ rules are about dismantling the human mind,
breaking the human spirit, destroying self-respect, and then pu ing
Humpty Dumpty together again as a servile, submissive slave. Social
isolation through lockdown and distancing have devastating effects
on the human psyche as the psychological psychopaths well know
and that’s the real reason for them. Humans need contact with each
other, discourse, closeness and touch, or they eventually, and
literarily, go crazy. Masks, which I will address at some length,
fundamentally add to the effects of isolation and the Cult agenda to
dehumanise and de-individualise the population. To do this while
knowing – in fact seeking – this outcome is the very epitome of evil
and psychologists involved in this are the epitome of evil. They must
like all the rest of the Cult demons and their assets stand trial for
crimes against humanity on a scale that defies the imagination.
Psychopaths in uniform use isolation to break enemy troops and
agents and make them subservient and submissive to tell what they
know. The technique is rightly considered a form of torture and
torture is most certainly what has been imposed on the human
population.
Clinically-insane American psychologist Harry Harlow became
famous for his isolation experiments in the 1950s in which he
separated baby monkeys from their mothers and imprisoned them
for months on end in a metal container or ‘pit of despair’. They soon
began to show mental distress and depression as any idiot could
have predicted. Harlow put other monkeys in steel chambers for
three, six or twelve months while denying them any contact with
animals or humans. He said that the effects of total social isolation
for six months were ‘so devastating and debilitating that we had
assumed initially that twelve months of isolation would not produce
any additional decrement’; but twelve months of isolation ‘almost
obliterated the animals socially’. This is what the Cult and its
psychopaths are doing to you and your children. Even monkeys in
partial isolation in which they were not allowed to form
relationships with other monkeys became ‘aggressive and hostile,
not only to others, but also towards their own bodies’. We have seen
this in the young as a consequence of lockdown. UK government
psychopaths launched a public relations campaign telling people not
to hug each other even a er they received the ‘Covid-19 vaccine’
which we were told with more lies would allow a return to ‘normal
life’. A government source told The Telegraph: ‘It will be along the
lines that it is great that you have been vaccinated, but if you are
going to visit your family and hug your grandchildren there is a
chance you are going to infect people you love.’ The source was
apparently speaking from a secure psychiatric facility. Janet Lord,
director of Birmingham University’s Institute of Inflammation and
Ageing, said that parents and grandparents should avoid hugging
their children. Well, how can I put it, Ms Lord? Fuck off. Yep, that’ll
do.
Destroying the kids – where are the parents?
Observe what has happened to people enslaved and isolated by
lockdown as suicide and self-harm has soared worldwide,
particularly among the young denied the freedom to associate with
their friends. A study of 49,000 people in English-speaking countries
concluded that almost half of young adults are at clinical risk of
mental health disorders. A national survey in America of 1,000
currently enrolled high school and college students found that 5
percent reported a empting suicide during the pandemic. Data from
the US CDC’s National Syndromic Surveillance Program from
January 1st to October 17th, 2020, revealed a 31 percent increase in
mental health issues among adolescents aged 12 to 17 compared
with 2019. The CDC reported that America in general suffered the
biggest drop in life expectancy since World War Two as it fell by a
year in the first half of 2020 as a result of ‘deaths of despair’ –
overdoses and suicides. Deaths of despair have leapt by more than
20 percent during lockdown and include the highest number of fatal
overdoses ever recorded in a single year – 81,000. Internet addiction
is another consequence of being isolated at home which lowers
interest in physical activities as kids fall into inertia and what’s the
point? Children and young people are losing hope and giving up on
life, sometimes literally. A 14-year-old boy killed himself in
Maryland because he had ‘given up’ when his school district didn’t
reopen; an 11-year-old boy shot himself during a zoom class; a
teenager in Maine succumbed to the isolation of the ‘pandemic’
when he ended his life a er experiencing a disrupted senior year at
school. Children as young as nine have taken their life and all these
stories can be repeated around the world. Careers are being
destroyed before they start and that includes those in sport in which
promising youngsters have not been able to take part. The plan of
the psycho-psychologists is working all right. Researchers at
Cambridge University found that lockdowns cause significant harm
to children’s mental health. Their study was published in the
Archives of Disease in Childhood, and followed 168 children aged
between 7 and 11. The researchers concluded:
During the UK lockdown, children’s depression symptoms have increased substantially,
relative to before lockdown. The scale of this effect has direct relevance for the continuation
of different elements of lockdown policy, such as complete or partial school closures …
… Specifically, we observed a statistically significant increase in ratings of depression, with a
medium-to-large effect size. Our findings emphasise the need to incorporate the potential
impact of lockdown on child mental health in planning the ongoing response to the global
pandemic and the recovery from it.
Not a chance when the Cult’s psycho-psychologists were ge ing
exactly what they wanted. The UK’s Royal College of Paediatrics and
Child Health has urged parents to look for signs of eating disorders
in children and young people a er a three to four fold increase.
Specialists say the ‘pandemic’ is a major reason behind the rise. You
don’t say. The College said isolation from friends during school
closures, exam cancellations, loss of extra-curricular activities like
sport, and an increased use of social media were all contributory
factors along with fears about the virus (psycho-psychologists
again), family finances, and students being forced to quarantine.
Doctors said young people were becoming severely ill by the time
they were seen with ‘Covid’ regulations reducing face-to-face
consultations. Nor is it only the young that have been devastated by
the psychopaths. Like all bullies and cowards the Cult is targeting
the young, elderly, weak and infirm. A typical story was told by a
British lady called Lynn Parker who was not allowed to visit her
husband in 2020 for the last ten and half months of his life ‘when he
needed me most’ between March 20th and when he died on
December 19th. This vacates the criminal and enters the territory of
evil. The emotional impact on the immune system alone is immense
as are the number of people of all ages worldwide who have died as
a result of Cult-demanded, Gates-demanded, lockdowns.
Isolation is torture
The experience of imposing solitary confinement on millions of
prisoners around the world has shown how a large percentage
become ‘actively psychotic and/or acutely suicidal’. Social isolation
has been found to trigger ‘a specific psychiatric syndrome,
characterized by hallucinations; panic a acks; overt paranoia;
diminished impulse control; hypersensitivity to external stimuli; and
difficulties with thinking, concentration and memory’. Juan Mendez,
a United Nations rapporteur (investigator), said that isolation is a
form of torture. Research has shown that even a er isolation
prisoners find it far more difficult to make social connections and I
remember cha ing to a shop assistant a er one lockdown who told
me that when her young son met another child again he had no idea
how to act or what to do. Hannah Flanagan, Director of Emergency
Services at Journey Mental Health Center in Dane County,
Wisconsin, said: ‘The specificity about Covid social distancing and
isolation that we’ve come across as contributing factors to the
suicides are really new to us this year.’ But they are not new to those
that devised them. They are ge ing the effect they want as the
population is psychologically dismantled to be rebuilt in a totally
different way. Children and the young are particularly targeted.
They will be the adults when the full-on fascist AI-controlled
technocracy is planned to be imposed and they are being prepared
to meekly submit. At the same time older people who still have a
memory of what life was like before – and how fascist the new
normal really is – are being deleted. You are going to see efforts to
turn the young against the old to support this geriatric genocide.
Hannah Flanagan said the big increase in suicide in her county
proved that social isolation is not only harmful, but deadly. Studies
have shown that isolation from others is one of the main risk factors
in suicide and even more so with women. Warnings that lockdown
could create a ‘perfect storm’ for suicide were ignored. A er all this
was one of the reasons for lockdown. Suicide, however, is only the
most extreme of isolation consequences. There are many others. Dr
Dhruv Khullar, assistant professor of healthcare policy at Weill
Cornell Medical College, said in a New York Times article in 2016 long
before the fake ‘pandemic’:
A wave of new research suggests social separation is bad for us. Individuals with less social
connection have disrupted sleep patterns, altered immune systems, more inflammation and
higher levels of stress hormones. One recent study found that isolation increases the risk of
heart disease by 29 percent and stroke by 32 percent. Another analysis that pooled data from
70 studies and 3.4 million people found that socially isolated individuals had a 30 percent
higher risk of dying in the next seven years, and that this effect was largest in middle age.
Loneliness can accelerate cognitive decline in older adults, and isolated individuals are twice
as likely to die prematurely as those with more robust social interactions. These effects start
early: Socially isolated children have significantly poorer health 20 years later, even after
controlling for other factors. All told, loneliness is as important a risk factor for early death as
obesity and smoking.
There you have proof from that one article alone four years before
2020 that those who have enforced lockdown, social distancing and
isolation knew what the effect would be and that is even more so
with professional psychologists that have been driving the policy
across the globe. We can go back even further to the years 2000 and
2003 and the start of a major study on the effects of isolation on
health by Dr Janine Gronewold and Professor Dirk M. Hermann at
the University Hospital in Essen, Germany, who analysed data on
4,316 people with an average age of 59 who were recruited for the
long-term research project. They found that socially isolated people
are more than 40 percent more likely to have a heart a ack, stroke,
or other major cardiovascular event and nearly 50 percent more
likely to die from any cause. Given the financial Armageddon
unleashed by lockdown we should note that the study found a
relationship between increased cardiovascular risk and lack of
financial support. A er excluding other factors social isolation was
still connected to a 44 percent increased risk of cardiovascular
problems and a 47 percent increased risk of death by any cause. Lack
of financial support was associated with a 30 percent increase in the
risk of cardiovascular health events. Dr Gronewold said it had been
known for some time that feeling lonely or lacking contact with close
friends and family can have an impact on physical health and the
study had shown that having strong social relationships is of high
importance for heart health. Gronewold said they didn’t understand
yet why people who are socially isolated have such poor health
outcomes, but this was obviously a worrying finding, particularly
during these times of prolonged social distancing. Well, it can be
explained on many levels. You only have to identify the point in the
body where people feel loneliness and missing people they are
parted from – it’s in the centre of the chest where they feel the ache
of loneliness and the ache of missing people. ‘My heart aches for
you’ … ‘My heart aches for some company.’ I will explain this more
in the chapter Escaping Wetiko, but when you realise that the body
is the mind – they are expressions of each other – the reason why
state of the mind dictates state of the body becomes clear.
American psychologist Ranjit Powar was highlighting the effects
of lockdown isolation as early as April, 2020. She said humans have
evolved to be social creatures and are wired to live in interactive
groups. Being isolated from family, friends and colleagues could be
unbalancing and traumatic for most people and could result in short
or even long-term psychological and physical health problems. An
increase in levels of anxiety, aggression, depression, forgetfulness
and hallucinations were possible psychological effects of isolation.
‘Mental conditions may be precipitated for those with underlying
pre-existing susceptibilities and show up in many others without
any pre-condition.’ Powar said personal relationships helped us cope
with stress and if we lost this outlet for le ing off steam the result
can be a big emotional void which, for an average person, was
difficult to deal with. ‘Just a few days of isolation can cause
increased levels of anxiety and depression’ – so what the hell has
been the effect on the global population of 18 months of this at the
time of writing? Powar said: ‘Add to it the looming threat of a
dreadful disease being repeatedly hammered in through the media
and you have a recipe for many shades of mental and physical
distress.’ For those with a house and a garden it is easy to forget that
billions have had to endure lockdown isolation in tiny overcrowded
flats and apartments with nowhere to go outside. The psychological
and physical consequences of this are unimaginable and with lunatic
and abusive partners and parents the consequences have led to
tremendous increases in domestic and child abuse and alcoholism as
people seek to shut out the horror. Ranjit Powar said:
Staying in a confined space with family is not all a rosy picture for everyone. It can be
extremely oppressive and claustrophobic for large low-income families huddled together in
small single-room houses. Children here are not lucky enough to have many board/electronic
games or books to keep them occupied.
Add to it the deep insecurity of running out of funds for food and basic necessities. On the
other hand, there are people with dysfunctional family dynamics, such as domineering,
abusive or alcoholic partners, siblings or parents which makes staying home a period of trial.
Incidence of suicide and physical abuse against women has shown a worldwide increase.
Heightened anxiety and depression also affect a person’s immune system, making them more
susceptible to illness.
To think that Powar’s article was published on April 11th, 2020.
Six-feet fantasy
Social (unsocial) distancing demanded that people stay six feet or
two metres apart. UK government advisor Robert Dingwall from the
New and Emerging Respiratory Virus Threats Advisory Group said
in a radio interview that the two-metre rule was ‘conjured up out of
nowhere’ and was not based on science. No, it was not based on
medical science, but it didn’t come out of nowhere. The distance
related to psychological science. Six feet/two metres was adopted in
many countries and we were told by people like the criminal
Anthony Fauci and his ilk that it was founded on science. Many
schools could not reopen because they did not have the space for sixfeet distancing. Then in March, 2021, a er a year of six-feet ‘science’,
a study published in the Journal of Infectious Diseases involving more
than 500,000 students and almost 100,000 staff over 16 weeks
revealed no significant difference in ‘Covid’ cases between six feet
and three feet and Fauci changed his tune. Now three feet was okay.
There is no difference between six feet and three inches when there is
no ‘virus’ and they got away with six feet for psychological reasons
for as long as they could. I hear journalists and others talk about
‘unintended consequences’ of lockdown. They are not unintended at
all; they have been coldly-calculated for a specific outcome of human
control and that’s why super-psychopaths like Gates have called for
them so vehemently. Super-psychopath psychologists have
demanded them and psychopathic or clueless, spineless, politicians
have gone along with them by ‘following the science’. But it’s not
science at all. ‘Science’ is not what is; it’s only what people can be
manipulated to believe it is. The whole ‘Covid’ catastrophe is
founded on mind control. Three word or three statement mantras
issued by the UK government are a well-known mind control
technique and so we’ve had ‘Stay home/protect the NHS/save lives’,
‘Stay alert/control the virus/save lives’ and ‘hands/face/space’. One
of the most vocal proponents of extreme ‘Covid’ rules in the UK has
been Professor Susan Michie, a member of the British Communist
Party, who is not a medical professional. Michie is the director of the
Centre for Behaviour Change at University College London. She is a
behavioural psychologist and another filthy rich ‘Marxist’ who praised
China’s draconian lockdown. She was known by fellow students at
Oxford University as ‘Stalin’s nanny’ for her extreme Marxism.
Michie is an influential member of the UK government’s Scientific
Advisory Group for Emergencies (SAGE) and behavioural
manipulation groups which have dominated ‘Covid’ policy. She is a
consultant adviser to the World Health Organization on ‘Covid-19’
and behaviour. Why the hell are lockdowns anything to do with her
when they are claimed to be about health? Why does a behavioural
psychologist from a group charged with changing the behaviour of
the public want lockdown, human isolation and mandatory masks?
Does that question really need an answer? Michie absolutely has to
explain herself before a Nuremberg court when humanity takes back
its world again and even more so when you see the consequences of
masks that she demands are compulsory. This is a Michie classic:
The benefits of getting primary school children to wear masks is that regardless of what little
degree of transmission is occurring in those age groups it could help normalise the practice.
Young children wearing masks may be more likely to get their families to accept masks.
Those words alone should carry a prison sentence when you
ponder on the callous disregard for children involved and what a
statement it makes about the mind and motivations of Susan Michie.
What a lovely lady and what she said there encapsulates the
mentality of the psychopaths behind the ‘Covid’ horror. Let us
compare what Michie said with a countrywide study in Germany
published at researchsquare.com involving 25,000 school children
and 17,854 health complaints submi ed by parents. Researchers
found that masks are harming children physically, psychologically,
and behaviourally with 24 health issues associated with mask
wearing. They include: shortness of breath (29.7%); dizziness
(26.4%); increased headaches (53%); difficulty concentrating (50%);
drowsiness or fatigue (37%); and malaise (42%). Nearly a third of
children experienced more sleep issues than before and a quarter
developed new fears. Researchers found health issues and other
impairments in 68 percent of masked children covering their faces
for an average of 4.5 hours a day. Hundreds of those taking part
experienced accelerated respiration, tightness in the chest, weakness,
and short-term impairment of consciousness. A reminder of what
Michie said again:
The benefits of getting primary school children to wear masks is that regardless of what little
degree of transmission is occurring in those age groups it could help normalise the practice.
Young children wearing masks may be more likely to get their families to accept masks.
Psychopaths in government and psychology now have children and
young people – plus all the adults – wearing masks for hours on end
while clueless teachers impose the will of the psychopaths on the
young they should be protecting. What the hell are parents doing?
Cult lab rats
We have some schools already imposing on students microchipped
buzzers that activate when they get ‘too close’ to their pals in the
way they do with lab rats. How apt. To the Cult and its brain-dead
servants our children are lab rats being conditioned to be
unquestioning, dehumanised slaves for the rest of their lives.
Children and young people are being weaned and frightened away
from the most natural human instincts including closeness and
touch. I have tracked in the books over the years how schools were
banning pupils from greeting each other with a hug and the whole
Cult-induced Me Too movement has terrified men and boys from a
relaxed and natural interaction with female friends and work
colleagues to the point where many men try never to be in a room
alone with a woman that’s not their partner. Airhead celebrities have
as always played their virtue-signalling part in making this happen
with their gross exaggeration. For every monster like Harvey
Weinstein there are at least tens of thousands of men that don’t treat
women like that; but everyone must be branded the same and policy
changed for them as well as the monster. I am going to be using the
word ‘dehumanise’ many times in this chapter because that is what
the Cult is seeking to do and it goes very deep as we shall see. Don’t
let them kid you that social distancing is planned to end one day.
That’s not the idea. We are seeing more governments and companies
funding and producing wearable gadgets to keep people apart and
they would not be doing that if this was meant to be short-term. A
tech start-up company backed by GCHQ, the British Intelligence and
military surveillance headquarters, has created a social distancing
wrist sensor that alerts people when they get too close to others. The
CIA has also supported tech companies developing similar devices.
The wearable sensor was developed by Tended, one of a number of
start-up companies supported by GCHQ (see the CIA and DARPA).
The device can be worn on the wrist or as a tag on the waistband and
will vibrate whenever someone wearing the device breaches social
distancing and gets anywhere near natural human contact. The
company had a lucky break in that it was developing a distancing
sensor when the ‘Covid’ hoax arrived which immediately provided a
potentially enormous market. How fortunate. The government in
big-time Cult-controlled Ontario in Canada is investing $2.5 million
in wearable contact tracing technology that ‘will alert users if they
may have been exposed to the Covid-19 in the workplace and will
beep or vibrate if they are within six feet of another person’.
Facedrive Inc., the technology company behind this, was founded in
2016 with funding from the Ontario Together Fund and obviously
they, too, had a prophet on the board of directors. The human
surveillance and control technology is called TraceSCAN and would
be worn by the human cyborgs in places such as airports,
workplaces, construction sites, care homes and … schools.
I emphasise schools with children and young people the prime
targets. You know what is planned for society as a whole if you keep
your eyes on the schools. They have always been places where the
state program the next generation of slaves to be its compliant
worker-ants – or Woker-ants these days; but in the mist of the
‘Covid’ madness they have been transformed into mind laboratories
on a scale never seen before. Teachers and head teachers are just as
programmed as the kids – o en more so. Children are kept apart
from human interaction by walk lanes, classroom distancing,
staggered meal times, masks, and the rolling-out of buzzer systems.
Schools are now physically laid out as a laboratory maze for lab-rats.
Lunatics at a school in Anchorage, Alaska, who should be
prosecuted for child abuse, took away desks and forced children to
kneel (know your place) on a mat for five hours a day while wearing
a mask and using their chairs as a desk. How this was supposed to
impact on a ‘virus’ only these clinically insane people can tell you
and even then it would be clap-trap. The school banned recess
(interaction), art classes (creativity), and physical exercise (ge ing
body and mind moving out of inertia). Everyone behind this outrage
should be in jail or be er still a mental institution. The behavioural
manipulators are all for this dystopian approach to schools.
Professor Susan Michie, the mind-doctor and British Communist
Party member, said it was wrong to say that schools were safe. They
had to be made so by ‘distancing’, masks and ventilation (si ing all
day in the cold). I must ask this lady round for dinner on a night I
know I am going to be out and not back for weeks. She probably
wouldn’t be able to make it, anyway, with all the visits to her own
psychologist she must have block-booked.
Masking identity
I know how shocking it must be for you that a behaviour
manipulator like Michie wants everyone to wear masks which have
long been a feature of mind-control programs like the infamous
MKUltra in the United States, but, there we are. We live and learn. I
spent many years from 1996 to right across the millennium
researching mind control in detail on both sides of the Atlantic and
elsewhere. I met a large number of mind-control survivors and
many had been held captive in body and mind by MKUltra. MK
stands for mind-control, but employs the German spelling in
deference to the Nazis spirited out of Germany at the end of World
War Two by Operation Paperclip in which the US authorities, with
help from the Vatican, transported Nazi mind-controllers and
engineers to America to continue their work. Many of them were
behind the creation of NASA and they included Nazi scientist and
SS officer Wernher von Braun who swapped designing V-2 rockets to
bombard London with designing the Saturn V rockets that powered
the NASA moon programme’s Apollo cra . I think I may have
mentioned that the Cult has no borders. Among Paperclip escapees
was Josef Mengele, the Angel of Death in the Nazi concentration
camps where he conducted mind and genetic experiments on
children o en using twins to provide a control twin to measure the
impact of his ‘work’ on the other. If you want to observe the Cult
mentality in all its extremes of evil then look into the life of Mengele.
I have met many people who suffered mercilessly under Mengele in
the United States where he operated under the name Dr Greene and
became a stalwart of MKUltra programming and torture. Among his
locations was the underground facility in the Mojave Desert in
California called the China Lake Naval Weapons Station which is
almost entirely below the surface. My books The Biggest Secret,
Children of the Matrix and The Perception Deception have the detailed
background to MKUltra.
The best-known MKUltra survivor is American Cathy O’Brien. I
first met her and her late partner Mark Phillips at a conference in
Colorado in 1996. Mark helped her escape and deprogram from
decades of captivity in an offshoot of MKUltra known as Project
Monarch in which ‘sex slaves’ were provided for the rich and
famous including Father George Bush, Dick Cheney and the
Clintons. Read Cathy and Mark’s book Trance-Formation of America
and if you are new to this you will be shocked to the core. I read it in
1996 shortly before, with the usual synchronicity of my life, I found
myself given a book table at the conference right next to hers.
MKUltra never ended despite being very publicly exposed (only a
small part of it) in the 1970s and continues in other guises. I am still
in touch with Cathy. She contacted me during 2020 a er masks
became compulsory in many countries to tell me how they were
used as part of MKUltra programming. I had been observing ‘Covid
regulations’ and the relationship between authority and public for
months. I saw techniques that I knew were employed on individuals
in MKUltra being used on the global population. I had read many
books and manuals on mind control including one called Silent
Weapons for Quiet Wars which came to light in the 1980s and was a
guide on how to perceptually program on a mass scale. ‘Silent
Weapons’ refers to mind-control. I remembered a line from the
manual as governments, medical authorities and law enforcement
agencies have so obviously talked to – or rather at – the adult
population since the ‘Covid’ hoax began as if they are children. The
document said:
If a person is spoken to by a T.V. advertiser as if he were a twelve-year-old, then, due to
suggestibility, he will, with a certain probability, respond or react to that suggestion with the
uncritical response of a twelve-year-old and will reach in to his economic reservoir and
deliver its energy to buy that product on impulse when he passes it in the store.
That’s why authority has spoken to adults like children since all this
began.
Why did Michael Jackson wear masks?
Every aspect of the ‘Covid’ narrative has mind-control as its central
theme. Cathy O’Brien wrote an article for davidicke.com about the
connection between masks and mind control. Her daughter Kelly
who I first met in the 1990s was born while Cathy was still held
captive in MKUltra. Kelly was forced to wear a mask as part of her
programming from the age of two to dehumanise her, target her
sense of individuality and reduce the amount of oxygen her brain
and body received. Bingo. This is the real reason for compulsory
masks, why they have been enforced en masse, and why they seek to
increase the number they demand you wear. First one, then two,
with one disgraceful alleged ‘doctor’ recommending four which is
nothing less than a death sentence. Where and how o en they must
be worn is being expanded for the purpose of mass mind control
and damaging respiratory health which they can call ‘Covid-19’.
Canada’s government headed by the man-child Justin Trudeau, says
it’s fine for children of two and older to wear masks. An insane
‘study’ in Italy involving just 47 children concluded there was no
problem for babies as young as four months wearing them. Even a er
people were ‘vaccinated’ they were still told to wear masks by the
criminal that is Anthony Fauci. Cathy wrote that mandating masks
is allowing the authorities literally to control the air we breathe
which is what was done in MKUltra. You might recall how the
singer Michael Jackson wore masks and there is a reason for that. He
was subjected to MKUltra mind control through Project Monarch
and his psyche was scrambled by these simpletons. Cathy wrote:
In MKUltra Project Monarch mind control, Michael Jackson had to wear a mask to silence his
voice so he could not reach out for help. Remember how he developed that whisper voice
when he wasn’t singing? Masks control the mind from the outside in, like the redefining of
words is doing. By controlling what we can and cannot say for fear of being labeled racist or
beaten, for example, it ultimately controls thought that drives our words and ultimately actions
(or lack thereof).
Likewise, a mask muffles our speech so that we are not heard, which controls voice … words
… mind. This is Mind Control. Masks are an obvious mind control device, and I am disturbed
so many people are complying on a global scale. Masks depersonalize while making a person
feel as though they have no voice. It is a barrier to others. People who would never choose to
comply but are forced to wear a mask in order to keep their job, and ultimately their family
fed, are compromised. They often feel shame and are subdued. People have stopped talking
with each other while media controls the narrative.
The ‘no voice’ theme has o en become literal with train
passengers told not to speak to each other in case they pass on the
‘virus’, singing banned for the same reason and bonkers California
officials telling people riding roller coasters that they cannot shout
and scream. Cathy said she heard every day from healed MKUltra
survivors who cannot wear a mask without flashing back on ways
their breathing was controlled – ‘from ball gags and penises to water
boarding’. She said that through the years when she saw images of
people in China wearing masks ‘due to pollution’ that it was really
to control their oxygen levels. ‘I knew it was as much of a population
control mechanism of depersonalisation as are burkas’, she said.
Masks are another Chinese communist/fascist method of control that
has been swept across the West as the West becomes China at
lightning speed since we entered 2020.
Mask-19
There are other reasons for mandatory masks and these include
destroying respiratory health to call it ‘Covid-19’ and stunting brain
development of children and the young. Dr Margarite GrieszBrisson MD, PhD, is a Consultant Neurologist and
Neurophysiologist and the Founder and Medical Director of the
London Neurology and Pain Clinic. Her CV goes down the street
and round the corner. She is clearly someone who cares about people
and won’t parrot the propaganda. Griesz-Brisson has a PhD in
pharmacology, with special interest in neurotoxicology,
environmental medicine, neuroregeneration and neuroplasticity (the
way the brain can change in the light of information received). She
went public in October, 2020, with a passionate warning about the
effects of mask-wearing laws:
The reinhalation of our exhaled air will without a doubt create oxygen deficiency and a
flooding of carbon dioxide. We know that the human brain is very sensitive to oxygen
deprivation. There are nerve cells for example in the hippocampus that can’t be longer than 3
minutes without oxygen – they cannot survive. The acute warning symptoms are headaches,
drowsiness, dizziness, issues in concentration, slowing down of reaction time – reactions of
the cognitive system.
Oh, I know, let’s tell bus, truck and taxi drivers to wear them and
people working machinery. How about pilots, doctors and police?
Griesz-Brisson makes the important point that while the symptoms
she mentions may fade as the body readjusts this does not alter the
fact that people continue to operate in oxygen deficit with long list of
potential consequences. She said it was well known that
neurodegenerative diseases take years or decades to develop. ‘If
today you forget your phone number, the breakdown in your brain
would have already started 20 or 30 years ago.’ She said
degenerative processes in your brain are ge ing amplified as your
oxygen deprivation continues through wearing a mask. Nerve cells
in the brain are unable to divide themselves normally in these
circumstances and lost nerve cells will no longer be regenerated.
‘What is gone is gone.’ Now consider that people like shop workers
and schoolchildren are wearing masks for hours every day. What in
the name of sanity is going to be happening to them? ‘I do not wear
a mask, I need my brain to think’, Griesz-Brisson said, ‘I want to
have a clear head when I deal with my patients and not be in a
carbon dioxide-induced anaesthesia’. If you are told to wear a mask
anywhere ask the organisation, police, store, whatever, for their risk
assessment on the dangers and negative effects on mind and body of
enforcing mask-wearing. They won’t have one because it has never
been done not even by government. All of them must be subject to
class-action lawsuits as the consequences come to light. They don’t
do mask risk assessments for an obvious reason. They know what
the conclusions would be and independent scientific studies that
have been done tell a horror story of consequences.
‘Masks are criminal’
Dr Griesz-Brisson said that for children and adolescents, masks are
an absolute no-no. They had an extremely active and adaptive
immune system and their brain was incredibly active with so much
to learn. ‘The child’s brain, or the youth’s brain, is thirsting for
oxygen.’ The more metabolically active an organ was, the more
oxygen it required; and in children and adolescents every organ was
metabolically active. Griesz-Brisson said that to deprive a child’s or
adolescent’s brain of oxygen, or to restrict it in any way, was not only
dangerous to their health, it was absolutely criminal. ‘Oxygen
deficiency inhibits the development of the brain, and the damage
that has taken place as a result CANNOT be reversed.’ Mind
manipulators of MKUltra put masks on two-year-olds they wanted
to neurologically rewire and you can see why. Griesz-Brisson said a
child needs the brain to learn and the brain needs oxygen to
function. ‘We don’t need a clinical study for that. This is simple,
indisputable physiology.’ Consciously and purposely induced
oxygen deficiency was an absolutely deliberate health hazard, and
an absolute medical contraindication which means that ‘this drug,
this therapy, this method or measure should not be used, and is not
allowed to be used’. To coerce an entire population to use an
absolute medical contraindication by force, she said, there had to be
definite and serious reasons and the reasons must be presented to
competent interdisciplinary and independent bodies to be verified
and authorised. She had this warning of the consequences that were
coming if mask wearing continued:
When, in ten years, dementia is going to increase exponentially, and the younger generations
couldn’t reach their god-given potential, it won’t help to say ‘we didn’t need the masks’. I
know how damaging oxygen deprivation is for the brain, cardiologists know how damaging it
is for the heart, pulmonologists know how damaging it is for the lungs. Oxygen deprivation
damages every single organ. Where are our health departments, our health insurance, our
medical associations? It would have been their duty to be vehemently against the lockdown
and to stop it and stop it from the very beginning.
Why do the medical boards issue punishments to doctors who give people exemptions? Does
the person or the doctor seriously have to prove that oxygen deprivation harms people? What
kind of medicine are our doctors and medical associations representing? Who is responsible
for this crime? The ones who want to enforce it? The ones who let it happen and play along,
or the ones who don’t prevent it?
All of the organisations and people she mentions there either
answer directly to the Cult or do whatever hierarchical levels above
them tell them to do. The outcome of both is the same. ‘It’s not about
masks, it’s not about viruses, it’s certainly not about your health’,
Griesz-Brisson said. ‘It is about much, much more. I am not
participating. I am not afraid.’ They were taking our air to breathe
and there was no unfounded medical exemption from face masks.
Oxygen deprivation was dangerous for every single brain. It had to
be the free decision of every human being whether they want to
wear a mask that was absolutely ineffective to protect themselves
from a virus. She ended by rightly identifying where the
responsibility lies for all this:
The imperative of the hour is personal responsibility. We are responsible for what we think,
not the media. We are responsible for what we do, not our superiors. We are responsible for
our health, not the World Health Organization. And we are responsible for what happens in
our country, not the government.
Halle-bloody-lujah.
But surgeons wear masks, right?
Independent studies of mask-wearing have produced a long list of
reports detailing mental, emotional and physical dangers. What a
definition of insanity to see police officers imposing mask-wearing
on the public which will cumulatively damage their health while the
police themselves wear masks that will cumulatively damage their
health. It’s u er madness and both public and police do this because
‘the government says so’ – yes a government of brain-donor idiots
like UK Health Secretary Ma Hancock reading the ‘follow the
science’ scripts of psychopathic, lunatic psychologists. The response
you get from Stockholm syndrome sufferers defending the very
authorities that are destroying them and their families is that
‘surgeons wear masks’. This is considered the game, set and match
that they must work and don’t cause oxygen deficit. Well, actually,
scientific studies have shown that they do and oxygen levels are
monitored in operating theatres to compensate. Surgeons wear
masks to stop spi le and such like dropping into open wounds – not
to stop ‘viral particles’ which are so miniscule they can only be seen
through an electron microscope. Holes in the masks are significantly
bigger than ‘viral particles’ and if you sneeze or cough they will
breach the mask. I watched an incredibly disingenuous ‘experiment’
that claimed to prove that masks work in catching ‘virus’ material
from the mouth and nose. They did this with a slow motion camera
and the mask did block big stuff which stayed inside the mask and
against the face to be breathed in or cause infections on the face as
we have seen with many children. ‘Viral particles’, however, would
never have been picked up by the camera as they came through the
mask when they are far too small to be seen. The ‘experiment’ was
therefore disingenuous and useless.
Studies have concluded that wearing masks in operating theatres
(and thus elsewhere) make no difference to preventing infection
while the opposite is true with toxic shite building up in the mask
and this had led to an explosion in tooth decay and gum disease
dubbed by dentists ‘mask mouth’. You might have seen the Internet
video of a furious American doctor urging people to take off their
masks a er a four-year-old patient had been rushed to hospital the
night before and nearly died with a lung infection that doctors
sourced to mask wearing. A study in the journal Cancer Discovery
found that inhalation of harmful microbes can contribute to
advanced stage lung cancer in adults and long-term use of masks
can help breed dangerous pathogens. Microbiologists have said
frequent mask wearing creates a moist environment in which
microbes can grow and proliferate before entering the lungs. The
Canadian Agency for Drugs and Technologies in Health, or CADTH,
a Canadian national organisation that provides research and
analysis to healthcare decision-makers, said this as long ago as 2013
in a report entitled ‘Use of Surgical Masks in the Operating Room: A
Review of the Clinical Effectiveness and Guidelines’. It said:
• No evidence was found to support the use of surgical face masks
to reduce the frequency of surgical site infections
• No evidence was found on the effectiveness of wearing surgical
face masks to protect staff from infectious material in the
operating room.
• Guidelines recommend the use of surgical face masks by staff in
the operating room to protect both operating room staff and
patients (despite the lack of evidence).
We were told that the world could go back to ‘normal’ with the
arrival of the ‘vaccines’. When they came, fraudulent as they are, the
story changed as I knew that it would. We are in the midst of
transforming ‘normal’, not going back to it. Mary Ramsay, head of
immunisation at Public Health England, echoed the words of US
criminal Anthony Fauci who said masks and other regulations must
stay no ma er if people are vaccinated. The Fauci idiot continued to
wear two masks – different colours so both could be clearly seen –
a er he claimed to have been vaccinated. Senator Rand Paul told
Fauci in one exchange that his double-masks were ‘theatre’ and he
was right. It’s all theatre. Mary Ramsay back-tracked on the vaccinereturn-to-normal theme when she said the public may need to wear
masks and social-distance for years despite the jabs. ‘People have got
used to those lower-level restrictions now, and [they] can live with
them’, she said telling us what the idea has been all along. ‘The
vaccine does not give you a pass, even if you have had it, you must
continue to follow all the guidelines’ said a Public Health England
statement which reneged on what we had been told before and
made having the ‘vaccine’ irrelevant to ‘normality’ even by the
official story. Spain’s fascist government trumped everyone by
passing a law mandating the wearing of masks on the beach and
even when swimming in the sea. The move would have devastated
what’s le of the Spanish tourist industry, posed potential breathing
dangers to swimmers and had Northern European sunbathers
walking around with their forehead brown and the rest of their face
white as a sheet. The ruling was so crazy that it had to be retracted
a er pressure from public and tourist industry, but it confirmed
where the Cult wants to go with masks and how clinically insane
authority has become. The determination to make masks permanent
and hide the serious dangers to body and mind can be seen in the
censorship of scientist Professor Denis Rancourt by Bill Gatesfunded academic publishing website ResearchGate over his papers
exposing the dangers and uselessness of masks. Rancourt said:
ResearchGate today has permanently locked my account, which I have had since 2015. Their
reasons graphically show the nature of their attack against democracy, and their corruption of
science … By their obscene non-logic, a scientific review of science articles reporting on
harms caused by face masks has a ‘potential to cause harm’. No criticism of the psychological
device (face masks) is tolerated, if the said criticism shows potential to influence public policy.
This is what happens in a fascist world.
Where are the ‘greens’ (again)?
Other dangers of wearing masks especially regularly relate to the
inhalation of minute plastic fibres into the lungs and the deluge of
discarded masks in the environment and oceans. Estimates
predicted that more than 1.5 billion disposable masks will end up in
the world’s oceans every year polluting the water with tons of plastic
and endangering marine wildlife. Studies project that humans are
using 129 billion face masks each month worldwide – about three
million a minute. Most are disposable and made from plastic, nonbiodegradable microfibers that break down into smaller plastic
particles that become widespread in ecosystems. They are li ering
cities, clogging sewage channels and turning up in bodies of water. I
have wri en in other books about the immense amounts of
microplastics from endless sources now being absorbed into the
body. Rolf Halden, director of the Arizona State University (ASU)
Biodesign Center for Environmental Health Engineering, was the
senior researcher in a 2020 study that analysed 47 human tissue
samples and found microplastics in all of them. ‘We have detected
these chemicals of plastics in every single organ that we have
investigated’, he said. I wrote in The Answer about the world being
deluged with microplastics. A study by the Worldwide Fund for
Nature (WWF) found that people are consuming on average every
week some 2,000 tiny pieces of plastic mostly through water and also
through marine life and the air. Every year humans are ingesting
enough microplastics to fill a heaped dinner plate and in a life-time
of 79 years it is enough to fill two large waste bins. Marco
Lambertini, WWF International director general said: ‘Not only are
plastics polluting our oceans and waterways and killing marine life –
it’s in all of us and we can’t escape consuming plastics,’ American
geologists found tiny plastic fibres, beads and shards in rainwater
samples collected from the remote slopes of the Rocky Mountain
National Park near Denver, Colorado. Their report was headed: ‘It is
raining plastic.’ Rachel Adams, senior lecturer in Biomedical Science
at Cardiff Metropolitan University, said that among health
consequences are internal inflammation and immune responses to a
‘foreign body’. She further pointed out that microplastics become
carriers of toxins including mercury, pesticides and dioxins (a
known cause of cancer and reproductive and developmental
problems). These toxins accumulate in the fa y tissues once they
enter the body through microplastics. Now this is being
compounded massively by people pu ing plastic on their face and
throwing it away.
Workers exposed to polypropylene plastic fibres known as ‘flock’
have developed ‘flock worker’s lung’ from inhaling small pieces of
the flock fibres which can damage lung tissue, reduce breathing
capacity and exacerbate other respiratory problems. Now …
commonly used surgical masks have three layers of melt-blown
textiles made of … polypropylene. We have billions of people
pu ing these microplastics against their mouth, nose and face for
hours at a time day a er day in the form of masks. How does
anyone think that will work out? I mean – what could possibly go
wrong? We posted a number of scientific studies on this at
davidicke.com, but when I went back to them as I was writing this
book the links to the science research website where they were
hosted were dead. Anything that challenges the official narrative in
any way is either censored or vilified. The official narrative is so
unsupportable by the evidence that only deleting the truth can
protect it. A study by Chinese scientists still survived – with the
usual twist which it why it was still active, I guess. Yes, they found
that virtually all the masks they tested increased the daily intake of
microplastic fibres, but people should still wear them because the
danger from the ‘virus’ was worse said the crazy ‘team’ from the
Institute of Hydrobiology in Wuhan. Scientists first discovered
microplastics in lung tissue of some patients who died of lung cancer
in the 1990s. Subsequent studies have confirmed the potential health
damage with the plastic degrading slowly and remaining in the
lungs to accumulate in volume. Wuhan researchers used a machine
simulating human breathing to establish that masks shed up to
nearly 4,000 microplastic fibres in a month with reused masks
producing more. Scientists said some masks are laced with toxic
chemicals and a variety of compounds seriously restricted for both
health and environmental reasons. They include cobalt (used in blue
dye) and formaldehyde known to cause watery eyes, burning
sensations in the eyes, nose, and throat, plus coughing, wheezing
and nausea. No – that must be ‘Covid-19’.
Mask ‘worms’
There is another and potentially even more sinister content of masks.
Mostly new masks of different makes filmed under a microscope
around the world have been found to contain strange black fibres or
‘worms’ that appear to move or ‘crawl’ by themselves and react to
heat and water. The nearest I have seen to them are the selfreplicating fibres that are pulled out through the skin of those
suffering from Morgellons disease which has been connected to the
phenomena of ‘chemtrails’ which I will bring into the story later on.
Morgellons fibres continue to grow outside the body and have a
form of artificial intelligence. Black ‘worm’ fibres in masks have that
kind of feel to them and there is a nanotechnology technique called
‘worm micelles’ which carry and release drugs or anything else you
want to deliver to the body. For sure the suppression of humanity by
mind altering drugs is the Cult agenda big time and the more
excuses they can find to gain access to the body the more
opportunities there are to make that happen whether through
‘vaccines’ or masks pushed against the mouth and nose for hours on
end.
So let us summarise the pros and cons of masks:
Against masks: Breathing in your own carbon dioxide; depriving the
body and brain of sufficient oxygen; build-up of toxins in the mask
that can be breathed into the lungs and cause rashes on the face and
‘mask-mouth’; breathing microplastic fibres and toxic chemicals into
the lungs; dehumanisation and deleting individualisation by literally
making people faceless; destroying human emotional interaction
through facial expression and deleting parental connection with
their babies which look for guidance to their facial expression.
For masks: They don’t protect you from a ‘virus’ that doesn’t exist
and even if it did ‘viral’ particles are so minute they are smaller than
the holes in the mask.
Governments, police, supermarkets, businesses, transport
companies, and all the rest who seek to impose masks have done no
risk assessment on their consequences for health and psychology
and are now open to group lawsuits when the impact becomes clear
with a cumulative epidemic of respiratory and other disease.
Authorities will try to exploit these effects and hide the real cause by
dubbing them ‘Covid-19’. Can you imagine se ing out to force the
population to wear health-destroying masks without doing any
assessment of the risks? It is criminal and it is evil, but then how
many people targeted in this way, who see their children told to
wear them all day at school, have asked for a risk assessment?
Billions can’t be imposed upon by the few unless the billions allow it.
Oh, yes, with just a tinge of irony, 85 percent of all masks made
worldwide come from China.
Wash your hands in toxic shite
‘Covid’ rules include the use of toxic sanitisers and again the health
consequences of constantly applying toxins to be absorbed through
the skin is obvious to any level of Renegade Mind. America’s Food
and Drug Administration (FDA) said that sanitisers are drugs and
issued a warning about 75 dangerous brands which contain
methanol used in antifreeze and can cause death, kidney damage
and blindness. The FDA circulated the following warning even for
those brands that it claims to be safe:
Store hand sanitizer out of the reach of pets and children, and children should use it only with
adult supervision. Do not drink hand sanitizer. This is particularly important for young
children, especially toddlers, who may be attracted by the pleasant smell or brightly colored
bottles of hand sanitizer.
Drinking even a small amount of hand sanitizer can cause alcohol poisoning in children.
(However, there is no need to be concerned if your children eat with or lick their hands after
using hand sanitizer.) During this coronavirus pandemic, poison control centers have had an
increase in calls about accidental ingestion of hand sanitizer, so it is important that adults
monitor young children’s use.
Do not allow pets to swallow hand sanitizer. If you think your pet has eaten something
potentially dangerous, call your veterinarian or a pet poison control center right away. Hand
sanitizer is flammable and should be stored away from heat and flames. When using hand
sanitizer, rub your hands until they feel completely dry before performing activities that may
involve heat, sparks, static electricity, or open flames.
There you go, perfectly safe, then, and that’s without even a mention
of the toxins absorbed through the skin. Come on kids – sanitise
your hands everywhere you go. It will save you from the ‘virus’. Put
all these elements together of the ‘Covid’ normal and see how much
health and psychology is being cumulatively damaged, even
devastated, to ‘protect your health’. Makes sense, right? They are
only imposing these things because they care, right? Right?
Submitting to insanity
Psychological reframing of the population goes very deep and is
done in many less obvious ways. I hear people say how
contradictory and crazy ‘Covid’ rules are and how they are ever
changing. This is explained away by dismissing those involved as
idiots. It is a big mistake. The Cult is delighted if its cold calculation
is perceived as incompetence and idiocy when it is anything but. Oh,
yes, there are idiots within the system – lots of them – but they are
administering the Cult agenda, mostly unknowingly. They are not
deciding and dictating it. The bulwark against tyranny is self-
respect, always has been, always will be. It is self-respect that has
broken every tyranny in history. By its very nature self-respect will
not bow to oppression and its perpetrators. There is so li le selfrespect that it’s always the few that overturn dictators. Many may
eventually follow, but the few with the iron spines (self-respect) kick
it off and generate the momentum. The Cult targets self-respect in
the knowledge that once this has gone only submission remains.
Crazy, contradictory, ever-changing ‘Covid’ rules are systematically
applied by psychologists to delete self-respect. They want you to see
that the rules make no sense. It is one thing to decide to do
something when you have made the choice based on evidence and
logic. You still retain your self-respect. It is quite another when you
can see what you are being told to do is insane, ridiculous and
makes no sense, and yet you still do it. Your self-respect is
extinguished and this has been happening as ever more obviously
stupid and nonsensical things have been demanded and the great
majority have complied even when they can see they are stupid and
nonsensical.
People walk around in face-nappies knowing they are damaging
their health and make no difference to a ‘virus’. They do it in fear of
not doing it. I know it’s da , but I’ll do it anyway. When that
happens something dies inside of you and submissive reframing has
begun. Next there’s a need to hide from yourself that you have
conceded your self-respect and you convince yourself that you have
not really submi ed to fear and intimidation. You begin to believe
that you are complying with craziness because it’s the right thing to
do. When first you concede your self-respect of 2+2 = 4 to 2+2 = 5 you
know you are compromising your self-respect. Gradually to avoid
facing that fact you begin to believe that 2+2=5. You have been
reframed and I have been watching this process happening in the
human psyche on an industrial scale. The Cult is working to break
your spirit and one of its major tools in that war is humiliation. I
read how former American soldier Bradley Manning (later Chelsea
Manning a er a sex-change) was treated a er being jailed for
supplying WikiLeaks with documents exposing the enormity of
government and elite mendacity. Manning was isolated in solitary
confinement for eight months, put under 24-hour surveillance,
forced to hand over clothing before going to bed, and stand naked
for every roll call. This is systematic humiliation. The introduction of
anal swab ‘Covid’ tests in China has been done for the same reason
to delete self-respect and induce compliant submission. Anal swabs
are mandatory for incoming passengers in parts of China and
American diplomats have said they were forced to undergo the
indignity which would have been calculated humiliation by the
Cult-owned Chinese government that has America in its sights.
Government-people: An abusive relationship
Spirit-breaking psychological techniques include giving people hope
and apparent respite from tyranny only to take it away again. This
happened in the UK during Christmas, 2020, when the psychopsychologists and their political lackeys announced an easing of
restrictions over the holiday only to reimpose them almost
immediately on the basis of yet another lie. There is a big
psychological difference between ge ing used to oppression and
being given hope of relief only to have that dashed. Psychologists
know this and we have seen the technique used repeatedly. Then
there is traumatising people before you introduce more extreme
regulations that require compliance. A perfect case was the
announcement by the dark and sinister Whi y and Vallance in the
UK that ‘new data’ predicted that 4,000 could die every day over the
winter of 2020/2021 if we did not lockdown again. I think they call it
lying and a er traumatising people with that claim out came
Jackboot Johnson the next day with new curbs on human freedom.
Psychologists know that a frightened and traumatised mind
becomes suggestable to submission and behaviour reframing.
Underpinning all this has been to make people fearful and
suspicious of each other and see themselves as a potential danger to
others. In league with deleted self-respect you have the perfect
psychological recipe for self-loathing. The relationship between
authority and public is now demonstrably the same as that of
subservience to an abusive partner. These are signs of an abusive
relationship explained by psychologist Leslie Becker-Phelps:
Undermining a partner’s
self-worth with verbal a acks, name-calling, and beli ling.
Humiliating the partner in public, unjustly accusing them of having
an affair, or interrogating them about their every behavior. Keeping
partner confused or off balance by saying they were just kidding or
blaming the partner for ‘making’ them act this way … Feigning in
public that they care while turning against them in private. This
leads to victims frequently feeling confused, incompetent, unworthy,
hopeless, and chronically self-doubting. [Apply these techniques to
how governments have treated the population since New Year, 2020,
and the parallels are obvious.]
Physical abuse: The abuser might physically harm their partner in
a range of ways, such as grabbing, hi ing, punching, or shoving
them. They might throw objects at them or harm them with a
weapon. [Observe the physical harm imposed by masks, lockdown,
and so on.]
Threats and intimidation: One way abusers keep their partners in
line is by instilling fear. They might be verbally threatening, or give
threatening looks or gestures. Abusers o en make it known that
they are tracking their partner’s every move. They might destroy
their partner’s possessions, threaten to harm them, or threaten to
harm their family members. Not surprisingly, victims of this abuse
o en feel anxiety, fear, and panic. [No words necessary.]
Isolation: Abusers o en limit their partner’s activities, forbidding
them to talk or interact with friends or family. They might limit
access to a car or even turn off their phone. All of this might be done
by physically holding them against their will, but is o en
accomplished through psychological abuse and intimidation. The
more isolated a person feels, the fewer resources they have to help
gain perspective on their situation and to escape from it. [No words
necessary.]
Psychological and emotional abuse:
Abusers o en make their partners beholden to
them for money by controlling access to funds of any kind. They
might prevent their partner from ge ing a job or withhold access to
money they earn from a job. This creates financial dependency that
makes leaving the relationship very difficult. [See destruction of
livelihoods and the proposed meagre ‘guaranteed income’ so long as
you do whatever you are told.]
Using children: An abuser might disparage their partner’s
parenting skills, tell their children lies about their partner, threaten
to take custody of their children, or threaten to harm their children.
These tactics instil fear and o en elicit compliance. [See reframed
social service mafia and how children are being mercilessly abused
by the state over ‘Covid’ while their parents look on too frightened
to do anything.]
A further recurring trait in an abusive relationship is the abused
blaming themselves for their abuse and making excuses for the
abuser. We have the public blaming each other for lockdown abuse
by government and many making excuses for the government while
a acking those who challenge the government. How o en we have
heard authorities say that rules are being imposed or reimposed only
because people have refused to ‘behave’ and follow the rules. We
don’t want to do it – it’s you.
Renegade Minds are an antidote to all of these things. They will
never concede their self-respect no ma er what the circumstances.
Even when apparent humiliation is heaped upon them they laugh in
its face and reflect back the humiliation on the abuser where it
belongs. Renegade Minds will never wear masks they know are only
imposed to humiliate, suppress and damage both physically and
psychologically. Consequences will take care of themselves and they
will never break their spirit or cause them to concede to tyranny. UK
newspaper columnist Peter Hitchens was one of the few in the
mainstream media to speak out against lockdowns and forced
vaccinations. He then announced he had taken the jab. He wanted to
see family members abroad and he believed vaccine passports were
inevitable even though they had not yet been introduced. Hitchens
Economic abuse:
has a questioning and critical mind, but not a Renegade one. If he
had no amount of pressure would have made him concede. Hitchens
excused his action by saying that the ba le has been lost. Renegade
Minds never accept defeat when freedom is at stake and even if they
are the last one standing the self-respect of not submi ing to tyranny
is more important than any outcome or any consequence.
That’s why Renegade Minds are the only minds that ever changed
anything worth changing.
CHAPTER EIGHT
‘Reframing’ insanity
Insanity is relative. It depends on who has who locked in what cage
Ray Bradbury
‘
R
eframing’ a mind means simply to change its perception and
behaviour. This can be done subconsciously to such an extent
that subjects have no idea they have been ‘reframed’ while to any
observer changes in behaviour and a itudes are obvious.
Human society is being reframed on a ginormous scale since the
start of 2020 and here we have the reason why psychologists rather
than doctors have been calling the shots. Ask most people who have
succumbed to ‘Covid’ reframing if they have changed and most will
say ‘no’; but they have and fundamentally. The Cult’s long-game has
been preparing for these times since way back and crucial to that has
been to prepare both population and officialdom mentally and
emotionally. To use the mind-control parlance they had to reframe
the population with a mentality that would submit to fascism and
reframe those in government and law enforcement to impose
fascism or at least go along with it. The result has been the factdeleted mindlessness of ‘Wokeness’ and officialdom that has either
enthusiastically or unquestioningly imposed global tyranny
demanded by reframed politicians on behalf of psychopathic and
deeply evil cultists. ‘Cognitive reframing’ identifies and challenges
the way someone sees the world in the form of situations,
experiences and emotions and then restructures those perceptions to
view the same set of circumstances in a different way. This can have
benefits if the a itudes are personally destructive while on the other
side it has the potential for individual and collective mind control
which the subject has no idea has even happened.
Cognitive therapy was developed in the 1960s by Aaron T. Beck
who was born in Rhode Island in 1921 as the son of Jewish
immigrants from the Ukraine. He became interested in the
techniques as a treatment for depression. Beck’s daughter Judith S.
Beck is prominent in the same field and they founded the Beck
Institute for Cognitive Behavior Therapy in Philadelphia in 1994.
Cognitive reframing, however, began to be used worldwide by those
with a very dark agenda. The Cult reframes politicians to change
their a itudes and actions until they are completely at odds with
what they once appeared to stand for. The same has been happening
to government administrators at all levels, law enforcement, military
and the human population. Cultists love mind control for two main
reasons: It allows them to control what people think, do and say to
secure agenda advancement and, by definition, it calms their
legendary insecurity and fear of the unexpected. I have studied mind
control since the time I travelled America in 1996. I may have been
talking to next to no one in terms of an audience in those years, but
my goodness did I gather a phenomenal amount of information and
knowledge about so many things including the techniques of mind
control. I have described this in detail in other books going back to
The Biggest Secret in 1998. I met a very large number of people
recovering from MKUltra and its offshoots and successors and I
began to see how these same techniques were being used on the
population in general. This was never more obvious than since the
‘Covid’ hoax began.
Reframing the enforcers
I have observed over the last two decades and more the very clear
transformation in the dynamic between the police, officialdom and
the public. I tracked this in the books as the relationship mutated
from one of serving the public to seeing them as almost the enemy
and certainly a lower caste. There has always been a class divide
based on income and always been some psychopathic, corrupt, and
big-I-am police officers. This was different. Wholesale change was
unfolding in the collective dynamic; it was less about money and far
more about position and perceived power. An us-and-them was
emerging. Noses were li ed skyward by government administration
and law enforcement and their a itude to the public they were
supposed to be serving changed to one of increasing contempt,
superiority and control. The transformation was so clear and
widespread that it had to be planned. Collective a itudes and
dynamics do not change naturally and organically that quickly on
that scale. I then came across an organisation in Britain called
Common Purpose created in the late 1980s by Julia Middleton who
would work in the office of Deputy Prime Minister John Presco
during the long and disastrous premiership of war criminal Tony
Blair. When Blair speaks the Cult is speaking and the man should
have been in jail a long time ago. Common Purpose proclaims itself
to be one of the biggest ‘leadership development’ organisations in
the world while functioning as a charity with all the financial benefits
which come from that. It hosts ‘leadership development’ courses and
programmes all over the world and claims to have ‘brought
together’ what it calls ‘leaders’ from more than 100 countries on six
continents. The modus operandi of Common Purpose can be
compared with the work of the UK government’s reframing network
that includes the Behavioural Insights Team ‘nudge unit’ and
‘Covid’ reframing specialists at SPI-B. WikiLeaks described
Common Purpose long ago as ‘a hidden virus in our government
and schools’ which is unknown to the general public: ‘It recruits and
trains “leaders” to be loyal to the directives of Common Purpose and
the EU, instead of to their own departments, which they then
undermine or subvert, the NHS [National Health Service] being an
example.’ This is a vital point to understand the ‘Covid’ hoax. The
NHS, and its equivalent around the world, has been u erly reframed
in terms of administrators and much of the medical personnel with
the transformation underpinned by recruitment policies. The
outcome has been the criminal and psychopathic behaviour of the
NHS over ‘Covid’ and we have seen the same in every other major
country. WikiLeaks said Common Purpose trainees are ‘learning to
rule without regard to democracy’ and to usher in a police state
(current events explained). Common Purpose operated like a ‘glue’
and had members in the NHS, BBC, police, legal profession, church,
many of Britain’s 7,000 quangos, local councils, the Civil Service,
government ministries and Parliament, and controlled many RDA’s
(Regional Development Agencies). Here we have one answer for
how and why British institutions and their like in other countries
have changed so negatively in relation to the public. This further
explains how and why the beyond-disgraceful reframed BBC has
become a propaganda arm of ‘Covid’ fascism. They are all part of a
network pursuing the same goal.
By 2019 Common Purpose was quoting a figure of 85,000 ‘leaders’
that had a ended its programmes. These ‘students’ of all ages are
known as Common Purpose ‘graduates’ and they consist of
government, state and local government officials and administrators,
police chiefs and officers, and a whole range of others operating
within the national, local and global establishment. Cressida Dick,
Commissioner of the London Metropolitan Police, is the Common
Purpose graduate who was the ‘Gold Commander’ that oversaw
what can only be described as the murder of Brazilian electrician
Jean Charles de Menezes in 2005. He was held down by
psychopathic police and shot seven times in the head by a
psychopathic lunatic a er being mistaken for a terrorist when he
was just a bloke going about his day. Dick authorised officers to
pursue and keep surveillance on de Menezes and ordered that he be
stopped from entering the underground train system. Police
psychopaths took her at her word clearly. She was ‘disciplined’ for
this outrage by being promoted – eventually to the top of the ‘Met’
police where she has been a disaster. Many Chief Constables
controlling the police in different parts of the UK are and have been
Common Purpose graduates. I have heard the ‘graduate’ network
described as a sort of Mafia or secret society operating within the
fabric of government at all levels pursuing a collective policy
ingrained at Common Purpose training events. Founder Julia
Middleton herself has said:
Locally and internationally, Common Purpose graduates will be ‘lighting small fires’ to create
change in their organisations and communities … The Common Purpose effect is best
illustrated by the many stories of small changes brought about by leaders, who themselves
have changed.
A Common Purpose mission statement declared:
Common Purpose aims to improve the way society works by expanding the vision, decisionmaking ability and influence of all kinds of leaders. The organisation runs a variety of
educational programmes for leaders of all ages, backgrounds and sectors, in order to provide
them with the inspirational, information and opportunities they need to change the world.
Yes, but into what? Since 2020 the answer has become clear.
NLP and the Delphi technique
Common Purpose would seem to be a perfect name or would
common programming be be er? One of the foundation methods of
reaching ‘consensus’ (group think) is by se ing the agenda theme
and then encouraging, cajoling or pressuring everyone to agree a
‘consensus’ in line with the core theme promoted by Common
Purpose. The methodology involves the ‘Delphi technique’, or an
adaption of it, in which opinions are expressed that are summarised
by a ‘facilitator or change agent’ at each stage. Participants are
‘encouraged’ to modify their views in the light of what others have
said. Stage by stage the former individual opinions are merged into
group consensus which just happens to be what Common Purpose
wants them to believe. A key part of this is to marginalise anyone
refusing to concede to group think and turn the group against them
to apply pressure to conform. We are seeing this very technique used
on the general population to make ‘Covid’ group-thinkers hostile to
those who have seen through the bullshit. People can be reframed by
using perception manipulation methods such as Neuro-Linguistic
Programming (NLP) in which you change perception with the use of
carefully constructed language. An NLP website described the
technique this way:
… A method of influencing brain behaviour (the ‘neuro’ part of the phrase) through the use of
language (the ‘linguistic’ part) and other types of communication to enable a person to
‘recode’ the way the brain responds to stimuli (that’s the ‘programming’) and manifest new
and better behaviours. Neuro-Linguistic Programming often incorporates hypnosis and selfhypnosis to help achieve the change (or ‘programming’) that is wanted.
British alternative media operation UKColumn has done very
detailed research into Common Purpose over a long period. I quoted
co-founder and former naval officer Brian Gerrish in my book
Remember Who You Are, published in 2011, as saying the following
years before current times:
It is interesting that many of the mothers who have had children taken by the State speak of
the Social Services people being icily cool, emotionless and, as two ladies said in slightly
different words, ‘… like little robots’. We know that NLP is cumulative, so people can be
given small imperceptible doses of NLP in a course here, another in a few months, next year
etc. In this way, major changes are accrued in their personality, but the day by day change is
almost unnoticeable.
In these and other ways ‘graduates’ have had their perceptions
uniformly reframed and they return to their roles in the institutions
of government, law enforcement, legal profession, military,
‘education’, the UK National Health Service and the whole swathe of
the establishment structure to pursue a common agenda preparing
for the ‘post-industrial’, ‘post-democratic’ society. I say ‘preparing’
but we are now there. ‘Post-industrial’ is code for the Great Reset
and ‘post-democratic’ is ‘Covid’ fascism. UKColumn has spoken to
partners of those who have a ended Common Purpose ‘training’.
They have described how personalities and a itudes of ‘graduates’
changed very noticeably for the worse by the time they had
completed the course. They had been ‘reframed’ and told they are
the ‘leaders’ – the special ones – who know be er than the
population. There has also been the very demonstrable recruitment
of psychopaths and narcissists into government administration at all
levels and law enforcement. If you want psychopathy hire
psychopaths and you get a simple cause and effect. If you want
administrators, police officers and ‘leaders’ to perceive the public as
lesser beings who don’t ma er then employ narcissists. These
personalities are identified using ‘psychometrics’ that identifies
knowledge, abilities, a itudes and personality traits, mostly through
carefully-designed questionnaires and tests. As this policy has
passed through the decades we have had power-crazy, powertrippers appointed into law enforcement, security and government
administration in preparation for current times and the dynamic
between public and law enforcement/officialdom has been
transformed. UKColumn’s Brian Gerrish said of the narcissistic
personality:
Their love of themselves and power automatically means that they will crush others who get
in their way. I received a major piece of the puzzle when a friend pointed out that when they
made public officials re-apply for their own jobs several years ago they were also required to
do psychometric tests. This was undoubtedly the start of the screening process to get ‘their’
sort of people in post.
How obvious that has been since 2020 although it was clear what
was happening long before if people paid a ention to the changing
public-establishment dynamic.
Change agents
At the centre of events in ‘Covid’ Britain is the National Health
Service (NHS) which has behaved disgracefully in slavishly
following the Cult agenda. The NHS management structure is awash
with Common Purpose graduates or ‘change agents’ working to a
common cause. Helen Bevan, a Chief of Service Transformation at
the NHS Institute for Innovation and Improvement, co-authored a
document called ‘Towards a million change agents, a review of the
social movements literature: implications for large scale change in
the NHS‘. The document compared a project management approach
to that of change and social movements where ‘people change
themselves and each other – peer to peer’. Two definitions given for
a ‘social movement’ were:
A group of people who consciously attempt to build a radically new social
order; involves people of a broad range of social backgrounds; and deploys
politically confrontational and socially disruptive tactics – Cyrus
Zirakzadeh 1997
Collective challenges, based on common purposes and social solidarities, in
sustained interaction with elites, opponents, and authorities – Sidney
Tarrow 1994
Helen Bevan wrote another NHS document in which she defined
‘framing’ as ‘the process by which leaders construct, articulate and
put across their message in a powerful and compelling way in order
to win people to their cause and call them to action’. I think I could
come up with another definition that would be rather more accurate.
The National Health Service and institutions of Britain and the wider
world have been taken over by reframed ‘change agents’ and that
includes everything from the United Nations to national
governments, local councils and social services which have been
kidnapping children from loving parents on an extraordinary and
gathering scale on the road to the end of parenthood altogether.
Children from loving homes are stolen and kidnapped by the state
and put into the ‘care’ (inversion) of the local authority through
council homes, foster parents and forced adoption. At the same time
children are allowed to be abused without response while many are
under council ‘care’. UKColumn highlighted the Common Purpose
connection between South Yorkshire Police and Rotherham council
officers in the case of the scandal in that area of the sexual
exploitation of children to which the authorities turned not one blind
eye, but both:
We were alarmed to discover that the Chief Executive, the Strategic Director of Children and
Young People’s Services, the Manager for the Local Strategic Partnership, the Community
Cohesion Manager, the Cabinet Member for Cohesion, the Chief Constable and his
predecessor had all attended Leadership training courses provided by the pseudo-charity
Common Purpose.
Once ‘change agents’ have secured positions of hire and fire within
any organisation things start to move very quickly. Personnel are
then hired and fired on the basis of whether they will work towards
the agenda the change agent represents. If they do they are rapidly
promoted even though they may be incompetent. Those more
qualified and skilled who are pre-Common Purpose ‘old school’ see
their careers stall and even disappear. This has been happening for
decades in every institution of state, police, ‘health’ and social
services and all of them have been transformed as a result in their
a itudes to their jobs and the public. Medical professions, including
nursing, which were once vocations for the caring now employ
many cold, callous and couldn’t give a shit personality types. The
UKColumn investigation concluded:
By blurring the boundaries between people, professions, public and private sectors,
responsibility and accountability, Common Purpose encourages ‘graduates’ to believe that as
new selected leaders, they can work together, outside of the established political and social
structures, to achieve a paradigm shift or CHANGE – so called ‘Leading Beyond Authority’. In
doing so, the allegiance of the individual becomes ‘reframed’ on CP colleagues and their
NETWORK.
Reframing the Face-Nappies
Nowhere has this process been more obvious than in the police
where recruitment of psychopaths and development of
unquestioning mind-controlled group-thinkers have transformed
law enforcement into a politically-correct ‘Woke’ joke and a travesty
of what should be public service. Today they wear their face-nappies
like good li le gofers and enforce ‘Covid’ rules which are fascism
under another name. Alongside the specifically-recruited
psychopaths we have so ware minds incapable of free thought.
Brian Gerrish again:
An example is the policeman who would not get on a bike for a press photo because he had
not done the cycling proficiency course. Normal people say this is political correctness gone
mad. Nothing could be further from the truth. The policeman has been reframed, and in his
reality it is perfect common sense not to get on the bike ‘because he hasn’t done the cycling
course’.
Another example of this is where the police would not rescue a boy from a pond until they
had taken advice from above on the ‘risk assessment’. A normal person would have arrived,
perhaps thought of the risk for a moment, and dived in. To the police now ‘reframed’, they
followed ‘normal’ procedure.
There are shocking cases of reframed ambulance crews doing the
same. Sheer unthinking stupidity of London Face-Nappies headed
by Common Purpose graduate Cressida Dick can be seen in their
behaviour at a vigil in March, 2021, for a murdered woman, Sarah
Everard. A police officer had been charged with the crime. Anyone
with a brain would have le the vigil alone in the circumstances.
Instead they ‘manhandled’ women to stop them breaking ‘Covid
rules’ to betray classic reframing. Minds in the thrall of perception
control have no capacity for seeing a situation on its merits and
acting accordingly. ‘Rules is rules’ is their only mind-set. My father
used to say that rules and regulations are for the guidance of the
intelligent and the blind obedience of the idiot. Most of the
intelligent, decent, coppers have gone leaving only the other kind
and a few old school for whom the job must be a daily nightmare.
The combination of psychopaths and rule-book so ware minds has
been clearly on public display in the ‘Covid’ era with automaton
robots in uniform imposing fascistic ‘Covid’ regulations on the
population without any personal initiative or judging situations on
their merits. There are thousands of examples around the world, but
I’ll make my point with the infamous Derbyshire police in the
English East Midlands – the ones who think pouring dye into beauty
spots and using drones to track people walking in the countryside
away from anyone is called ‘policing’. To them there are rules
decreed by the government which they have to enforce and in their
bewildered state a group gathering in a closed space and someone
walking alone in the countryside are the same thing. It is beyond
idiocy and enters the realm of clinical insanity.
Police officers in Derbyshire said they were ‘horrified’ – horrified –
to find 15 to 20 ‘irresponsible’ kids playing a football match at a
closed leisure centre ‘in breach of coronavirus restrictions’. When
they saw the police the kids ran away leaving their belongings
behind and the reframed men and women of Derbyshire police were
seeking to establish their identities with a view to fining their
parents. The most natural thing for youngsters to do – kicking a ball
about – is turned into a criminal activity and enforced by the
moronic so ware programs of Derbyshire police. You find the same
mentality in every country. These barely conscious ‘horrified’ officers
said they had to take action because ‘we need to ensure these rules
are being followed’ and ‘it is of the utmost importance that you
ensure your children are following the rules and regulations for
Covid-19’. Had any of them done ten seconds of research to see if
this parroting of their masters’ script could be supported by any
evidence? Nope. Reframed people don’t think – others think for
them and that’s the whole idea of reframing. I have seen police
officers one a er the other repeating without question word for
word what officialdom tells them just as I have seen great swathes of
the public doing the same. Ask either for ‘their’ opinion and out
spews what they have been told to think by the official narrative.
Police and public may seem to be in different groups, but their
mentality is the same. Most people do whatever they are told in fear
not doing so or because they believe what officialdom tells them;
almost the entirety of the police do what they are told for the same
reason. Ultimately it’s the tiny inner core of the global Cult that’s
telling both what to do.
So Derbyshire police were ‘horrified’. Oh, really? Why did they
think those kids were playing football? It was to relieve the
psychological consequences of lockdown and being denied human
contact with their friends and interaction, touch and discourse vital
to human psychological health. Being denied this month a er month
has dismantled the psyche of many children and young people as
depression and suicide have exploded. Were Derbyshire police
horrified by that? Are you kidding? Reframed people don’t have those
mental and emotional processes that can see how the impact on the
psychological health of youngsters is far more dangerous than any
‘virus’ even if you take the mendacious official figures to be true. The
reframed are told (programmed) how to act and so they do. The
Derbyshire Chief Constable in the first period of lockdown when the
black dye and drones nonsense was going on was Peter Goodman.
He was the man who severed the connection between his force and
the Derbyshire Constabulary Male Voice Choir when he decided that
it was not inclusive enough to allow women to join. The fact it was a
male voice choir making a particular sound produced by male voices
seemed to elude a guy who terrifyingly ran policing in Derbyshire.
He retired weeks a er his force was condemned as disgraceful by
former Supreme Court Justice Jonathan Sumption for their
behaviour over extreme lockdown impositions. Goodman was
replaced by his deputy Rachel Swann who was in charge when her
officers were ‘horrified’. The police statement over the boys
commi ing the hanging-offence of playing football included the line
about the youngsters being ‘irresponsible in the times we are all
living through’ missing the point that the real relevance of the ‘times
we are all living through’ is the imposition of fascism enforced by
psychopaths and reframed minds of police officers playing such a
vital part in establishing the fascist tyranny that their own children
and grandchildren will have to live in their entire lives. As a
definition of insanity that is hard to beat although it might be run
close by imposing masks on people that can have a serious effect on
their health while wearing a face nappy all day themselves. Once
again public and police do it for the same reason – the authorities tell
them to and who are they to have the self-respect to say no?
Wokers in uniform
How reframed do you have to be to arrest a six-year-old and take him
to court for picking a flower while waiting for a bus? Brain dead police
and officialdom did just that in North Carolina where criminal
proceedings happen regularly for children under nine. A orney
Julie Boyer gave the six-year-old crayons and a colouring book
during the ‘flower’ hearing while the ‘adults’ decided his fate.
County Chief District Court Judge Jay Corpening asked: ‘Should a
child that believes in Santa Claus, the Easter Bunny and the tooth
fairy be making life-altering decisions?’ Well, of course not, but
common sense has no meaning when you have a common purpose
and a reframed mind. Treating children in this way, and police
operating in American schools, is all part of the psychological
preparation for children to accept a police state as normal all their
adult lives. The same goes for all the cameras and biometric tracking
technology in schools. Police training is focused on reframing them
as snowflake Wokers and this is happening in the military. Pentagon
top brass said that ‘training sessions on extremism’ were needed for
troops who asked why they were so focused on the Capitol Building
riot when Black Lives Ma er riots were ignored. What’s the
difference between them some apparently and rightly asked.
Actually, there is a difference. Five people died in the Capitol riot,
only one through violence, and that was a police officer shooting an
unarmed protestor. BLM riots killed at least 25 people and cost
billions. Asking the question prompted the psychopaths and
reframed minds that run the Pentagon to say that more ‘education’
(programming) was needed. Troop training is all based on
psychological programming to make them fodder for the Cult –
‘Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in
foreign policy’ as Cult-to-his-DNA former Secretary of State Henry
Kissinger famously said. Governments see the police in similar terms
and it’s time for those among them who can see this to defend the
people and stop being enforcers of the Cult agenda upon the people.
The US military, like the country itself, is being targeted for
destruction through a long list of Woke impositions. Cult-owned
gaga ‘President’ Biden signed an executive order when he took office
to allow taxpayer money to pay for transgender surgery for active
military personnel and veterans. Are you a man soldier? No, I’m a
LGBTQIA+ with a hint of Skoliosexual and Spectrasexual. Oh, good
man. Bad choice of words you bigot. The Pentagon announced in
March, 2021, the appointment of the first ‘diversity and inclusion
officer’ for US Special Forces. Richard Torres-Estrada arrived with
the publication of a ‘D&I Strategic Plan which will guide the
enterprise-wide effort to institutionalize and sustain D&I’. If you
think a Special Forces ‘Strategic Plan’ should have something to do
with defending America you haven’t been paying a ention.
Defending Woke is now the military’s new role. Torres-Estrada has
posted images comparing Donald Trump with Adolf Hitler and we
can expect no bias from him as a representative of the supposedly
non-political Pentagon. Cable news host Tucker Carlson said: ‘The
Pentagon is now the Yale faculty lounge but with cruise missiles.’
Meanwhile Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin, a board member of
weapons-maker Raytheon with stock and compensation interests in
October, 2020, worth $1.4 million, said he was purging the military
of the ‘enemy within’ – anyone who isn’t Woke and supports Donald
Trump. Austin refers to his targets as ‘racist extremists’ while in true
Woke fashion being himself a racist extremist. Pentagon documents
pledge to ‘eradicate, eliminate and conquer all forms of racism,
sexism and homophobia’. The definitions of these are decided by
‘diversity and inclusion commi ees’ peopled by those who see
racism, sexism and homophobia in every situation and opinion.
Woke (the Cult) is dismantling the US military and purging
testosterone as China expands its military and gives its troops
‘masculinity training’. How do we think that is going to end when
this is all Cult coordinated? The US military, like the British military,
is controlled by Woke and spineless top brass who just go along with
it out of personal career interests.
‘Woke’ means fast asleep
Mind control and perception manipulation techniques used on
individuals to create group-think have been unleashed on the global
population in general. As a result many have no capacity to see the
obvious fascist agenda being installed all around them or what
‘Covid’ is really all about. Their brains are firewalled like a computer
system not to process certain concepts, thoughts and realisations that
are bad for the Cult. The young are most targeted as the adults they
will be when the whole fascist global state is planned to be fully
implemented. They need to be prepared for total compliance to
eliminate all pushback from entire generations. The Cult has been
pouring billions into taking complete control of ‘education’ from
schools to universities via its operatives and corporations and not
least Bill Gates as always. The plan has been to transform ‘education’
institutions into programming centres for the mentality of ‘Woke’.
James McConnell, professor of psychology at the University of
Michigan, wrote in Psychology Today in 1970:
The day has come when we can combine sensory deprivation with drugs, hypnosis, and
astute manipulation of reward and punishment, to gain almost absolute control over an
individual’s behaviour. It should then be possible to achieve a very rapid and highly effective
type of brainwashing that would allow us to make dramatic changes in a person’s behaviour
and personality ...
… We should reshape society so that we all would be trained from birth to want to do what
society wants us to do. We have the techniques to do it... no-one owns his own personality
you acquired, and there’s no reason to believe you should have the right to refuse to acquire a
new personality if your old one is anti-social.
This was the potential for mass brainwashing in 1970 and the
mentality there displayed captures the arrogant psychopathy that
drives it forward. I emphasise that not all young people have
succumbed to Woke programming and those that haven’t are
incredibly impressive people given that today’s young are the most
perceptually-targeted generations in history with all the technology
now involved. Vast swathes of the young generations, however, have
fallen into the spell – and that’s what it is – of Woke. The Woke
mentality and perceptual program is founded on inversion and you
will appreciate later why that is so significant. Everything with Woke
is inverted and the opposite of what it is claimed to be. Woke was a
term used in African-American culture from the 1900s and referred
to an awareness of social and racial justice. This is not the meaning
of the modern version or ‘New Woke’ as I call it in The Answer. Oh,
no, Woke today means something very different no ma er how
much Wokers may seek to hide that and insist Old Woke and New
Woke are the same. See if you find any ‘awareness of social justice’
here in the modern variety:
• Woke demands ‘inclusivity’ while excluding anyone with a
different opinion and calls for mass censorship to silence other
views.
• Woke claims to stand against oppression when imposing
oppression is the foundation of all that it does. It is the driver of
political correctness which is nothing more than a Cult invention
to manipulate the population to silence itself.
• Woke believes itself to be ‘liberal’ while pursuing a global society
that can only be described as fascist (see ‘anti-fascist’ fascist
Antifa).
• Woke calls for ‘social justice’ while spreading injustice wherever it
goes against the common ‘enemy’ which can be easily identified
as a differing view.
• Woke is supposed to be a metaphor for ‘awake’ when it is solidgold asleep and deep in a Cult-induced coma that meets the
criteria for ‘off with the fairies’.
I state these points as obvious facts if people only care to look. I
don’t do this with a sense of condemnation. We need to appreciate
that the onslaught of perceptual programming on the young has
been incessant and merciless. I can understand why so many have
been reframed, or, given their youth, framed from the start to see the
world as the Cult demands. The Cult has had access to their minds
day a er day in its ‘education’ system for their entire formative
years. Perception is formed from information received and the Cultcreated system is a life-long download of information delivered to
elicit a particular perception, thus behaviour. The more this has
expanded into still new extremes in recent decades and everincreasing censorship has deleted other opinions and information
why wouldn’t that lead to a perceptual reframing on a mass scale? I
have described already cradle-to-grave programming and in more
recent times the targeting of young minds from birth to adulthood
has entered the stratosphere. This has taken the form of skewing
what is ‘taught’ to fit the Cult agenda and the omnipresent
techniques of group-think to isolate non-believers and pressure them
into line. There has always been a tendency to follow the herd, but
we really are in a new world now in relation to that. We have parents
who can see the ‘Covid’ hoax told by their children not to stop them
wearing masks at school, being ‘Covid’ tested or having the ‘vaccine’
in fear of the peer-pressure consequences of being different. What is
‘peer-pressure’ if not pressure to conform to group-think? Renegade
Minds never group-think and always retain a set of perceptions that
are unique to them. Group-think is always underpinned by
consequences for not group-thinking. Abuse now aimed at those
refusing DNA-manipulating ‘Covid vaccines’ are a potent example
of this. The biggest pressure to conform comes from the very group
which is itself being manipulated. ‘I am programmed to be part of a
hive mind and so you must be.’
Woke control structures in ‘education’ now apply to every
mainstream organisation. Those at the top of the ‘education’
hierarchy (the Cult) decide the policy. This is imposed on
governments through the Cult network; governments impose it on
schools, colleges and universities; their leadership impose the policy
on teachers and academics and they impose it on children and
students. At any level where there is resistance, perhaps from a
teacher or university lecturer, they are targeted by the authorities
and o en fired. Students themselves regularly demand the dismissal
of academics (increasingly few) at odds with the narrative that the
students have been programmed to believe in. It is quite a thought
that students who are being targeted by the Cult become so
consumed by programmed group-think that they launch protests
and demand the removal of those who are trying to push back
against those targeting the students. Such is the scale of perceptual
inversion. We see this with ‘Covid’ programming as the Cult
imposes the rules via psycho-psychologists and governments on
shops, transport companies and businesses which impose them on
their staff who impose them on their customers who pressure
Pushbackers to conform to the will of the Cult which is in the
process of destroying them and their families. Scan all aspects of
society and you will see the same sequence every time.
Fact free Woke and hijacking the ‘left’
There is no more potent example of this than ‘Woke’, a mentality
only made possible by the deletion of factual evidence by an
‘education’ system seeking to produce an ever more uniform society.
Why would you bother with facts when you don’t know any?
Deletion of credible history both in volume and type is highly
relevant. Orwell said: ‘Who controls the past controls the future:
who controls the present controls the past.’ They who control the
perception of the past control the perception of the future and they
who control the present control the perception of the past through
the writing and deleting of history. Why would you oppose the
imposition of Marxism in the name of Wokeism when you don’t
know that Marxism cost at least 100 million lives in the 20th century
alone? Watch videos and read reports in which Woker generations
are asked basic historical questions – it’s mind-blowing. A survey of
2,000 people found that six percent of millennials (born
approximately early1980s to early 2000s) believed the Second World
War (1939-1945) broke out with the assassination of President
Kennedy (in 1963) and one in ten thought Margaret Thatcher was
British Prime Minister at the time. She was in office between 1979
and 1990. We are in a post-fact society. Provable facts are no defence
against the fascism of political correctness or Silicon Valley
censorship. Facts don’t ma er anymore as we have witnessed with
the ‘Covid’ hoax. Sacrificing uniqueness to the Woke group-think
religion is all you are required to do and that means thinking for
yourself is the biggest Woke no, no. All religions are an expression of
group-think and censorship and Woke is just another religion with
an orthodoxy defended by group-think and censorship. Burned at
the stake becomes burned on Twi er which leads back eventually to
burned at the stake as Woke humanity regresses to ages past.
The biggest Woke inversion of all is its creators and funders. I
grew up in a traditional le of centre political household on a
council estate in Leicester in the 1950s and 60s – you know, the le
that challenged the power of wealth-hoarding elites and threats to
freedom of speech and opinion. In those days students went on
marches defending freedom of speech while today’s Wokers march
for its deletion. What on earth could have happened? Those very
elites (collectively the Cult) that we opposed in my youth and early
life have funded into existence the antithesis of that former le and
hijacked the ‘brand’ while inverting everything it ever stood for. We
have a mentality that calls itself ‘liberal’ and ‘progressive’ while
acting like fascists. Cult billionaires and their corporations have
funded themselves into control of ‘education’ to ensure that Woke
programming is unceasing throughout the formative years of
children and young people and that non-Wokers are isolated (that
word again) whether they be students, teachers or college professors.
The Cult has funded into existence the now colossal global network
of Woke organisations that have spawned and promoted all the
‘causes’ on the Cult wish-list for global transformation and turned
Wokers into demanders of them. Does anyone really think it’s a
coincidence that the Cult agenda for humanity is a carbon (sorry)
copy of the societal transformations desired by Woke?? These are
only some of them:
The means by which the Cult deletes all public
debates that it knows it cannot win if we had the free-flow of
information and evidence.
Political correctness:
The means by which the Cult
seeks to transform society into a globally-controlled dictatorship
imposing its will over the fine detail of everyone’s lives ‘to save the
planet’ which doesn’t actually need saving.
Human-caused ‘climate change’:
Preparing collective perception to accept the
‘new human’ which would not have genders because it would be
created technologically and not through procreation. I’ll have much
more on this in Human 2.0.
Transgender obsession:
The means by which the Cult seeks to divide and
rule the population by triggering racial division through the
perception that society is more racist than ever when the opposite is
the case. Is it perfect in that regard? No. But to compare today with
the racism of apartheid and segregation brought to an end by the
civil rights movement in the 1960s is to insult the memory of that
movement and inspirations like Martin Luther King. Why is the
‘anti-racism’ industry (which it is) so dominated by privileged white
people?
Race obsession:
This is a label used by privileged white people to
demonise poor and deprived white people pushing back on tyranny
to marginalise and destroy them. White people are being especially
targeted as the dominant race by number within Western society
which the Cult seeks to transform in its image. If you want to change
a society you must weaken and undermine its biggest group and
once you have done that by using the other groups you next turn on
them to do the same … ‘Then they came for the Jews and I was not a
Jew so I did nothing.’
White supremacy:
The mass movement of people from the Middle
East, Africa and Asia into Europe, from the south into the United
States and from Asia into Australia are another way the Cult seeks to
dilute the racial, cultural and political influence of white people on
Western society. White people ask why their governments appear to
be working against them while being politically and culturally
biased towards incoming cultures. Well, here’s your answer. In the
same way sexually ‘straight’ people, men and women, ask why the
Mass migration:
authorities are biased against them in favour of other sexualities. The
answer is the same – that’s the way the Cult wants it to be for very
sinister motives.
These are all central parts of the Cult agenda and central parts of the
Woke agenda and Woke was created and continues to be funded to
an immense degree by Cult billionaires and corporations. If anyone
begins to say ‘coincidence’ the syllables should stick in their throat.
Billionaire ‘social justice warriors’
Joe Biden is a 100 percent-owned asset of the Cult and the Wokers’
man in the White House whenever he can remember his name and
for however long he lasts with his rapidly diminishing cognitive
function. Even walking up the steps of an aircra without falling on
his arse would appear to be a challenge. He’s not an empty-shell
puppet or anything. From the minute Biden took office (or the Cult
did) he began his executive orders promoting the Woke wish-list.
You will see the Woke agenda imposed ever more severely because
it’s really the Cult agenda. Woke organisations and activist networks
spawned by the Cult are funded to the extreme so long as they
promote what the Cult wants to happen. Woke is funded to promote
‘social justice’ by billionaires who become billionaires by destroying
social justice. The social justice mantra is only a cover for
dismantling social justice and funded by billionaires that couldn’t
give a damn about social justice. Everything makes sense when you
see that. One of Woke’s premier funders is Cult billionaire financier
George Soros who said: ‘I am basically there to make money, I
cannot and do not look at the social consequences of what I do.’ This
is the same Soros who has given more than $32 billion to his Open
Society Foundations global Woke network and funded Black Lives
Ma er, mass immigration into Europe and the United States,
transgender activism, climate change activism, political correctness
and groups targeting ‘white supremacy’ in the form of privileged
white thugs that dominate Antifa. What a scam it all is and when
you are dealing with the unquestioning fact-free zone of Woke
scamming them is child’s play. All you need to pull it off in all these
organisations are a few in-the-know agents of the Cult and an army
of naïve, reframed, uninformed, narcissistic, know-nothings
convinced of their own self-righteousness, self-purity and virtue.
Soros and fellow billionaires and billionaire corporations have
poured hundreds of millions into Black Lives Ma er and connected
groups and promoted them to a global audience. None of this is
motivated by caring about black people. These are the billionaires
that have controlled and exploited a system that leaves millions of
black people in abject poverty and deprivation which they do
absolutely nothing to address. The same Cult networks funding
BLM were behind the slave trade! Black Lives Ma er hijacked a
phrase that few would challenge and they have turned this laudable
concept into a political weapon to divide society. You know that
BLM is a fraud when it claims that All Lives Ma er, the most
inclusive statement of all, is ‘racist’. BLM and its Cult masters don’t
want to end racism. To them it’s a means to an end to control all of
humanity never mind the colour, creed, culture or background.
What has destroying the nuclear family got to do with ending
racism? Nothing – but that is one of the goals of BLM and also
happens to be a goal of the Cult as I have been exposing in my books
for decades. Stealing children from loving parents and giving
schools ever more power to override parents is part of that same
agenda. BLM is a Marxist organisation and why would that not be
the case when the Cult created Marxism and BLM? Patrisse Cullors, a
BLM co-founder, said in a 2015 video that she and her fellow
organisers, including co-founder Alicia Garza, are ‘trained Marxists’.
The lady known a er marriage as Patrisse Khan-Cullors bought a
$1.4 million home in 2021 in one of the whitest areas of California
with a black population of just 1.6 per cent and has so far bought four
high-end homes for a total of $3.2 million. How very Marxist. There
must be a bit of spare in the BLM coffers, however, when Cult
corporations and billionaires have handed over the best part of $100
million. Many black people can see that Black Lives Ma er is not
working for them, but against them, and this is still more
confirmation. Black journalist Jason Whitlock, who had his account
suspended by Twi er for simply linking to the story about the
‘Marxist’s’ home buying spree, said that BLM leaders are ‘making
millions of dollars off the backs of these dead black men who they
wouldn’t spit on if they were on fire and alive’.
Black Lies Matter
Cult assets and agencies came together to promote BLM in the wake
of the death of career criminal George Floyd who had been jailed a
number of times including for forcing his way into the home of a
black woman with others in a raid in which a gun was pointed at her
stomach. Floyd was filmed being held in a Minneapolis street in 2020
with the knee of a police officer on his neck and he subsequently
died. It was an appalling thing for the officer to do, but the same
technique has been used by police on peaceful protestors of
lockdown without any outcry from the Woke brigade. As
unquestioning supporters of the Cult agenda Wokers have
supported lockdown and all the ‘Covid’ claptrap while a acking
anyone standing up to the tyranny imposed in its name. Court
documents would later include details of an autopsy on Floyd by
County Medical Examiner Dr Andrew Baker who concluded that
Floyd had taken a fatal level of the drug fentanyl. None of this
ma ered to fact-free, question-free, Woke. Floyd’s death was
followed by worldwide protests against police brutality amid calls to
defund the police. Throwing babies out with the bathwater is a
Woke speciality. In the wake of the murder of British woman Sarah
Everard a Green Party member of the House of Lords, Baroness
Jones of Moulescoomb (Nincompoopia would have been be er),
called for a 6pm curfew for all men. This would be in breach of the
Geneva Conventions on war crimes which ban collective
punishment, but that would never have crossed the black and white
Woke mind of Baroness Nincompoopia who would have been far
too convinced of her own self-righteousness to compute such details.
Many American cities did defund the police in the face of Floyd riots
and a er $15 million was deleted from the police budget in
Washington DC under useless Woke mayor Muriel Bowser carjacking alone rose by 300 percent and within six months the US
capital recorded its highest murder rate in 15 years. The same
happened in Chicago and other cities in line with the Cult/Soros
plan to bring fear to streets and neighbourhoods by reducing the
police, releasing violent criminals and not prosecuting crime. This is
the mob-rule agenda that I have warned in the books was coming for
so long. Shootings in the area of Minneapolis where Floyd was
arrested increased by 2,500 percent compared with the year before.
Defunding the police over George Floyd has led to a big increase in
dead people with many of them black. Police protection for
politicians making these decisions stayed the same or increased as
you would expect from professional hypocrites. The Cult doesn’t
actually want to abolish the police. It wants to abolish local control
over the police and hand it to federal government as the
psychopaths advance the Hunger Games Society. Many George
Floyd protests turned into violent riots with black stores and
businesses destroyed by fire and looting across America fuelled by
Black Lives Ma er. Woke doesn’t do irony. If you want civil rights
you must loot the liquor store and the supermarket and make off
with a smart TV. It’s the only way.
It’s not a race war – it’s a class war
Black people are patronised by privileged blacks and whites alike
and told they are victims of white supremacy. I find it extraordinary
to watch privileged blacks supporting the very system and bloodline
networks behind the slave trade and parroting the same Cult-serving
manipulative crap of their privileged white, o en billionaire,
associates. It is indeed not a race war but a class war and colour is
just a diversion. Black Senator Cory Booker and black
Congresswoman Maxine Waters, more residents of Nincompoopia,
personify this. Once you tell people they are victims of someone else
you devalue both their own responsibility for their plight and the
power they have to impact on their reality and experience. Instead
we have: ‘You are only in your situation because of whitey – turn on
them and everything will change.’ It won’t change. Nothing changes
in our lives unless we change it. Crucial to that is never seeing
yourself as a victim and always as the creator of your reality. Life is a
simple sequence of choice and consequence. Make different choices
and you create different consequences. You have to make those
choices – not Black Lives Ma er, the Woke Mafia and anyone else
that seeks to dictate your life. Who are they these Wokers, an
emotional and psychological road traffic accident, to tell you what to
do? Personal empowerment is the last thing the Cult and its Black
Lives Ma er want black people or anyone else to have. They claim to
be defending the underdog while creating and perpetuating the
underdog. The Cult’s worst nightmare is human unity and if they
are going to keep blacks, whites and every other race under
economic servitude and control then the focus must be diverted
from what they have in common to what they can be manipulated to
believe divides them. Blacks have to be told that their poverty and
plight is the fault of the white bloke living on the street in the same
poverty and with the same plight they are experiencing. The
difference is that your plight black people is due to him, a white
supremacist with ‘white privilege’ living on the street. Don’t unite as
one human family against your mutual oppressors and suppressors
– fight the oppressor with the white face who is as financially
deprived as you are. The Cult knows that as its ‘Covid’ agenda
moves into still new levels of extremism people are going to respond
and it has been spreading the seeds of disunity everywhere to stop a
united response to the evil that targets all of us.
Racist a acks on ‘whiteness’ are ge ing ever more outrageous and
especially through the American Democratic Party which has an
appalling history for anti-black racism. Barack Obama, Joe Biden,
Hillary Clinton and Nancy Pelosi all eulogised about Senator Robert
Byrd at his funeral in 2010 a er a nearly 60-year career in Congress.
Byrd was a brutal Ku Klux Klan racist and a violent abuser of Cathy
O’Brien in MKUltra. He said he would never fight in the military
‘with a negro by my side’ and ‘rather I should die a thousand times,
and see Old Glory trampled in the dirt never to rise again, than to
see this beloved land of ours become degraded by race mongrels, a
throwback to the blackest specimen from the wilds’. Biden called
Byrd a ‘very close friend and mentor’. These ‘Woke’ hypocrites are
not anti-racist they are anti-poor and anti-people not of their
perceived class. Here is an illustration of the scale of anti-white
racism to which we have now descended. Seriously Woke and
moronic New York Times contributor Damon Young described
whiteness as a ‘virus’ that ‘like other viruses will not die until there
are no bodies le for it to infect’. He went on: ‘… the only way to
stop it is to locate it, isolate it, extract it, and kill it.’ Young can say
that as a black man with no consequences when a white man saying
the same in reverse would be facing a jail sentence. That’s racism. We
had super-Woke numbskull senators Tammy Duckworth and Mazie
Hirono saying they would object to future Biden Cabinet
appointments if he did not nominate more Asian Americans and
Pacific Islanders. Never mind the ability of the candidate what do
they look like? Duckworth said: ‘I will vote for racial minorities and I
will vote for LGBTQ, but anyone else I’m not voting for.’ Appointing
people on the grounds of race is illegal, but that was not a problem
for this ludicrous pair. They were on-message and that’s a free pass
in any situation.
Critical race racism
White children are told at school they are intrinsically racist as they
are taught the divisive ‘critical race theory’. This claims that the law
and legal institutions are inherently racist and that race is a socially
constructed concept used by white people to further their economic
and political interests at the expense of people of colour. White is a
‘virus’ as we’ve seen. Racial inequality results from ‘social,
economic, and legal differences that white people create between
races to maintain white interests which leads to poverty and
criminality in minority communities‘. I must tell that to the white
guy sleeping on the street. The principal of East Side Community
School in New York sent white parents a manifesto that called on
them to become ‘white traitors’ and advocate for full ‘white
abolition’. These people are teaching your kids when they urgently
need a psychiatrist. The ‘school’ included a chart with ‘eight white
identities’ that ranged from ‘white supremacist’ to ‘white abolition’
and defined the behaviour white people must follow to end ‘the
regime of whiteness’. Woke blacks and their privileged white
associates are acting exactly like the slave owners of old and Ku Klux
Klan racists like Robert Byrd. They are too full of their own selfpurity to see that, but it’s true. Racism is not a body type; it’s a state
of mind that can manifest through any colour, creed or culture.
Another racial fraud is ‘equity’. Not equality of treatment and
opportunity – equity. It’s a term spun as equality when it means
something very different. Equality in its true sense is a raising up
while ‘equity’ is a race to the bo om. Everyone in the same level of
poverty is ‘equity’. Keep everyone down – that’s equity. The Cult
doesn’t want anyone in the human family to be empowered and
BLM leaders, like all these ‘anti-racist’ organisations, continue their
privileged, pampered existence by perpetuating the perception of
gathering racism. When is the last time you heard an ‘anti-racist’ or
‘anti-Semitism’ organisation say that acts of racism and
discrimination have fallen? It’s not in the interests of their fundraising and power to influence and the same goes for the
professional soccer anti-racism operation, Kick It Out. Two things
confirmed that the Black Lives Ma er riots in the summer of 2020
were Cult creations. One was that while anti-lockdown protests were
condemned in this same period for ‘transmi ing ‘Covid’ the
authorities supported mass gatherings of Black Lives Ma er
supporters. I even saw self-deluding people claiming to be doctors
say the two types of protest were not the same. No – the non-existent
‘Covid’ was in favour of lockdowns and a acked those that
protested against them while ‘Covid’ supported Black Lives Ma er
and kept well away from its protests. The whole thing was a joke
and as lockdown protestors were arrested, o en brutally, by
reframed Face-Nappies we had the grotesque sight of police officers
taking the knee to Black Lives Ma er, a Cult-funded Marxist
organisation that supports violent riots and wants to destroy the
nuclear family and white people.
He’s not white? Shucks!
Woke obsession with race was on display again when ten people
were shot dead in Boulder, Colorado, in March, 2021. Cult-owned
Woke TV channels like CNN said the shooter appeared to be a white
man and Wokers were on Twi er condemning ‘violent white men’
with the usual mantras. Then the shooter’s name was released as
Ahmad Al Aliwi Alissa, an anti-Trump Arab-American, and the sigh
of disappointment could be heard five miles away. Never mind that
ten people were dead and what that meant for their families. Race
baiting was all that ma ered to these sick Cult-serving people like
Barack Obama who exploited the deaths to further divide America
on racial grounds which is his job for the Cult. This is the man that
‘racist’ white Americans made the first black president of the United
States and then gave him a second term. Not-very-bright Obama has
become filthy rich on the back of that and today appears to have a
big influence on the Biden administration. Even so he’s still a
downtrodden black man and a victim of white supremacy. This
disingenuous fraud reveals the contempt he has for black people
when he puts on a Deep South Alabama accent whenever he talks to
them, no, at them.
Another BLM red flag was how the now fully-Woke (fully-Cult)
and fully-virtue-signalled professional soccer authorities had their
teams taking the knee before every match in support of Marxist
Black Lives Ma er. Soccer authorities and clubs displayed ‘Black
Lives Ma er’ on the players’ shirts and flashed the name on
electronic billboards around the pitch. Any fans that condemned
what is a Freemasonic taking-the-knee ritual were widely
condemned as you would expect from the Woke virtue-signallers of
professional sport and the now fully-Woke media. We have reverse
racism in which you are banned from criticising any race or culture
except for white people for whom anything goes – say what you like,
no problem. What has this got to do with racial harmony and
equality? We’ve had black supremacists from Black Lives Ma er
telling white people to fall to their knees in the street and apologise
for their white supremacy. Black supremacists acting like white
supremacist slave owners of the past couldn’t breach their selfobsessed, race-obsessed sense of self-purity. Joe Biden appointed a
race-obsessed black supremacist Kristen Clarke to head the Justice
Department Civil Rights Division. Clarke claimed that blacks are
endowed with ‘greater mental, physical and spiritual abilities’ than
whites. If anyone reversed that statement they would be vilified.
Clarke is on-message so no problem. She’s never seen a black-white
situation in which the black figure is anything but a virtuous victim
and she heads the Civil Rights Division which should treat everyone
the same or it isn’t civil rights. Another perception of the Renegade
Mind: If something or someone is part of the Cult agenda they will
be supported by Woke governments and media no ma er what. If
they’re not, they will be condemned and censored. It really is that
simple and so racist Clarke prospers despite (make that because of)
her racism.
The end of culture
Biden’s administration is full of such racial, cultural and economic
bias as the Cult requires the human family to be divided into
warring factions. We are now seeing racially-segregated graduations
and everything, but everything, is defined through the lens of
perceived ‘racism. We have ‘racist’ mathematics, ‘racist’ food and
even ‘racist’ plants. World famous Kew Gardens in London said it
was changing labels on plants and flowers to tell its pre-‘Covid’
more than two million visitors a year how racist they are. Kew
director Richard Deverell said this was part of an effort to ‘move
quickly to decolonise collections’ a er they were approached by one
Ajay Chhabra ‘an actor with an insight into how sugar cane was
linked to slavery’. They are plants you idiots. ‘Decolonisation’ in the
Woke manual really means colonisation of society with its mentality
and by extension colonisation by the Cult. We are witnessing a new
Chinese-style ‘Cultural Revolution’ so essential to the success of all
Marxist takeovers. Our cultural past and traditions have to be swept
away to allow a new culture to be built-back-be er. Woke targeting
of long-standing Western cultural pillars including historical
monuments and cancelling of historical figures is what happened in
the Mao revolution in China which ‘purged remnants of capitalist
and traditional elements from Chinese society‘ and installed Maoism
as the dominant ideology‘. For China see the Western world today
and for ‘dominant ideology’ see Woke. Be er still see Marxism or
Maoism. The ‘Covid’ hoax has specifically sought to destroy the arts
and all elements of Western culture from people meeting in a pub or
restaurant to closing theatres, music venues, sports stadiums, places
of worship and even banning singing. Destruction of Western society
is also why criticism of any religion is banned except for Christianity
which again is the dominant religion as white is the numericallydominant race. Christianity may be fading rapidly, but its history
and traditions are weaved through the fabric of Western society.
Delete the pillars and other structures will follow until the whole
thing collapses. I am not a Christian defending that religion when I
say that. I have no religion. It’s just a fact. To this end Christianity
has itself been turned Woke to usher its own downfall and its ranks
are awash with ‘change agents’ – knowing and unknowing – at
every level including Pope Francis (definitely knowing) and the
clueless Archbishop of Canterbury Justin Welby (possibly not, but
who can be sure?). Woke seeks to coordinate a acks on Western
culture, traditions, and ways of life through ‘intersectionality’
defined as ‘the complex, cumulative way in which the effects of
multiple forms of discrimination (such as racism, sexism, and
classism) combine, overlap, or intersect especially in the experiences
of marginalised individuals or groups’. Wade through the Orwellian
Woke-speak and this means coordinating disparate groups in a
common cause to overthrow freedom and liberal values.
The entire structure of public institutions has been infested with
Woke – government at all levels, political parties, police, military,
schools, universities, advertising, media and trade unions. This
abomination has been achieved through the Cult web by appointing
Wokers to positions of power and ba ering non-Wokers into line
through intimidation, isolation and threats to their job. Many have
been fired in the wake of the empathy-deleted, vicious hostility of
‘social justice’ Wokers and the desire of gutless, spineless employers
to virtue-signal their Wokeness. Corporations are filled with Wokers
today, most notably those in Silicon Valley. Ironically at the top they
are not Woke at all. They are only exploiting the mentality their Cult
masters have created and funded to censor and enslave while the
Wokers cheer them on until it’s their turn. Thus the Woke ‘liberal
le ’ is an inversion of the traditional liberal le . Campaigning for
justice on the grounds of power and wealth distribution has been
replaced by campaigning for identity politics. The genuine
traditional le would never have taken money from today’s
billionaire abusers of fairness and justice and nor would the
billionaires have wanted to fund that genuine le . It would not have
been in their interests to do so. The division of opinion in those days
was between the haves and have nots. This all changed with Cult
manipulated and funded identity politics. The division of opinion
today is between Wokers and non-Wokers and not income brackets.
Cult corporations and their billionaires may have taken wealth
disparity to cataclysmic levels of injustice, but as long as they speak
the language of Woke, hand out the dosh to the Woke network and
censor the enemy they are ‘one of us’. Billionaires who don’t give a
damn about injustice are laughing at them till their bellies hurt.
Wokers are not even close to self-aware enough to see that. The
transformed ‘le ’ dynamic means that Wokers who drone on about
‘social justice’ are funded by billionaires that have destroyed social
justice the world over. It’s why they are billionaires.
The climate con
Nothing encapsulates what I have said more comprehensively than
the hoax of human-caused global warming. I have detailed in my
books over the years how Cult operatives and organisations were the
pump-primers from the start of the climate con. A purpose-built
vehicle for this is the Club of Rome established by the Cult in 1968
with the Rockefellers and Rothschilds centrally involved all along.
Their gofer frontman Maurice Strong, a Canadian oil millionaire,
hosted the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in 1992 where the
global ‘green movement’ really expanded in earnest under the
guiding hand of the Cult. The Earth Summit established Agenda 21
through the Cult-created-and-owned United Nations to use the
illusion of human-caused climate change to justify the
transformation of global society to save the world from climate
disaster. It is a No-Problem-Reaction-Solution sold through
governments, media, schools and universities as whole generations
have been terrified into believing that the world was going to end in
their lifetimes unless what old people had inflicted upon them was
stopped by a complete restructuring of how everything is done.
Chill, kids, it’s all a hoax. Such restructuring is precisely what the
Cult agenda demands (purely by coincidence of course). Today this
has been given the codename of the Great Reset which is only an
updated term for Agenda 21 and its associated Agenda 2030. The
la er, too, is administered through the UN and was voted into being
by the General Assembly in 2015. Both 21 and 2030 seek centralised
control of all resources and food right down to the raindrops falling
on your own land. These are some of the demands of Agenda 21
established in 1992. See if you recognise this society emerging today:
• End national sovereignty
• State planning and management of all land resources, ecosystems,
deserts, forests, mountains, oceans and fresh water; agriculture;
rural development; biotechnology; and ensuring ‘equity’
• The state to ‘define the role’ of business and financial resources
• Abolition of private property
• ‘Restructuring’ the family unit (see BLM)
• Children raised by the state
• People told what their job will be
• Major restrictions on movement
• Creation of ‘human se lement zones’
• Mass rese lement as people are forced to vacate land where they
live
• Dumbing down education
• Mass global depopulation in pursuit of all the above
The United Nations was created as a Trojan horse for world
government. With the climate con of critical importance to
promoting that outcome you would expect the UN to be involved.
Oh, it’s involved all right. The UN is promoting Agenda 21 and
Agenda 2030 justified by ‘climate change’ while also driving the
climate hoax through its Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change (IPCC), one of the world’s most corrupt organisations. The
IPCC has been lying ferociously and constantly since the day it
opened its doors with the global media hanging unquestioningly on
its every mendacious word. The Green movement is entirely Woke
and has long lost its original environmental focus since it was coopted by the Cult. An obsession with ‘global warming’ has deleted
its values and scrambled its head. I experienced a small example of
what I mean on a beautiful country walk that I have enjoyed several
times a week for many years. The path merged into the fields and
forests and you felt at one with the natural world. Then a ‘Green’
organisation, the Hampshire and Isle of Wight Wildlife Trust, took
over part of the land and proceeded to cut down a large number of
trees, including mature ones, to install a horrible big, bright steel
‘this-is-ours-stay-out’ fence that destroyed the whole atmosphere of
this beautiful place. No one with a feel for nature would do that. Day
a er day I walked to the sound of chainsaws and a magnificent
mature weeping willow tree that I so admired was cut down at the
base of the trunk. When I challenged a Woke young girl in a green
shirt (of course) about this vandalism she replied: ‘It’s a weeping
willow – it will grow back.’ This is what people are paying for when
they donate to the Hampshire and Isle of Wight Wildlife Trust and
many other ‘green’ organisations today. It is not the environmental
movement that I knew and instead has become a support-system –
as with Extinction Rebellion – for a very dark agenda.
Private jets for climate justice
The Cult-owned, Gates-funded, World Economic Forum and its
founder Klaus Schwab were behind the emergence of Greta
Thunberg to harness the young behind the climate agenda and she
was invited to speak to the world at … the UN. Schwab published a
book, Covid-19: The Great Reset in 2020 in which he used the ‘Covid’
hoax and the climate hoax to lay out a new society straight out of
Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030. Bill Gates followed in early 2021 when
he took time out from destroying the world to produce a book in his
name about the way to save it. Gates flies across the world in private
jets and admi ed that ‘I probably have one of the highest
greenhouse gas footprints of anyone on the planet … my personal
flying alone is gigantic.’ He has also bid for the planet’s biggest
private jet operator. Other climate change saviours who fly in private
jets include John Kerry, the US Special Presidential Envoy for
Climate, and actor Leonardo DiCaprio, a ‘UN Messenger of Peace
with special focus on climate change’. These people are so full of
bullshit they could corner the market in manure. We mustn’t be
sceptical, though, because the Gates book, How to Avoid a Climate
Disaster: The Solutions We Have and the Breakthroughs We Need, is a
genuine a empt to protect the world and not an obvious pile of
excrement a ributed to a mega-psychopath aimed at selling his
masters’ plans for humanity. The Gates book and the other shite-pile
by Klaus Schwab could have been wri en by the same person and
may well have been. Both use ‘climate change’ and ‘Covid’ as the
excuses for their new society and by coincidence the Cult’s World
Economic Forum and Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation promote
the climate hoax and hosted Event 201 which pre-empted with a
‘simulation’ the very ‘coronavirus’ hoax that would be simulated for
real on humanity within weeks. The British ‘royal’ family is
promoting the ‘Reset’ as you would expect through Prince ‘climate
change caused the war in Syria’ Charles and his hapless son Prince
William who said that we must ‘reset our relationship with nature
and our trajectory as a species’ to avoid a climate disaster. Amazing
how many promotors of the ‘Covid’ and ‘climate change’ control
systems are connected to Gates and the World Economic Forum. A
‘study’ in early 2021 claimed that carbon dioxide emissions must fall
by the equivalent of a global lockdown roughly every two years for
the next decade to save the planet. The ‘study’ appeared in the same
period that the Schwab mob claimed in a video that lockdowns
destroying the lives of billions are good because they make the earth
‘quieter’ with less ‘ambient noise’. They took down the video amid a
public backlash for such arrogant, empathy-deleted stupidity You
see, however, where they are going with this. Corinne Le Quéré, a
professor at the Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research,
University of East Anglia, was lead author of the climate lockdown
study, and she writes for … the World Economic Forum. Gates calls
in ‘his’ book for changing ‘every aspect of the economy’ (long-time
Cult agenda) and for humans to eat synthetic ‘meat’ (predicted in
my books) while cows and other farm animals are eliminated.
Australian TV host and commentator Alan Jones described what
carbon emission targets would mean for farm animals in Australia
alone if emissions were reduced as demanded by 35 percent by 2030
and zero by 2050:
Well, let’s take agriculture, the total emissions from agriculture are about 75 million tonnes of
carbon dioxide, equivalent. Now reduce that by 35 percent and you have to come down to
50 million tonnes, I’ve done the maths. So if you take for example 1.5 million cows, you’re
going to have to reduce the herd by 525,000 [by] 2030, nine years, that’s 58,000 cows a year.
The beef herd’s 30 million, reduce that by 35 percent, that’s 10.5 million, which means 1.2
million cattle have to go every year between now and 2030. This is insanity!
There are 75 million sheep. Reduce that by 35 percent, that’s 26 million sheep, that’s almost 3
million a year. So under the Paris Agreement over 30 million beasts. dairy cows, cattle, pigs
and sheep would go. More than 8,000 every minute of every hour for the next decade, do
these people know what they’re talking about?
Clearly they don’t at the level of campaigners, politicians and
administrators. The Cult does know; that’s the outcome it wants. We
are faced with not just a war on humanity. Animals and the natural
world are being targeted and I have been saying since the ‘Covid’
hoax began that the plan eventually was to claim that the ‘deadly
virus’ is able to jump from animals, including farm animals and
domestic pets, to humans. Just before this book went into production
came this story: ‘Russia registers world’s first Covid-19 vaccine for
cats & dogs as makers of Sputnik V warn pets & farm animals could
spread virus’. The report said ‘top scientists warned that the deadly
pathogen could soon begin spreading through homes and farms’
and ‘the next stage is the infection of farm and domestic animals’.
Know the outcome and you’ll see the journey. Think what that
would mean for animals and keep your eye on a term called
zoonosis or zoonotic diseases which transmit between animals and
humans. The Cult wants to break the connection between animals
and people as it does between people and people. Farm animals fit
with the Cult agenda to transform food from natural to synthetic.
The gas of life is killing us
There can be few greater examples of Cult inversion than the
condemnation of carbon dioxide as a dangerous pollutant when it is
the gas of life. Without it the natural world would be dead and so we
would all be dead. We breathe in oxygen and breathe out carbon
dioxide while plants produce oxygen and absorb carbon dioxide. It
is a perfect symbiotic relationship that the Cult wants to dismantle
for reasons I will come to in the final two chapters. Gates, Schwab,
other Cult operatives and mindless repeaters, want the world to be
‘carbon neutral’ by at least 2050 and the earlier the be er. ‘Zero
carbon’ is the cry echoed by lunatics calling for ‘Zero Covid’ when
we already have it. These carbon emission targets will
deindustrialise the world in accordance with Cult plans – the postindustrial, post-democratic society – and with so-called renewables
like solar and wind not coming even close to meeting human energy
needs blackouts and cold are inevitable. Texans got the picture in the
winter of 2021 when a snow storm stopped wind turbines and solar
panels from working and the lights went down along with water
which relies on electricity for its supply system. Gates wants
everything to be powered by electricity to ensure that his masters
have the kill switch to stop all human activity, movement, cooking,
water and warmth any time they like. The climate lie is so
stupendously inverted that it claims we must urgently reduce
carbon dioxide when we don’t have enough.
Co2 in the atmosphere is a li le above 400 parts per million when
the optimum for plant growth is 2,000 ppm and when it falls
anywhere near 150 ppm the natural world starts to die and so do we.
It fell to as low as 280 ppm in an 1880 measurement in Hawaii and
rose to 413 ppm in 2019 with industrialisation which is why the
planet has become greener in the industrial period. How insane then
that psychopathic madman Gates is not satisfied only with blocking
the rise of Co2. He’s funding technology to suck it out of the
atmosphere. The reason why will become clear. The industrial era is
not destroying the world through Co2 and has instead turned
around a potentially disastrous ongoing fall in Co2. Greenpeace cofounder and scientist Patrick Moore walked away from Greenpeace
in 1986 and has exposed the green movement for fear-mongering
and lies. He said that 500 million years ago there was 17 times more
Co2 in the atmosphere than we have today and levels have been
falling for hundreds of millions of years. In the last 150 million years
Co2 levels in Earth’s atmosphere had reduced by 90 percent. Moore
said that by the time humanity began to unlock carbon dioxide from
fossil fuels we were at ‘38 seconds to midnight’ and in that sense:
‘Humans are [the Earth’s] salvation.’ Moore made the point that only
half the Co2 emi ed by fossil fuels stays in the atmosphere and we
should remember that all pollution pouring from chimneys that we
are told is carbon dioxide is in fact nothing of the kind. It’s pollution.
Carbon dioxide is an invisible gas.
William Happer, Professor of Physics at Princeton University and
long-time government adviser on climate, has emphasised the Co2
deficiency for maximum growth and food production. Greenhouse
growers don’t add carbon dioxide for a bit of fun. He said that most
of the warming in the last 100 years, a er the earth emerged from
the super-cold period of the ‘Li le Ice Age’ into a natural warming
cycle, was over by 1940. Happer said that a peak year for warming in
1988 can be explained by a ‘monster El Nino’ which is a natural and
cyclical warming of the Pacific that has nothing to do with ‘climate
change’. He said the effect of Co2 could be compared to painting a
wall with red paint in that once two or three coats have been applied
it didn’t ma er how much more you slapped on because the wall
will not get much redder. Almost all the effect of the rise in Co2 has
already happened, he said, and the volume in the atmosphere would
now have to double to increase temperature by a single degree.
Climate hoaxers know this and they have invented the most
ridiculously complicated series of ‘feedback’ loops to try to
overcome this rather devastating fact. You hear puppet Greta going
on cluelessly about feedback loops and this is why.
The Sun affects temperature? No you
climate denier
Some other nonsense to contemplate: Climate graphs show that rises
in temperature do not follow rises in Co2 – it’s the other way round
with a lag between the two of some 800 years. If we go back 800
years from present time we hit the Medieval Warm Period when
temperatures were higher than now without any industrialisation
and this was followed by the Li le Ice Age when temperatures
plummeted. The world was still emerging from these centuries of
serious cold when many climate records began which makes the
ever-repeated line of the ‘ho est year since records began’
meaningless when you are not comparing like with like. The coldest
period of the Li le Ice Age corresponded with the lowest period of
sunspot activity when the Sun was at its least active. Proper
scientists will not be at all surprised by this when it confirms the
obvious fact that earth temperature is affected by the scale of Sun
activity and the energetic power that it subsequently emits; but
when is the last time you heard a climate hoaxer talking about the
Sun as a source of earth temperature?? Everything has to be focussed
on Co2 which makes up just 0.117 percent of so-called greenhouse
gases and only a fraction of even that is generated by human activity.
The rest is natural. More than 90 percent of those greenhouse gases
are water vapour and clouds (Fig 9). Ban moisture I say. Have you
noticed that the climate hoaxers no longer use the polar bear as their
promotion image? That’s because far from becoming extinct polar
bear communities are stable or thriving. Joe Bastardi, American
meteorologist, weather forecaster and outspoken critic of the climate
lie, documents in his book The Climate Chronicles how weather
pa erns and events claimed to be evidence of climate change have
been happening since long before industrialisation: ‘What happened
before naturally is happening again, as is to be expected given the
cyclical nature of the climate due to the design of the planet.’ If you
read the detailed background to the climate hoax in my other books
you will shake your head and wonder how anyone could believe the
crap which has spawned a multi-trillion dollar industry based on
absolute garbage (see HIV causes AIDs and Sars-Cov-2 causes
‘Covid-19’). Climate and ‘Covid’ have much in common given they
have the same source. They both have the contradictory everything
factor in which everything is explained by reference to them. It’s hot
– ‘it’s climate change’. It’s cold – ‘it’s climate change’. I got a sniffle –
‘it’s Covid’. I haven’t got a sniffle – ‘it’s Covid’. Not having a sniffle
has to be a symptom of ‘Covid’. Everything is and not having a
sniffle is especially dangerous if you are a slow walker. For sheer
audacity I offer you a Cambridge University ‘study’ that actually
linked ‘Covid’ to ‘climate change’. It had to happen eventually. They
concluded that climate change played a role in ‘Covid-19’ spreading
from animals to humans because … wait for it … I kid you not … the
two groups were forced closer together as populations grow. Er, that’s it.
The whole foundation on which this depended was that ‘Bats are the
likely zoonotic origin of SARS-CoV-1 and SARS-CoV-2’. Well, they
are not. They are nothing to do with it. Apart from bats not being the
origin and therefore ‘climate change’ effects on bats being irrelevant
I am in awe of their academic insight. Where would we be without
them? Not where we are that’s for sure.
Figure 9: The idea that the gas of life is disastrously changing the climate is an insult to brain
cell activity.
One other point about the weather is that climate modification is
now well advanced and not every major weather event is natural –
or earthquake come to that. I cover this subject at some length in
other books. China is openly planning a rapid expansion of its
weather modification programme which includes changing the
climate in an area more than one and a half times the size of India.
China used weather manipulation to ensure clear skies during the
2008 Olympics in Beijing. I have quoted from US military documents
detailing how to employ weather manipulation as a weapon of war
and they did that in the 1960s and 70s during the conflict in Vietnam
with Operation Popeye manipulating monsoon rains for military
purposes. Why would there be international treaties on weather
modification if it wasn’t possible? Of course it is. Weather is
energetic information and it can be changed.
How was the climate hoax pulled off? See ‘Covid’
If you can get billions to believe in a ‘virus’ that doesn’t exist you can
get them to believe in human-caused climate change that doesn’t
exist. Both are being used by the Cult to transform global society in
the way it has long planned. Both hoaxes have been achieved in
pre y much the same way. First you declare a lie is a fact. There’s a
‘virus’ you call SARS-Cov-2 or humans are warming the planet with
their behaviour. Next this becomes, via Cult networks, the
foundation of government, academic and science policy and belief.
Those who parrot the mantra are given big grants to produce
research that confirms the narrative is true and ever more
‘symptoms’ are added to make the ‘virus’/’climate change’ sound
even more scary. Scientists and researchers who challenge the
narrative have their grants withdrawn and their careers destroyed.
The media promote the lie as the unquestionable truth and censor
those with an alternative view or evidence. A great percentage of the
population believe what they are told as the lie becomes an
everybody-knows-that and the believing-masses turn on those with
a mind of their own. The technique has been used endlessly
throughout human history. Wokers are the biggest promotors of the
climate lie and ‘Covid’ fascism because their minds are owned by the
Cult; their sense of self-righteous self-purity knows no bounds; and
they exist in a bubble of reality in which facts are irrelevant and only
get in the way of looking without seeing.
Running through all of this like veins in a blue cheese is control of
information, which means control of perception, which means
control of behaviour, which collectively means control of human
society. The Cult owns the global media and Silicon Valley fascists
for the simple reason that it has to. Without control of information it
can’t control perception and through that human society. Examine
every facet of the Cult agenda and you will see that anything
supporting its introduction is never censored while anything
pushing back is always censored. I say again: Psychopaths that know
why they are doing this must go before Nuremberg trials and those
that follow their orders must trot along behind them into the same
dock. ‘I was just following orders’ didn’t work the first time and it
must not work now. Nuremberg trials must be held all over the
world before public juries for politicians, government officials,
police, compliant doctors, scientists and virologists, and all Cult
operatives such as Gates, Tedros, Fauci, Vallance, Whi y, Ferguson,
Zuckerberg, Wojcicki, Brin, Page, Dorsey, the whole damn lot of
them – including, no especially, the psychopath psychologists.
Without them and the brainless, gutless excuses for journalists that
have repeated their lies, none of this could be happening. Nobody
can be allowed to escape justice for the psychological and economic
Armageddon they are all responsible for visiting upon the human
race.
As for the compliant, unquestioning, swathes of humanity, and the
self-obsessed, all-knowing ignorance of the Wokers … don’t start me.
God help their kids. God help their grandkids. God help them.
CHAPTER NINE
We must have it? So what is it?
Well I won’t back down. No, I won’t back down. You can stand me
up at the Gates of Hell. But I won’t back down
Tom Petty
I
will now focus on the genetically-manipulating ‘Covid vaccines’
which do not meet this official definition of a vaccine by the US
Centers for Disease Control (CDC): ‘A product that stimulates a
person’s immune system to produce immunity to a specific disease,
protecting the person from that disease.’ On that basis ‘Covid
vaccines’ are not a vaccine in that the makers don’t even claim they
stop infection or transmission.
They are instead part of a multi-levelled conspiracy to change the
nature of the human body and what it means to be ‘human’ and to
depopulate an enormous swathe of humanity. What I shall call
Human 1.0 is on the cusp of becoming Human 2.0 and for very
sinister reasons. Before I get to the ‘Covid vaccine’ in detail here’s
some background to vaccines in general. Government regulators do
not test vaccines – the makers do – and the makers control which
data is revealed and which isn’t. Children in America are given 50
vaccine doses by age six and 69 by age 19 and the effect of the whole
combined schedule has never been tested. Autoimmune diseases
when the immune system a acks its own body have soared in the
mass vaccine era and so has disease in general in children and the
young. Why wouldn’t this be the case when vaccines target the
immune system? The US government gave Big Pharma drug
companies immunity from prosecution for vaccine death and injury
in the 1986 National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act (NCVIA) and
since then the government (taxpayer) has been funding
compensation for the consequences of Big Pharma vaccines. The
criminal and satanic drug giants can’t lose and the vaccine schedule
has increased dramatically since 1986 for this reason. There is no
incentive to make vaccines safe and a big incentive to make money
by introducing ever more. Even against a ridiculously high bar to
prove vaccine liability, and with the government controlling the
hearing in which it is being challenged for compensation, the vaccine
court has so far paid out more than $4 billion. These are the vaccines
we are told are safe and psychopaths like Zuckerberg censor posts
saying otherwise. The immunity law was even justified by a ruling
that vaccines by their nature were ‘unavoidably unsafe’.
Check out the ingredients of vaccines and you will be shocked if
you are new to this. They put that in children’s bodies?? What?? Try
aluminium, a brain toxin connected to dementia, aborted foetal
tissue and formaldehyde which is used to embalm corpses. Worldrenowned aluminium expert Christopher Exley had his research into
the health effect of aluminium in vaccines shut down by Keele
University in the UK when it began taking funding from the Bill and
Melinda Gates Foundation. Research when diseases ‘eradicated’ by
vaccines began to decline and you will find the fall began long before
the vaccine was introduced. Sometimes the fall even plateaued a er
the vaccine. Diseases like scarlet fever for which there was no
vaccine declined in the same way because of environmental and
other factors. A perfect case in point is the polio vaccine. Polio began
when lead arsenate was first sprayed as an insecticide and residues
remained in food products. Spraying started in 1892 and the first US
polio epidemic came in Vermont in 1894. The simple answer was to
stop spraying, but Rockefeller-created Big Pharma had a be er idea.
Polio was decreed to be caused by the poliovirus which ‘spreads from
person to person and can infect a person’s spinal cord’. Lead
arsenate was replaced by the lethal DDT which had the same effect
of causing paralysis by damaging the brain and central nervous
system. Polio plummeted when DDT was reduced and then banned,
but the vaccine is still given the credit for something it didn’t do.
Today by far the biggest cause of polio is the vaccines promoted by
Bill Gates. Vaccine justice campaigner Robert Kennedy Jr, son of
assassinated (by the Cult) US A orney General Robert Kennedy,
wrote:
In 2017, the World Health Organization (WHO) reluctantly admitted that the global explosion
in polio is predominantly vaccine strain. The most frightening epidemics in Congo,
Afghanistan, and the Philippines, are all linked to vaccines. In fact, by 2018, 70% of global
polio cases were vaccine strain.
Vaccines make fortunes for Cult-owned Gates and Big Pharma
while undermining the health and immune systems of the
population. We had a glimpse of the mentality behind the Big
Pharma cartel with a report on WION (World is One News), an
international English language TV station based in India, which
exposed the extraordinary behaviour of US drug company Pfizer
over its ‘Covid vaccine’. The WION report told how Pfizer had made
fantastic demands of Argentina, Brazil and other countries in return
for its ‘vaccine’. These included immunity from prosecution, even
for Pfizer negligence, government insurance to protect Pfizer from
law suits and handing over as collateral sovereign assets of the
country to include Argentina’s bank reserves, military bases and
embassy buildings. Pfizer demanded the same of Brazil in the form
of waiving sovereignty of its assets abroad; exempting Pfizer from
Brazilian laws; and giving Pfizer immunity from all civil liability.
This is a ‘vaccine’ developed with government funding. Big Pharma
is evil incarnate as a creation of the Cult and all must be handed
tickets to Nuremberg.
Phantom ‘vaccine’ for a phantom ‘disease’
I’ll expose the ‘Covid vaccine’ fraud and then go on to the wider
background of why the Cult has set out to ‘vaccinate’ every man,
woman and child on the planet for an alleged ‘new disease’ with a
survival rate of 99.77 percent (or more) even by the grotesquely-
manipulated figures of the World Hea